Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
SERVICE BULLETIN SE
SERVICE LETTER SL
SERVICE INFORMATION SF
SERVICE ALERT SRA
CUSTOM KIT CK
AD’S ADs
End of Index
GC 0853 SI)
SB
Aircraft Technical Publishers Customer Service
101 South Hill Drive 6AM-5PM PST M-F
Brisbane, CA 94005 (800)227-4610
1) Applicable AD
2) Part Kit (1)
Issue Number 3) Part Kit (2)
Issue Date Issue Description 4) Compliance Time
GC 0853 SI SE
1) Applicable AD
2) Part Kit (1)
Issue Number 3) Part Kit (2)
Issue Date Issue Description 4) Compliance Time
GC 0853 SI SE
1) Applicable AD
2) Part Kit (1)
Issue Number 3) Part Kit (2)
Issue Date Issue Description 4) Compliance Time
GC 0853 SI SE
1) Applicable AD
2) Part Kit (1)
Issue Number 3) Part Kit (2)
Issue Date Issue Description 4) Compliance Time
GC 0853 SI SE
1) Applicable AD
2) Part Kit (1)
Issue Number 3) Part Kit (2)
Issue Date Issue Description 4) Compliance Time
GC 0853 SI SE
1) Applicable AD
2) Part Kit (1)
Issue Number 3) Part Kit (2)
Issue Date Issue Description 4) Compliance Time
End of Index
GC 0853 SI SE
i
IjB RoCkwelllntematlansl
54075
WITH
JF ANY PROBLEMS ARE ENCOUNTERED WHILE COMPLYING
I THIS SERVICE BULLETIN, CONTACT YOUR NEAREST ROCKWELL
COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICE FACILITY. f
f A P MECHANIC OR EQUIVALENT.
BY WHOM WORK WILL BE ACCOMPLISHED:
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Remove lower left cowl door from left and right engines.
f
f elristing hose assembly (P/N 5-0421G08-136) that is routed from check valve to
Remove and discard
I
unfeathering pump inlet port (see Figure i.).
horizontal plane with the engine and then retighten "B" nut.
f
f assembly until check valve is in a
assembly to engine using eldsting clamps and hardware (see Figure 1.).
f
WOTIE
~;Jl"lg;s
-B
CHECK VALVE
i~ (REF) BT~ L-;.a:
g,
i 8a
h;il
r
;i~
figure I.
5. Select Airstart and operate unfeathering pump and check installation for leaks.
SPARESAFFECTED: NO.
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Illustrated Parts Catalog change required by this document will be
incorporated at the next scheduled change/revision.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry In the airplane maintenance records as follows:
Service Bulletin No. 171, dated 8 April 1980, entitled "Unfeatherrig Pump Supply Hose Replacement",
accomplished (date)
Page %ofa
Roc:kwell
BY6TEM WHICH
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: TO ENSURE THAT NO BLOCKAGE M1828 IN FUEL VENT
COULD CAUSE POSSIBLE STRUCTURAL DAMAGE TO WING.
*011
PROHIBITED PRIOR TO
FLIGHT INTO KNOWN 1ChNO CONDITIONS I
COMPLIANCE WITH THIS 8ERVICE BVLLETIN.
COMPLYING WFIH
IF ANY PROBLEMS ARE ENCOU~PERED WHILE
BULLETIN, CONTACT YOUR NEAREG~ ROCKWELL
THIS 8ERVICE
COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICE FACILITY.
A P MECHANIC OR EQUIVALENT.
BY WHOM WORX:WILL BE ACCOMPL1SHED:
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
4. Remove the rubber hose that connects the main vent line to the
cheek wive PC750) and check inside
(Pj~
clear obstruction if necessary.
of hose and check valve to there is no obstruction. Clean or ang
5. Reinatall hose on check valve and main vent line. Tonpe hose clamps 26 to 90 inch-pounds.
page 1 of 2
8ERVEB BULLETIN NO. 112
FWD
COUTED a.l.
sa.ll
U12
n)sOCnlCI LI.
VLLVI IREII 191.11
A A i j
I
i. i’S
1 i’ i __Z u~unrm*r
ml.soarl.
~OTCIPIID
’i
VIEW A-A
U1D *eleae NO
s~ocr*o.rxllrs
1
IN nOgE
IUELVENT
ripur´• 1.
Service
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Mere an npproprinte entry drplsne mointennnce secards as
in
(dpte)
DvUetln No. l?a, dated 19 May 1880,entltleb "FueI Vent 8getem Inspectim’j gccompliahed
Page a or a
SERVICE PUBLICATIONS Rockwell international
revision notice
a~nl ari´•aon oiri´•im
6m( Norh R~c*ail
Page 5 of 1
mount
ADD: l?a. Modify exis~ing left inboard and light outboard engine stde
4.
brackets by machilung or filing brackets in area shown in Figure
I.Cl~iUTioN
CAUTION 1
NOlr
Bracket must be removed to aooompllsh this work.
a CLAMP PLATE
i
0.03"
MAX o
MATERIAL MAY BE
REMOVED FROM SHADED
AREA TO PROVIDE
CLEARANCE BETWEEN
CLAMP PLATE AND
MOUNT BRACKET
VIEW LOOKING FWD
~ieu,s 4.
Page 1 of i
Rockwell intemanonal
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 690C, SERIAL NO’S 11800 THRU 11830 AND MODEL 895,
SERIAL NO’S 85000 THRU 85011.
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: TO PREVENT POSSIBLE CONTACT BETWEEN ENGINE OIL FILTER
ADAPTER AND ENGINE SIDE MOUNT WHICH COULD CAUSE LasS OF
OR DAMAGE TO OIL FILTER RESULTING 1N LOSS OF OIL.
*011
~OTI
ESTIMATED MAN HOURS: PART I and PART n EIGHTEEN (18) HOURS TOTAL.
na´•rr
PARTS DATA: Parts required to comply with this Service Bulletin may be procured through your nearest
Rockwell Commander AuLorieed Service Facility for )2,211.81. A hll credit will be issued upon receipt of
old adapter P/N 89411?-2, a properly e.eecuted Warranty Claim and a Compliance Card. Reference this
Serdce Bulletin, aircraft model and factory serla~ number when ordering service Bulletin No. 115 hit con-
slstlng of the following:
Fags 1 of?
SERVICE BUiLETIN NO. 115
c~
INSERT A ´•Iv’ 2"
BLOCK HERE
"i
IgEE STEP 11)
TW ISOLATOR
ASSY IREF)
ISEE STEP B
MOUNT RETAINER i
IREFI
ISEE STEP II
Pigur´• i.
Pageloi?
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 115
ACCOMPLISHMENT IN8TRUCTION8:
first.
filter adapter.
Do not damage oil lifer cap, buaN~g, tebon washer and filter Pement
when removing them because they are to be relnstalied on engine
adapter
Page 3 of
if
SIT(VICE LIUiLETIN NO. llJ
’1
a.lo´•´• MIN. n~
CLOSESTPOINT
RUN´•OUT
~00
i~tetR
lipur´•
Page 4 oi
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 115
rOROul eOLT
480 TO 600
roROuE BOLT Il
4WTOSWIN´•Lss
P~NDSPIFETYWIRE
TOROUE BOLT
400 TO Sm IN´•LB9
~ilur´• 3.
8. Raise hoist to allou. lower portion of engine to move forward lust far enough to aYow for removal of
oil filter adapter.
ffoTg
11. Remove bolt (3 places) attaching left inboard and right outboard engine side mount retainers to
engine mount (see Figure 1.).
12. Remove bolt (4 places) attaching left Lnboard and right outboard mount braLets to engine (999 Figure i.).
from engine
14. Remove and discard elds~ing Left inboard and right outboard engine side mount retainers
(see Figure 1.).
15. Chamfer corner on Left inboard and right outboard engine side mounts as shown in Figure 2.
16. Prime reworkea area on engine side mounts with zinc chromate primer.
Tor~ue bolts 400 to 500 inch-pounds and safety wire (see Figure 3.).
page 5oL?
SERVICE BULLETW NO. 115
SBd13´•1160´•RIN(i
R:
S´•8~13´•P1
Ilo?ssol
885074´•1 SWIVEL
EXISTIN(IOIL FILTER
ELEMENT (R5FL
55018418 O´•RIN(I
BUSIIIN(I (R5FL
Agure 4.
PageBof?
SERMCE BULLETIN NO. 11I
is. Install 5-9413-351 O-ri~, 9103080-1 adapter and 3102818-2 clamp plate on engine uslRB
hardware (see Figure 4.) as follows:
c. Install 3102588-1 adapter and 3102818-2 clamp plate on e~ne using existing hardware. Rotate
between adapter and engine mount.
adapter, as necessary, to assure that no interference slats
Torque nuts to 50 inch-pounds (see Figure 4.).
21. ReinstaU, eidsting hardware that attaches engine top mount isolator assembly
to engine tap mount.
bolts 350 0 380 inch-pounds with threads dry (see Figure 3.).
Torque
25. Insta~ 5-8413-115 O-rl~g and 8850’14-1 swivel in cdl Biter adapter (see Figure 4.).
Install els~lng cap over filter element and secure with edstlng bushing. Tighten bushing hand tight
25.
and safety wire (see Figure 4.).
SO. Fill out and mail Compliance Card speeifying that Part II has been accomplished.
PUBLICATIONB AFFECTED: The Airplane Maintenance Manua~ and illustrated Parts Cats~ag changes
required by this document will be incorporated at the next sehsm~lad
change/redden.
follows: Serdee
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Ma~re an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as
entitled "Oil Filte. Adapter Replacement and Engine Mount Retainer
Bulletin No. 1?5, dated 21 July 1BBO,
Part I accomplished (date) Part IL
Modification",
Page? of?
SEBVICE NO. 118
a. With door open and bzyonets in extended position, apply layout inr to bayonets.
c. Close door and eqage baganets in retaining blalls Mt, handle in loe*ed position.
d. LLghtly scribe a mar*,ln the layout init only, on inboard surface of bayonet along surface of
door lamb as shosn:
WOR WOR
(REF) JAMs
(REFI
RET~ININ(I
BLDCI (RIFI
gRIIY
SCRIBE
(REF)
e Measure distance from nose of bayonet to scribe line and record for each blyonet´•
WOA IREFI
INBD
INeD
WOR (REF)
SCRIBE
L~NE
SCRIIL
LINI
Page 2 oI I
SERYICE BULLETIN NO. 110
*011
Se~oe
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Mate an appropriate entry in the airplane maintenance records as follows:
Bulletin No. 118, dated 21 August 1980, entitled "Main Cabin Door Bayonet Rlggl~ Cheer", aceompllahat
(date).
Page 4 014
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 1??
(CFWD
MAIN LANDING GEAR
STRUT (REF)
RAMP (REF)
0.125" RADIUS
(MINIMUM)
400-1S8-RE3 HOOK
0.032 CORROSION
RESISTANT STEEL
SAFETY U~XE
FiQura 1.
Page2o~3
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 1??
8. Apply EC1151 B/A (or equivalent) strueblral adhesive to UU any gap between hook and ramp (see
Figure i.).
WOll
9. Install 400-139-RE3 hook on existing ramps using MSIBSBI-IP rall pin and safety wire roll pin (see
Figure
11011
150F 24 to 48 Hmre
150"F 1 Hour
11. Perform an aperahonal cheek of main landing gear system to assure that system is functioning properly.
12. With the landing gear in the retracted position, check for any possible interference with the eldsting
330086 yoke or the e~daLLng 330087 link. If there is interference, remove material from yoke or link
or from both to clear hook by 0.03 inch and blend ail cuts with a 0. 50 inch minimum radius. Brush
alodine yoke and/or link after removal of material.
WOll
SPARESAFFECTED: NO.
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Model 69(IC/685 IHustrated Parts Catalog changes required by this
document will be incorporated at the next scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make appropriate entry in airplane maf ntenance records as follows: Service
an
Bulletin No. 177, dated 26 September 1980, enlltled’Uain Landing Osar Strut Book Installation", accomplished
(date)
Page3ofa
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 118A, REVISION NO. 1
0.180..10.184’. oln
HOLE PLSI
A B ITYPIPLS) DOOR
B
A
IT M~Y BE NECESSARY
TOUSELONOEROR
SHORTER SCREWS DUE
TOTHICINE6SOF
WEIGHTS.
no~ll
Ic0.38.. 0.25’.MIN.
n
4
WOll 250034-513. -515. ´•527. -635
WEIGHTS IAS REODL
WEIGHT WEIGH THE WEIGHTS
´•651 OPPOSITE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
WEIOHTADOEOSHOULD
EounL WEIGHT REMOVED VIEW B_B
VIEW A-A
fiour´• 2.
’G
PageaofS
IER~CE BULLETIN NO. 1?BA
*011
1
210034´•518 BALANCE WEIGHTS
260034´•526 OPPOSITE
EXISTING 260034-517
WEIGHTS
B
260036´•1 GANG
8 CHANNEL
B
EXISTING
mW1S´•SO1 GnNG m
4 O 8 O
CHANNEL EXISTING 260005-23
O C C C CG
ACCESS DOOR
26005-24 OPPOSITE
C t C C C C t C C C C C C C C C,
C\
0~
Ccocoooocooo po~
~ourso
~ILERON I\SSY IREFI
~ipur´• i.
_4
Psge 2 of B
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 118A
CoursD ´•i
O 8
o.w´•7o.o3´•´• onP cTvPI
BOTTOM SIDE
MS21048L3K
ITYP 17 PLS)
MS21048L31N:TPLI\TE EOSPACES
E.O.
25000525 LOWER
DOOR
-"-_ _
EXISTING HOLE IN
RIB AT THIS POSITION
FOR LOCATING NEW
ACCESSDOORS
MS27034-1-12 SCREW
AcC, HOLE
!4 PLSI
B ITYP 3 PLSI
UPPER
DOOR
A B
i?
*01.
-j iLI11´•´• I´•Ps´•MIN
26WJS´•SD1(I~NO CHANNEL
M970JB-1-21SCREWITYs 7
FiOur´•
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 118A
19. Mark onfive (5) equal spaces between holes and drill four (4) additional holes through both doors.
21. Install nualate. PiN MS21049L3 on doubler, PIN 240005´•25 securing with rivets, PIN MS20426AD3.
Install upper doors, PIN 250005´•27 -28 using screws, PIN MS24093S272.
23.
NOTE
25. Install lower doors, PIN 250005-29, -30 using screws. P/N MSZ4093S272.
NOTE
in Figure 2.
SPARES AFFECTED: NO
PUBLlCATIONS AFFECTED: The airplane Maintenance Manual and Illustrated Parts Catalog changes required by
this Service Bulletin will be incorporated at the next scheduled revision
1981, entitled "Aileron Access Door inspection and Replacement, PART I accomplished
118A, dated 1 February
(datel PART I1 accomplished (date)
Page B of 6
SERMCEBULLETLI NO´• 1BO
~i
rLOIELIN(I
II1DEWINDOWOUTLET
HUTER, Y -MERHALWYITCH
CUUIP (WP)
ELECTRIWLWIRINO
cuus mpl
BLOWERMbrrR
~lpu,´• i.
PylofS
[IISRVICE BULLETIN NO. 188
UPPER COWLINO
SHELL
EXHAVSTPIPE
O EXTENSION ASSY
EXH*USTPIPE
ASSEMBLY
FonwnRD
FnlmNo
LOwEn
NOSE RIN(I COWLINO
ASSEMBLY SHELL
EXHP~VST
PIPE
~SSY
ENGINE
EXHAUST
OI~PHRAOM
BOLT
COLLAR
~80WB´•17
ENGINE
EXHAUST
SEAL
IYPOHER
NUT
Fags 2 d 6
:o;L!.E:TIN NO. 188
o o
FlpnZ.
Page 4 of 5
LIERVICE BULLETIN NO. 184
~RUTOB.IIP.CTrD
ol
o! I ~EEIECIION IREF)
Rpun
Page a ola
~II
Service Bulletin CulF8tFeamAmerican
CORPOR*TION
ComMndn Dirkion
6WI Norm Ra;LMIII Avenue.
Bamanl, OLlahome 73W8
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 685, SERIAL NOS. 12000 THRU 12066, MODEL 690, SERIAL NOS. 11001 THRU
11079, MODEL 690A, SERIAL NOS. 11100 THRU 11344, MODEL 690B, SERIAL NOS. 11350 THRU 11566. MODEI.
69OC. SERIAL NOS. 11600 THRU 11614, 11676 THRU 11694, 11696, 11698, 11100 AND 11101, MODEL 6951 SERIAL
NOS. 96000 THRU 95084 AND MODEL 695A, SERIAL NOS. 96001, L~003, 96005 THRU 86007, 96009, 96011 AND
96018.
REASON FOR PUBLICATIDN: TO ASSURE THAT NO EXCESSIVE FREE PLAY EXISTS ON AILERON,
ELEVATOR AND RUDDER TRIM TABS
NOTE
SPECIAL TOOLS: DIAL INDICATOR WITH A RANDE OF 0-1.00 INCH IN INCREMENTS OF 0.001 INCH
RESOLUTION. BRACKET (FABRICATED LOCALLY) TO ATTACH DIAL INDICATOR HOLDER TO CONTROL
SURFACES.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
NOTE
The procedures for measuring trim tab free play for control
surfaces (aileron, elevators and rudder) very similar. The
are
1. Determine free play of the control surface trim tab in accordance with the following procedures:
b. Rigidly fasten the dial indicator holder to the control surface:n line with trim tab actuator so that dial indicator
is positioned as in Figure 1.
NOTE
Page 1al7
8ERVICE BULLETIN NO. iBB
’t
´•t
I‘i
’1"
i:l i’
i’
i
i
i I
’i’
I :i’
i:
i::
i ii I
I i
i i-
::::I
i:
::I:::
ii
_IlilUPLDAD
ji-- i;
10. i i: i -B -1
t2 tB itib
oowhlLono i~ssl:
i:
i
I´•
i:l
´•i: ´•;i i
t
:i
´•-i-I-4r
i
1::
i ´•:::I:
i.. i..... ii
ii i ´•:I::I:
i;
´•I
:1, i
ii:: ::i ii
:i :.I, i
:i
Flmn.
PPgeSofl
BERVICE BULLETIN NO. 188
ii polrT?
ppgeloI?
BERYICE BULLETIN NO. 186
PUBUCITION8 AFFECTED: The Airplane Maintenance Manual change required by this document will be
at the next scheduled revision.
incorporated
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: brviee Bulletin No.
186, dated 29 Derember IsB1, entitled "Rim Tab Free Play Meaaurement", accomplished (date)
PPge?ofl
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 181
NOTE
3 Inspect fuselage skin, both internally and externally, in area of antenna base for possible cracks.
4 If no eracks are found, assure that antenna attaching hardware is in place and secured (tight) and then proceed to
step 6.
5. If cracks are found in fuselage skin, proceed immediately to step 3. of Part II (CI 119 antenna) or step 3. of Part III
(VF10-1IS antenna).
7. Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying that part I has been accomplished noting if all antenna attaching
hardware was in place and secured (tight).
2 Remove baggage compartment liner, as neecessary, to facilitate removal and installation of antenna.
4. Remove screws attaching antenna to top of airplane and remove antenna. Discard gasket from bottom of antenna if
installed.
5 Remove aileron servo, if necessary, to facilitate installation of antenna doublers. Capstan and Cable rigging are to
be left intact
6 If fuselage skin is creaeked around antenna base and cracks are outside the area to be covered by a 8-inch by 10-inch
doubler as shown in Figure 2., contact GulFstream American Corporation, Commander Division Customer Service
7 Ifno creeks are found or cracks found are within area to be covered by a B-inch by l0-inch doubler, proceed as follows
(refer to Figure Il:
a. Remove rivets from fuselage skin in area where a Ii-inch by 10-inch doubler is to be installed (refer to Figure
2).
e. Fabricate an angle, l.50-inches long, from AND10134´•1201, 2024-T3511 aluminum extrusion or from 0.063-inch,
2024-T3 clad aluminum sheet.
NOTE
d. Fabricate a spacer, 0.75-inch wide by 3.85-inches long, from 0.(183-inch, 2024-’13 clad aluminum sheet.
NOTE
i-
Page 2 of 10
SERYICE BUUETIN WO. Is?
O Q
Qo
o.~´• DIA´• HOLE
I4PLS)
BEND UP 80"
E BEND~1
ACTUAL S12E USE AS TEMPLATE
Figun 1.(9*´•12 ot II
PaQ.e 4 ot 10
SERYICE BULLETIN NO. 181
6. Iffuselage skin is cracked around antenna base and cracks are outside the area to be covered by a 8.?0-inch by 12.60-
inch doubler as shown in Figure 4., contact Gulfstream American Ca~orstion. Commander Division Customer
7 If no cracks are found or cracks found are within area to be covered by a 6.70´•inch by 12.60-inch doubler, proceed
as follows (refer to Figure 3):
a. Remove rivets from fuselage skin in area where the 6.70-inch by 12.50-inch doubler is to be installed (refer to
Figure 4).
c Fabricate two (2) clips from 0.063-inch, 2024-T3 clad aluminum sheet.
d. Fabricate a plate from 0.063-inch, 2024´•T3 clad aluminum sheet and install two (2) MS21069L08 nutplates on
fabricated plate.
e Fabricate an angle, 1S-inches long, From 0.063-inch, 2024-’13 clad alurmnum sheet.
8. Dye check cracks to determine ends of cracks and stop drill using a No. 40 drill.
9. Locate and drill parts, fabricated per step 7., on airplane (refer to Figure 4).
NOTE
L1. To assure proper grounding of doubler, remove paint from fuselage skin, in area where fabricated doubler is to be
installed, using an appropriate solvent and then apply alodine to this area.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to skin surface, abrasives and scrapers,
other than the rotary stainless steel brush, should not be used
to remove paint.
12. Locate, drill and install MS21469LOB nutplate (2 places) on fabricated angle (refer to Figure 4).
NOTE
14. Reinstall existing antenna using existing hardware (refer to Figure 4).
15. Fillet seel around the antenna, doubler and antenna mounting screws as outlined in Chapter 20 of the Airplane
Maintenance Manual.
18. Reinstall any equipment that has been removed for this modification.
Page 7 of 10
SERVICE BUlLETIN NO. 181
NOCHUIDB
RECORD CO~PLIANCE: Make an appmpriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Bulletin No.
187, dated February 1982, entitled "Antenna Inspection and ModiBeation", Part I accomplished
6 (date)
Part II accomplished (date) :Part In accomplished (date)
Page 10 of 10
BWVICE BULLETIN WO. 188
YOll
SAFETY IYIRE JAM NUT TO ROD END OR LOOSEN JAM NUT. APPLY LOCTITE 281 TO THREADSAND RETOROUE NUT TO
SMPINCHPOUND6.
O LOOSEN 8ECOND~RY JAM NUT. APPLY LOCTITE 220 TO THREADSAND RETOROUE NUT m 210220 INCHOOUNDg
*011
DO NOT LOOSEN PRIMARY JPIM NUT.
LOOSEN JAM NUT. APPLY LOCTITE 290TO THREADS AND RETOROUE NUT TO 12(6 INCRWUNDG.
´•O LOOSEN JAM NUT. APPLY LOCTITE 280 TO THREADLIAND RETOROUE NUT TO W07111 INCHQOUNDS.
´•O LOOSEN JAM NUT, APPLY LOCTITE 220 TO THREADS AND RETOROUE NUT rO aos~ Irrcn~ou*wr.
LOOSEN JAM NVT. APPLY LOCTITE 190 TO TnREADS AND RETOROUE NUT TO 210280 INCHPOUNaR
cnvrlore
EMERGENCY CONTROL
~8E SURE EMERGENCY CONTROL CABLE IS
PROPERLY RIOOED PER MAINTENANCE MANUAL
AFTER APPLYING LOCTITE TO CABLER
B
CONDITION CONTROL
CABLE ASSY IREFI
rowERCONTROL ii I
CABLE ASSY (REF)
t~ 12PLS1
EMERGENCY FUEL
LEFT INSTALLATION SHOWN SHUTOFFMNTROL
CABLE IREF)
~unl´•
~´•r´•
ppge 2 or a
SERVICE BULLETW NO. 188
SPECULIOOLS: HARD RUBBER ROLLER AND HEAT DUN WITH loO’F TO 160’F CAPABILITY.
ICCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
NOTE
for installation of abrasion resistant tape PIN 8661, proceed follows (refer to Figure
1. To prepare propeller blades as
NOTE
a. Remove existing sealer at end of propeller de-ieer boot and clean surface using Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK).
f Clean area using a 50150 ratio of Isopropyl alcohol to water solution and wipe surface using a lint Eres cloth
CAUTION
To avoid sconng damage to blade surface, the tape must not
be cut or trimmed on the blade.
blades using hard rubber roller. Apply tape starting at de-icer boot edge and work
2. Apply 8561 tape to propeller a
outboard. Speciai care should be taken so as not to touch adhesive side of tape during installation.
3. Inspect tape to insure no lifting edges, air bubbles, wrinkles or overlaps are present. If unsatisfactory, remove and
install a new length of tape
i. After tape has been rolled smooth, use heat gun to apply heat to tape such that surface temperature of tape is raised
to at least 100’F (but not over 160%). Maintain this temperature while accomplishing step 5.
CAUTION
Do not allow heat to remain in any position so long that
or deformation of tape occurs.
discoloration
6. When tape has cooled down, reseal end of propeller de-icer boot using sealant compound per MIL-S-7502, MIL-S-8802
or an equivalent.
7. Repaint black side of propeller blades using Sherwin Williams F-63B-12 carbide black texised polane along with
Sherwin Williams Y66V29 polane catalyst (two part mixture) or equivalents. (Available from Local propeller
repair agencies or Dowty-Rotoll. Do not paint over the abrasion resistant tape.
j
Page aof(
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 188
DE-ICER Zg.0..
~ROPF; .I
Eisur´• i.
Page S of 4
8ERVICE BULLETIN NO. 180A
SILICOFIE SEAL
IREFI
´•INOIWTEI6POT´•WELO~
INDICnrEI) INTERSI*CID RIVETs I
0.25"
WB81BLE TACK
a RIYET LOCATION
Fi(un
Psse S ol 5
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 1slA
KIT KIT
no 1 No.l
BTY BTY PART NO DESCRIPTION
SPECIAL TOOLS: TWO (2) HYDRAULIC PRESSURE GAGES WITH 0 TO 1000 PSI CAPABILITIES AND AN
EXTERNAL HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SOURCE CAPABLE OF PRODUCING AN AIRCRAFT
SYSTEM PRESSURE OF 0 TO 1015 PSIG.
ACCOMPUSHMENTINSTRUCTIONS:
NOTE
n.
4. Close fuelihydraulicshutoffvalves
NOTE
6. Conned an external hydraulic system pressure source, capable of producing a system pressure of 0 to 1075 psig,
to hydraulic system flttings on engine Brewall. Open fuelihydraulic shutoff valves.
7 Placelanding gear handle in the up position to bleed hydraulic presaure to zero. Place nose Landing gear at an
approximate 45" aft position. If bleed pressure did not pull gear from over-center, this can be done manually by
applying upward pressure on center ofdrag brace assembly.
8. Remove existing centering cam, centering pin and orifice tube as follows (refer to Figure i):
a Reduce nitrogen pressure to zero by removing cap on the nitrogen and hydraulic fillport valve and
depressing valve core.
b. After pressure has bean removed, remove valve core from nitrogen and hydraulic fillport value.
c. Cover nose wheel and tire assembly ulth a plastic bag to moted them from hydraulic fluid.
d. Remove cotter pin and nut from lower drag brace bolt.
F Remove snap ring and washer that retain fork and rod assembly in strut body.
Page2olS
4
S~RVICE BULLETIN NO. 181A
EXISTING ED10121
ORIFICE TUBE
(REF)
--1
EXISTING HOLES
DRILL 0. 457" DIA. HOLE ALL
(REF)
THE WAY THRU ORIFICE TUBE.
CLEAN AND DEBURR HOLE ON
BOTH SIDES OF ORIFICE TUBE.
VIEW A-A
Figure 2.
Page lafS
SERYICE BULLETIN NO. 191A
G.i:
Figure 9.
PageGolS
B
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 181A
BALL
(REF)
INSERT FABRICATED~
BAR BETWEEN BOTH
8
POWER BRAKE VALVES
AND DEPRESS BRAKE PEDALS
PRESSURE ADJUBTING
SCREW (REF)
Fiyre i.
Page 8 of 9
Service Bulletin CulfstreamAmerican
CORPOR*TION
Comm~Nln ~rblon
1001 North R~twall ~usnus.
Bsmany, OLI´•h~nu 73WB
MODELS AFFECTED: PART I MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11719 THRU 11721, 11126 AND 11727
MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 15002, 15003 15004, 15006, 15008, 15009, 15011
AND 16014.
MODEL B9SA, SERIAL NOS. 96001 THRU 96030, 96032 THRU 96035, 96037,
96039, 96040 AND 96042.
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE BULLETIN MAY BE PROCURED
THROUGH YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR: KIT NO. 1 $17.13
EXECUTED
OR KIT NO. 2 52.46. A FULL CREDIT WILL BE ISSUED UPON RECEIPT OF A PROPERLY
WARRANTY CLAIM AND A COMPLIANCE CARD. REFERENCE THIS SERVICE BULLETIN, AIRCRAFT MODEL
THE
AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 193 KIT CONSISTING OF
FOLLOWING:
Kit Kit
No. 1 No. 2
QTY. BTY. PART NO. DESCRIPPION
Page 1 of 7
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 1BU\
B~GOn(lECOMPARTMENT
8TRUCTURE IREF)
aNeeoalownsHER 1 8112031-247
MSZIOMN) NUT AN(ILE
12PUI)
ACFT
r
nsu~l. Ishat tot zl
Page 4 of 11
SERVICE BULLETIN NO´• 184A
C
HUB FACE
DEICER BOOT
IREF)
PROPELLER BLADE
IREFI
FlgureJ
nEwA´•n
MSS3B7´•I´•STIEDOWNI~RnP
FITTEDBIIWEENOUTER
AND CENTRAL CABLE
BRACKET
C aPmo*s~*aEnPwarl*.
CONNECTOR INSTALLATION
FiCn O
Page B of 171
SERVICE BULLETIN Na 18SB
d.,
e\
9
CLEVIS IREPI
i
nlp~s i.
Page a d S
SERYICE BULLETIN NO. 1919
*CCOMPUSHMEM INSTRUCTIONS:
i. Gain access to rudder control cables and cable pulleys just forward of fuselage station 409.00 to inspect Fables
for paseible fraymg (refer O Figure 1).
NOTE
2. Inspect rudder control cables, beginning at Ridder born clsvis and extending for a length of six (6) inches forward
of rudder horn clevis, for possible fraying of cables.
4. If any rudder control cable is frayed, it is accaptable for an slrplane to remain in service with up to Wires (S) wires
broken, provided no two (2) wires are in the same strand ofthe the rudder cable. Airplanes ~u?th this condition must
have thecables rglacsd at the nsxt 100´•hour inspection period.
NOTE:
B. If any rudder control cable does not meat the requirements stated in step 4., replace cable and check rudder
control rigging as outlined in We applicable Airplana Maintenance Manual.
7. Fill out and mail Compliance Card and note condition of cables on Compliance Card.
PVBUCATIONS bFFECTEO: The Aicplane Maintenance Manuals atrected by this document will be changed at Be nea
scheduled ranaion.
RECORD COMPLIINCE: Malts an appmpria~e entry in alrplana mountanancs records asfollows: Service Bulletin No.
195B, dated 28 AuSuat 1985, entitled ´•Rudder Control Cable InspeEtian andlor Replseement", aceompiished 9
(date)
NOTE
page S ol 3
i
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 181
c.
o
~o´•rl
C NsElaor.nN
IREFI
MOUNTINB BRACKET
e, IREFI
O
SEAL WITH EC1239 "Br’
SEALANT OR AN EOUIVALENT
MII;SISOZCSEI\LANT
O
C
Fieurs 2.
Page Soil
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 19?
ELECTRIC*L
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Malts an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Bulletin No.
107. dated 9 September 1983, entitled "Modifieation of Pitat Tubs Assembly Installation", accomplished Ldate)
page Boil
II
PPIRTS OITA:
Page 3 of 6
Psgelofl
-I
MODELS AFFECTED: MODELS 500, 500A, 520, 660, 560A, 560E, 680, 680E,
B80FL, 680FL(P), 680T, B80V AND BB0W, SERIAL NOS. 1
5008, S0OU, 560F, 680F, 680F(P),
720:
THRU 1854.
I
MODEL 6008 SERIAL NOS. 1166 THRU 1876 AND 3050 THRU 3323.
MODEL 681, SERIAL NOS. 6W1 THRU 6072.
MODEL 685, SERIAL NOS. 12000 THRU 12066.
MODELS 690, 690A AND 690B. SERIAL NOS 11001 THRU 11566.
MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11600 THRU 11132.
MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 15001 THRU 15012, 15014 THRU 15024 AND 15029 THRU
15032
MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 85000 THRU 95084.
MODEL 695A, SERIAL NOS. 96001 THRU 96055, 96059, 96060, 96083 THRU 96069, 96072.
96015, 96078 AND 96085.
NOTE
COMPLIANCE: WITHIN NEXT TWENTY´•FIVE 1251 HOURS TIME IN SERVICE AND EVERY 100 HOURS
THEREA~TER UNTII. BOTH ELEVATOR TRIM TABS HAVE BEEN MODIFIED PER PART II OF
THIS SERVICE BULLETIN
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE BULLETIN MAY BE PROCURED
THROUGH YOUR NEAREST DULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR: KIT NO, 1 $0.67
OR KIT NO. 2 518.68. REFERENCE THIS SERVICE BULLETIN, AIRCRAFI~ MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL
NUMBER WHEN ORDERING SERVICE BULLETIN NO 198A KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING: I
a*´• ´•uaM *Imoul nl~
Page 1 of 5
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 198A
.or.
1.10"
s o o o o o o o o o
D o o o o o~ o.o
.I
´•r´•i
o
n
SUPPDRT IIRI\EKIT
O IRERTO BIINSPECTEO
B AISYIRE~l
B ~ORPOSJIIIEERI\EII
IIONE RI\BIUIO~ RIIIS
O
rRIMTaa
1KINIAs~l
O
"iL-
i
ACTUATORSUs~ORT
IA~(I(ET arSY IRsR /I I I ~INsrrcrron
mrFI maerrssnl
Rlewrs
IAIR
VIEW B-B
VIEW A-A
Fieun i.
PageDofS
ii
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 198A
Kit Kit
No. I No. 2
9TY BTY PART NOS. DESCRIPTION
SPECIALTOOLS: BORE SCOPE OR SMALI. DENTAL TYPE INSPECTION MIRROR AND BLIND RIVET GUN.
P.CCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Drill two (2) O.S(I´•inch diameter holes, one II) on eeeh side of actuator
support bracket amembly. in the skin that
is opposite the actuator support bracket assembly (refer to Figure 1).
2. Using a bore scope or dental type inspection mirror, inspect both inboard and outboard sections of ribs in bend
radius (refer to View A-A, Figure 1).
a Clean plug buttons and area around edge of holes, drilled in step 1., with alcohol.
d. Proceed to step 5.
NOTE
4. If creeks are found in either rib, proceed to Part 11 of this Service Bulletin.
5. Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying that Part I has been accomplished
1. Remove existing elevator trim tabs as outlined in the applicable Airplane Maintenance Manual.
CAUTION
Page 3 of 5
’i´•
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 198A
nmlno´•i\lan~nr uunno~rruaron
ELIYI\TORTRIMTAB IRET) SUPPDRT BRI\CI(ETI\SSI
fRIrI
i Y~ o D
D
ER11~´•I IO o
BLINO AIVIT
II PLSI IO --2-r.
THISSKIN
f C f
IRrn
i- Ho~EToaarcH
IXISTINO SUPPOAT
THISSUR~I\CI 01 TEE BAACKITASSY
TO 88111 LINE am MS1101113 NUTPLATT
rlnn~ae or ExlsnNo I II L~ C: (In.
INTIRSPICI I 0180
Ms2IYIIOnDI
,.lo´•´• ;It
naolus
i I I I ’ExISTINO DIBS
mErl
rx,snaa HOLI
TOTRIMRNO/OR
111101111181 RIVET EHAMIIR EPOIOITsl TO MLIEH
I3rLS) III R1OIUS O~ RII1 t
EENTIRLINI
Or RIBS
DO NOT RIMOYE
THIS RIYET
TRIM EXISTING DIBS
C
nsslown
rigura
Page 4 of 5
SgKVICE BI~LI.ETIN NO. 198A
Carefully drill out all rivets and remove skin that is located on sanle side as the actuator ruppol´•t bracret
assembly. Skin is to be reinstalied on b’im tab Il´•eLr to Figure 2).
NOTE
5. Rsmo´•e three (31 forward rivets that attach the two (21 ribs together. Do not i´•emovr Liic aft ,ivet irefrr to view
C-C, Figure 21.
6. Using a ,’outer bit, trim forward end olnanges from ribs. Smooth routed edges of ribs with ~400 gl´•it emery cloth
ireEer to Figure 21.
7. Locate, drill and install 440001-RE13 tee an existing ribs using MS20170AD4 rivets irefel´• to Figure 21.
8. Position existing skin, removed in step 3., on trim tab assembly, align all holes and clamp skin in p’ace.
9 Using existing hole pattern in skin, drill lour 0.192 1+0.0021 inch diameter holes in 440001-RE13 tee for
attachment of existing actuator support bracket assembly. Care should be Laren to assure that holes in actuator
support bracket assembly match holes in 440001´•RE13 tee (reEer to Figure 2)
L1. Drill and install MSZlo71L3 nutplates (4 places) on 440001-RE13 tee using MS20426AD3 rivets trefer to Figure
2).
i?. ReineUII .rintlna ´•X,n.n trim Ub vine MSZW70*D9 nrofa ~indial CR9213-.-L Llind n~T. Irabr to F~purp 2)
13 Reinstall existing actuator support braeret assembly on trim tab using existing hardware il´•efel´• tu Figure 21.
L5 Reinstall existing trim tab on elevatoi´• as outlined in the applicable Ail´•plane Maintenance Manual
is Cheer rigging olelevator trim tabs as outlined in the applicable Airplane Maintenance Manual.
17 Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying that Part II has been accomplished
PUILICC\TIONS AFFECTED: The Lllustl´•oted Parts Catalog ebangr re~uilpd by this document will be incorpo,arcd at
the next scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Bulletin No.
198A, dated 3 July 1985, entitled Trim Tub inspection and Modification", Ps,´•t I accomplished d~
Part 11 accomplished idatel
Page 5 of5
I
B~Q seain
i-llerosg~cle
MODIFICATION OF
NOSE GEAR STEERING COMMAND POTENTIOMETER INSTALLATION
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 6900, SERIAL NOS. 11729, 11131 AND 11732.
MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 15021 THRU 15032 AND 15037.
MODEL 695A, SERIAL NOS, 96053 THRU 86061, 96063 THRU 96069, 96072, 96075, 96078,
96085 AND 96088.
REASON FOR PUsLICATION: M PREVENT LIMITED RUDDER CONTROL AND FALSE TURN SIGNAL IF THE
NOSE GEAR STEERING COMMAND POTENTIOMETER ROD SHOULD BECOME
JAMMED,
MOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REBUIIIED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE BULLETIN MAY BE PROCURED
THROUGH YOUR NEAREST GULPSTREAM COMMANDER AUTIIORTZED SERVICENTER POn 83.68.
IIEPEPIBNCF. THIS SERVICE BULI.ETIN, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN
ORDERING SERVICE BULI.ETIN NO, 200 KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Gain access to nose gear.teering command patontiometcr, located in nose section, through lower forward nose
2. Apply tape to bath ,´•udder cable and potenliometcr rod, just below and against existing clamp rssembly. Lo .Issul´•e
that cliln,p assembly is rcinstalicd in same position on potentiometer rod and rudder cnble ~rom which it was
9. Remove ciamp assembly attaching hardware and discard existing AN964D10L washers only
Page 1 of 3
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 200
I 1
LEAVE OPEN
EXISTING IOLT
nND NUT IREFI
POTENTIOMETER
SHAFT (REF)
EXISTING
RUDDER CABLE
ANIB0D10WASHER (REF)
780)48´•11
CLAMP IREFL
A
VIEW A-A
EXISTING
CLAMPASSY
(REF)
790548´•11 CLAMP
EXIGTING
BRACKET ASSY
IREFL
APPLY TAPE TO RUDDER CABLE AND
POTENTIOMETER ROO PRIOR TO REMOVING
CLAMP assv
EXISTING
RUDDER CABLE
IREF)
Filun I.
Page 2 oI 3
SEHYICB BULLETIN NO. 200
C R.iyrtsa .rl.sne.lsmr
bolts, AN960D10 washers (under
and 790918´•11 ebmi~ on
nuts) and existing
rod ~nd mdd.r.kll. u.ng.*ating
nuts. Assure that bottom of existing clamp assembly
and
rod and rudder cable step 2. Torque bolts 20
700348-11 clamp align against tape applied to potentiameter per
to 25 inch-pounds and remove tape (refer to Figure 1)
NOTE
6. Functional check nose gear steering system and rudder travel limits.
PUBLICATIONS PIFFECTED: The Illustrated Parts Catalog change required by this document will be incorporated at
Na.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appmpriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Bulledn
dated 28 March 1984, entitled "Modifieation of Nose Gear Steering Command Potsntiometer Instellation~’,
200,
accomplished (date)
page 8 of 3
c Se~ce ~B1Beain Gulfstream
Aerospace
YODELS AFFECTED: A. MODELS 690 AND 690A, SERIAL NOS. 11001 THRU 11284 WHICH HAVE HAD
ENGINE ISOLATOR ASSEMBLIES REPLACED AFTER JULY 28, 1975.
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: SOME BARRY WRIGHT CORP. ENGINE ISOLATOR ASSEMBLIES HAVE A
MANUFACTURING DEFECT WHICH COULD PREVENT PROPER BOLT
PRELOAD AND RESULT IN PREMATURE FATIGUE FRACTURE OF ISOLATOR
ASSEMBLY THRU-BOLT.
COMPLIANCE: PART I INSPECT AND CHECK ENGINE ISOLATOR ASSEMBLIES USING SPECIAL CHECK
TOOL WITHIN NEXT TEN (10) HOURS TIME IN SERVICE.
NOTE
Page t of 11
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 201
ESTIMATED MAN HOURS: PART I INSPECT ISOLATOR ASSEMBLIES ONE (1) HOUR.
PART II REPLACE ISOLATOR ASSEMBLIES TEN (10) HOURS PER ENGINE
PARTS DATA: ENGINE ISOLATOR ASSEMBLIES REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH PART II OF THIS SERVICE
AUTHORIZED
BULLETIN MAY BE PURCHASED THROUGH YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM COMMANDER
SERVICENTER USING NORMAL PARTS ORDERING PROCEDURES. A FULL CREDIT, BOR ENGINE ISOLATOR
ASSEMBLIES THAT WIRE FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE, WILL BE ISSUED UPON RECEIPT OF A PROPERLY
EXECUTED WARRANTY CLAIM, DEFECTIVE ISOLATOR ASSEMBLIES AND A COMPLIANCE CARD.
SPECIAL TOOLS: GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE SERVICENTERS HAVE ENGINE ISOLATOR ASSEMBLY CHECK
TOOL PART NUMBER 9348-1. IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO FABRICATE A SPECIAL TOOL
FOR REMOVAL AND TORQUE OF BOLTS (REFER TO FIGURE 3).
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
i. Remove upper and lower cowling shells from left and right engines.
2. Using a flashlight and an inspection mirror, eheek isolator assembly brackets to determine if the isolator
assemblies are manufactured by Barry Wright Corp, or Lord Mfg. Co. Barry brackets are identified with raised
letters and Lord. braeketa are identified by ink stamped letters (reBr to Figure 1).
3. If all engine isolator assemblies are manufactured by Lord Mfg. Ca., preceed to step 11.
4. If all engine isolator assemblies are manufactured by Barry Wright Corp., proceed to step 6.
that all isolator assemblies on that engine are ham the same vendor.
Using engine isolator cheek tool PIN 9348-1, inspect upper and both side engine isolator assemblies by checking
how far the isolator assembly thru-bolt protrudes through the aft end of isolator assembly (refer to Figure 2).
8. If any isolator assembly thru-bolt is found to be broken, cheek all engine mount support structure for damage
and check for possible damage to oil filter housing or engine hard lines, remove and replace as necessary. Fill
out and mail Compliance Card specifying that Part I has been accomplished, whet was found and proceed to Port
II and replace all engine isolator assemblies an that engine.
NOTE
9. If all engine isolator assemblies are found to be geeeptable, apply a 060-inch mart (dot), using white aorylic
point (or equivillent) on aft end of isolator assemblies near cast.llated nut as shown on Figure 2. Proceed to step
11
10. If any engine isolator assembly thru-bolt checks No-Do (eontaets check tool), refer to Part II Compliance, an Page
1, and proceed to Part II as required.
11. Reinstall upper and lower eowling shells on left and right engines.
Page 2 of 11
SERVICE BULLETM ND. 201
eRncKET
IREF,
O IREFI
BRACKET
IREF) O
SAFETY
WIRE
Yo) (oY
A VIEW A-A
UPPER ISOLATOR ASSY
IREF)
ANCHOR IREF)
STRUT ASSYS
IREFI *011
aoE MOUNTS
ITYPL IREFI
(REFI
InEFI
O
WIRE
O
PACK OF ENGINE -appnoxlMnrE
SIDE
1SOLATORIREFL GEARCASE
’AE" VIEW 8-B
LOCATION
~iours 1. ISh´•´•tl of
Page S of 11
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. aal
(REF)
BRACKET
111661
~P)V(O/) E~:O)
~(O
OR
0) yo) \(q
SAFETY
WIRE LocnnoN
ENIIINE UPPER MOUNT
IREFI C
VIEW C-C
IRE Fl
ASSYS
IREFI
*011
ENOINEgDE
BARRY 6161 ISOLATOR ASSYS
MOUNT
RAVE FLAT AREA ON BOTH
(REF)
61DE8 OF THRU´•BOLT.
BACK OF ENGINE
GEAR CASE
IREFI
RETAINER
Illm
s~LTlnrrl
;j BRACKET
IREF)
/,,,,,,,,,IM,,
,m LOCATION
SAFETY
SIDE WIRE
A6EY IREFI
D ~L´• VIEW D-D
Plpurs i. (Sh´•´•l 2 ol 2)
Page 4 of 11
SERVICE BULLETIN NO, aol
that Pert I has been accomplished and what type of isolators are
12. Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying
installed on engines (Barry or Lord)
NOTE
i. To replace side and upper isolator assemblies, proceed as follows (refer to Figure 4).
NOTE
a Disconnect batteries.
c. Remove propeller spinner dome, drain Lines ham lower cowl support end (manifold gang drain) and Lower
cowlingsupport.
d. Install "A" frame sling an propeller and position lack stand under aft end of engine to support engine
during engine isolator assembly removal.
e Disconnect bleed air line from engine firewail and disconnect electrical cables from starter-generator.
f Disconnect any hose assemblies or tube assemblies that may restrict side or forward movement of engine
ofapproximately one (1) inch. The following item. may have to be removed to facilitate the approximate
one (i) inch movement of engine:
(6) Fuel 8lter lines on engines with Bendia Fuel Control Umta.
h. Remove spindle bolt that attaches side isolator assembly bracket to isolator assembly thru-bolt.
i. Remove screws that attach lett and right beam assembly to nose cowl support ring and engine mount
structure.
k. Fabricate a wrench, as required, for removal and installation of bolts that attach isolator assembly
brackets to engine gear case (refer to Figure 3 for a typical tool outline).
i. Cut safety wires and remove bolts that attach side isolator assembly brackets to engine gear case.
m. Remove bolts that attach aide isolator assembly retainer to side engine mounts.
Page 5 of 11
BERYICE BULLETIN NO. aol
ISOLATOR Aasv
IREFI
MOUNT
CHECnTOOL
Q (REFI
*011
Figure 2.
BageBofll
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 201
CAUIK)N
n. Pull engine forward, approximately one (1) inch, and push to side to facilitate removal of isolator
assemblies.
o Prior to installing new isolator assembly(s). assure that isolator assembly has a white dot painted on
NOte
T;n’;n~"l
CI\VTION
p Remove and replace isolator assemblies, as required, one at a time. Apply mold release (or equivalent)
to isolator assembly or inside surface of engine inserting isolator assembly into
engine mount.
1~1
cnurlou
q. Reinstall side isolator brackets on engine gear case usmg existing hardware. Torque bolts and safety
wire (refer to Wgurea 0 and 4).
r. Reinstall side isolatar assembly retainers on side engine mounts using existing hardware. Torque bolts
as shown in Figure 4.
s Reinstall bolts that attach upper isolator assembly plate to upper engine mount. Torque bolts as shown
in Figure 4.
t. Push engine back into position and install existing hardware that attaches aR eng~ne mount. Finger
tighten bolt only.
u. Install spindle bolt that attaches side isolator braelrets to isolator assembly thru-bolt, align and then
install bolts that attach upper isolator assembly to engine gear osse. Torque bolts and safety wire (refer
to Figures 3 and 4).
NOTE
v. R8install screws that attach left end right beam assemblies to nose oowl support ring and engine mount
structure
Page 7 of 11
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 201
MnKECurOUrro
TOROUE WRENCH DRIVE
0.576" ALLEN SOCKET
WRENCH
1)011!
IT IS ADVISABLE TO
HEATTREATWRENCH
FOR LONG TERM USE
BOLT
WRENCH
Lw
T1~400
G
Lw
5.01’ T1-450
4
i/ r, ..,,,,,,,,,,,E WRENCH READING
TZ.MAXIMUM
FOR PROPER BOLT TOROUE.
X 3
ANGLE BETWEEN CENTERLINE
OFTOROUEWRENCHAND
FABRICATEDWRENCH.
Lw
IF X.00. THEN 4 Lw tP’.
Lw C
DISTANCE FROM MIDPOINT OF
HANDLE TO CENTERLINE OF
MIDPOINTOF TOR(IUEWRENCHW)CI(ET
HANDLE
CENTERLINE OF
TOROUEWRENCH
Lw
TO OBTAIN MINIMUM ALLOWABLE READING ON TOROUE WRENCH.MULTIPLY 408 IN´•LBS
lw
TO OBTAIN MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE READING ON TOROUE WRENCH. MULTIPLY 450 IN´•L88x
ligur´• 3.
Page B of 11
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 201
w. Reinstall any hose assemblies tube assemblies or equipment that may have been removed or
disconnected in order to move engine forward.
x. Assure that electrical cable connectors are cleaned and then reconnect electrical cables to stsrter-
generator and rec~nnect batteries
rr Remove ding from propeller and removejack stand from aft end of engine,
as. Reinstall spinner dome an propeller using existing hardware and proceed to 3
step
b: Disconnect clamps from upper engine mount strut assemblies Wat support hose assemblies and electrical
cables.
c. Mark location of fire deteetars (if installed), located engine mount strut
on upper assemblies loosen
clamps and lay f,re detectors out arthe way.
e Remove bolts that attach engine mount strut assemblies to strut anchors (refer to Figure 4).
cnurlow
f Remove upper engine mount, isolator assembly and engine mount strut assemblies, as a unit, from
engine.
6´• Remove baits, through plate, that attach upper isolator assembly to upper engine mount and remove
isolator assembly. Assure that barrel nuts and looking devices are still in place in engine mount.
b. Prior to installing new upper isolator assembly, assure that isolator assembly has a white dot painted
an aft end (refer to Figure 2).
NOTE
install new isolator assembly in upper engine mount using existing hardware. Align bracket and engine
mount as required and Lighten bolts to hold in alignment.
i Reinstall upper engine mount, isolator assembly and engine mount strut assemblies on strut anchors
using existing hardware.
k. Reinstall bolts that attach upper isolator assembly bracket to engine gear ease. Torque bolts and safety
wire (refer to Figures 9 and 4).
i. Attach existing hose assemblies and electrical cables to engine mount strut assemblies using existing
hardware and clamps.
Page 9 of 11
SERYICE BULLETIN NO. 201
UPPER
ENGINE
MOUNT
PLATE
REMOVE THIS
BOI.T.WASHER
AND NUT
TOROUE BOLT
310980 IN´•LBS
ROD ANCHOR
ISOLATOR
ASSv I nFT ENGINE MOUNT
NOSE smurnssvsMauNT
SUPPORT RIN(I
TWO 12) SCREWS
REMOVE TWO 121 SCREW8 IZPLB)
ATTACHING BEAM ASSY
TO NOSE COWL SUPPORT EN(IINE
RING 12 PLSI
BEAM ASSY
SIDE ISOLATOR
i
TOROUE BOLT
400´•500 IN´•LB~
AND SAFETY WIRE
V
BRACKET g j LEFT ENGINE MOUNT
REmlNER
THRU-BOLT
TOR(IIIE BOLT
SPINDLE BOLT 3505801N´•L88 no´•rr
TOA(1UE450´•6WIN´•LBS LEFTSHOWN
AND ~FETYWIRE RIGHTOPPOSITE
(BARRY)
Pi8ura 4.
Page 10 of 11
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 201
5. Apply a relect tag on all defective isolator assemblies and note isolator assembly hours in service, airplane serial
number, where engine isolator assembly was located on engine, failed gags test or broken thru-bolt. Assure that
Lag is securely attached to isolator assembly. (This is required if credit for parts is to be given).
4. Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying that Part II has been accomplished and note on Compliance Card
what isolator assemblies were replaced (left or right engine, upper, left or right) and hours in se~ice.
SPARES AFFECTED: ALL ISOLATOR ASSEMBLIES IN SPARES STOCK MUST BE CHECKED AND IDENTIFIED
WITH A O.LO-INCH DOT USING WHITE ACRYLIC PAINT (OR EQUIVALENT) IF
ACCEPTABLE.
PUBLICPIT(ONS AFFECTED: The Airplane Maintenenee Manual change required by this document will be
incorporated at the next scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLIPINCE: Malts an appropnate entry in ai~hne maintenance records as follows: Service Bulletin Na
201, dated 11 May 1884, entitled "Engine Isolator Assembly inspection andior Replacement’: Pert I accomplished
(date) Part II (if required) accomplished (date)
Page 11 of 11
Se~ice Gulfstream
Aerospace
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 600C, SERIAL NOS. 11727 AND 11729 THRU 11732.
MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 15021 THRU 15033 AND 15037
MODEL 6958, SERIAL NOS. 96055 THRU 96072, 96075, 96078, 96086 AND 96088.
NOTE
REASON FOR PUQLICATION: IMPROPER ALIGNMENT CAUSES FAILURE OF POWER STEERING COMMAND
SIGNAL. WITH SYSTEM ON, AND PILOT HAS NO CONTROL OF STEERING.
NOTE
SPECIALTOOLS: NONE.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
i. Gain access to nose gear steering command potentiometer. located in right fuselage nose section, through lower
forward nose access door (refer to Figure 1).
b Choose a point of reference on either the rudder cable or the nose geal´• steering
command potentiomoter
~od and note measurement of distance between rudder cable and potentiometer rod
d. Measure distance between rudder cable and potentiometer rad st same point of reference that was chosen
in step b A maximum of0.020-inch misalignment is allowed hem full right to full left rudder position.
Page 1 of3
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 202
c
P
3
A --.--i.f
FwopnEssunE
BULKHEAD (REF)
WELL BULKHEAD
(888)
C~
TO I\CHIEVE P~RI\LLEL
OF BRACKET ASSY WITH CONTROL
ci~in
CABLE. 8HIM AS AEO´•D nT TOp on
BOTTOM. ATTACH snlM To BRACKET EXISTING
WITH A MINIMUM OF ONE (1) NO. 3 BRACKET ASSY
FLUSH AIYET. RIVET SHALL NOT (nEF)
INTERFERE WITH INSTI\LL~TION
PaCe2ofS
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 202
C ’isting brarlrat ~asembly ´•a nrluirrd Iul io Oo(amch) Lo miseiignment rref.r b figure
NOTE
f if shimming does not achieve a parallel system within tolerance noted in step d., iemove existing bracket
assembly and replace with new 790348´•3 bracket assembly.
46991A patentiometer
5 Functional cheek nose steering, system as outlined in Chapter 32 of the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
gear
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Airplane Maintenance Manual change required by this document will be incorporated
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Bulletin
No. 202, dated 15 August 1984, entitled "Nose Dear Steering Command Potentiometer Alignment", accomplished
rdate)
C
rage 3 of3
Service Bulletin
C~II
Gulfstream
Aerospace
MODELS AFFECTED: A. THE FOLLOWING MODELS WITH FACTORY INSTALI.ED hP-106 AUTOPILOT.
REASON FOR PUBLICAT1ON: CERTAIN CAPSTAN ASSEMBLIES IN COLLINS AP-106 AND AP-10? AUTOPII.OT
INSTALLATIONS ARg SUBJECT TO CORROSION WHICH COULD CAUSE THE
FRICTION SI.IP CLUTCH TO SLIP AT A HIGHER THAN NORMAL TORqUE OR
ELSE NOT SI.IP AT ALL REFER TO COLLINS 334C-9Aill SERVICE BULLETIN
NO 2 (KF.VISION NO. II AND 3341)´•6( i SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 11(REVISION
NO, ii.
NOTE
IF ANY PROBI.BMS
ARE ENCOUNTERED WHILE
(:OMPLYING THISWITII
SERVICE BULLETIN.
CONTACT YOUR NEAREST DUI.FSTREAM
COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SIRVICENTER.
Page 1 oT4
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 203
SPECIAL TOOLS: REFER TO COI.I.INS B54C-9Alll SERVICE BULLETIN NO 2 IREVLSION NO I)AND 331113-6( 1
SERVICE DULI.B1‘IN NO. IltHEVISION NO. II.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
NOT6
I Cain ;I.usJE to oilen,n, elevator. ruddel´• and elevator trim autopilot capston sssomblies. Refer to applicnblr
C~,llinl Sol´•vice Info,.miltion Letter for ;Ippmximute loa,tion of eapatnn assemblies in airplane (rrfel´• to Figul´•e
II.
Figure I.
2. Inupoct uilrran, elevator, rudder and elevator trim eapstan assemblies br revision letter, loented next to the
purl number, on the edge of capatan mounting plate irefer to Figure 21.
Page 2 oft
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 203
C
nPaaLTRIM TYPICALTRIM
CAPSTAN ASSY SERVO ASSY
(REF)
INSPECTCAPSTANAS8Y
APPLY WHITE PAINT TO THIS MOUNTING PLATE FOR
AREA AND INK STAMP SLIP REVISION NUMBER
CLUTCH TORDUE SETTING
NOTE
IT MI\Y BE NECESSARY TO USE AN
i INSPECTION MIRROR TO LOCATE
PART NUMBER AND REVISION LETTER.
Figure 2.
Pageaof 4
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 203
9 iT th. ..uilan I.Lta. i´• RIV L’(plimoo ro.atnn.l or REV K iLnm eiquUn.) and yaarin.nth and isr~rr
are NOT stamped on the capstan assembly, the capstan assembly must be replaced. Proceed to step 5.
RWK(
NOTI
4. If eapstan assemblies are stamped with any revision letter other than those listed in step 3 or are stamped with
the revision letters listed in step 3 but are also stamped with yeadmonth and letters RWK and have the number
2 on sel´•vo mad plate marted out, they do not have to be replaced Proceed to step 8.
5. If eapstan assemhlylsl need to be replaced, contact the Collins Atlanta Factory Service Center to schedule the
ilpplapl´•inte quantity of
exchange capstan assemblies. If the exchange assemblies will not be received in a timely
mannel´•.lnd it is necessary for the airplane to continue operating until capstan assemblies are available, the
airplane owneriopel´•stor must have the break-away torque setting of the capstan assembly safety Friction slip
clutch verined by a Collins approved maintenance facility. The airplane can then be returned to normal
ope,´•nting service if the break-away torque is within specified range listed in the applicable Collins Service
Information Letter listed in Figure i. This return to service will be time limited and capstan assemblyis) must
still be replaced by 1 July 1985: however, iltheinspection indicates that a capstan assembly has been partially
cnl´•mded or completely frolen. it is recommended that the airplane be suspended from all night operations until
tbs capstan assembly is replaced.
8. Fill out and mail Compliance Cord Specify the Following on Compliance Card:
SPARES*FFECTED: AI.L AFFECTED AP-106 ANI) AP-107 AIITOPILOT CAPSTAN ASSEMBLIES MUST nE
PULLED FROM SHELF STOCK, INSPECTIO ANO REPLACED AS NECESSARY
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as Follows: Specify paragraph
Bu., 8h. or He. of Service Bulletin No203, dated 8 February 1985, entitled "lnspeetion and Replacement of Collins AP-
IOB and AP-IU1 Autopilot Capstan Assemblies", accomplished tdoto)
page I of 4
Senrice Bulletin GulFstream
Aerospace
COLLINS
PART APPLICABLE TO
UNIT NUMBER SERIAL NUMBER
NOTE
Page I of 3
SERVICE BULLETIN No 204
BE OBTAINED ON A NO
PARTS DI\TA: KgPLACEMENT CAPSTAN ASSEMBLIES, 1F RE~UIKED, MAY
COLLINS *TUINT~ ~CToRY BERVICE CENT~R *T
CHARGE WARRANTY ExcHarraa a*as su C*LLMC
ATL TO THE ATI‘ENTION OF MR. DEE ATWOOD UPON
51-2239 COLLINSRAD
(404) 896´•540G. TELEX:
ORIGINAL UNITS (AFFECTED CAPSTAN ASSEMBLIES)
COMPLETION OF THIS SERVICE BULLETIN. THE
MUST BE RETURNED IWITAIN THE UNITED STATES. SHIP FEDERAI. EXPRESS STANDARD AIR COLLECT OH
INTERNATIONALLY, SHIP AIR FREIGHT COLLECT) TO COLLINS ATLANTA FACTORY SERVICE CENTER. IF
SUSPECT UNITS ARE NOT RETURNED WITHIN 15 DAYS (30 DAYS INTERNATIONALLY) OF THE SHIPMENT
WARRANTY EXCHANGE UNITS, THE OWNEWOPERATOR WILL BE BILLED FOR THE
OF TIIE
EXCHANGE UNITS. THIS OFFER OF NO CHARGE WARRANTY EXCHANGE WILL EXPIRE 1 JULY 1985.
FOR REMOVAL AND
COLLINS AVIONICS WILL PROVIDE UP TO TWO (2) HOURS PER UNIT (CAPSTAN)
AUTHORIZED COLLINS DEALERISERVICE AGENCY. REFERENCE AIRCRAFT MODEL
REPLACEMENT RY AN
CAPSTAN ASBEMBLIES. FOLLOWING IS A DULFSTREAM
ANI) FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING
APPROVED LISTING, BY MODEL AND SYSTEM POSITION, OF THE
AEROSPACE COKP. CERTIFICATION
CAPSTAN ASSEMBLY PART NUMBERS:
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
NOTe
1 Gain access to aileron, .I~uatar, ´•udder and Bl.v.tor Vim ~spstan s~xmblra Re(sr ia Collins Sprui..
~I
information Letter 3-83 for SCS-65 for approximate location of capston assemblies in airplane.
4. If the capatan assemblies are not any of the serial numbers affeotad as listed under "MODELS AFFECTED",
they do not have tu be replaced. Proceed to Step 8.
the
5. Il eupsten assembly(s) need to be replaced, contact the Collins Atlanta Factory Service Center to schedule
of assemblies. If the elehnnge assemblies will not he received in a timely
appropriate quantity exchange eapstan
until capstan assemblies are available, the
manner and it is neceasary for the airplane a continue operating
must have the break-away torque setting of the capstan assembly safety friction slip
airplane ownedoperntur
returned to normal
clutch verilied by a Collins approved maintenance facility. The airplane ran then be
service if the break-away torque is within spsei8ed range listed in the applicable Collins Service
operating
(nfbrmution Letter 5-88 for SCS-65. This return to service will be time limited and Eoptan assembly(sl
nlust
however, if the inspection indicates that a capstan assembly has been partially
replaced by
still he 1 July 1985:
corroded or completely it is recommended that the airplane be suspended from all night operations until
the cnpstnn assembly is replaced.
Page 2 of 3
SERYICE BULLETIN NO. 204
enpsrahl nSsu
IDENTIFICATION
PLATE IREFI
NPIC~L SERYO
ASSY (REFI
TYPICAL C/\PSTAN
ASSY (REFI
norr
Figure i.
to installation.
a. Remove identifying tag (see step d.) and install capstan assembly(s) on airplane using existing
hardware.
h SeC primsn. mntmi cabl. ta~ioos .a ouflind in th. applunbl. O.h~sm h~roalirr. Gory ~rplanE
Maintenance Manual.
i. Set bridle control cables as outlined in Collins Service Information Letter 3-85 for SCS-GS
8. Fill out and mail Compliance Card. Specify the following on Compliance Card:
b. Inspected and found that (apeeib aileron, elevator, rudder or trim) capstan assemblies need to be
replaced. Compliance will be in accordance with Collins, Atlanta per step 5, page 2.
e. Inspected and replaced capstan aas.mblies. List quantity of capstan assemblies replaced and syetem
position (aileron, elevator, rudder or trim).
SPARES AFFECTED: ALI. AFFECTED APS-BS AUTOPILOT CAPSTAN ASSEMBLIES MUST BE PULLED FROM
SHELF STOCK,INSPECTEO AND REPLACED AS NECESSARY.
RECORD COMPLI~NCE: Malts an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as Follows: Specify paragraph
Be., 8b., or 8c. of Service Bulletin No 2011.
d.ted II February 1985. entitled "lnspeetion and Replacement olCollins APS-
,,..,,ilat Capstan Assemblies accomplished (date)
Page 3 of 3
Culfstream Aerospace Corporation
A review of the Pilot Operating Handbook (P.O.H.) or Plight Manual (P~M) for
Commander Turbo Prop Aircraft has revealed a possible lack of emphasis of
the importance of the Design Maneuvering Spaed in aircraft operations.
As explained below, the enclosed P.O.H. or F/M changes end the placard state
that abrupt control movements above Maneuver Speed (111-149 Kts, depending
on aircraft model and weight) can result in dangerous structural damage and
possible loss of the aircraft. The P.O.H. or F/M changes are in the Airspeed
Limitation, Flight in Severe Turbulence and Definition sections. When you install
the placard and make the P.O.H. or P/M page changes, please read and understand
stalling speed with flaps retracted and N is the design maneuvering load factor.
This means that the aircraft, when operating at speeds equal to less than
or Va,
will stall prior to, or at the design load factor and thus not be overloaded by
full travel abrupt control surface movements or from gust encounters. Va varies
with the aircraft operating weight. The change pages attached hereto present
We have made changes in the various Pilot Oparsting Handbooks or Flight Manuals
to emphasiee the importance of understanding Va, and have included a placard
to be placed the centerpost in the
on cockpit. The authorization and instructions
for installing the placard are contained in the enclosed copy of Service Bulletin
Ii you have any questions regarding the importance of this warning, please call
our Service Department at the following number; (405) 789-5000.
_
Vn PLACARD INSTALLATION
MODELS AFFECTED: MODELBS0, SERIAL NOS. 11001 TIIRU 11079.
MODEL 690A, SERIAI. NOS. 11100 THKU 11344.
MODEL 690R, SERIAL NOS 11350’PHRU 11566.
MODE1.690C, SERIAI. NOS. 11600 THRU 11703, 11709 AND 11119 THRU 1 1?85.
MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 15001THRU 15042.
MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 85000 THRU 95084.
MODEL 695i\. SERIAL NOS 96001 THRU 96061, 96064 THRU 96068, 96070 THRU
96074.
96076, 96077, 96019 THRU 96084AND 96086 THT(U 96100.
MODEL 69IB, SERIAL NOS 96063, 96069. 96075,
96078, 96085 AN1)96201 THRU 96207.
REASON FOR PUBLlCATION: TO EMPAASIZE THE IMPORTANCE OF ORSERVINGVn
SPEEDS.
ESTIM~TEDMI\N-HOURS: THIRTY(SO)MINUTES.
PARTS DATA: PLACARD P/N 860783-689 COMPLIANCE CARD AND AIRPLANE FLIGHT
MANUAL OR PILOT’S
OPERATING HANDBOOK REVISION IS BEING FURNISHED
WITII THIS SERVICE BULLETIN
SPECIALTOOLS: NONE.
/ICCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
680 FlightManual 21
690A FlightManual 28
690B Pilot’s Operating Handbook 21
690C Pilot’s Operating Handbook 19
690D Pilot’s Operating Handbook 10
696 Pilot’s OperatingHandbook 10
695A Pilot’s OperatingHandbook 18
69511 Pilot’s Operating Handbook 7
ELECTRICALLOAD: NoChange.
WEIOHTPINDBALANCE: NoChange.
SPARESAFFECTED: No.
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Airplane Flight Manual or Pilot´•s Operating Handbook revision is furnished with this
SelvieeBulletin.
Page 1 oE2
SERYICEnULLETINNOlao6
,o\ m o ~h
WINDSHIELD
CENTERPOST COYGR
(REF)
0. 5" ABOVE UPPER
MOST
PLACARD
880185´•888
PLACARD L
CENTERLINE OF
AIRPLANE
Figure 1.
Page 2 of 2
Sewice Bblllefin Culfstream
Aerospace
ESTIMATED M*N HOURS: MODELS 690, 690A AND 69011 UP TO SIX (B) HOURS.
MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11601) THRU 11718 UP TO FOURTEEN (14) HOURS.
MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11719 THRU 11135 UP TO SIX
(6) HOURS.
MODEL 690D UP TO SIX (6) HOURS.
MODEL 696 UP TO FOURTEEN (141 HOURS.
MODEL 895A, SERIAL NOS. 88001 THRU 98013 AND 96018 UP TO FOURTEEN (14)
HOURS.
MODEL 695A, SERIAL NOS. 96014 THRU96011 AND
96019 THRU 96100 UP TO
SIX (6) HOURS.
MODEL 695B UP TO SIX (6) HOURS.
Page 1 of 6
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 208
INSPECT~REAAROUNO
80LT HOLES AND FLANOES
OF 8PPIR CAP FOR CRACKS
CONTROL LINI(AOE
ACCESS DOOR IREFI
VERTICAL STABILIZER
AFT SPAR IREF)
HORIZONTAL
SIABlLIZER
FRONT SPAR
O IREFI
O
O o e9
o
o
dl
0 o,
oo e
00
00 O
~NS´•B BOLT
O "N"OD5’8 WASHER
6\1 I
IUNDER NUT ONLY)
D
O 00 O
INSPECT AREA BELOW
8PI\R FOR CRACI(S
0c00 eo
NOTE
FilYla 1´•
Page aoi8
SERVICE BULLETIN NO 206
*CCOMPLISHIENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Remove left and right rudder control linkage doors that lacated
access are just aft of iuselage station 409.56.
3 Disconnect electrical wiring from tail position lights and remove tail cone,
5. Inspeet the following areas, at station 409.58, where vertical stabilizer attaches to horizontal stabilizer, for
possible craeksidamage:
Spar web.
a. Around rivete that attach lower vertical stabilizer skin to ribs (refer to
Figure 2).
F Lower ribs in vertical fin.
C ..r.
NOTE
Service Letter No. 345 installs castellated nuts and an access door
for saay access to empennage attach balte.
a. Remove existing cotter pins and check bolt torque. Torque to be iso to 200 inch-pounds.
b Assure that nut. be secured
can properly with new MS24665-132 cotter pins (refer to Figure 31.
c. If nuts cannot be secured prope’ly´• remove nut. Install additional AN960D516 washer (under
an nut
aniy), reinstall existing nut and torque 160 to 200
inch-pounds by tightening nut to low side of torrlue
range and. if necessary, continue to tighten until a nut slot aligns with hale in bolt. Install new
11´•1524665´•132 cotter pins.
9. Ifcaateliaied nuts are not installed, replace existing vertical stabilizer attach bolt (4 places), one at a time, os
follows irefer to Figure 1):
Page aolB
SER~CE OULLETIN NO. 20(i
n?
-i:
g
X
4
VERTICAL
1?
C
Figure 2.
Page lofs
SERYICE BUI.LETIN NO ?I)h
Figure 3.
NOTE
fx e i) hol. is damng.d, it is acceptable to use ANG-7 bolt 0.3;9" diameter hale) only if an edge
distance of(l.56inch or more can be maintained.
d ilit is determined, prior to reaming existing hole, that an edge distance of 0S6-inch or more cannot
be maintained, contaet OulUream Aerospace Product Support for further inrtructions.
e II it is determined, prior to
reaming existing hole, that an edge dirtmee uP O.SB-inch or more can be
maintained ream damagedhole to 0.315"10.379" diameter and install ANG´•i bolt, AN960D616 w~her
(under nut onlyl and M517825-6 nut Torque bolt 300 to 330
ineh´•paonds by tightening nut to low side
of torque range and. if necessary, continue to tighten until a our slot aligns with hole in bolt. Install
MS2J665-1311 cotter pin (refer to Figure 3)
NOTE
10. if there are castellated nuts installed and washers under bolt heed, proceed as follows:
a P\emo~r bolts affected, one at a time, and inspect bolt heir. for poalibls damage
NOTE
Do not have more than one (1) bolt out at the same tin,e
b If IloleJ are not dnmnged, reinstall existing ANS-B bolt. ANYI(OD,IB ~unshel. .,r w;lsberx (under nut
onl,´•l and existing MS11825-5 nut. Torque bolt to L60 to 200 incb-pilunlis by
of tol´•qus range and. if
tightening nut to low side
necessary, continue to tightm until r nut Jlot nliiinx with bile in holt. Install
new MS21665-131 cotter pin (refer to Figure 31.
Pab’eSofG
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 206
c If hales are damaged, it is acceptable to use AN6-? bolt (0.376"10.379" diameter hole) only if an edge
distance of OS6-inch or more can be maintained.
d. If it is determined. prior to reeming existing holes, that an edge distance of O.58-inch or more cannot
be maintained, contact Gulfstream Aerospace Product Support for further instructions.
e if it isdetermined, prior to reaming existing holes, that an edge distance of 0.56-inch or more can be
maintained, ream damaged hole or holes to 0.376"10.379" diameter and install ANB-? bolt, ANSB~TiGIB
washer (under nut only) and MS11825-6 nut. Torque bolt S00 to 330
inch-pounds by tightening Rut to
low side of to~que rang. and, if
necessary, continue to tighten until a slot aligns with hole in bolt.
Install MS24685-134 cotter pin irefer to Figure 3).
NOTE
14. Fill out end mail Compliance Card specifying if cracks were found and if oversi.e bolts were installed.
PUsUC*TUINS*FFECICO: NONE C_
RECORD COMPLI*NCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Sely-ice
Bulletin No.
206, dated I? Au~ust 1981, entitled "lnspection of Empennage Attach Area at
Fuselage Station 409.56,,’ accomplished:
(date)
page BufB
,Service Bwlletin cko~l
Gulfstream
Aerospace
MODELS AFFECTED: THE FOLLOWING MODELS WITH DEVORE TEI,TAIL LOGOIRECOGNITION LIGHTING
8YSTEM INSTALLED PER 8TC gA1O1?EA OR FACTORY INSTALLED PER COMMANDER
DRAWINGS 890449 OR 880453 AND IPPILIZING DEVORE TEL-TAUL BULBS P~ DA-21
AND DA-1S:
MODELS 500, 50OA, SOOB, 50011, 520, 660, 560A, 560E, 5608, 680, 680E, 680F, 680F(P),
680n, 680FL(P), 680T, 680V, 680W AND 720, SERIAL NOS. 1 THRU 1876.
MODEL 5005, SERIAL NOS. 1166 THRU 1816 AND 3080 THRU 3313.
MODEL BB1, SERIAL NOS. 6001 THR~ 60?a.
MODEL 685, SERIAL NOS. 12000 THRU 12066.
MODELS 690, 69(IA AND BgOB, SERIAL NOS. 11001 THRU 11666.
MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11600 THRU 11135.
MODEL B9oD, SERIAL NOS. 15001 THRU 15042.
MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 86000 THRU 95084.
MODEL 695A, SERIAL NOS. 96W1 THRU 96061, 86064 THRU 86068, 96010 THRU 96014,
116016, 96011, 86018 THRU 9608´•1 AND 96088 THRU 96100.
MODEL 69511, SERIAL NO8. 96062 AND 86201 THRU 96207.
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: REPORTS OF GLASS BEADS VIBRATING OUT OF LOoOlRECOCNBION LIGHT
BULB BASE DUE TO POTI~INCr PROBLEMS. GLASS BEADS COLLECTED IN
GREASE ON ELEVATOR TRIM CHAIN AND CAUSEDA JERKEY OR JAMMED
CONDITION.
COMPLIANCE: WITHIN NEXT TWEEFI~Y-FIVE (25) HOURS TIME IN SERVICE AND EVERY TWENTY-FIVE (25)
HOURS THEREAFI~ER UNTIL LIGHT BULBS ARE REPLACED WITH DA61 OR DA?2 BULBS.
I
NOTE
PARTS DATA: CONTACT DEV(IRE AVIATION CORPORATION PRODUCT SUPPORT DEm.. 6104B KLRCHER
BLVD., N.E. ALBUQUERBUE, NEW MEXICO 81108 TO ARRANGE FOR BULB P/N DA-16 OR DA-21
REPLACEMENT EXCHANGE.
Psgs 1 of S
SER~ICE BULLFNN NO. aO?A
RH LO(IOIREW(INITION
LIGHT
LH LO(OOREECWNTTION
LIGHT
LINI(I\(IE
ACCES8DMIR
~Pa-E"F9"
ROLLER
CHI\IN
IREFIE~EvnroRTl\s IREFI
fRPP~CKET
FCra i.
PpgePofS
~t
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 207A
)ACCOMPUSHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
a. Remove covers hem left and right logoiremgnition lights (refor to Figure 1).
NOTE
NOTE
Handling bulbs with bare fingers will deposit finger prints and
solvent such as
grease on bulbs. Clean bulbs witb a grease-free
acetone before illuminating bulbs.
7. Install covers an logoirecognition lights usmg existing hardware. Torque screws 8 to 8 inch-pounds.
trim chains and sprockets for grease contamination with glass beads (refer to Figure i).
9. Inspect elevator
10. Check cavities in horizontal stabilizer and empennage far glass bead contamination. Remove ail glass beads.
1S. Functional check elevator trim system to assure that system i. operating properly and smoothly.
14. Reinstall rudder control linkage access doors using existing hardware.
AND REPLACED
SPARES AFFECTED: ALL DA1B AND DA21 BULBS SHOULD BE REMOVED FROM STOCK
WITH DAS1 AND DA72 BULBS.
I
MODeL8 AFFECTEDI
The following medals that have replaced nose landing gear axles
between January i, 1986 and
February 24, 1988:
NOTE
If you have not replaced an axle, P/N 9545, during
the time noted shove, inspection is not required
APPR(IVAL:
Page 1 of 4
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 209
PARTS DATA:
SPECIAL TOOLS:
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTR~OCTIONSt
axle. Axle must teet 150 ksi minimum (Rockwell hardnesss of C34
5. If axle test is not acceptable, replace with new 9545 axle and
proceed to step 6.
Page 2 of 4
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 209
NOTE
Replace if necessary.
NOTE
Additional grease may have to be added to
hearing housing after bearing has been installed.
axle nut.
i. Install axle plugs, axle bolt and nut. Tighten axle bolt
Rage 3 of 4
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 209
PLUO
AXLE BOLT
AXLE WHEELAGSY
BOLT
NUT
SPACER
AXLEI/
SPACER
T
ACCEPTABLE TO PERFORM
HARDNESS TEST HERE
PAEFERREOTOPERFORM
HPIRDNESS TEST AT ENDS
OF AXLE
Piguee i.
SPARES AFFECTED:
All axles in spares stook must be checked for hardness and removed
if found to be defective.
RECORD COMPLIANCEr
follows:
Page 4 of 4
,Senn’ce Bu ileti n IIRCRIFT CORPORITION
Box 3388
Arlington. WA 98223
Tsl: (208) 435´•8791 Fax: (208) lCH12
HODELB AFFECTED:
Page 1 of 7
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 210
COHPLUUYCE:
Figure i)
APPB~AL:
Pace 2 of 7
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 210
Part II A. 2 hours
B. 2 hours
PARTS DATA:
SPECIAG TOOL81
cl4.
PICCOMPLISBXENT IN8PROCPI~ONB:
8. Inspect each
flap system pulley on both sides for
signs of
rubbing against the upper and lower
support brackets. Be especially alert for wear on
the clip that secures the cable. Replacement is
mandatory if any clip is being worn.
Page 3 of 7
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 210
RECORD COMPLIANCEt
Pace 4 of 7
SERVICE BULLFTIN NO. 210
Piiga 5 Of 7
8EBVICE BULLETIN NO. 210
Paae 6 of 7
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 210
k?bd3 i
1 cable (lsRaida)
2 cable (riQM lids)
3 ~sbls(lsnordgM)
cable (lener dgM)
cable (Isn or righh
Page 7 of 7
COXPLIANCE CARD
Model: Airplane:
owner:
Address:
Part I IN8PECalON
yes no
Part II REPWACEMENT
Inspected By:
Date:
Telephone No.
MANDA TORY
PART II: TO PROVIDE MODIFICATIONS TO WTEND FATIGUE LIFE AND REDUCE FUTURE
M
INSPECTION RECIUIREMENTS. PART II IS TERMINATING ACTION AND NO FURTHER
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS PER THIS SERVICE BULLETIN ARE REQUIRED FOR ALL ITEMS A
U(CEPT PART I. ITEM 10.
N
THIS INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE FROM FULL SCALE FATIGUE TESTING OF A
MODEL B95A WING AND PRESSURE CABIN. THE MODEL 880C/695 WING IS THE SAME ID
CONFIGURATION AS THE TESTED 695A WING.
A
COMPLIANCE: IT
PART I: (INSPECTION) lo
INITIAL INSPECTION: BOW HOURS TOTAL AIRFRAME TIME IN CONJUNCTION WITH MAJOR IR
INSPECTION GUIDE I.
Iv
SECOND INSPECTION: 7500 HOURS TOTAL AIRFRAME TIME IN CONJUNCTION WITH MAJOR
~RSPECTION GUIDE II, UNLESSPAR771 PREVIOUSLY ACCOMPLISHED.
SVBSWUENT 1000 HOUR INTERVALS UNTIL ACCOMPLISHMENT OF PART II. PART I. ITEM
INSPECTIONS: 10 IS TO BE REINSPECTED AT 1000 HOUR INTERVALS (SEE FIGURE 5).
Page 1 of 16
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 213
A 8 P MECHANIC (OR EQUIVALEN1) AND A CERTIFIED NDT INSPECTOR (OR EQUIVALENT) PER
INSPECTION ~UALIFICATIONS.
NOTE:
DUE TO THE COMPLEXITY OF THIS SERVICE BULLETIN IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE
MODIFICATION PORTION BE COMPLETED BY AN AUTHORIZED MIIN COMMANDER
SERVICE CENTER.
PART II: M001N WIND RIBS WiS. 39 AND W.S. 80 -1 KIT 20 HRS
MODIFI WING STRINGER ENDS 3 HRS
MODIFI WING UPPER SKIN W.S. 103 TO W.S. 113 -2 KIT 10 HRS
PART II: E 33 HRS
PART II: PARTS RE~VIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE BULLETIN MAY
BE PURCHASED FROM YOUR NEAREST TWIN COMMANDER
FACTORY AUTHORIZED SERVICE CENTER UNDER KlT NUMBERS
LISTED BELOW.
Page 2 ot 18
SERVICE BULLETIN NO, 213
NOTE:
DESOTO 825309 POLYURETHANE PRIMER USED FOR TOUCH UP ON PARTS FURNISHED
WITH THIS KIT TO BE PROCURED LOCALLY.
INsPECTloNsunLlnCnTIoNS: (PART I)
1. PERSONNEL CIVALIFICATIONS
a. Liquid Penetnnt with documented experience of no less than 200 hours.
Level II
b. Vision
acuity requirements of MIL-STD-410E, or latest revision.
c. Documented training in accordance with MIL-STO-4108, or latest revision and recommended practice
SNT-TC-1A of the American Society for Nondestructive Testing,
3. PROCESS
a. Per MIL-STD´•B~BB.
b. Sensitivity Type I. Method A. Level II
1. Disconnect batteries.
3. Perform a general structural $speotlan in acco~anca with applicable Maintenance Manual procedures and
inspection Program selected per Maintenance Manual Chapter 5. Particular attention should be given to
rivet lines, end fastener locations in splices, nn$gs or doublers and at any changes in cross se*lon. Also
areas having curved members and areas having small (less than 2 limes fastener diameter) edge distances.
Pace 3 ct 16
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 213
4. Close visual inspection is required, using Fluorescent Penetrant method as an aid in disclosing cracks.
Carefully remove sealants or finishes as necessary in o~er to allow inspection of the structural elements.
Moderate hand pressures applied between pans, in order to produce any relative movement allowed, may
assist in the detection of failure of the parts or joining fasteners. AIso, observe any rub marks indicating
relative movement of parts under load. Finishes or sealants must be restored per recommended
Maintenance Manual practices after inspections are completed. Inspections refer to both right and left
aides of the airframe unless specified otherwise,
5. Remove upper wing skin access doon inboard and autboad of Wing Station 38.00 ribs.
6. Gain access to the lower nanges of the Wing Station 39.00 rib between the Main Spar Lower Cap and
stringer No. 7.
NOTE:
THESE INSPECTIONS REQUIRE THAT THE AFT INBOARD AND OUTBOARD FUEL
CELLS SE MOVED ASIDE TO GAIN ACCESS TO THE RIBS (L DOUBLERS. REFERENCE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHAPTER 28 FOR PROCEDURES.
7. Inspect the Wing Station 39 rib and doubler lower flanges, an of the main spar and foma~d of stringer No,
7, for cracks in or near the flange radius or adjacent to rivets (reference Figure 1), using Fluorescent
Penetrant Method.
Inspect the Wing Station 39 and 69 ribs at the stringer No, 3 cut-out at the upper nange area for cracks in
or near the flange radius, web or flange adjacent to rivets (reference Figure 2), using Fluorescent
Penetrant Method,
8. Inspect wing upper Stringers, No, 1, 2, and 2A at their inbaalrl termination for cracks in the stringen or
attaching structures and for any failed fastenen (reference Figure 3), using Fluorescent Penetrsnt Method.
The inboartl 4.5 Inches of the stringers are to be inspected for cracks from the forward side, The
corresponding area of the frame is to be inspected from the an side. All visible fanenen in the inboard
end of the stringer; are to be inspected for loose, working or sheared conditions.
NOTE:
THIS INSPECTION WILL REQUIRE THE REMOVAL OF A PORTION OF: THE PASSENGER
CABIN INTERIOR TO GAIN ACCESS TO THE STRINGERS IN THE UPPER CABIN. IN
AODITION, THE CABIN OXYGEN LINES IN THE AREA OF THE STRINGERS ARE TO BE
DBCONNECTED FOR ACCESS,
9. Inspect the upper skin in the area outboed of Wing Station 103 and an of stringer No. 1, for cracks in the skin
NOTE:
SERIAL NUMBERS 11620, 11864, AND 95038 ARE EXCLUDED FROM STEP 8.
10. Inspect Fuselage Station 144 frame, doublers at wing attach nnlngs above Water Line -10 for cracks and for tailed
fasteners (reference Figure 5), using Fluorescent Penetrant Method.
CAUTION:
THE 144 FRAME IS TO BE INSPECTED THRU THE EXISTING PANEL LIGHTING HOLE
FROM THE FRONT 91DE ONLY. DO NOT REMOVE THE FIBERGLASS CABIN PRESSURE
SEAL COVERING THE AFT SIDE OF THE FRAME AT THE WING ATTACH FITTING,
Page 4 of 19
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 213
NOTE:
FOR LOCAL TOUCH UP ON EXISTING
STRUCTURE, USE ZINC CHROMATE. DO NOT MIX
CHROMATE AND POLYURETHANE PRIMERS ON THE SAME PART. ALL NEW ALUMINUM
PARTS FROM TWIN COMMANDER ARE POLYURETHANE PRIMED.
DAMAGE LIMITS
CAUTION:
EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN CUTTING TO AVOID DAMAGING THE MAIN SPAR
LOWER CAP, SPAR DOUBLER PLATES OR OTHER WING STRUCTURE. USE STAINLESS
STEEL SHIMSTOCK OR OTHER MEANS AS APPROPRIATE TO PROTECT THE STRUCTURE
FROM DAMAGE. TO REMOVE RIVETS, DRILL OFF HEADS AND DRIVE OUT. DO NOT
DRILL OUT. TO REMOVE HVCKBOLTS, USE A COLLAR SPLITTER FIND DRIVE THE STEM
OUT. ACCEPTABLE TO USE A 3X RIVET GUN OR SMALLER. WHEN REMOVING ANDIOR
INSTALLING INTERFERENCE FIT FASTENERS (HUCKBOLTS OR HI-LOKS) BACKUP THE
STRUCTURE WITH AN APPROPRIATE BUCKING BAR.
a. Modify the Wing Station 39 rib and doubler lower flanges per Figure B which replaces the formed flanges
between the main soar and stringer No. 7 with back to back extruded angles.
b. Trim away the lower existing wing station 39.00 rib nan8es (rib has both inboard and outboard nanges).
including the bend radius from the Main Spar LowerCap to stringer No. 7 -(reference Figure 1 and 8).
00 NOT DAMAGE THE EXISTING INTERNAL ALUMINUM STRAP UNDER THE RIB FLANGE.
c. Remove existing fasteners g rivets common to the rib and 170318-1/-2 cap angle sind 10 fasteners
common to the rib lower nanges and lower wing skin.
CAUTION:
THE HI-LOK COLLARS WILL BE VERY CLOSE TO THE VERTICAL LEG OF THE ADDED
170425-1 AND 170020-1 ANGLES ON SOME AIRPLANES, MARK THE ANGLES BEFORE
DRILLING TO DETERMINE IF THE COLLARS CAN BE INSTALLED. IF THE COLLARS
CANNOT BE INSTALLED, DETERMINE IF A SUBSTITUTE MSZ1OIZ OR M521043 NUT CAN
BE INSTALLED. IF THE NUTS CANNOT BE INSTALLED, CONTACT TWIN COMMANDER
AIRCRAFT CORPORATION BEFORE CONTINUING.
o~..
SERVICE BULLETIN NO, 213
a. Fit the 170425-1,170426-1 angles and K160010-505 fillers to the rib and lower
wing skin.
i. Check for gaps between the 170625-1. 170428-1 angles and the lower
wing skin. If a gap is present.
select a K180015-501 tapered shim as required to prevent prelaading the structure. Shlms
may he
reworked and cut to sire to fill gaps. Shims must pick
up a minimum of two fast eners. A MS2d426AD4
rivet may be installed between existing Hi-Loks (minimum pitch .75 inch).
NOTE:
IN LIEU OF A SOLID METALLIC SHIM, THE USE OF CAST PLASTIC SHIM MATERIAL
(EPON
934 OR EOUIVALENT, PER THE MANUFACTURES
DIRECTION) IS PERMITTED UP TO A
MAXIMUM OF.020 INCHES. ANY NECESSARY REMAINING SHIM MATERIAL REQUIRED
BEYOND .020 SHALL BE METAL AS ABOVE. CHECK ALL INSTALLED FASTENERS WITH A
.002 INCH THICK BRASS FEELER GAGE FOR SHANKING. GAGE MUST NOT TOUCH THE
SHANK OF THE FASTENER BEMIEEN PARTS.
9´• Remove all parts, break and smooth all sharp edges, deburr and prime per item i., as required.
h. Refinish all bare of the new parts with Desoto
areas polyurethane paint 825-309 (added scarfs, rework
of tapered Shlms K180015, act.).
I. Modify the Wing Station 39 and 88 ribs per Figure 6, Detail B which adds a doubler angle to the
upper
flange and web ad]acent to the stringer and wire bundle cutout at stringer No. 3.
NOTE:
IF DAMAGE IS FOUND, DO NOT PROCEED WITH MODIFICATION. DAMAGED PARTS
MUST BE REPLACED OR AN APPROVED REPAIR INSTALLED PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF
MODIFICATION AND RETURN TO SERVICE.
a. Modify the end trims of st~nger No. 1, 2 and 2A per Figure 7 which´•adds a radius to the bulb section fillet
radius see Figure 3.
CAUTION:
THE 63 FINISH CALLED FOR ON FIGURE I IS EOUIVALENT TO A SMOOTH MACHINED
SURFACE, EXERCISE CARE TO NOT UNDERCUT THE EXTRUSION LEGS.
eano PI nf IR
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 213
DAMAGE LIMITS
(SEE FIGURE 4)
CAUTION:
EXERCISE CARE IN DRILLING RIVETS AT WING STATION 113. THE THIRD RIVET FROM
THE FRONT OF THE 110316-3 IS DIRECTLY OVER AN EXISTING TUBE WITH NO CLEARANCE
TO REINSTALL A RIVET. DO NOT DRILL THIS RIVET OUT. MARK THE RIVET BUTT ON THE
ADDED PARTS AND TRIM THE PARTS (U SHAPE) TO CLEAR THE BUTT.
a. Stop drill the ends of all crackswith a No. 30 stop drill hale. Dye penetrant inspect to ensure crack does
not extend beyond stop drill.
b. Modify the wing upper Jkin per Figure 8 which adds a spacer and stiffening angles to the skin bay between
Wing Station 103 and 113, and stringer No. 1 and 2.
NOTE:
COMPLY WITH THOSE PORTIONS OF SERVICE BULLETIN 198 NECESSARY TO ENSURE
SEALING OF THE WING STATION 113 RIB.
NOTE:
SERIAL NUMBERS 11620, 11684, AND 99038 ARE EXCLUDED FROM STEP 3.
4. Restore finishes, sealants and paint and reinstall fuel cells, access doors and interiors as required.
NOTE:
THE FUEL CELL NIPPLE CLAMP TOROUE PROCEDURES IN SERVICE BULLETIN 167,
"FUEL CELL INSPECTION ANDIOR REPLACEMENT," ALSO COULD BE OF ASSISTANCE IN
THE REINSTALLATION OF ANY FUEL CELLS DISTURBED OR REMOVED.
NOTE:
THE FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE CHECK PROCEDURE OUTLINED BY SERVICE BULLETIN
185, "FUEL CELL INSPECTION ANDIOR REPLACEMENT", COULD POSSIBLY EXPEDITE
THE LEAK CHECK OF THE FUEL SYSTEM FOR THE REINSTALLED FUEL CELLS WHICH
WERE DISTURBED OR REMOVED.
ntlfi
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 213
6. Fill out the information on the Compliance Card and send to:
RECORD COMPLIANCS; Make an appropriate entry In Airplane Maintenance Recods as follows: Senrice
Bulletin No. (213), dated June 2, 1884. entitled "WING FATIGUE INSPECTION
AND MODIFICATION," complied with as follows:
Part I inspection: List inspection items accomplished by item no., title, airplane total time, and date.
If the recommended modification of the inspection item listed has not been accomp-
lished, list the next scheduled inspection times to repeat inspection of the item.
Part II Modification: List modincalions accomplished by drawing and dash no., title, airplane total time.
and date.
Pane a nt 18
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 213
w.s.
O O
0~0)F3 01C
U
-io-i- ij
Figure I
LEFT W.S. JB SHOWN
aTR 1i7" (Rshrrnsa 1.P.C. Figure 2-19)
W.P. W.S.
i..
CI OTRIH3W(RBL
C
INSP. ITEM 7 1IOU(´•MI SlIFFENER (Rrr)
(L 6 R)
PROS 9 0(16
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 213
,.:5\
INSP. ITEM 8 (L 6
a "~.X
R) P’
OISCONNECTOXYGEN I ;j
IINE AT STR tll *NO #2
hlJm~, (O
FORCRACKS
FlpuraJ
CHECKULF/ISTENIRS
i*´•~IPcnwnwn
INSP ITEM g (L 1 R)
W.S.
INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN THESE W.I.
(01.5
AREAS (REF FIGURE 7 FOR MOO.) 1(*0
UPPER NACELLE
FAIRING
LUAOINO
SKIN
"01o
n
oio,
SrR
´•I
I
INSPECTFOROAMIOE
i
SEE FIGURE B I
LJ
Rgun 4
(Rs~rsnso I.P.E. Rgwa u7. ZJg)
Pegs ~O of l6
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 213
INSP ITEM 10
(i a R)
i
r" II
NO INSPECTION
I i FROMAFTSIOE
II
I 1 it i REOLIIRED
tW I--C----j
n u
i
iil/ ~WING A~TACH i ii
i.YI FII1~NO (REF) I U’ I II
W
--W~TERLINE´•(O.OO
Page 11 of 16
COMPLIANCE CARD
OWNER NAME:
ADDRESS:
City State Zip
PART I INSPECTION:
ilST INSPECTION ITEMS COMPLIED WITH BY ITEM NO.. TITLE, AND DATE OF COMPLIANCE.
LIST DETAILS OF ANY CRACKS OR DAMAGED FOUND.
DATE SIGNATURE
PARTII MODIFICATION:
LIST MODIFICATIONS COMPLIED WITH BY MODIFICATION DRAWING AND DASH NO., TITLE.
AND DATE OF COMPLIANCE.
ADDRESS:
Cny State Zip
DATE SIGNATURE
r~lllY
AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
Operators of Model 900 (690D) and 1000 (695A/695B) Twin Commanders soon will
be able to bring their aircraft up to the service life standards of the last of these
models produced. Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation has developed a series of
airframe inspections and modifications, which will accomplish this. The inspections
and modifications are explained in SE (Service Bulletin) 214.
This service bulletin provides a very thorough examination of the pressurized cabin
structure (the cockpit, passenger cabin and the inboard portion of the wing between
the two engines). The modifications involve the installation of new parts and
reinforcement of existing parts in various locations.
To complete this service bulletin, access to the complete inside of the fuselage is
required. The interior is removed; as well as the windshields, cockpit and cabin
windows, control yokes, instrument panel, cabin flooring and ductwork.
Pressurization sealer and anti corrosion compounds must also be removed in the
areas requiring inspection and modification.
Incorporation of SE 214 will ensure the continued safe and reliable operation of
these aircraft while enhancing their value. The issuance of this service bulletin is a
continuation of Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation’s commitment to support the
owners and operators while maintaining the airworthiness of the Twin Commander
fleet.
Contact your Twin Commander Service Center for additional information and details
on this service bulletin. They have knowledge, capabilities and have completed the
Bill D. Hurley
Vice President and General Manager
nnJIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION Arlington Airport 19010 591h Dr. N.E. Arlington, WA 98223 Telephone: (360) 435-9797 FAX: (360) 435-1112
SERVICE PUBLICATIONS
I
LfLIAll~nA U17~EIQ
revisionI notice A /RCRA Fi’ CORPORA 7~ON
19010 59’h Dr. N.E. Arlinglon,WA 98223-7832
Tel:(360)435-9797 FAX:(360)435-11~2
APPROVAL:
L FIGURE(S) 8 88
EFFECTIVITY
MODEL SIN
EFFECTIVITY
MODEL S/N
690D 15001THRU15034
695A 96014THRU 96017
695A 96019THRU 96076
EXCEPT SIN 96063.
96069 3 96075
Page No. of i
MANDATORY r~lAI
NOTE:
SERIAL NUMBERS 15037, 15041, 15042, 96064, 96072, 96088, 96201, 96202 AND 96203 ARE
NOT SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SERVICE BULLETIN (REF. TCAC SE 232
WING AND CARGO DOOR FUSELAGE FATIGUE INSPECTION AND MODIFICATION
M
REASON FOR A
This Service Bulletin information is based on data devslopsd during the iull scale Fatigue Te~t conducted I N
on the Model 695A wing and pressurized cabin. These modifications are required at the specific time
intervals indicated to maintain airframe life of 7,500 Hours or more. This Service Bulletin does not D
structural modlflaatiens
superrade any prior Se~vice Publicaiions issued with respect to inspections or
IA
T
COMPLIANCE:
O
This Service Bulletin contains three (3) time compliance schedules. There is a schedule for inspection
modification set forth ´•in Part I, Table I; a schedule for recurring inspections set forth in Par! II, Table I; and R
the following Table A, "lnitial Compliance Times".
Y
INITIAL COMPLIANCE TIMES
CURRENT AIRFRAME COMPLIANCE REQUIRED PRIOR TO (HOURS TIS)
OURS/ TIME-IN-SERVICE) I OR WITHIN THE NEXT TMONTHSJ WHICHEVER COMES FIRST
0000-1700 (2700) Hours or [36]Months
1701-2500 (3400) Hours or [36] Months
2501-3000 (3800) Hours or [36]Months
3001-5000 (5500) Hours or [30]Months
5001-6000 (6400) Hours or [24] Months
6001-7500 (7800) Hours or [181Mbnths
Over 7500 121 Months
Table A
No inspections i modifications are required before the expiration of the time period set forth in Tabk~.-L
applicable to the airplane; however it is highly recommended that all of the Part r, Table I inspections I
modifications be accomplished at the earliest practicable time.
Page No. 1 of 72
2/
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
COMPLIANCE: (cont.)
Before the expiration of the time period set forth in Table A applicable to the airplane, all inspections
modifications that are overdue to Part I, Table I must be accomplished. Thereafter all remaining
according
inspections I modifications described in Part I, Table I must be accomplished in accordance with the time
periods set forth in that table.
It is highly recommended by Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation that all inspections modifications
specified in Part I, Table I be completed at the time of first compliance with this Service Bulletin regardless
of total airframe hours. This will eliminate removing the same assemblies parts multiple times, and
reduce the possibility of damaging these assemblies I parts with subsequent airframe disassembly.
EXAMPLE.. Aircraft has 5000 airframe Hours I Time-in-Service. The items with 1700, 2500, 3000, and 5000
Hour Aircraft Inspection Time Periods as required by Part I, Table I "INSPECTION
MODIFICATION TIMES" must be completed at or prior to 5500 Hours Time-in-Service or
30 Months, whichever comes first. It is recommended that the 6000 Hour and 7500 Hour items
also be accomplished at that time. If the 6000 Hour and 7500 Hour items are not accomplished
at the time of initialcompliance, then these items must be accomplished as they come due
according to Part I, Table I. All aircraft will be subject to the recurring inspections set forth in
Part II, Table I commencing with the first compliance which includes the 3000 Hour inspection I
modification.
i. All inspections modifications are MANDATORY and are set forth in Part I, Table I
4. Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation requests that all damaged parts if any, be returned to TCAC
(Freight Postage Paid) to help us further our efforts to support the fleet for analysis.
There are four areas of the airc;aft depending on the model that require a recurring inspection at a specified time
interval. These areas will require a recurring inspection program, and are defined per Part II, Table I.
EXAMPLE: Aircraft has 3000 airframe Hours Time-in-Service. Full compliance with items 1700, 2500,
3000, 5000, 6000, and 7500 Hour Aircraft Inspection Time Periods per Part I, Table I was
accomplished at 1900 Hours. Compliance with Part II, Table I(Cabin Door, Figures 1 -1E
1000 Hour intervals) must be completed at this time, with the next inspection due at 4000 Hours
Time-in-Service and subsequently thereafter.
Page No. 2 of 72
/5
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
INFORMATION FORMS:
For further assistance, the following forms have been included in this Service Bulletin:
COMPLIANCE FORM This form will be used as a guide for determining which Inspections
Modifications have been accomplished during the course of the Service Bulletin
and allows the Mechanics and Inspectors to check off or initial each item as
they are completed. After the completion of the items required by the Service
Bulletin, a copy of the Compliance Form will be added to the aircraft logbook
and a copy submitted to Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation.
TRACKING FORM This form will be used as an internal guide for receiving modification parts at the
repair station facility, installations, inspections and man hour estimates.
MATERIAL DISCREPANCY This form will be used for reporting deviations, damage and or corrective
FORM action required.
A P Mechanic (or Equivalent), and An ASNT Level II Certified NDT Inspector (or Equivalent) per INSPECTION
QUALIFICATIONS.
NOTE:
´•IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT ALL MODIFICATIONS BE COMPLETED ONLY AT AN AUTHORIZED
TWIN COMMANDER SERVICE CENTER. TCAC HIGHLY RECOMMENDS THAT AT LEAST ONE
MECHANIC, AND ONE QUALITY INSPECTOR RECEIVE TRAINING FOR IMPLEMENTING THIS
BULLETIN. THIS TRAINING IS AVAILABLE AT FLIGHT SAFETY INTERNATIONAL (FSI) IN
BETHANY OKLAHOMA.
APPROVAL:
Modifications and Repairs described by this Service Bulletin are FAA DER Approved.
RELATED PUBLICATIONS:
Page No. 3 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Per Table II
PARTS DATA:
Kit parts required to comply with this Service Bulletin may be purchased through any of the nearest
TWIN COMMANDERFACTORY AUTHORIZED SERVICE CENTERS. Reference SE 214, aircraft model and
factory serial number when submitting order.
i. Polyurethane primer used for touch up on parts furnished with the Modification Kits. MIL-C-23377 per TCAC
Process Specification 30.8 or MIL-C-27725 TYPE II, CLASS A per TCAC Process Specification 30.6
2. Plexiglas Scrapers
3. Fasteners required for specific modifications and I or re-installation of removed parts
SPECIAL TOOLS:
Page No. 4 of 72
4
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
O Perform close VISUAL structural inspection as an aid in disclosing crack indications, and or failed or
working fasteners along rivet lines, terminal fastener locations in splices, fittings or doublers and at any
changes in cross section. Also areas having curved members and areas having short fastener edge
distances. Carefully remove sealant as necessary in order to allow inspection of structural elements.
Perform either VISUAL or FLORESCENT DYE PENETRANT inspections as indicated per each applicable
figure, Part I, Table I has been arranged by INSPECTION I MODIFICATION TIMES, with the items grouped to
four basic areas of the airframe for convenience of compliance.
Areas to be inspected are identified by Part Number and i or Name and are located per the applicable
FIGURE(S) and or INSPECTION FIGURE LOCATOR diagrams located on pages 13, 19, 52. Removal of
Access Panels, Pilot I Passenger Seating, Carpeting, Interior Panels, Windows, Equipment, Fuel Cells and in
some cases the removal of Structural Elements may be required to gain adequate access to the structure of the
NOTE:
ILLUSTRATED PARTS CATALOG MAY BE USED FOR ASSISTANCE IN LOCATING INSPECTION
AREAS (REFERENCE ONLY)
INSPECTIONS APPLY TO LEFT AND RIGHT HAND SIDES OF THE AIRCRAFT UNLESS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED BY THE APPLICABLE FIGURE(S)
INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS:
i. PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS
a. Liquid Penetrant.
Level II
b. acuity requirements of M11-STD-410E, or latest revision.
Vision
c. Documented training in accordance with MIL-STD410E, or latest revision and recommended practice
SNT-TC-1A of the American Society for Nondestructive Testing.
2. MATERIALSAND EQUIPMENT
3. PROCESS
a. Per MIL-STD-6866.
b. Sensitivity- Type I, Method C, Level 3.
Page No. 5 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
1. Refer to Part I, Table I, locate the applicable INSPECTION I MODIFICATION TIMES for the aircraft. Parr I,
TPble I defines the appropriate INSPECTION FIGURE(S) and or REQUIRED MODIFICATION DASH
NUMBER per TCAC DRAWING NO. 300004, 300005, 300006, 300007, 8 300008.
2. Disconnect batteries.
4. Support fuselage with wing jack stands and tail tie-down stand as outlined in Airplane Maintenance Manual.
5. Remove all interior i exterior components (Access Panels, Interior Panels, Cabin Windows and Equipment) as
6. Follow the inspection criteria specified by each FIGURE(S) to determine if any cracking or damage is present.
Coordinate with the appropriate REQUIRED MODIFICATION DASH NUMBER to modify the inspected area(s).
7. For further assistance in regard to modification procedures, reference TCAC DOCUMENT NO. MP3-4, MP3-5,
MP3-6, MP3-7, and MP3-8. These procedures have been developed to aid in the inspections and or
installation of the modification parts and I or assemblies and have been arranged by REQUIRED
MODIFICATION DASH NUMBER.
NOTE:
IF CRACKING OR DAMAGE IS FOUND REFER TO ITEM #2 #3 IN COMPLIANCE SECTION.
8. Sealant and finishes must be restored per recommended Aircraft Maintenance Manual practices after
inspections modifications are completed.
NOTE:
FOR LOCAL TOUCH UP ON EXISTING STRUCTURE, CHROMATE PRIMER MAY BE USED.
DO NOT MIX CHROMATE AND POLYURETHANE PRIMERS ON THE SAME PART. ALL NEW
PARTS SUPPLIED FROM TCAC ARE ~OLYURETHANE PRIMED.
9. Perform operational check of cabin pressurization system for leaks per Aircraft Maintenance Manual practices.
Page No. 6 of 72
c~jr
PARTI SERVICE BULLETIN N0.~214
INSPECTION /-MODIFICATION TIMES
MODEL 690D TABLE I
1700 2500 1 3000 1 5000 1 6000 1 7500 AIC INSP. TIME PERIOD
WING r FWD i PILOT I FWD AFT I PILOT FWD I AFT I PILOT FWD I AFT WING I PILOT FWD AFT WING
AIC RND
CABIN COMPT. CABIN CABIN COMPT. COMPT. CABIN CABIN CABIN
AIC LOCATION BY TCAC
CABIN CABINI CABIN COMPT. CABIN
DRAWING NO.
SIN 300006 300008 300006 300005 300006 300007 300005 3000061 300007 300005 300006 300007 300008 300005 3000~6 300007 300008
,le----
j
REaD.MOD. DASH NO.
m c3 o~lTlo cr, cr,Ln
S:
N cJ TI~INIC\I
in 1 Ln I In I In I ~n I LO
Ol~lr
LnllOllnlro
N
In Inllollollnllolln
C~ O
Inllo to IlolrollolYn
N
to
o
In I in
O
rolln
010
LnllnllnlLo
O
S: jl O
NO CURRENTLY APPROVED
Ln LO ~n u~l to ~o in to rn Ln I LO
MODIFICATIONS AVAILABLE
E FIGURE(S)Z g 2A
15007 1 I d I L A E E I C F P P R S W X Y Y Y IB G i TIW V VI H o o v z v z a Z ~IJ K Q ~1 ~I O b c
F FIGURE 2A
15008 1 I d I L A E E I C F P P R S IW X Y Y Y IB G T TIW ?I VI H O a V 2 Y Z a 2 IIJ K a ~3 ~3 b C
G FIGURE 3
15009 I d I L A E E I C F P P R S W X Y Y Y IB G IT TI-W :J VI H O O V 2 Y 2 a Z ~IJ K I Q~tlO O b c
H FIGURE 4
isoio I I d 1 LIA E E I C F P P R S IW X Y Y Y IB G T TIW V VI H O OIV 2 YI 2 a 7
~IJ K a ~T3 b c
FIGURE 5
15011 1 d I L A E E I C FI- P P R S W X Y Y Y IB G T TIW V VI H O OIV 2 Y 2 a 2 IIJ K O b C
J FIGURE 6
1 I d L A E E I C F P P R S W X Y Y Y IB G T TIW VI H O a V 2 YI Z a 2 ~IJ K a b c
15012
K FIGURE 7
15013 1 I d I L A E E I C F P P R S W X Y Y Y (B G T TIW VI H O a V 2 Y Z a Z ~IJ K a O b c
8D 8 8E
L FIGURE(S) 8. 8A.
15014 d L A E E I C F P P R S 1W X Y Y Y IB G T TIW \I VI H O OIV 2 Y Z a 7 ~IJ K 1~3 b c
8C 8 8E
M FIGURE(S) 8. 8B,
15015 1 I d LIA E E I C F P P R S W X Y Y Y IB G T TIW VI H O a V 2 Y 2 a Z ~IJ K b
N=FIGURE(S)S-9E
15016 1 I d L A E E i C FI P P R S IW X Y Y Y IB G T TIW V VI H O O V 2 Y 2 a Z ~IJ K b c
O=FIGURE10
15031 1 I d D E E C F M P P Y Y I I I L; VI H O O V Y Z IJ K B a O b c I d FIGURE 24
15032 1 I d D E E C F M P P Y Y I i I V VI H O O V Y Z IJ K B a O O b c I a FIGURE 25
15033 1 I d O E E C F M P P Y I I I L. VI H O O v Z IJ K B a O O b c I f FIGURE 26
15035 1 I d D E E F P P Y I I I ~1 10 O YIZ IJ K B a ~O O b c
iTR INSPECT PER APPLICABLE
F P P v I I I vl 10 a v 2 IJ KB Cfl b c
FIGURE 8 MOD!P/ PER THE
15036 1 I d D E E
APPLICABLE REQD. MOD.
I DASH NUMBER (-11-5XX)
15038 1 1 d D E E F P P I I I I V Y IZ IJ K B a I~ O O b
Page No. 7 of 72
PARTI SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
INSPECTION MODIFICATION IIMES
MODEL 695A TABLE co~
1700 1 2500 1 3000 5000 1 6000 7500 AIC INSP. TIME PERIOD
:i AIC FYD WING I FWD I PILOT FWD I AFT I PILOT FWD AFf I PILOT R/VD I AFT WING I PILOT FWD AFT WING 1
AIC LOCATION BY TCAC
CABIN CABIN COMPT. CABIN CABIN COMPI. CABIN CABIN COMPT. CABIN CABIN COMPI. CABIN CABIN DRAWING NO.
SIN 300006 300008 300006 300005 300006 300007 300005 300006 300007 300005 300006 300007 300008 300005 300006 300007 300008
,I~----
i
REQD.MOD. DASH NO.
o o (3) C3 10 O) LD a, In o, In o o,~cr, In t~ ~o (3 r? m In o,
O C~ CV O O O O O (U O
S: O O O O 6
N
I In jun
r*1
I
C\I
Inlln mllnllnllnllnl~nl
I-
E=FIGURE(S)2g2A
96007 1 I d Q IA E E C F P P R S ´•~IW X Y Y Y Y YIB G T TIVJ V VI H O O V Z Y Z a Z ~IJ K ~O O b c
F FIGURE 2A
96008 d I Q IA E E C F P P R S I) OIW X Y Y Y Y YIB G T TIVJ V VI H O O V Z Y 2 a 2 ~,IJ K ~3 ~3 [~3 b C
G FIGURE 3
96009 I I d I Q A E E I C F P P R S OIW X Y Y Y Y YIB G T T \rJ V VI H O O V Z Y 2 a 2 IIJ K ~3 Jb C
H FIGURE 4
96010 d I Q IA E E C F P P R S OIW X Y Y Y Y YIB G T T W V VI H 10 OIV 2 Y 2 a Z ~IJ K ~3 b c
FIGURE5
96911 I I d JQ A E E I C F P P R S ´•I~JW X Y Y Y Y YIS G T TIVJ V VI H O OIV 2 Y1 2 a 2 ~IJ K I~3 b c
J FIGURE 6
96012 d I Q IA E E C F P P R S OIW X Y Y Y Y Y1B G T TIW V VI H O O V 2 Y 2 a 2 ~IJ K b c
K FIGURE 7
96013 1 I d Q IA E E C F P P R S OIW X Y Y Y Y Y(B G T TIW V VI H 10 O V Z Y 2 a Z ~IJ K b c
8D 8 8E
L FIGURE(S) 8. 8A,
96014 j I d Q LIA E E C FI P P R S W X Y Y Y Y YIB G T T W V VI H O O V Z Y 2 a 2 IIJ K ~3 b C
8C 8 8E
M FIGURE(S) 8. 8B,
96015 1 I d Q L IA E E C F P P R S W X Y Y Y Y YIB G T T W V VI H O O V 2 Y 2 a Z ~IJ K ~3 b c
N=FIGURE(S)S-SE
96016 d Q LIA E E 1 C F P P R S IW X Y Y Y Y YIS G IT TIVr! V VI H 10 O\V 2 Y\ 2 a 2 ~IJ K ~llul b c
O=FIGURE10
96039 I d L I A E E C F P P R S W X Y Y Y IB G T T W V V i H I O O V Z Y Z a Z IIJ K Q O O b
~jO FIRST INSPECTIDN REQUIRED
ABOVE TIME PERIOD.
96040 d I L IA E E C F P P R S W X Y Y Y IB G T T V\’ V VI H O O V Z Y z a Z ~IJ K I~ O b c ~ETHE
OCCURRING INSPECTIONS
PER P.JRTIL TABLEI
d I L I A E E C F P P R S W X Y Y Y IB G T T W V VI H O O V Z Y Z a Z IIJ K O I b c I
PARTI SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
INSPECTION MODIFICATION TIMES
MODEL 695A TABLE I~
1700 1 2500 1 3000 1 5000 1 6000 1
FwD I WING RND I PILOT I RND I I FWD
AIC AFT PILOT AFT PILOT I FWD AFT WING PILOT FVVC AFT WING A/C LOCATION BYTCAC
CABIN CABIN COMPT. I CABIN CABIN COMPT. I CABIN CABIN COMPT. i CABIN CABIN COMPT. CABIN CABIN DRAWING NO.
S/N 300006 300008 300006 300005 1 300006 300007 300005 1300006 300007 300005 1 300006 300007 300008 300005 300006 300007 300008
I N
m
in
o
LD C:
(3)
ul
~n
~llc:
I
’Ilnilni1niu3
N
LII
r3
N
u,
0,
O
ul lo
cT)I1D
N
~llo
I
I ul
~j r-lln
lnIlnIln
N O
to
I~
10
Imlu,
I
1
o
O O
mim
o
01010
c~lln
mllolvllu,
O
ml~n
a,ln
in
N
in
l(r ln I m
,If-----
O
REQO.MOD.DASH NO.
NO CURRENTLY APPROVED
MODIFICATIONS AVAILABLE
I LIA Ff
96043 d E E I C P P R S W X Y Y Y IB G 7 T WV VI H 10 a V Z Y Z a Z A(J K t a i~ 01 c
d L A E E I C FI P P R S W X Y Y Y B G T VI lO
96044 T W V H O V Z Y 2 a Z ~IJ K IIi3 b c
L I A E E C Fi S C FIGURE 1C
96047 1 I d I P P R W X Y Y Y lB G T T w v vl H lo O v z v 2 a Z ~IJ K a 1~3 O III b c
D=FIGURE1F
96048 i I d I LIA E E I C FJ P P R S W X Y Y Y IB G T TlW \I VI H 10 O V Z Y Z a Z ~IJ K ofZ11~3 b c
E=FIGURE(S)28 2A
96049 1 I d LIA E E I C FI P P R S W X Y Y Y IB G T TIW V VI H lO O V Z Y Z a Z ~IJ K a ~O b cj
F FIGURE 2A
1 I d LIA E E I C FI P P R S
96050 W X Y Y Y IB G T TIW V VI H lo O V Z Y Z a Z ~IJ K O b c
G FIGURE 3
96051 1 I d I L(A E E I C FI P P R S W X Y Y Y IB G T T W V VI H 10 OIV Z Y 2 a 2 ~IJ K a ~t10 n b c
H FIGURE 4
1 I d LIA E E C FI P P S
96052 I R W X Y Y Y IB G T T W V VI H 10 O V 2 Y Z a 2 ~iJ K a O b c
FIGURE 5
96053 d I LIA E E I C F´•l P P R S W X Y Y Y iB G T T W V VI H 10 O V Z Y Z a 2 ~IJ K b c
J FIGURE 6
96054 d I LI E E I C FI P P R S W X Y Y Y I AIT T W V VI H 10 O V Z Y Z a Z ~IJ K a b c
K FIGURE 7
1 I d L I E E C FI P P S I AIT
96055 I R W X Y Y Y T W V VI H 10 O V Z Y 2 a Z ~IJ K a ~3 b c
L FIGURE(S) 8, 8A, 8D 8 8E
96056 1 I d I L I D E E C FI P P R S W X Y Y Y I I Iw v vl H lo OIV Z YI 2 a Z ~IJ K B a ~7 ~3 tll b c
M FIGURE(S) 8. 8B, 8C 8 8E
96057 I d I LI D E E C FI P P R S W X Y Y Y I I IW v vl H lo O V Z Y Z a Z ~IJ K B O (b c
N=FIGURE(S)S-9E
96058 1 i d L I D E E C FI P P R S W X Y Y Y I I IW v vl H to O V Z Y 2 a Z ~IJ K B Q r~IO ~7 b c
O=FIGUREIO
1 I I I C FIM
96059 d o E E P P v v I I Iw v vl H lo O V YI 2 IJ K B O b c
P=FIGUREI1
96060 d I I D E E C FIM P P v v I Iw v vl H 10 O V Y 2 IJ K B b c
Q=FIGURE12
96061 I I d I I D E E C FIM P P v v I I Iw v vl H 10 .O V Y 2 IJ K B a O b c
R=FIGURE13
96062 d I I D E E C FIM P P v v I I I v vl H lO O V Y 2 IJ K B aOO O b c
S=FIGURE14
96065 I I d I D E E C FIM P P v Y I I I v vl H lo O V Yi 2 IJ K B a IZC1 D O b c
I T FIGURE(S)14 8 15A
96066 1 I d o E E C FIM P P v v I v vl H lo O V Y Z IJ K B a b c
I U FIGURE 15
96067 1 I d I I o E E C FIM P P v I I I v vl H to O Y Z IJ K B Q~O b cl V=FIGUREIG
96068 d I I D E E C FIM P P v I I I v vl H lO O Y Z IJ K B Q I~O O b cl W=FIGURE17
96070 1 I d I D E E C FIM P P Y I I I v vl H lo O YIZ IJ K B a C~O O b cl X=FIGURE18
96089 I I d D E E F I P P v I I I v I lo O v 2 IJ K B a O b c I a FIGURE 25
96081 I I d I I D E E F P P v 1 v I \O O v It IJ K B a O b c I f FIGURE 26
96092 d I I o E E FI I I I I vl I I v J K B a O
Page No. 9 of 72
PAR T I SERVICE BULLEIIN NO. 214
INSPECTION MODIFICATION TIMES
MODEL 695A TABLE I co~r,
1700 1 2500 1 3000 5000 6000 i
AIC FWD I WING FWD I PILOT FWD I AFT I PILOT FWD AFT PILOT FWD AFT WING PILOT NWD
3 AFT WING 1´•
AIC LOCATION BY TCAC
CABIN CABIN COMPT. CABIN CABIN COMPT. CABIN CABIN COMPT. CABIN CABIN COMPT. CABIPJ CABIN
S/N 300006 300008 300006 300005 300006 300007 300005 300006 300007 300005 300006 300007 300008 1 300005 300006 300007 300008
DRAWING NO.
I ct
N
In
I
In
lr
CI
I
00
in Ln to LD LO
NN
~n to
00
In to to to
o a
In
D
to to to
N
to
r-lmm
1O
N
_ _
re
_ in
~-ln
LO
N
in
m
o
YI
o
Y1
a
in
o
Lnln
n In
o N o
mlu~
,It-- REao. MOO. DASH ND.
NO CURRENTLY APPROVED
MODIFICATIONS AVAILABLE
96093 1 I d
I D E E
FI I I I r vl I I YI IJ K Bin
96094 d D E E F vl i I Yl IJ K B Q
H FIGURE 4
PAR T I I I FIGURE 5
INSPECTION MODIFICATION TIMES J FIGURE 6
MODEL 695B
K FIGURE 7
AIC FWD W’NG I FWD I PILOT FWD AFT I PILOT FWD AFT I PILOT M
FWD AFT WING PILOT FWD AFT WING 1 FIGURE(S) 8. 88. 8C 8 8E
CABIN CABIN COMPT. CABIN CABIN COMPT. CABIN CABIIJ COMPT. CABIN CABIN COMPT. CABIN CABIN
SIN 300006- 300008- 300006 300005- 300006- 300007- 300005- 300006- 300007-1300005- 300006- 300007- 300008- 1 300005- 30000r3- 300007- 300008- N=FIGURE(S)S-SE
O=FIGUREIO
cr, I cr, IT I(nllOlPI r- 10 m
cu
In
(u
In
hi O O hi O
in
N O O O hi (V O CV O (V 0 O o o 8 O O
(S,Ln
~1 o o P FIGURE 11
in to in In In Ln to In- to 10 in in tn Ln to Ln in In In In to in In Ln to in ~o In In tn In in to to
to In In to Lo un Ln In
Q=FIGURE12
d
96063 I I 1 I I I I I I I Lf_l I I. R=FIGURE13
d
96069 I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I no o I ~=FIGURE14
d I
96075 I I I I I I I I I 1 00 O I T=FIGURE(S)14B1SA
d
96078 1 I I I I I I I I 1 ~7 U FIGURE 15
d I I
96085 I I I I I I I I I I n V=FIGUREIG
96204 d I I E FI I I I I vl I I v a O W=FIGURE17
96205 1 I d I I E F1 I I I I v
YI I la O ~3 ~3 X=FIGURE18
d I I E FI I I 1 I
96206 v YI I la Y=FIGUREIS
1 1 d I I E FI I I I
96207 v Y I lo 1~3 2 FIGURE 20
96208 d I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I ~a o o a FIGURE(S) 218 21A
b FIGURE 22
FIGURE(S) 23 8 23A
d FIGURE 24
a FIGURE 25
f FIGURE 26
Page No. 10 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
?114BL~ II
MAN HOUR ESTIMATES
COLUMN 2 (INSPECT1ON)
TIME REQUIRED FOR GAINING ACCESS, INSPECTION 8 RE-INSTALLATION OF REMOVED PARTS
COLUMN 4 (MODIFICATION)
TIME REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF M001FICATION PARTS
6 10.0 HR -i 4.0 HR
FORWARD CABIN
TCAC DRAWING 300006
13 6.0 HR 14.0 HR
Page No. ?1 of f2
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
TABLE Ilconr
MAN HOUR ESTIMATES
COLUMN 2 (INSPECTION)
TIME REQUIRED FOR GAINING ACCESS, INSPECTION 8 RE-INSTALLATION OF REMOVED PARTS
COLUMN 4 (MODIFICAflON)
TIME REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF MODIFICATION PARTS
AFT CABIN
TCACbRAWING 3(r0007
INSPECTION ESTIMATED MAN MODIFICATION ESTIMATED MAN
FIOURE(S) HOURS (INSP.) DASH NO. HOURS (MOD.)
16 <1.0 HR -1 2.0 HR
WING
TCAC DRAWING 300008
20 4.0 HR -1 4.0 HR
Page No. 12 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NQ. 214
Part I
INSPECTION
FIGURE #~D
l~Z.
"Ooo, I\ II o
O o
o oo
O
b.
´•~e
´•0O
i 1 JFIGURE#IC-’ I
1
111
:0’’’
I, I
1
(I
IiiI,,y II
FIGURE #~F
L.B.L. 6.05
FIGURE
FORWARD PRESSURE BUL~KHEAD
Page No. 13 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part I
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300005505 8 -523 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-5 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
R.B.L.
310933-33 CAP 6.05
(REF.)
NOTE:
REMOVE THE 310933-29 STIFFENER
310933-11 WEB TO GAIN ACCESS TO THE 310933-11 WEB
(REF.) FOR INSPECTION PURPOSES
II
310933-29 STIFFENER
(REF, I+II
W.L. -48.00
rt J--
/II
/f
‘INSPECT FOR CRACKS ALONG EDGE
IFPI OF 310933-29 STIFFENER IN THE
310933-11 WEB FROM R.B.L. 6.05 TO THE
OUTBOARD TERMINATING END OF PART.
INSPECT FROM THE FORWARD SIDE OF
THE PRESSURE BULKHEAD (F.S. 5.50)
II
INSPECT FOR MISSING MATERIAL
(FPI., CRACKS ON THE 310933-29
STIFFENER UP
OUTEDcj-
DETAIL
INBD END OF 310933-29
STIFFENER
FIGURE #1A Q
VIEW LOOKING AFT THE RIGHT HAND
FORWARD PRESSURE BULKHEAD (F.S. 5.50)
Page No. 14 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Pari~
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300005-505 -523 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-5 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
O +I
O +i!JV
STIFFENER ANO 31033557 OOUBLER.
INSPECT FROM THE FORWARD SIDE
OF THE PRESSURE BULKHEAD
O
310933-11 WEB t
(REF.)
UP
O
310933-21 CAP
(REF.) O O +I
..~M-I
-r
PJ i +I
W.L. -40.00
NGURE #?B
VIEW LOOKING AFT THE UPPER RIGHT HAND
FORWARD PRESSURE BULKHEAD (F.S. 5.50)
Page No. 15 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part I
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300005-521 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-5 FOR MO01F1CAT10N PROCEDURES
3- t t t t tt: i
=-r-------------
------I--W.L. 40.00
I~
310944-33 CLIP
(REF.) I -C II ,,~r--W.L.
=c’(
-41.20
,-7
-511_,==
-’~I t
c=-------,
310933-15 FRAME
I+ (REF.)
310933-9 WEB
(REF.) +I
310933-13 DOOR
(REF.)
FIGURE C
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD THE LEFT MAND
FORWARD PRESSURE BULKHEAD (F.S. 5.50)
eage No. 16 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Pari I
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300005-505, -509, -511 8 -523 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-5 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
S
VERTICAL EDGE OF THE 310933-27
(REE)7 STIFFENER.
INSPECT FROM THE FORWARD SIDE
OF THE PRESSURE BULKHEAD
310933-23 BEAM ~\1+ (F.S. 5.50)
(REF.) f It 3-
+I
310933-27
STIFFENER
(REF)
+IR~I
+i;\ il!+
\II´•
++I’+ +I
)+I
+i! I+ ~I
.;u I,
I I!+
r+
´•Iti´•, 7 UP
-tlli-/tt-\+ +i f f f
W.L. -40.00
I U 1ENDOFTHE310933-23BEAMFOR (REF.)
LOOSE OR SHEARED CONDITIONS
INSPECT FOR CRACKS AROUND THE RING
leal INSPECT FOR CRACKS ALONG THE U
IFPJVE,T,CAL EDGE OF THE 310933-23
I i OUTFLOW VALVE DOUBLER RINGS.
REMOVE DOUBLER RING TO INSPECT
BEAM ON THE 310933-9 WEB.
INSPECT FROM THE FORWARD SIDE
OF-THE PRESSURE BULKHEAD (F.S. 5.50)
FIGURE #?D
VIEW LOOKING AFT THE UPPER LEFT HAND
FORWARD PRESSURE BULKHEAD (F.S. 5.50)
Page No. 17 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Partl
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300005-505 -523 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-5 FOR MODIFICATION P~ROCEDURES
310933-3 FRAME
NOTE:
(REF) REMOVE THE AFT CORNER GUSSET
310933-11 WEB TO GAIN ACCESS TO THE CORNER
310933-21 CAP
(REF.)
iT’;-T--+----+-----t’;~CORNER GUSSET
LOCATED ON AFT SIDE
OF FWD PRESSURE
BULKHD(REF)
WL. -40.00----
UP
FIGURE #?E
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD THE LEFT HAND
FORWARD PRESSURE BULKHEAD (F.S. 5.50)
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300005-507 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-5 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
L.B.L.
6.05
310933-13 DOOR 310933-9 WEB NOTE:
(REF.)----\ (REF.)~ DO NOT REMOVE THE 310933-35
$-I
I
W.L. -55.50-
I c
C f
I!
tl
jfj
I
Icl B
310933-35 STIFFENER
L.~..
(REF.)
I 11 1 INSPECT RIVETS ALONG 310933-35
U JSTIFFENER AND GENERAL AREA FOR INSPECT FOR CRACKS ALONG THE UPPER
LOOSE OR SHEARED CONDITIONS IF PI LOWER EDGE OF THE 310933-35 STIFFENER
IN THE 310933-9 WEB.
INSPECT FROM THE FORWARD SIDE
OF THE PRESSURE BULKHEAD (F.S. 5.50)
NGURE #1F g
VIEW LOOKINGAFT THE LOWER LEFT HAND
FORWARD PRESSURE BULKHEAD (F.S. 5.50)
Page No. 18 of 72
B
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part I
INSPECTION
FIGURE #5- FIGURE #~O FIGURE #~4 #20 FIGURE #~6 FIGURE #~7
#23AFIGURE
FIGURE #2
7 ;´•n
Page #24 Page #38 Page #42 Page #51 Page #41 Page #48
Page #20
R/H Side Only 4 UH Side 8 4 R/H Side
FIGURE #2A
(8 Total Locations) F.S-
Page #21 FIGURE #15A FIGURE #~5A FIGURE FIGURE #~9 FIGURE #26
W.L.
+2.00
/r Page #46 Page #46 7 Page #57
164.82
Page #50 Page #60
1111 11 I
W.L. ~I
I
0. 0W.L j Ij
-10.00
FIGURE #4
Page #23
W.L.
-28.00
W.L.
-40.00
W.L.
W.L.
65.00
F.S. F.S. F.S. F.S. F.S. i F.S. F.S. F.S. F.S. F.S.
178.715
F.S.
198.00
F.S.
217.14
F.S.
230.00
i
12.50 37.00 52.67 69. 87.00 108.00 126.00 144.00163.50
F.S. F.S. F.S. F.S. F.S. F.S. F.S. F.S. F.S. F.S. F.S. F.S.
F.S. F.S.
45.34 60.50 78.00 96.50 99.00 117.00 135.00 155 54 172.50 188.00 209.24 223.98
5.50 23.50
Page No. l9 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300005-513 8 -515 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-5 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
NOTE:
PARTIAL REMOVAL OF THE 31~928-31 INNER INSPECT ALL RIVETS COMMON TO THE
FRAME DOUBLER IS REQUIRED TO GAIN ACCESS 310928-31 INNER FRAME DOUBLER FOR
FOR INSPECTION PURPOSES LOOSE OR SHEARED CONDITIONS
INSPECT
5.00 INCH
310928-31 INNER FRAME
Q DOUBLER (REF)
COCKPIT OVERHEAD
WINDOW (REF.) 61~ x
31089913 EYEBROW
x FRAME (REF.)
NOTE:
REMOVE THE 310883-1 INTERCOSTAL
W.L. -10.00) TO GAIN ACCESS FOR
INSPECTION PURPOSES i:
310883-1 INTERCOSTAL
(REF)
:Bx ~--LEFT HANDCOCKPIT
WINDSHIEtD(REF.)
+´•´•´•´•´•~f-
W.L. -lo.ooz’
I\ UP
FS. Z
48.0 WINDOW
COCKPIT SIDE
(REF.)
I´•~.\ X;
AFT
FS. 40.00
FIGURE #2
VIEW LOOKING UP, FORWARD AND OUTBOARD
THE UPPER LEFT HAND CANTED WINDSHIELD
FRAME INTERSECTION AREA (F.S. 40.00)
Page No. 20 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300005-525 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-5 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
310899-13 EYEBROW
FRAME (REF.)
INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN THE 31089413
FP
EYEBROW FRAME INNER i OUTER FLANGE,
RADIUS AND WEB FROM THE OUTBOARD
END W.L. -10.00 EXTENDING 5.00 INCHES
INBOARD INTO THE FRAME. GAIN ACCESS
‘f‘
AND INSPECT FROM THE FORWARD SIDE
NOTE:
REMOVE THE 310776-71 CLIP TO
GAIN ACCESS FOR INSPECTION
X PURPOSES
310776-71 CLIP
X
O (REF)
INSPECT
5.00 INCHES _(7 PRIOR TO REMOVAL OF THE 31077871 CLIP
V
44 /-CLJ INSPECT ALL FASTENERS COMMON TO THE
310716-71 CLIP FOR LOOSE OR SHEARED
CONDITIONS
/C" o
FP
INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN THE 310898-501
CANTED WINDSHIELD FRAME INNER I OUTER
FLANGE, RADIUS AND WEB 5.0 INCHES ABOVE
W.L. -10.00 TO 5.00 INCHES ABOVE W.L. -28.00.
INSPECT FROM FORWARD OR AFT SIDE OF
310898-501 CANTED
~O’ FRAME(REF)
310883-1 INTERCOSTAL
(REF.)
FIGURE #2A
VIEW LOOKING UP, AFT AND OUTBOARD
THE UPPER LEFT HAND CANTED WINDSHIELD
b
FRAME INTERSE%TION AREA (40.00)
Page No. 21 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Parl~l
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300005-517 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-5 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
NOTE:
REMOVAL OF THE AILERON DRUM
PULLN MAY BE REQUIRED TO GAIN IINSPECTALLRIVETS COMMONTOTHE
ADEQUATE ACCESS TO THE LOWER
V 1530466-1 BRACKET ASSY BETWEEN
AIRCRAFT
BRACKET STRUCTURE CIL F.S. 23.50 AND F.S. 37.00 FOR LOOSE
7 OR SHEARED CONDITIONS
F.S. 23.50
If
FWD
530169-9 AILERON
fI’’fII,
´•B’~
DRUM (REF.)
I-
I´•’II 1~- 530465-1 CHANNEL
(REF.)
P I1_I‘\
litIIIt
I I
I
I
h
I´•-
fB r‘--------c\(l
k’ 530466-1 BRACKET
ASSY (REF.)
--1
‘J
I\f-]l, ,Lt~:
I I
u II I LOWER FUSELAGE
If
I II SKIN (REF.)
O I’ I
z
I_ F.S. 37.00
F/GURE #3
VIEW LOOKING UP FUSELAGE LOWER SKIN
AILERON DRUM BRACKET STRUCTURE
Page Noi 22 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part I
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300005-503 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-5 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
O O
W.L. -28.00
j jI
Ije ji
UP
nnro
FIGURE #4
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD AFT THE LEFT HAND
W.L. -28.00INTERCOSTAL@ F.S. 23.50 FRAME INTERSECTION
Page No. 23 of 72
q
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Partl
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300005-519 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-5 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
Z
310832-47 SKIN
(REF.)---,
a 310832-13 SKIN
a
(REF.)
"´•r 8/
UP e~
O
O t
Fwo a
90
a
i’
16
+81 lo
+Z t
e
C+
a
W.L. -28.00
F.S. 37.00
F/GURE #5
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD THE LEFT HAND
PILOTS WINDOW AND SURROUNDING SKIN
Page No. 24 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Pa~rl
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300005-1 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-5 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
FS.
10.09 /-310772-71 SUPPORT
310772-11 ANGLE
(REF.)7 IJ (REF.)
310785-501 DOUBLER
(REF.)
W.L. -55.50 NOTE:
It~
310817-503 WEB
(REF.) INSPECT FOR CRACKS UNDER THE
IFPI,,,,,,_,, SUPPORT ANGLE IN THE
f 310817-503 WEB. INSPECT FROM
INSIDE WHEEL WELL AREA
310772-5TEE
P
(REF.)
UP
FWD-4
FIGURE #6
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD THE LOWER
LEFT HAND FORWARD KEEL BEAM AREA
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300005-501 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-5 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
t´•
W.L.-55.50
UP
C/L
FIGURE #7 B
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD THE LOWER CENTERLINE FLOOR
WEB AREA, AFT SIDE OF NOSE GEAR WHEEL WELL BOX (F.S. 13.00)
Page Mo. 25 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Partl
INSPECTION
i \e i
c i i i i i i i
c i I C I o Ii i i i i ii o k I i
I VU/
i FIGURE#BC 1
FIGURE#BD
+b~i
OJ30Q0010
clO
3 e.FwD ;4 B+f
o a
+I% FIGURE #8D
.I i iJ+J
cl~´• "FI
O
ii ‘1 ~rl o
II"1 D--W.L. -26.60
d JJoaaJJo~
i
O O
a
+I:i O a I~
a a
s
es
O 81+
CI~ i II I Ic
5/ I 11 18
Cli~l mi I+ I II I 1,
i O a
a a
CI FIGURE #8D
i
i I
tl% i t.l ii
i
O
i a II+:I D-W.L. -37.57
t
+Ce c
i a
6
+Ile +:I+
i
O 3
CE+
fl: I I I I a I I I ;I+
i
sl U r ~LL IC
+t i I r
a It I
+I I 1 L I 1+3~
ii; I I c
i
i +:IC
i
FIGURE #8A ’I FIGURE #8D
eE+
i
t
CIF% IL i
iii
r
Ill :L~
W.L. -48.90
+I’ I e
el I 12
I \I i
II
tBs:
BI ,9~1L
;~s´•, ;e)l 1+
i
3
r t
FIGURE #8
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD EFFECTIVITY (Ref. FIG.
MOOEL SIN
THE MAIN CABIN ENTRY DOOR ssoo 15001 THRU 15034
695A 96014 THRV 96017
695A 96019THRU 96076
330407 FAIL SAFE DOOR EXCEPT SIN 96063.
CONFIGURATION SHOWN 1 1960698
96075
Page No. 28 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Pa~i I
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300006-529 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-6 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
orr iIiO~
IiI
I
ii"
~----;Ii
I (D II O O
OOOO Bi
,!i
01
(O IIOj
WL. -48.90--
II)
(O
O
INSPECT 3.00 co II~
INCHES BELOW O
i ´•ilr ´•~B
,I.
(0’
Ilh
BAYONET GUIDE
BLOCK ~REF.)
OUTER DOOR
SKIN (REF.)
NGURE #8A
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD FORWARD
THE W.L. -48.90 AFT DOOR BAYONET
(BAYONE~PIN OMlTTED FROM I/I~WFOR CLARITY)
MODEC SIN I b
690D 15001THRU15028
330407 FAIL SAFE:DOOR ONLY 695A 96014THRU 96017
AFT BAYONET PIN @W.L.-48.90 ONLY 1695A 96019THRU 96058
Page No. 27 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part I
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300006-1 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-6 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
’9
O DOOR FRAME
O
WEB (REF)
V
,INSPECTRIVETS COMMONIOTHEVERTICAL \s d
I JWINDOW CHANNEL UPPER END, SMEAR CLIPS O
AND BAYONET GUIDE BLOCK FOR LOOSE OR O
SHEARED
CONDITIONS----------~ o ~--A´•, o
’0- o
.0‘1 O
8 O
0/
/B
o:
O
ie
o
0\
O
I’
oc~ ~P
VERTICAL WINDOW
CHANNEL (REF.)
OUTER DOOR
SKIN (REF.)
FIGURE #88
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD DOWN THE
UPPER AFT CORNER OF THE CABIN DOOR
(BAYONET PIN OMI’ITED FROM VIEW FOR CLARIT~ I EFFECTIVITY
MOOEL SIN
Page No. 28 of 72
q
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Parr I
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300006-1 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-6 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
II
TERMINATING END OF THE PART AND THE AFT
NOTE: VERTICAL RETURN FLANGE RADIUS OF THE BEAM
IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO REMOVE
THE BAYONET GUIDE BLOCK TO INSPECT
THE UPPER DOOR BEAM RAOIUS O DOOR FRAME
61
wee (REF)
O
\O
a
a I´•~-\\
I i,,,,,,,,
BEAM
OUTER DOOR
SKIN (REF.)
(REF)
FS. 91.78
1 (NSPECT?OL)
\NCHES
VERTICAL WINDOW
CHANNEL (REF)
NGURL3 #8C
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD UP THE
UPPER AFT CORNER OF THE CABIN 0OOR
(BAYONET PIN a LINKAGE OMITTED FROM VIEW FOR CLARIP~
Page No, 29 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part I
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300006-529 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-6 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
DOOR FRAME
WEB (REF) /I GUIDE BLOCK 1.00 INCH ABOVE I BELOW THE
UPPER I LOWER ENDS OF THE PLATE DOUBLER
CAUTION:
use EXTREME CARE WHEN REMOVING THE OUTER
O DOOR SEAL, IF ANY RUBBER NIPPLES ARE DAMAGED
I OR TORN OFF DURING DISASSEMBLY.
i 2,
THE SEAL MUST BE REPLACED
O
j
\I rNsPECT 1.00
INCH
O ilis
O
i O W.L. -26.60
O ’O
O O
1.00
INSPECT
INCH BE~OW
7--\1
fj
’1YiOUTED I--I O
I
O
‘s~
OUTER DOOR FRAME --J DO NOT REMOVE THE OUTER DOOR FRAME PLATE
PLATE DOUBLER (REF.) DOUBLER OR BAYONET GUIDE BLOCK (UNLESS
SPECIFIED 8Y THE MODIFICATION DRAWINGS) FOR
INSPECTION PURPOSES, ONLY INSPECT ON 8 TO
THE EXISTING EDGE OF PART
FIGURE #80
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD AFT THE
W.L. -26.60 FORWARD DOOR BAYONET DOUBLER
(BAYONET PIN OMITTED FROM VIEW FOR CLARIP~
FORWARD BAYONET PIN W.L. -26.60 SHOWN 690D 15001 THRU 15028
FORWARD BAYONET PIN W.L. -37.57 TYPICAL 695A 96014 THRU 96017
FORWARDBAYONETPIN ~W.L. -48.90NPICAL i 695A ~196019 THRU 96058
Page No. 30 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Prrrt I
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300006-1 a -529 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-6 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
\INSPECT RIVETS COMMON TO THE OUTER INSPECT RIVETS COMMON TO THE OUTER
I V 1 SKIN AND VERTICAL WINDOW CHANNELS U i SKIN AND DOOR FRAME AROUND THE
ON THE FORWARD I AFT SIDE OF THE DOOR I PERIMETER OF THE DOOR FOR LOOSE.OR
FOR LOOSE OR SHEARED CONDITIONS I SHEARED CONDITIONS
F.S. I F.S:
74(45 1
91110
ii%i i
i:5i ´•I:~+:
W.L. -15.05-
’I:Zcl
i/ E:
:;xl
16i
i´•c´•l
i:f: ii
i3:.
W.L. -26.60- g:
~’,.’..+..=.+.t.t.t.?.t.t.t=..+..+.t,t.t,t.:;:
W.L. -37.57-
I,:
I~
I;i
Ii
i~ f:
c
i +i
:C
f~
:i
ii
W.L.i18.90-- ij f~f.
tl: lil
i E
,:I ii,
TIVIN
FIGURE #8E MODEL SIN
\d
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Partl
INSPECTION
s t i c c i
f i i o f t i C f +Ionl+
IYLY\
FIGURE #9D ---J FIGURE #9D
cEcl I r FIGURE #9C 1 I,
ossoo;:oo
C~e
i
a o
´•LI ´•f I I II+ W.L. -15.OS
ii II fl L+I
c/ ii o
3 I
ii I 1 o
o
i
ii I I ol I^ r I Ic:lf
+li I I I UP I~ II I :IC
fl:
o
c18 a a++
i
o
FIGURE#SD +IQ
1
FIGURE#SD
a i
o 9
I I I~e
cC I~ I I %VI II+
O
cll sl o
a (I iLD-- W.L. -26.60
ooooiDioo
+1C
o o
O
9% i
i 8~ I II I
8 a
i I r I 1~ 01++
’1’13 I i I I 1+1+
i
i c:l+
FIGURE #9D i O O FIGURE #9D
C
i I I I I I~
+CQ to aAL:l´•
+E I~ h, LI r II ~I+
O
b c W.L.-37.57
f i I ~Y, 1+
o~ co
FIGURE #9A Ic a~ e
i
a
CC+I -ri I :I r I I+il+
+I Y I I+:I+
+I I lil I ´•li
i i
on II no’
+I\ I II+ I I Ilt
+I\ I I\ ´•I II I
FIGURE #9D f O ~J\ f B II’ ol I ilfl FIGURE #9D
+:lf
C L I ;I I i
ii
ii
I I+II D-W.L. -48.90
II ii i
+;I iii \I+
ii Ii
’LII I I Ic~+
i i
i
W/s.l+
c~. i t i s s c -s s L ~rL
FIGURE~ #9
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD
THE MAIN CABIN ENTRY DOOR
EFFECTIVITY
MOOEL SIN
330247 1 330430 DOOR 1695A 196001 THRU 96013
CONFIGURATION SHOWN 1695A 96018
Page No. 32 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part I
INSPECTION
ZEE
(REF.) CHANNEL7 T THE ZEE CHANNEL WEB
INTERCOSTAL
(REF.)
W.L. -48.13
INSPECT FROM THE UPPER SIDE ONLY
6.
""""’"’7/-"\/
Y
C~
i
8
~II
r’ AFT
O
9\\0 0
o
o
---W.L. -48.13
\r
DOUBLER (REF.)
INNER STRAP
INNER PLATE (REF.)
DOOR FRAME
(REF.) NOTE:
(REF.)
DO NOT REMOVE ANY RIVET MOUNTED
DOOR PARTS FOR INSPECTION PURPOSES
FIGURE #9A
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD DOWN THE
LOWER AFT CORNER OF THE CABIN DOOR
(PLISH ROD LINKA GE OMITTED FROM VIEW FOR CLARIP~ I EFFECTIVITY
MODEL SIN
Page No. 33 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO, 214
Part~
INSPECTION
$gfP
USE EXTREME CARE WHEN REMOVING THE OUTER BAYONET PIN HOLE AND GUIDE BLOCK
DOOR SEAL, IF ANY RUBBER NIPPLES ARE DAMAGED ATTACHMENT FASTENERS 1.50 INCHES IN
OR TORN OFF DURING DISASSEMBLY, DIAMETER FROM THE CENTER OF THE HOLE
THESEL\L MUST BE REPLACED IN THE OUTER DOOR FRAME WEB
DOORFRAME
O
WEB (REF.)
(7 INSPECT RIVETS COMMON TO THE VERTICAL \O a
I V IWINDOW CHANNEL UPPEREND, SMEAR CLIPS O
AND BAYONET GUIDE BLOCK FOR LOOSE OR O
SHEARED CONDITIONS
o
o
0//
,;s~8 .O\I O
O
O
0,/
O
O i,
oo\l
o
1 042i U,P
VERTICAL WINDOW
OUTER DOOR \j CHANNEL (REF.)
SKIN (REF.)
FIGURE #9B
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD DOWN THE
UPPER AFT CORNER OF THE CABIN DOOR
(BAYONET PIN OMITTED FROM VIEW FOR CLARIPI)
FECTIVITY
330247 1 330430 DOOR ONLY MOOEilSIN
AFT UPPER PIN F.S. 91.10 SHOWN 695A 96001 THRU 96013
FORWARD UPPER PIN F.S. 74.45 TYPICAL 1695A (96018
Page Na, 34 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part I
INSPECTION
CAUTION:
NOTE: EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN REMOVING THESE
IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO REMOVE FASTENERS NOT TO ENLARGE OR ELONGATE EXISTING
THE BAYONET GUIDE BLOCK TO INSPECT HOLES IN THE DOOR FRAME OR BAYONET GUIDE BLOCK
THE UPPER DOOR BEAM RADIUS
aFp
SUBSTITUTE HI-LOK FASTENERS FOR THE RADIUS 3.00 INCHES FORWARD FROM THE AFT
FACTORY INSTALLED STEEL LOCKBOLTS (4 PLACES) TERMINATING END OF THE PART AND THE AFT
SAME SIZE AS REMOVED VERTICAL RETURN FLANGE RADIUS OF THE BEAM
ol \O
WEB (REF.)
O
0\
~c--- e~
I
F.S. 91.78
f \NCHES
3 BEAM
OUTER DOOR
SKIN (REF.)
(REF.)
VERTICAL WINDOW
CHANNEL (REF.)
FIGU~E #9C
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD UP THE
UPPER AFT CORNER OF THE CABIN DOOR
(BAYONET PIN LINKAGE OMITTED FROM VIEW FOR CL9R17Y)
Page No. 35 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part I
INSPECTION
I~
.Jr
I6 ARE DAMAGED OR TORN OFF DURING
DISASSEMBLY,
THE SEAL MUST BE REPLACED
Al
~I
O
INSpECT1~00
INCH
I A,BOVE
O i o
O
OilO -w.L.-26.aa
O lo
.~so O I
’-O at
;i" (NSPECT 1.00
\NCH BEL´•OW
OUTER DOOR FRAME DO NOT REMOVE THE OUTER DOOR FRAME PLATE
PLATE DOUBLER (REF.) DOUBLER OR BAYONET GUIDE BLOCK FOR
INSPECTION PURPOSES, ONLY INSPECT ON 8 TO
THE EXISTING EDGE OF PART
FIGURE #9D
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD AFT THE
W.L. -26.60 FORWARD DOOR BAYONET DOUBLER
(BAYONET PIN OMITTED FROM VIEW FOR CLARIP~
FORWARD 8 AFT BAYONET PIN W.L. -37.57 TYPICAL 1695A 96001 THRU 96013
FORWARD 8 AFT BAYONET PIN W.L. -48.90 TYPICAL 1695A 96018
Page No. 36 of 72
,7
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Partl
INSPECTION
74145 _
1 \91110
i’
i:i~ r
:S
r+
++c+.!t
:i+i
W.L. -26.60
i :a
:5
:f
i´•l
I
B
Tc:
,I
I:
i
r:
"’""’-Tci~i i*i :i j=ji=i i:
:ia
ii i’
II
W.L. -48.90--
3-(i l- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
’i
+i’
ir’
iii
F/GURE #9E
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD
THE CABIN DOOR OUTER SKIN I EFFECTIVIN
MOOELISIN
695A 96001THRU96013
330247 1 330430 DOOR ONLY 695A 96018
Page No. 37 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part~
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300006-501 8 -503 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-6 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
F.S. 96.50
FS. 99.00
310841-501 FRAME
ASSY (REF.)
PARZ B fl Ifili+
’F P’´•INSPECT FOR CRACKS ON THE OUTER I+ili
FLANGE 8 WEB OF THE 330382-17 GUSSET
FOR CRACKS EXTENDING ACROSS THE
+ili+
FS. 96.50 8 99.00 FRAMES
ft +Il:-t
X
NOTE:
+j +’r.II r?-P7PARTA
THIS INSPECTION IS ONLY REQUIRED IF I +ili iii ~eINsPECT FOR CRACKS ON THE OUTER
CRACKS ARE FOUND IN THE 96.50 OR jj+j FLANGE 8 WEB OF THE FS. 96.50 8 99.00
99.00 FRAMES PER PARTA lilt: iii FRAMES 8 FRAME ANGLE DOUBLER FROM
I+ -t W.L. -14.00 TO W.L. -45.00
330382-71 LOWER
+I ,~I+1 (REF.)
I~li
NOTE:
+ili REMOVE W.L. -10.00 8 -28.00 INTERCOSTALS
OUTER AIRCRAFT
SKIN(REF.) Ifll ~I I
AFT OF F.S. 99.00 FRAME, 99.00 FRAME SECTION
AND ANGLE DOUBLER. DETACH AT THE
EXISTING FRAME SPLICE LOCATIONS TO
GAIN ACCESS FOR INSPECTION PURPOSES
fll!i I
t:ll
W.L. -45.00
UP
FWD-1- I
FIGURE #~O
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD THE R/H
F.S. 95.50 99.00 FUSELAGE FRAMES
Page No. 38 of 72
Iq
SERVICE BULLETIN NO, 214
Part I
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300006-507 8 -509 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-6 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
W.L. -48.9
NOTE:
IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO DRILL BACK
THE 310928-45 INNER FRAME STRAP It
TO GAIN ACCESS TO THE INNER FLANGE -t
OF THE FRAME
I’ I
I
FP
1INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN THE LOWER FRAME j:
1’’12.00INCHES ABOVE I OUTED AND 2.00 INCHES II
BELOW I INBD ON THE INNER FRAME FLANGE, I i!
RADIUS AND WEB
;--ii
~1
-3´•
iW.L. -54.45
I
310773-503 FRAME
’REF.’
i+
f Up
INBDi
R.B.L. 19.38
FIGURE
VIEW LOOKING ATT THE LOWER LEFT HAND
F.S. 96.50 FUSELAGE FRAME SECTION
Page No. 39 of 72
2/0
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part I
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING 4300006-519, -521, -523 8 -525 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-6 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
W.L. -45.00
1PARTB’
I FPIINSPECT FOR CRACKS IN THE FRAME W.L. -49.00
WHERE THE INNER FRAME DOUBLERS-~ND 1.00 INCH
t´•;
ABOVE AND ~.00 INCH BELOW IN THE INNER FRAME
FLANGE, RADIUS AND WEB
leal PART A
(FPI INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN THE LOWER FRAME
AROUND THE OUTBOARD LIGHTENING HOLE
BELOW THE FLOORLINE 2.00 INCHES ABOVE I.,,,,\
fI-j
I
AND z.ao INCHES BELOW I INBO ALONG THE INNER~
r FLOOR BRACKET
FRAME FLANGE, RADIUS AND WEB
(REF.)
t
----W.L. -55.50
r~7 INSPECT PER PARTA 8 B EFFECTIVITY
lul INSPECT FOR CRACKS ORIGINATING AT -t
FASTENER HOLES IN THE FRAME WEB
FOR LOOSE OR SHEARED CONDITIONS
,d~
COMMON TO SUPPORTS, BRACKETS, oO
LINE BLOCKS kND DOUBLERS i_
I
I
ii
OUTED LIGHTENING
HOLE (REF.)
I\
I
j/
L
i\II II
I\
I
-t
f s c ii’l i UP
~Lf i
~____’I
NOTE:
DEPENDING ON THE MODEL BEING INSPECTED,
THE INNER FRAME DOUBLERS MAY VARY AS
SHOWN. IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO DRILL OFF
L.B.L. 22.57
AND REMOVE THE DOUBLERS ON THE FORWARD
SIDE OF THE FRAME TO GAIN ACCESS FOR
INSPECTION PURPOSES
Ir al INSPECT PER PART A 8 B EFFECTIVIN
FP IINSPECTFORCRACKS IN FRAMEWEB
1.00 INCH DIAMETER AROUND UPPER
END OF STRINGER CUTOUT
A-INSPECTION
UODEL SIN
690D 15001THRU 15032
6954 96001THRU 96067
EXCEPT S/N 96063
PART B INSPECTION
FIGURE #12 MOOEL ISIN
Page No, 40 of 72
-21
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part I
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300006-511 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-6 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
33010913 PAN
SECTION A-A (REF.) SECTIONB~B
i7
FP
INSPECT FOR CRACKS ON THE WELD ASSEMBLY PAN,
I JRADIUS BETWEEN INNER FVANGEAND WEB.
I I I I a
I I
O I
Ii C;
i
jl
Al II\A
ij
O
I
UP
O O
R~VD1 Q j/l /I i
0,
jj i
W.L. -28.00
FIGURE#~3 j
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD THE
EMERGENCY EXIT ESCAPE HATCH
Page No. 41 of 72
Y
SERVICE BULLETIN NO, 214
Partl
INSPECTION
RE~ERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300006-513, -515 -517 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-6 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
FS.
310928~5 GUSSET
(REF.)
310928-3 GUSSET
1 7.0 fl:
i+
f
INSPECTINSPECT
i
OUTER AIRCRAFT
SIDE SKIN (REF.)
I+i+:I Irsl PART B
I’ ’JFP INSPECT FOR CRACKS ON THE OUTER
j+ FLANGE 8 WEB OF THE FRAME AND FRAME
ANGLE DOUBLER 7.00 INCHES ABOVE AND
OUTER AIRCRAFT I i ]li
ICE SHIELD (REF.) 5.00 INCHES BELOW W.L. -28.00
k
’PAR’ B NOTE
r
I U
V 1
INSPECT THE
FIRST RIVET ABOVE
I 1 I REMOVE THE CABIN WINDOWS
W.L. -28.00
ICE%/iJ7.a0
F.S. 117.00 8 126.00 j Ii
TO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL DAMAGE
DURING INSPECTION I MODIFICATION
I
COMMON TO THE OUTER
SHIELD ON THE RIGHT HAND SIDE PROCEDURES
ONLY FOR LOOSE OR SHEARED
CONDITIONS
W.L. -28.00
++f+ft- fi
.----~---´•111’-
NOrr~ (PnRTB. ONLY)
II I
REMOVE THE LOWER WINDOW I +’II
5.00
INTERCOSTAL W.L. -28.00 ANO ATTACHING
SMEAR CLIPS FORE I AFT OF THE FRAME i"’ ii
I_j
TO GAIN ACCESS FOR INSPECTION
ifj
PVRPOSES
I+fi]i II)
NOTE: (PARTB, ONLY3 ’iIi
REMOVE THE VIBRATION DAMPER ASSY
AND ATTACHING STRUCTURE AS REQUIRED
+ilil
TO GAIN ACCESS FOR INSPECTION PURPOSES
FIGURE #~4
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD THE UH
PART INSPECTION
F.S. 117.00 FRAME, FRAME ANGLE INNER MODEL I S/N
Page No. 42 of 72
23
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Peril
INSPECTION
-7
in
LL~
~L´•I iO I~j
CRACKED RIVETHEAD AROUND SHEARED OR MISSING BLACK OXIDE OR SMOKING TIPPED RIVET HEAD
CIRCUMFERENCE OF SHANK RIVETHEAD OR BU77 AROUND RIVET HEAD
NOTE:
ANY SIGNS OF WORKING FASTENERS SHOULD BE IDENTIFIED AND NOTED PRIOR TO
STRIPPING AIRCRAFT PAINT FINISH TO DETERMINE AREAS OF POSSIBLE INTERNAL DAMAGE
?r
V
FASTENER HOLES FOR CRACKS I i INTERNAL STRUCTURE FOR CRACKED,
Page No. 43 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Partl
INSPECTION
NOTE:
BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE ITEMS IDENTIFIED PER FIGURE 15, THE
LNSPECTION
EXTERIOR SKIN IN THE PRESSURE VESSEL AREA SHOULD BE CHEMICALLY STRIPPED OF
PAINT, NO MECHANICAL MEANS MAY BE USED.
INSPECT THE FOLLOWING AREAS PER FIGURE 15: (see next pagel
1. FUSELAGE SKIN LAP W.L. -10.00 -14.00, F.S. 40.00 THRU 178.715
5. FUSELAGE SKIN F.S. 172.50 178.715 FRAMES FROM, W.L. -15.00 TO -28.00
6. FUSELAGE LOWER BELLY SKINS F.S. 78.00 THROUGH 163.00, ALONG FR4ME RIVET LINES
FROM THE LEFT TO RIGHT HAND KEEL BEAM CAP ANGLE INTERSECTION
7. FUSELAGE UPPER SKIN F.S. 155.54 ALONG FRAME RIVET LINE FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
U(TENDING OUTBOARD TO THE LEFT AND RIGHT HAND WING FAIRINGS
NOTE:
IF ANY DAMAGED FASTENERS ARE FOUND DURING COMPLIANCE WITH FIGURE 15 ITEMS
O.NE THRU SEVEN, REPLACE WITH THE SAME TYPE AND SIZE FASTENER AS REMOVED. IT IS
ACCEPTABLE TO INCREASE THE FASTENER BY ONE SIZE IF ALLOWABLE PITCH AND EDGE
DISTANCE CRITERIA CAN BE MAINTAINED.
Page No. 44 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part I
INSPECTION
FIGURE~5,1TEM2
Left Hand Side
Cb
FIGURE 15 ITEM 4 ,o
LeftRight Hand Sides 4´•28’
FIGURE 15 ITEM 6
GB’
FIGURE 15 ITEM 7
FIGURE 15 ITEM 1
Left g Right Hand Sides
FIGURE 15 ITEM 5
r
Right Hand Sides
2i
Left
FIGURE 15 ITEM
Right Hand Side
URE 15 ITEM 3
Left g
Right Hand Sides
FIGURE #15
3 DIMENSIONAL EXTERIOR
SKIN LOCATION DIAGRAM
Page No. 45 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part I
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300006-515 8 -517 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-6 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
NOTE:
INSPECT FOR CRACKS ALONG THE W.L. -28.00
IFP1J INTERCOSTAL ON THE INBOARD I OUTBOARD
FULL OR PARTIAL REMOVAL OF THE
W.L. -28.00 INTERCOSTAL WILL BE
RETURN FLANGES AND WEB
REQUIRED TO GAIN ACCESS FOR
INSPECTION PROCEDURES
F.S.
FS.
f L~ i´•U~ ii
UP
-t i 9 ?~aO
(i I I+ili AFF
FIGURE #15A
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD FORWARD THE LEFT HAND
W.L. -28.00 INTERCOSTAL FUSELAGE FRAME INTERSECTIONS
Page No. 46 of 72
2-3(
SERWCE BULLEfN NO. 214
Parl I
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300007-1, -517 8 -525 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-7 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
rylPARTA
INSPECT RIVETS COMMON TO THE
310926 CLIP OW.L. -13.00 FOR LOOSE
OR SHEARED CONDITIONS
4 -t
4
W.L. -13.00
~C i
L
370828
INTERCOSTAL
(REF.)
310926 CLIP
F.S. (REF.)
OUTER AIRCRAFT
178.715 lj2.50
SIDE SKIN (REF.) 310811-1 FRAME
(REF.)
’I\r 310850-501
FRAME
f
leplPARTB il+i
(FPJ INSP~CT FOR CRACKS ON THE INNER I OUTER (REF.)
I
FLANGE 8 WEB F.S. 172.50 FRAME 7.00 INCHES
i 310871-1
ABOVE 8 5.00 INCHES BELOW W.L. -28.00
NOTE: (PARTB, ONLY)
f(/lNTERCOSTAL f
/UP
REMOVE THE 310928-39 1 -41 INNER FRAME
STRAPS TO GAIN ACCESS FOR INSPECTION
PROCEDURES
f
I
(REF.)
;LPFWD 7.00
F.S. +I
188.00
WL. -28.00
+"t 1+ 1
II!CLI Ii
310928-41 DBLR
L310928-39 DBLR~I n +I I+ 5.00
(REF.) X.lli~ +I
i IPARTB
INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN THE INNER FRAME IJj f f
INTERCOSTAL d W.L. -28.00. IN ADDITION,
j f
INSPECT THE INNER FRAME STRAP
I V
L
PART B 4 C INSPECTIONS
MODEL ISIN
690D 15001THRU15040
695A 96001THRU98100
6958 96201THRU96208
EXCEPT S/N 96063,
NGURE #f 6 1 8 96208
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD THE UH
,,,,~,NsPEcnolY
F.S. 172.50, 178.715 8~ ~88.00 MODEL IS/N
Page No. 47 of 72
7J"h
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Partl
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300007-503 8 -507 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-7 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
310968-9 ANGLE
(REF.)
310868-51 WEB
(REF.) F.S. 209.24
I IPARTB
IFPI INSPECT FOR CRACKS
IN THE 310868-51 WEB
SECTION A-A
RADIUS
310868-39
).FER(ELGNA
.I´•~"
310868-37 ANGLE
(REF.)
~ze"O
L´•
i;:i
i Ic’ Lt
1 PARTA I´•rl
I U I INSPECT RIVETS COMMON TO THE INTERCOSTAL-----~ I (+I
310868-51 WEB
(REF.)
I lil
(REF.) ´•I
,,I
UP
ct
~8’;O
o´•
(FPI
‘PARTB
INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN THE 310868-51
BULKHEAD WEB ALONG THE VERTICAL
~cl
I::
lit
aso
t= Fk/O
RADIUS WHERE SUPPORTED BY AFT SIDE
ANGLE B.L. 19.15, W.L. -13.00 TO -53.50 i rL:
’rg
~S
FIGURE #77 .,,E,PARs~NA-INSPECTION
VIEW LOOKING AFT OUTBOARD 690D 15001THRU15028
695A 96001THRU96058
THE LEFT HAND AFT PRESSURE
BULKHEAD (F.S. 209.24) PART B INSPECTIO~
MODEL SIN
690D 15001THRU 15029
RIGHT HAND SIDE OPPOSITE 695A 96001THRU96061
Page No. 48 of 72
2-CI
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part~
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300007-505 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-7 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
310868-25 WEB
(REF.)
320027-1 ANGLE
(REF.)
W.L -53.50
320037-1 PANEL
AFT (REF.)
SECTION A-A
UP
310868-25 WEB
(REF.)
320027-1 ANGLE
(REF.)
4
~-t,, W.L.-S3.50
iZ INSPECT
10.00 INCHES
AIRCRAFT
C/L
I INSPECT
10.00 INCHES
AFT (REF.)320 37-1 PANEL
FIGURE #~8
VIEW LOOKING DOWN FORWARD LOWER
AFT PRESSURE BULKHEAD (F.S. 218.40)
Page Na. 49 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Paril
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300007-501, 300008-1, -501 8 -505 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-7 8 MP3-8 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
FS. 164.82 S
O /I
INSpECT 1.Pg C
INCN
INfjpECT3.001NCH
FR4ME 8
GUSSET
PIP~CAL "-310809-3 FRAME
(REF.)
170317-7 STRINGER
NO. 2A (REF.)
310398-13 GUSSET
(REF.)
j
310392-7 GUSSET
(REF.)
170314-13 RIB
(REF.)
V_Q INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN THE UPPER WING
STRINGERS NO. 1, 2 8 2A FROM THEIR INBOARD
TERMINATING END 4.50 INCHES OUTBOARD,
UP
310828-503 INTERCOSTAL FROM THE FORWARD A~TACHING SIDE
(REF.)
~--tNn NOTE:
INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN ALL A~TACHING
STRUCTURES(FRAMES,GUSSETS,ETC.)
INBD i OUTED FLANGES 8 WEBS FROM
1.00 INCH ABOVE 8 3.00 INCHES BELOW
THE ATTACHING STRINGERS
FIGURE #20
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD AFT THE LEFT HAND
STRINGER I FRAME INTERSECTION (STRINGER #1, 2 2A)
Page No. 51 of 72
W.S.
91.46
AIRCRAFT cn
W.S. 0.0
W.S. W.S.
103.46 ~L, 79.46 W.S.
24.07
I)
W.S. W.S. W.S. W.S. W.S. /W.S. W.S.
197.32 178.66 160.00 142.00 113.00 69.00 39.00
~-FIGURE #23
O Page #56
Z
u, v,
m-o
z ~NGURE #21
n (nG)
O
cn O O, o, m
Z z
Z v, 00
n
o c
o O MAIN SPAR CAP r
C z (REF.) O r
a
m
o,
co ~L1 m=!
r 01P Z Z
O bO z
poPS I
h)
O 0) RfAk SPAR CAP P
;D ~O (REF.)
01
\-FIGURE #26
LEFT 4 R/H SIOE
jFIGURE
Page #60
#21A
Page #54
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part~
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300008-503 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-8 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
CRACKS ARE ALLOWED THAT EXTEND ALONG THE LOWER 2D MINIMUM FASTENER
RETURN FLANGE OF THE W.S. 39.00 RIB BEND RADIUS. EDGE DISTANCE
CRACKS ARE ALLOWED THAT EXTEND UPWARDS INTO THE MEASURED FROM CENTER
VERTICAL WEB OF THE W.S. 39.00 R1B WEB, IF 2D OR 170318-1 CAPI OF FASTENER HOLE TO
(2 x FASTENER DIAMETER) EDGE DISTANCE CRITERIA CAN ANGLE (REF.) CRACK TERMINATING END
1
BE MAINTAINED ALONG THE EXISTING LOWER FORE AFT
FASTENER ROW. T(PICAL
ACCEPTABLE
CRACKS(REF.)
IF CRACK INDICATIONS ARE WITHIN THE APPLICABLE
DAMAGE LIMITS, REFER TO TCAC DWG. 300008-503 ASSY
FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURE. 170315-3 RIB
f-
NOTE: -4 _
1
IF CRACK INDICATIONS EXTEND BEYOND SPECIFIED LIMITS
DAMAGED PARTS MUST BE REPLACED OR AN APPROVED
REPAIR INSTALLED.
DAMA GE UMITS
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD
k X h
MAINSPARLOWER ‘h
CAP (REF.)
Y-
x
-~-t- ~170315-3 RIB
x
4~ ~x (REF. j
x
x ‘i-
x -h /-170318-1 CAP
x~
ANGLE (REF.)
x
x
x x
x
x
X~ X
x x
X
x
x
x
x
x x Lt S
r x
x
x
X
~-170317-33 STRINGER #7
"oo
(REF.)
x
o~sO ´•Q~z x
s´•p‘*"~P
FIGURE #2~
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD FORWARD
THE LEFT HAND W.S. 39.00 RIB LOWER FLANGE
Page No. 53 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Parl I
INSPECTION
170317-11 STRINGER #3
(REF.)7 i 1 INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN THE 1703183 RIB-
FP
i’’J Onl.s. 39.40 3 69.00) ~g STRINGER #3 CUTOUT
RIB WEB, UPPER RETURN FLANGE AND FLANGE
’NsPECT
r- 2.00 INCHES
INSpECT
2.00
RADIUS
!NCHES
7
INSpECT
-f-
-f‘
i: -C-
I
-j
-L
FIGURE #2?A
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD THE LEFT HAND
W.S. 39.00 UPPER RIB STRINGER #3 CUTOUT
W.S. 39.00 SHOWN, W.S. 69.00 T/PICAL
Page No. 54 of 72
7/
SERVICE BULLETIN NO, 214
Part~
INSPECTION
REFEREEJCE
TCAC DRAWING #30000&501 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-8 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
NOTE:
IF DAMAGE INDICATIONS EXTEND BEYOND SPECIFIED LIMITS,
DAMAGED PARTS MUST BE REPLACED OR AN APPROVED
REPAIR INSTALLED.
NOTE:
DO NOT REMOVE THE UPPER
II NACELLE FAIRING FOR INSPECTION
.i t ;I i’~J/
I’;I I
STRAP
-t++ 1-
i-
f.’ :-t. ~:i+iit
-------_
7´•
J170197-501
(REF.)
~tL_ I’ i) :-STRINGER #2
W.S. 113.00
170346-503 SKIN
I ’‘’------‘---I
W.S. 103.46
(REF.)
U IINSPECT
UPPER WING SKIN FOR BUCKLES
~BETWEEN STRINGERS #1 8 #2 W.S. 103.46 8 113.00
FWD
FIGURE #22
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
THE LEFT HAND UPPER WING SKIN
Page No. 55 of 72
5
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part I
INSPECTION
REFERENCE
TCAC DRAWING #300008-509 ASSY FOR MODIFICATIONS
TCAC DOCUMENT #MP3-8 FOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
170317-3 STRINGER #1
(REF.) F.S.155.54
\t~ II+I+
f
;li
,’t
i
(I
II I
f
I II
170314-13 RIB II i
I/ )
(REF.)(REF.)
17[)302-503 BRACKET
I ii j
I ’li/ f
11 2
170317-19 ANGLE
(REF.)7
I I I I I I I I II
t_l_+ -7~ f
~In
I
f
+I c
:\I
170317-21 ANGLE
INSPECT
IcalPARTA (REF.)
[FPJ INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN THE 170314-13 RIB LOWER FUSELAGE 170317-23 STRINGER
OnV.S. 24.07) ALONG THE LOWER FLANGE RADIUS SKIN (REF.)
AND 110197-13 FAIRING ALONG THE FLANGE
45 (REF.)
RADIUS ONE INCH FORE AFT OF THE EXISTING 110197-13 FAIRING 170338-1 CAP ANGLE
VERTICAL RIVET LINE FS. 155.54 (REF.) (REF)
NOTE:
CRACKS DETECTED IN THE WING TO FUSELAGE
FAIRING MAY INDICATE POSSIBLY INTERNAL
STRUCTURE FAILURE
FIGURE #23
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD THE
LEFT HAND W.S. 24.07 RIB
IF SE 223. PARTI HAS BEEN ACCOMPLISHED, IF SE 223, PART II HAS BEEN ACCOMPLISHED,
INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS PER FIGURE #23, PART A INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS PER FIGURE 423, PART B
ARE NOT REQUIREDI ARE NOT REQUIRED!
Page No, 56 of 72
t\
SERVICE BULLETIN N0.214
Part I
INSPECTION
O ~o
O
8 8 8 8
i´•i I," i 1 INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN THE
1 FP 1310777-501 FRAME(F.S. 144.00)
WEB 5 INNER RETURN FLANGE
1.00 INCH ABOVE I BELOW THE
O g g THE 170405-1 BRACKET BASE
O
INSPECT FROM THE FORWARD
AND INBOARD SIDE OF FRAME
e o
o iij
170302-503 BRACKET i/I U
(REF.)
l.OO\FICH
170405-1BRACKET II
(REF.)
310777-501 FRAME
F.S. 161.00 (REF.)
NOTE: ouTBD
REMOVE SEALANT TO GAIN
ACCESS FOR INSPECTION
PROCEDURES
FIGURE #23A
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD FORWARD
THE LEFT HAND F.S.´• 144.00 W.S. 24.07 R1B
BRACKET ATTACHhiENT AREA
Page No. 57 of 72
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CRACK LENGTH ---t~.90 1.15 -----~t---MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CRACK LENGTH
STEEL AND I OR ALUMINUM BULKHEADS TYPICAL I‘ I TYPICAL STEEL AND I OR ALUMINUM BULKHEADS
.90 INCH TYPICAL INBOARD AND I OR I I I 1 1.75 INCH TYPICAL INBOARD AND I OR
OUTBOARD FROM THE UPPER TWO (112) 1 I I I OUTBOARD FROM THE UPPER TWO (#1)
ENGINE MOUNT ATTACHMENT HOLES ENGINE MOUNT ATTACHMENT HOLES
W.S. 91.46
AND ALONG THE UPPER BEND RADIUS
STOP DRILL ENDS OF CRACKS I I I I I OF THE BULKHEAD
PER TCAC DOCUMENT MP3-8
AS REQUIRED O T~
INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN THE FORWARD
-rIFPI STEEL AND AFT ALUMINUM FIREWALL
BULKHEAD ASSEMBLY ORIGINATING FROM
O EXISTING FASTENER HOLES AND ALONG THE
UPPER BEND RADIUS OF THE BULKHEAD
r- II -I
I
11
II1--i-- c--
I I o
6
’I I’ og
1 O
I I I
co
II 11~1
cn
71 71-4< m
II
~D
C)
I
--I
I
m
a I
;dL
I I, I I
I lo
II
I~
I
~Z
C)
~O
9
rmr O
P1
I r -n O ~n II II ACCEPTABLE Ps m
cn II II TYPICAL CRACKS ’r’o Z
(P m -10 I, II o~o
V, 01
Z t I 7F Y’ II -nP~
Z _II o c
t3 o
o
rg
z t I
m r
z 11W
o,
O
I
II ,1~ II I
UP
O~ r
m
OJ, *r --I
m I V911-
9 o
0710
-I
11
II ---r---
II
_~m P z
h)
73
n
O
v,
cn
L0[3 ;D
I
II
I ____l_____j
II
II
I
OUTED
ao
r(a
z
O
II II OI
cn
-I
mmo
~O
II
II
48 II
II I´• C
NOI~
z0
o
Y
P
m71 It PP
I_ -II II THE AFT ENGINE MOUNT
Oo
II II _
BRACKETS MUST BE o~
II -I
II REMOVED TO GAIN ACCESS m-I
II _I, o--_ aO
II z
li~J II SIDE OF THE FIREWALL "o,
m
’I 1!1 I I BULKHEAD ASSEMBLY v,
FOR INSPECTION
PROCEDURES
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS
FIREWALL
IF CRACK INDICATIONS ARE WITHIN THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CRACK LENGTH
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CRACK LENGTHS
AS SPECIFIED. REFER TO TCAC
DWG. 300008-513 ASSY FOR
MODIFICATION PROCEDURE.
INSPECT BULKHEAD
3.00 INCHES
OUTBOARD3’- INSPECT BULKHEAD
3.00 INCHES
INBOARDI STEEL AND I OR ALUMINUM BULKHEADS
.50 INCH TYPICAL INBOARD AND I OR
OUTBOARD FROM TI-(E LOWER TWO (115)
ENGINE MOUNT ATTACI-1MENT IIOLES
NOTE:
IF CRACK INDICATIONS EXTEND BEYOND
SPECIFIED LIMITS, DAMAGED PARTS MUST
BE REPLACED OR AN APPROVED REPAIR
INSTALLED.
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part I
INSPECTION
W.L. -45.00
FLOOR BRACKET CONFIGURATION
I
AND FASTENER PATTERN MAY VARY f
IN DESIGN PER FRAME (REF.)
f
‘INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN THE LOWER FRAME
LFPIAROUND THE OUTBOARD LIGHTENING HOLE
BELOW THE FLOORLINE 2.00 INCHES ABOVE i OUTED
AND 2.00 INCHES BELOW I INBD IN THEINNER L.B.L. 22.57
f-t +i
FRAME FLANGE, RADIUS AND WEB
NOTE:
TO GAIN ADEQUATE ACCESS TO THE LOWER OUTBOARD
FRAME LIGHTENING HOLES IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO
REMOVE THE FOLLOWING ITEMS:
UP
INBD
F/GURE #25
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD THE LOWER
RIGHT HAND FUSELAGE STATION 87.00 FRAME SECTION
Page No, 59 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN MO, 214
Part I
INSPECTION
e
g a
a e
es
ii
a
a!
V~
e~T I I\ Q Q
O
;i 8
310844-29/-39 HOOD
FORMER (REF)
W.L. -5.10
.I --_I
310844-29/-39 HOOD
FORMER (REF.)
WING REAR
SPARi L.B.L. 10.80
F.S. 209.24 BULKHEAD
UPPER CAP (REF.) (REF.)
FIGURE #26
VIEW LOOKING UP FORWARD THE UPPER
LEFT HAND F.S. 209.24 BULKHEAD UPPER SKIN HOOD FORMER
Page No, 60 of 72
-J
SERVICE BULLETIN Nd, 214
Part ~II
RECURRING INSPECTIONS
1. Refer to Pan Il, Table I, and proceed with the applicable RECURRING INSPECTIO’N ITEMS which
defines the appropriate INSPECTION FIGURE(S).
2. Disconnect batteries.
3. Support fuselage with wing jack stands and tail tie-down stand as outlined in Airplane Maintenance Manual.
4. Remove all interior I exterior components as required to gain access to the applicable areas of the aircraft.
5. Follow the inspection criteria specified by each FIGURE(S) to determine if any cracking or damage is present.
NOTE:
IF CRACKING OR DAMAGE IS FOUND REFER TO ITEM #2 #3 IN COMPLIANCE SECTION.
6. Sealant and finishes must be restored per recommended Aircraft Maintenance Manual practices after
inspections are completed.
NOTE:
FOR LOCAL TOUCH UP ON EXISTING STRUCTURE, CHROMATE PRIMER MAY BE USED.
DO NOT MIX CHROMATE AND POLYURETHANE PRIMERS ON THE SAME PART.
7. Perform operational check of cabin pressurization system for leaks per Aircraft Maintenance Manual practices.
Page No. 61 of 72
5
SERVICE BULLETIN NO.´•214
TABLE I
Part II b
RECURRING INSPECTION INTERVALS
2. 1 LOWER CABIN SKIN 7500 HRS I FIG. 15 750 HRS i FIG. 2 690D ALL
CRACKS 695A -ALL
6958 -ALL
3. LOWER CABIN FLOOR 7500 HRS i FIG. 25 1500 HRS I FIG. 3 690D ALL
FRAMES 695A ALL
6958 ALL
4. AFT PRESSURE 7500 HRS FIG. 26 1500 HRS I FIG. 4 690D ALL
BULKHEAD HOOD 695A ALL
FORMER 209.24 6958 ALL
INITIAL INSPECTIONS OF THE ABOVE AREAS ARE REQUIRED FOR ALL MODELS AND SERIAL
NO.’S AS SPECIFIED BY SE 214, Tart I, Table 1;
Item 1
EXAMPLE: Aircraft has reached 3000 airframe Hours Time-in-Service. Full compliance with items 1700,
2500, 3000, 5000, 6000, and 7500 Hour Aircraft Inspection Time Periods per Pmt I, Table I was
accomplished at 1900 Hours. Compliance with PartlI, Table I (Item #1 Cabin Door, Figures #1
#18 1000 Hour must be completed at 3000 Hours, with the next recurring inspection
Intervals)
due at 4000 Hours Time-in-Service and subsequently thereafter.
Item 2
EXAMPLE: Aircraft has reached 7500 airframe Hours I Time-in-Service. Full compliance with items 1700,
2500, 3000, 5000, 6000, and 7500 Hour Aircraft Inspection Time Periods per Parr I, Table I was
accomplished at 1900 Hours. Compliance with Part Il, Table I(ltem #2 Lower Cabin Skin Cracks,
Figure #2 750 Hour Intervals) must be completed at 7500 Hours. with the next recurring
inspection due at 8250 Hours I Time-in-Service and subsequently thereafter.
Item 3 &4
EXAMPLE: Aircraft has reached 7500 airframe Hours I Time-in-Service. Full compliance with items 1700,
2500, 3000, 5000, 6000, and 7500 Hour Aircraft Inspection Time Periods per Parr I, Table I was
accomplished at 1900 Hours. Compliance with Part U, Table I (Item #3 Lower Cabin Floor Frames,
Figure #3 and Item #4 Aft Pressure Bulkhead Former at 209.24, Figure #4 1500 Hour Intervals)
must be completed at 7500 Hours, with the next recurring inspection due at 9000 Hours I
Time-in-Service and subsequently thereafter.
Page No, 62 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part. II
RECURRING INSPECTIONS
\i
t o c c o c c
1 .Il\e
+r I~LYI \f
OOQQOJOOO
f +Je
D I r I II II+
~-L-W II II+ W.L. -15.05
r
+I ~I+
+I ii o
O
II Y+:le
´•cl o
1
o
J
+:lf
UP c
+ec
hFWD
o
J
o
1
+10 a
8 $1++
FIGURE IIlU o
3
cll\cDI o
5
a
(I+j~ D-W´•L1~26.60
D D O O O J S 3 O
O O
8
c
+L+
I I I I I+
c a
8 ~i+
’I I+
a
+I:r
a c
FIGURE #1D a 9 a FIGURE HD
+Le +’I+
a
8 a
FIGURE #1A
3 8
CI I I
:I+
c
I ´•I+
O f
Q
C I I ~lt
Tl\l I\ I I 11 I Il:li
C
FIGURE#1D---\ IIli I~lo or I ;I+ FIGURE IIlU
’I"
I I+
+I I- L
C´•(
t
’:L D--W.L.-48.90
c
I+ Ic
FIGURE #1
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD
THE MAIN CABIN ENTRY DOOR
(REF. SE 214, PART I, FIGURE #9)
EFFECTIVITY
MODEL SIN
330247 i 330430 DOOR 695A (96001 THRU 96013
CONFIGURATION SHOWN 695/4 96018
Page No. 63 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part II
RECURRING ’INSPECTIONS
ZEE CHANNEL
(REF.) 7
r THE ZEE CHANNEL WEB W.L. -48.13
INSPECT FROM THE UPPER SIDE ONLY
INTERCOSTAL
T~ (REF´•)
a
CLIP(REF.)--\~\I j /i"
’I
e
i´•
8 8
om
(7>
C3~ XAFTs-----IC
~s
Ooo Ci; o
o
b
----W.L. ~8.13
DOUBLER (REF.)
INNER STRAP
INNER PLATE (REF.)
DOOR FRAME
(REF.) NOTE:
(REF.)
DO NOT REMOVE ANY RIVET MOUNTED
DOOR PARTS FOR INSPECTION PURPOSES
FIGURE #?A
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD DOWN THE
LOWER AFT CORNER OF T~-1E CABIN DOOR
(PUSH ROD LINKAGE OMITTED FROM VIEW FOR CLARIP~
(REF. SE 214, PART I, FIGURE #9A)
NOTE:
RECURRING INSPECTIONS REQUIRED
MODEL yN
~1000 HOUR INTERVALS PER SE 214. 695A 96001 THRU 96013
PART II, FIGURE #1A
695A 96018
Page No. 64 of 72
18
SERVICE ~ULLETIN Nb. 214
Pari II
RECURRING INSPECTIONS
DISASSEMBLY,FP
USE U(TREME CARE WHEN REMOVING THE OUTER
DOOR SEAL, IF ANY RUBBERNIPPLES ARE DAMAGED
OR TORN OFF:DURING-
THE SEAL MUST BE REPLACED
BAYONET PIN HOLE AND GUIDE BLOCK
ATTACHMENT FASTENERS 1.50 INCHES IN
DIAMETER FROM THE CENTER OF THE HOLE
IN THE OUTER DOOR FRAME WEB
’g O DOORFRAME
O
WEB (REF.)
~7 INSPECT RIVETS COMMON TO THE VERTICAL
V IWINDOW
\o d
i CHANNEL UPPER END, SMEAR CLIPS O
AND BAYONET GUIDE BLOCK FOR LOOSE OR 9~5
SHEARED CONDITIONS
O
~8‘´•, o
.O\I
O
B
;"´•~s8 8
O
O
0/
0/ ~G/
oi
o
o
o
i UP
OUTER DOOR
VERTICAL WINDOW
CHANNEL (REF.)
~jt/""
SKIN (REF.)
NGURE #~B
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD DOWN THE
UPPER AFT CORNER OF THE CABIN DOOR
(BAYONET PIN OMITTED FROM VIEW FOR CLARIP~
(REF. SE 214, PART i, FIGURE #9B)
NOTE:
EFFECTIVITY
RECURRING INSPECTIONS REQUIRED
MODEL S:N
1000 HOUR INTERVALS PER SE 214,
695A 96001 iHRU96013
PART II, FIGURE #1 B
695A 96018
Page No, 65 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part II
RECURRING INSPECTIONS
NOrr: CAUTION:
IT WkL BE NECESSARY TO REMOVE THE BAYONET DUE TO REPEATED REMOVALS OF THE BAYONET
GUIDE BLOCK TO INSPECT THE UPPER DOOR BEAM GUIDE BLOCK FOR INSPECTIONS EXERCISE
RADIUS EXTREME CARE WHEN REMOVING THESE FASTENERS
NOT TO ENLARGE OR ELONGATE EXISTING HOLES IN
FOR REINSTALLING THE GUIDE BLOCK TO THE THE DOOR FRAME OR BAYONET GUIDE BLOCK
DOOR FRAME WEB, IT IS ACCEPTABLE TO INSTALL
HL20P6-5 PIN 8 HL86-5 COLLAR ~7INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN THE BEAM UPPER FLANGE
HOLE LIMITS (.1625 1.1600)
O ,1
0\
a
l~e
i,,,,,,,.
I
FS. 91.78
1 ~NSPECTSaO
INCHES
j BEAM
OUTER DOOR
SKIN (REF.)
~REF.)
VERTICAL WINDOW
CHANNEL (RE~)
O~’e,
FIGURE #~C
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD UP THE
UPPER AFT CORNER OF THE CABIN DOOR
IBA YONET PIN 4 LINKAGE OMI~ED FROM VIEW FOR CLARITY)
(REF. SE 214, PART I, FIGURE #9C)
NOTE:
RECURRING INSPECTIONS REQUIRED
h~ODEL SIN
1000 HOUR INTERVALS PER SE 214,
695A 96001 THRU96013
PART II, FIGURE #1C
695A 96018
Page No. 66 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part II
RECURRING INSPECTIONS
O
J-/6 Is
ARE DAMAGED OR TORN OFF DURING
DISASSEMBLY,
THE SEALMUST BE REPLACED
~T1?
INSPECT 1.00
INCH ABO~E
O
o W.L. -26.60
j/o
DOUBLER (REF.)
O
IFP’I INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN DOOR
BAYONET GUIDE
-/-I! a
P_O O INSPECT 1.00
\NCH BECOW
iYi,.. I
j
O I"
O
V- NOTE:
DO NOT REMOVE THE OUTER DOOR FRAME PLATE
PLATE DOUBLER (REF.) DOUBLER OR BAYONET GUIDE BLOCK FOR
INSPECTION PURPOSES, ONLY INSPECT ON 8 TO
THE U(ISTING EDGE OF PART
FIGURE #?D
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD AFT THE
W.L. -26.60 FORWARD DOOR BAYONET DOUBLER
(BAYONET PIN OMITTED FROM VIEW FOR CLARITY)
(REF. SE 214, PART I, FIGURE #9D)
NOTE:
EFFECTIVITY
RECURRING INSPECTIONS REQUIRED
MODEL S,N
1000 HOUR INTERVALS PER SE 214,
695A 96001 THRU96013
PART II, FIGURE 410
695A 96018
Page No. 67 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN-MO. 214
Part II
RECURRING INSPECTIONS
INSPECT RIVETS COMMON TO THE OUTER 1-7INSPECT RIVETS COMMON TO THE OUTER
U jSK,NAND VERTICAL WINDOW CHANNELS I U I SKIN AND DOOR FRAME AROUND THE
ON THE FORWARD I AFT SIDE OF THE DOOR I PERIMETER OF THE DOOR FOR LOOSE OR
FOR LOOSE OR SMEARED CONDITIONS I SHEARED CONDITIONS
F.S. I F.S:
74(45 91110
f:::: fff
li:f
it5
WL. -15.05--
I´•:S
,J I;;
EI
WL. -26.60--Tq:ji \iT5 I’ 3=3
I:i
fsl
:+; +i ´•-j
sL~
r:l
E i:
i,,
1
.;b I´•!
FIGURE #~E
VIEVV LOOKING INBOARD
THE CABIN DOOR OUTER SKIN
(REF SE 214, PART I, FIGURE #9E)
NO TEr
TrVIPI
RECURRING INSPECTIONS REQUIRED
MODEL S/N
1000 HOUR INTERVALS PER SE 214.
695A 96001 THRU 96013
PART II, FIGURE #1E
695A 96018
Page No. 68 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part II
RECURRING INSPECTIONS
NOTE:
IF DAMAGED RIVETS OR CRACKING INDICATIONS ARE
NOTED DURING VISUAL INSPECTION PROCEDURE,
REMOVE PAINT AND CONTINUE WITH FLORESCENT
DYE PENETRANT INSPECTION PROCEDURE
j AIRCRAFT
NTERLINE
-L;-,,,,-L"-,-,’~,,--LL;L-----U;LC-L
FWD--’ 8. L. 0~0
KEEL
BEAM
CAP
R.B.L. 9.07
FIGURE #2
VIEW LOOKING UP THE LOWER FUSELAGE
(REF. SE 214, PART I, FIGURE #15)
NOTE:
RECURRING INSPECTIONS REQUIRED
750 HOUR INTERVALS PER SE 214,
PART II, FIGURE #2
Page No. 69 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part II
RECURRING INSPECTIONS
P´•
BELOW THE FLOORLINE 2.00 INCHES ABOVE I OUTED -e
AND 2.00 INCHES BELOW I INBD ALONG THE INNER
FRAME FLANGE, RADIUS AND WEB
NOrr:
IF DAMAGED RIVETS OR CRACKING INDICATIONS ARE\ I
f
NOTED DURING VISUAL INSPECTION PROCEDURE, L.B.L. 22.57
REMOVE PRIMER AND CONTINUE WITH FLORESCENT
DYE PENETRANT INSPECTION PROCEDURE
NOrr:
TO GAIN ADEQUATE ACCESS TO THE LOWER OUTBOARD
FRAME LIGHTENING HOLES 1T WILL BE NECESSARY TO
REMOVE THE FOLLOWING ITEMS:
i +I
i
~J FASTENER HOLES IN TnE FRAME WEB
FOR LOOSE OR SHEARED CONDITIONS
COMMON TO SUPPORTS, BRACKETS t\ I~
a´•i
AND LINE BLOCKS
OUTED LIGHTENING
HOLE ALL FRAMES
E(CEPT R/H 96.50 99.00
(REF.)
f jl~L
UP
.~Le
INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN FRAME WEB
U 1.00 INCH DIAMETER AROUND UPPER
END OF STRINGER CUTOUT
FIGURE #3
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD THE LOWER
RIGHT HAND FUSELAGE STATION 87.00 FRAME SECTION
(REF SE 214, PART I, FIGURE #25)
NOTE: THE R/H FS. 96.50 8 99.00 FRAMES WILL NOT REQUIRE
INSPECTION THE OUTBOARD LIGHTENING HOLE
NOTE:
RECURRING INSPECTIONS REQUIRED
1500 HOUR INTERVALS PER SE 214,
PART II, FIGURE #3
Page No, 70 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO, 214
Pa~r II
RECURRING INSPECTIONS
NOTE:
1F CRACKING INDICATIONS ARE NOTED DURING
VISUAL INSPECTION PROCEDUREi REMOVE PRIMER
AND CONTINUE WITH FLORESCENT DYE PENETRANT
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
rii~JFORMERWEBAROUNDTHE
1NSPECT FOR CRACKS IN UPPER SKIN HOOD
LOWERINBOARD
NOtE:
TO GAIN ADEQUATE ACCESS TO THE UPPER OUTBOARD CORNER OF THE LIGHTENING HOLE,
U(TENDING FROM LOWER RELIEF
FLANGE RADIUS, IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO REMOVE OR
DISCONNECT THE FOLLOWING ITEMS:
NOTE:
CABLES GAIN ACCESS THROUGH THE FORWARD
UPPER FUSELAGE BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT PANEL
NITROGEN LINES
SKIN (REF.)
HYDRAULIC LINES
STATIC LINES
ETC., AS REQUIRED FOR ACCESS
Q
e~ g
a!
ii
!I\ o Q
O
O
310844-29/-39 HOOD
FORMER (REF)
W.L. -5.10
a o g g Q O Q g O/Q O g Qj~Q g
UP
310844-29/-39 H000
FORMER (REF.)
WING REAR
SPARi L.B.L. 10.80
F.S. 209.24 BULKHEAD
UPPER CAP (REF.) (REF.)
FIGURE #4
VIEW LOOKING UP FORWARD THE UPPER
LEFT HAND F.S. 209.24 BULKHEAD UPPER SKIN FORMER
(REF. SE 214, PART I, FIGURE #26)
NOTE:
RECURRING INSPECTIONS REQUIRED
1500 HOUR INTERVALS PER SE 214,
PART II, FIGURE #4
Page No, 71 of 72
\3
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
ELECTRICAL LOAD:
No change
Perform LEVELING AND WEIGHING as outlined in the Airplane Maintenance Manual per Chapter 8
None
RECORD COMPLIANCE:
PARTJT Make an appropriate entry in the Aircraft Maintenance Records as follows: Service Bulletin No. 214,
Dated JANUARY 26, 2000, entitled "WING AND FUSELAGE FATIGUE INSPECTION AND
MODIFICATION", complied with (either) FULL COMPLIANCE or PARTIAL COMPLIANCE (list specific
items) specified
as by Part I, "COMPLIANCE FORM". Attach copy of Part I, COMPLIANCE FORM to
aircraft logbook. If FULL COMPLIANCE is selected, only Part LT RECURRING INSPECTIONS will be
required. Identify next recurring inspection time hours, per item, in the aircraft logbook. If PARTIAL
COMPLIANCE is selected, identify the next required INSPECTION I MODIFICATION TIME per
Partl; Tablel.
PARTU Make an appropriate entry in the Aircraft Maintenance Records as follows: Service Bulletin No. 214,
Dated JANUARY 26, 2000, entitled "WING AND FUSELAGE FATIGUEINSPECTION AND
MODIFICATION", complied with items 1. 2. 3. or 4. as specifiedby Part II,’COMPLIANCE FORM".
Attach copy of Part II, COMPLIANCE FORM to aircraft logbook. Identify next recurring inspection time
hours, per item, in the aircraft logbook.
Page No. 72 of 72
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
-501
Isi
~1 I5~j
SB2~1
~Cficj
-503 :ASC
(/N/A
isl
-521 iSB~lli S.J.
-525
i"l
s NIA A /Y N/A ~51
1S"nt"l
-527 Hood Former/ Figure 26
Cabin Door I
S.J.
Figures 9 9E
,ifi~´• I Cabin Skin Cracks
Figure 15
Lower (1
Frames I Figure 25
sue
TOTAL
11/I 11 1 10 10 1 12 1 13 13 14 1 6 6 5
Page No. 1 of 2
COMPLIANCE RECORD
OWNER NAME
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE NO FAXNO
DATE
WORK PERFORMED BY
COMPANY
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE FAX
I~
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Part I
~WIIY COMPLIANCE FORM
%tlllllWA ULJEIQI AICMO~L: FULL COMPLIANCE C? PLEASE CHECK
-501
-503
-505
-507
-509
-513
-515
-517
-519
-521
-523
-525
A ressure u ead
-527 Hood Fonner/ 26
Figure
-529
Cabin Door/
Figures 9 9E
abin Skin Cracks
Figure15
Lower Cabin Floor(l7)
Frames Figure 25
sue
TOTAL
TOTAL I MOD. INSTL. COMPLETE I MOD. INSP. COMPLETE I FIG. INSP COMPLt:r
PageN~.lafZ
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Partl
rrWIAI COMPLIANCE FORM
UICIEIQ I Ale MoDEL: FULL COMPLIANCE
PARTIAL COMPLIANCE C1
PLEASECHECK
oNLY ONE
A/RCRAF7- CORPORA T70N AIC S/N:
If partial compliance is selected. identify next
CURRENT DATE: A/C TOTAL HOURS: required INSPECTION I MODIFICATION TIMEI I
~JI I
This FORM to be Added to the Aircraft Logbook and a COPY Sent to TCAC for Compliance.
Page No. 2 of 2
117
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
II
~JCWIY COMPLIANCE traPMROF
%L~WAIAULIEIQIAle MODEL: B95A
A /RCRAFr CORPORA ;r/ON AIC SIN: 96006
CURRENT DATE: March 15, 2002 AIC TOTAL HOURS: 3,000.0
Part I Part II
INSPECTION
INITIAL INSPECTION RECURRING INSP. TIVIP(:
ITEM DE 7 IAL NO.
HOURS FIGURE(S) HOURS I FIGUREIS)
3. LOWER CABI LOO 7500 FIG. 1500 HRS i FIG. 3 690D ALL
FRAMES 695A ALL
6958 ALL
NEXT INSPECTION DUE ZSDOS TOTAL AIRFRAME HOURS AND SUBSEQUENTLY THEREAFTER
LIST DETAILS OF ANY CRACKING OR DAMAGE FOUND:
Not required until 7500 hours
This FORM to be Added to the Aircraft Logbook and a COPY Sent to TCAC for Compliance.
/Y
COMPLIANCE RECORD
OWNER NAME
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE NO FAXNO
DATE
WORK PERFORMED BY (PRINTED)
(SIGNATURE)
COMPANY
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE FAX
r2~)
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 214
Pari I~
~WIY COMPLIANCE FORM
~IAJIMA ULIEIQ I An: MODEL:
A ~CRAF7- CORPORA ;T/ON AJC SIN:
CURRENT DATE: AIC TOTAL HOURS:
Part I Part U
INSPECTION FIRST INSPECTION RECURRING INSP. O EFFECTIVITY:
ITEM MODEL I SERIAL NO.
HOURS FIGURE(S) HOURS FIGrlRE(S)
i. CABIN DOOR 3000 HRS FIG. 9 98 1000 HRS FIG. 1 -18 695A S/N
96001 THRU 96013
96018 ONLY
2. LOWER CABIN SKIN 7500 HRS FIG. 15 750 HRS FIG. 2 6908 ALL
CRACKS 695A ALL
6958 ALL
3. LOWER CABIN FLOOR 7500 HRS I FIG. 25 1500 HRS FIG. 3 6908 ALL
FRAMES 695A ALL
6958 ALL
4. AFT PRESSURE 7500 HRS I FIG. 26 1500 HRS FIG. 4 6908 ALL
BULKHEAD HOOD 695A ALL
FORMER 209.24 6958 ALL
This FORM to be Added to the Aircraft Logbook and a COPY Sent to TCAC for Compliance.
Service Bulletin AIRCRAFT COF)PORATION
p~O. BoX 3389
Arlington. WA 98223
Tel: POB) 43~i-9787 FEU: (208) 435´•1~12
MODELS AFFECTED:
COMPLIANCE:
APPROVAL:
PARTS DATA:
Enclosed herewith:
Part No.
Page 1 of 2
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 216
ACCOnPLI8H IN8TRUCTI~091B
i. Select a smooth area near each fuel filler port. Clean the
aircraft surface and install Warning Placard, P/N SB216-1 in
each area so as to be highly visible during fueling.
RECORD COMPLIANCE:
Page 2 of 2
TWIN COHHANOER ATRCIIAFT
AIRCRRlrT CORPDI~TION FLl:aHT MANUAL Date: May 29. 1992
WARN~ND
I~ ACTION REOUIRED
PLACARD
WARNING
P/N 58216-1
PIN 58216-2
COMP LIANCE CARD
airc:art Mooel Si N
1 Owner:
COMPLIANCE:
Dare:
Signature
TC 14 OW191
~IIIAl
27 June 94
This cover letter is included with Service Bulletin No. 218 to explain the use of the word
MANDATORY on the first page of the service bulletin.
Twin Commander Aircraft Corp. (TCAC) considers our service bulletins to be mandatory.
Therefore,;ill TCAC service bulletins will have MANDATORY written on the first page. This
will eliminate confusion regarding compliance with TCAC service bulletins.
Compliance with
all service bulletins issued by TCAC, both new and existing, is required and
mandatory.
In some cases TCAC will recommend rather than require compliance with a service
publication. In these cases a Service Letter Service Information will be issued, rather than
or a
service bulletin. Compliance with service letters and service information is strongly
recommended.
All questions regarding this letter or any TCAC service publication should be addressed to the
TCAC Engineering Dept.
Sincerely,
,_PMatheson
General Manager
JKM/gw
rwlu Cnhl*asoea alaea~FT E0apananoN o, NE L\llln.f.n Wa II111 nl´•ononl~mr F´•r ul loM, al.n~l?
SE RVICE PUB LICATIONS ~HMRNDER
AIRCRAFTCORPORATION
APPROVAL:
NOTE:
Twin Commander Aircraft Corp. recommends the use of an anti-seize compound
when installing the M535206-264 screws in the MSZ7130-A19 -AaO rivnuts.
APPROVAL:
through ring,
nut sltin and doubler flush N.S. 10 FL" NOTE: THE DOUBLER
REFERRED TO IS THE EXISTING DOUBLER WHICH IS UNDER THE SKIN. THIS IS
NOT REFERING TO THE NEW DOUBLER K410008-1.
NOTE:
This Service Bulletin supercedes and replaces Service Bulletin No. 206 in its
entirety for the effective models.
I;SEE~ULIIY;
A
685 12000 thru 12066
690 11000 thru 11079 1N
B90A 11100 thru 11344
D
6908 11350thru11566
690C 11800 thru 11735 IA
690D 15001thru15042
T
695 85000 thru 95084
695A 98001 thru 98100 10
R
NOTE:
Model 6958 airplanes (Serial Numbers 96062, 96063, 96069, 96075, 96078, IY
96085, and 96201 thru 96208) are excluded from this Service Bulletin. Service
Bulletin 206 is still effective for 6958 airplanes.
TCAC has received several reports of aircraft with damage to the vertical stabilirer.
These reports include: cracks in lower ribs, wrinkles and/or cracks in skin near lower
ribs, cracked shear clips between lower ribs and rear soar, and cracks in upper relief
cutouts of FS 409.58 bulkhead. If left unrepaired, this damage could propagate? to
the point of failure of the Vertical tail. This Service Bulletin defines the requirements
for inspection of these areas. In addition, modifications are defined which eliminate
the need for further action.
PAGE 1 OF 22
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 218
COMPLIANC~
EXCEPTION:
Airplanes recently inspected per Service Bulletin 206 and found to be free of
damage shall be inspected per Service Bulletin 218 within 12 months or 500
hours, whichever comes first, from the date of the last Service Bulletin 206
inspection.
1. A P Mechanic equivalent.
or
2. Eddy Current inspectors shall be Level II or Level III certified per MIL-STM1OE
and SNT-TC-1A.
APPROYBL:
Part II Modification: 90 hours (models 685, 690, 690A, 690B, 690C, and 695).
85 hours (models 690D and 695A).
ZL OF 4.
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 218
PARTS DATA:
Parts required tothis Service Bulletin may be ordered from your nearest
comply with
Twin Commander Service Center under kit number listed below for the applicable
airplane model. The kits consist of parts listed below.
Models 685. 690. 690A. 690B. 690C, and 895 kit number S8218-503:
Qt~ Part Number Descriotion
1 K310025-1 Strap
1 K310025-2 Strap
2 K310025-3 Filler
1 K310025-5 Doubler
1 1<310025-6 Doubler
2 K310025-7 Filler
2 K310025-9 Strap
1 K410009-1 Doubler
1 K410009-3 Filler
1 K410009-5 Angle
1 K410009-7 Angle
2 K410008-1 Lower Skin Doubler
2 K410008-7 Strap
2 M535489-46 Orommet
18 HL18PB5-2 Hilok
4 HL18PB5-3 Hilok
8 HL18PB5-4 Hilok
12 HL18PBS-6 Hiiok
4 HL18PBB-3 Hilok
6 HL18PB6-4 Hilok
2 HL1LIPBB-~ Hilok
20 HL19PBB-2 Hilok
4 HLB5PB6-7 Hilok
PAGE 3 nF 22
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 218
4 HL18PB6-2 Hilok
40 HL70-5 Collar
36 HL70-6 Collar
4 HL87-6 Collar
2 K310025-3 Filler
1 K310025-5 Doubler
1 K310025-6 Doubler
1 K410009-1 Doubler
1 K410009-3 Filler
1 K410009-5 Angle
1 K410009-7 Angle
2 K410008-1 Lower Skin Doubler
2 K410008-7 Strap
2 N15335488-46 Grommet
16 HL18PB5-2 Hilok
4 HL18PB5-3 Hilok
8 HL18PB5-4 Hilok
12 HL18PB5-8 Hilole
4 HL18PBB-3 Hilok
6 HL18PB6-4 Hilok
2 HL18PB6-5 Hilok
4 HL18PB6-6 Hilok
20 HL19PB6-2 Hilok
4 HLB5PB6-7 Hilok
40 HL70-5 Collar
36 HL70-6 Collar
4 HL87-8 Collar
i.ri
4 OF
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 218
Airplanes that do not have the left hand access panel per SL 345 can order and
install the following kits:
i. Install tail stand tail skid and shore horirontal tail per
on procedure in applicable
Airplane Maintenance Manual.
2. Remove left and right rudder control linkage access doors that are located just
aft of fuselage station 409.56.
3. Remove:
4. Install the left hand access panel per SL 345, if not already installed. Remove
the access panel, if installed,
NOTE:
The SL 345 access panel is not required for 690C sin 11719 thru 11735, 690D
all, and 695A s/n 96014 thru 96017 96019 thru 96100. For these airplanes,
gain access through the door in the belly of the fuselage forward of FS 386,
Pnc.F 5 nF 33
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 218
5. Visually inspect vertical stabilizer skin, left and right sides, for cracks (refer to
Figures 2 and 3.)
CAUTION:
If cracks are found in the vertical stabilizer side skin at the holes identified as A
NOTE:
Working rivets are usually indicated by blackldark coloring around rivet heads
andlor black steaks on outer surface of the skins around fasteners.
c. Station 409.56 bulkhead below horizontal spar, pay special attention to the
corner reliefs.
e Vertical stabilizer rear spar web, pay special attention to the joggle in the
spar web,
7. Cut a hole in the vertical stabilizer left hand side to accommodate the access
door, but do not install the door at this time (refer to Figure 2). Inspect for cracks
in the following areas through hole:
a. Around rivets that attach lower vertical stabilizer skin to ribs (refer to Figure
3).
b. Lower two ribs in the vertical stabilizer, pay special attention to the corner
reliefs.
c. Vertical stabilizer rear spar web, between the two lower ribs.
PAGE 6 OF 22
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 218
8. Inspect fairing fastener holes around access hole.Plug any fairing fastener
holes with less than .35 edge distance using MS20426AD4 rivets, flush both
sides. Install K410008-5 nutring per Figure 2. Acceptable to cut K410008-5
nutring approximately in half to simplify installation if desired.
9. cracks/damage are found in steps 5, B, 7, then modify per Part II of this Service
If
Bulletin prior to further flight.
CAUTION:
If cracks are beyond the limits shown in Figures 1 and 2, or if cracks intersect
resulting in loose or missing material, then the damage is not covered by this
service bulletin, lLamaged Darts_not covered bv_tbls seoricebulletin must be
realacebnran aooroved repair mustbemade Driorto comoletion of the
and return of thaa~licplanatP_saod?Ik
10. Inspect areas noted in steps 5, B, and 7 for sheared, working, or loose fasteners.
Replace fasteners as necessary.
NOTE:
Working rivets are usually indicated by blackldark coloring around rivet heads
andlor black streaks on outer surface of the skins around fasteners.
11. Inspect four bolts attaching vertical stabilizer to front spar of horizontal stabilizer
for installation of castellated nuts on bolts and washers under bolt heads (refer
to Figurel).
12. If there are castellated nuts installed and no washers under bolt heads, proceed
as follows:
a. Remove existing cotter pins and check bolt torque. Torque to be 160 to 200
inch-pounds.
b. Assure that nuts can be secured properly with new MS24665-132 cotter pins
(refer to Figure 4).
13. If castellated nuts a~Pt installed, replace existing vertical stabilizer attach bolt
(4 places), one at a time. as follows (refer to Figure 1):
Dar~s 7 nE
SERVICE BVLLETIN NO. 218
NOTE:
Do not have more than one bolt out at the same time,
only, and MS17825-5 nut. Torque bolt 180 to 200 inch-pounds by tightening
nut to low side of torque range and, if necessary, continue to tighten until a
nut slot aligns with hole in bolt. Install M524665-132 cotter pin (refer to
Figure 4).
NOTE:
An additional AN960DS16 washer may be installed under nut only, if necessary,
to assure proper alignment of hole in bolt with slots in nut.
nut slot aligns with hole in bolt. Install M524885-134 cotter pin (refer to
Figure 4).
NOTE:
An additional AN960D616 washer may be installed ImdBLIUbtPnly, if necessary,
to assure proper alignment of hole in bolt with slots in nut.
14. If there are castellated nuts installed and washers under bolt head, proceed as
follows:
a. Remove bolts affected, one at a time. and inspect bolt holes for possible
damage.
NOTE:
Do not have more than one bolt out at the same time.
pnc,F R nF 37
SERVICE BVLLETIN NO. 218
NOTE:
An additional AN960D516 washer may be installed under nutsnlv if necessary,
to assure proper alignment of hole on bolt with slots in nut.
slot aligns with hole in bolt. install MS24665-134 cotter pin (refer to Fig. 4).
NOTE:
An additional AN980DB16 washer may be installed under nut only if necessary,
to assure proper alignment of hole on bolt with slots in nut. The above listed
hardware is to be procured locally,
CAUTION:
Use drill stops, steel shims, etc. as required to avoid damaging adjacent
structure while drilling rivnut holes. Penet install rivnuts thru vertical or
horizontal stabilizer spar caps.
panF~ CIF ~7
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 218
b. Flush plug holes in fairing that will not be used with MS20426AD4 rivets.
Open holes that will be used to diameter .218-.229. Bond R411N seal to
fairing using EC-1403 or EC-1300L adhesive.
CAUTION:
Remove all aluminum shavings from the rudder and elevator roller chains.
Relubricate the chains par the applicable maintenance manual.
16. Reinstall left and right rudder control linkage access doon using existing
hardware.
17. Reinstall SL 345 access panel or door in belly of fuselage using existing
hardware.
18. Install K410008-3 access panel per figure 2 using NAS8603-2 screws.
21. If damage is found and if Part II is not completed at this time ahotocoov
no the
Compliance Card. Fill out and mail the Compliance Card copy to:
Twin Commander Aircraft Corp.
19010 59th Drive NE
Arlington,WA 98223
NOTE:
Partial completion of Part II is not allowed, All the Part II modlncatlons (except
step 1 which is optional) must be completed at one time.
1. Optional to install kit number 58218-507, righthand access panel. The pads in
SB218-507 are opposite hand parts to the parts in SL 345. Refer to SL 345 for
installation instructions.
2. Remove rudder from vertical stabilizer per instructions in the applicable Airplane
Maintenance Manual.
on~e ~n ne
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 218
4. Following are instructions for modifying the aft spar web (refer to Figure 8).
a. If the aft spar web is within the crack limits allowed in figure 1, stop drill
crack ends with a 0.125" stop drill hole. Dye penetrant inspect to ensure
crack does not extend past stop drill.
CAUTION:
Do not stop drill into spar caps. Insert thin stainless steel shim stock between
web and spar cap to protect spar cap extrusion prior to stop drilling, ItslaL
is not to return to service uotiLtLlgsBEIUrBiS
b. Touch up exposed surfaces with brush alodine and and zinc chromate as
required.
b. If the bulkhead upper reliefs are within the crack limits allowed in figure 7,
stop drill crack ends with a 0.125" stop drill hole. Dye penetrant inspect to
ensure crack does not extend past stop drill.
required.
Figure 7.
Note:
~310025-1 8 -2 straps, (2) K310025-9 straps, and (2) K310025=7 fillers are not
6. The following are instructions for modifying the lower vertical stabilizer side
skins. Refer to Figure 8.
a. If the side skin is cracked within the limits allowed in Figure 2, then stop drill
the ends of the cracks using a .125 diameter hole. Dye penetrant inspect to
ensure crack does not extend past stop drill.
onne ilncll
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 218
d. Cut hole thru right side skin similar to hole shown in Figure 2. Hole is to be
same shape, same distance from existing structure but opposite, and same
size or smaller as hole on left side.
f. Mark the door and grommet holes on the K410008-1 doublers and carefully
cut holes. Do not cut door in right side doubler.
h: Install
(2) K410008-1 doublers, (2) K410008-7 straps, K410008-3 door, and
(2) MS35489-48 grommets per Figure 8. The K410008-1 doublers may be
trimmed on installation, maintain 2D edge distance.
i. Add (10) new fasteners each side to attach the vertical stabilizer side skin to
the forward leg of the vertical stabilizer rear spar cap. The fasteners to be
added are above the K410008-1 doublers.
Note:
Ten new fasteners each side required for models 690D and 696A. On
are not
all other airplanes this area is difficult to inspect and the spar cap leg tapers.
To locate these fasteners with proper edge distance it is recommended that a
straight line be drawn between existing rivets that attach the ribs above and
below this area to the spar caps. Locate the fasteners on the straight line at
1.00 inch pitch.
CAUTION:
Remove all aluminum shavings from the rudder and elevator roller chains.
Relubricate the chains per the applicable maintenance manual.
8. Cycle check deicer boot operation per the applicable Airplane Maintenance
Manual.
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 218
10. Fill out and mail Compliance Card that Palt II of this Service Bulletin
stating was
accomplished.
No change.
SeABESBFFFECTED: No.
None.
PAGE 18 OF 22
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 218
VERT~CAL
STAB
SPAR WEB
VERTICAL
STABILIZER
AFT SPAR
INSPECT AREA
AROUND BOLT
HOLES AND RUOOER CONTROL LINKA(IE
INSPECT FOR
PICCESS 0O0R IREFI
FLANGES OF
IN
SPAR CAP
JOGGLE AREA
FOR CRACKS
OF WEB
HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER
PRONTSFAR
boa ,(REFI
O
o o
a
a. a a a o~
a a
a a a,
O O a
a a
a a,
a
oo
oo
O 05 O
~j
o n#es BOLT
a nNBaoDBls wns~ltl
a IUNDER NUT ONLYI
.75 INCH
TYP MAX ~I D~ Mn78P6 NUT
MS~dBB&132 CDTFER PIN
CRACK
a a
iOROUE 180 T1 2W IKLBS
LENGTH o
I4PLSI
ALLOWED O o
a
IN WEB 8_ O a a O
O 00 O
o INSPECT BELOW
SP*R FOR CRPICKS
0000000
NOTE
FIGURE 1
Page 14 of 22
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 218
1-7
7" cl
I’ RUDDER
COVER
HINGE
Fan ~RncKs
FIOWE 3
Page 16 of 22
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 218
FIGURE 4
Page 17 of 22
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 218
EX,ST,NG SK,N a
F.S. 409.56
BULKHEAD
K310025-9 STRAP
7 iiil
K310025-5
K310025-7 FILLER
EXISTING FAIRING---~
FWD
VIEW AA
RLL MODELS EXCEPT 690D AND 695A
F. S. 409.56, 11
K310025-5
EXISTING FAIRING
ji
FWD
vlEw AA
MODELS 690D AND 695A ONLY
FIGORE 7
SHEET 2 OF 2
Page 21 of 22
COMPLIANCE CARD
Page 1 of 2
APPROPRIATE BOXES.
OWNER NAME
ADDRESS
PART I INSPECTION
i No damage found.
Crack(s) within S8218 limits.
%s
COMPLIANCE CARD
Page 2 of 2
No damage found.
Crack(s) found.
Modified by:
TELEPHONE NO.(
ADDRESS
SIGNATURE
21
-----MANDATORY
There have been two accidents involving Model BgO senes aircraft
resulting in loss of the aircraft, due to D
encountenng turbulence while descending at high airspeed. The purpose of this bulletin is to re-emphasize to
operators the importance of always reducing airspeed before starting descent or immediately upon experiencing A
tu~ulence at any time.
Excessive airspeed in turbulence can cause structural damage or loss of the aircraft. Adverse
gusts associated O
with turbulence cause an instantaneous increase in angle of attack. A sudden
change in angle of attack produced
by gusts creates increased loads which can lead to structuraldamage. Reducing airspeed reduces the effect of R
gust induced loads from turbulence. Maintaining airspeed at Turbulent Air Penetration or#aneuverlng
Speed (hoth well below the red-line limits of Y
Vnn01MIO)~ provides an increase in structural margin when
encountering turbulence. This is extremely impoRant if areas of forecast or reported turbulence cannot be
avoided. or even in cruise Right, if turbulence is encountered. Since a finite period of time is required to reduce
aircran speed from the onset of turbulence, a speed reduction should be
accomplished in anticipation of suspected
turbulence areas, whenever possible. The need for additlonel airspeed matgin in descent arises because of the
other unknowns introduced by descending from air to another, and
one mass dmloulty of reducing speed while
descending.
Operating the aircraft at Maneuvering Speed is the safest speed forfllght in turbulence. Maneuvering
Speeds are listed in the "Limitations" section of the AFMIPOH.
Specific guidance, including a Placarcl and AFMIPOH revisions is provided in this Service Bulletin to advise
operators of ta~get speeds, as a function of night conditions.
PAGE I OP 5
RELATED PUBLICATIONS:
1. Service Bulletin 205,"VA Placard Installation", December 20, 1985. Issued to emphasize importance of
r
observing VA speeds. A waming placard was added to the instrument panel and a rev.ion
was made to
the Airplane Flight Manual or Pilots
Operating Handbook of the venous models of the 690 and 695 senes
Twin Commander airplanes.
COMPLIANCE:
Part I: (Order appropriate service kit) Upon receipt of this Service Bulletin.
APPROVAL:
PARTS INFORMATION:
pAoe 2 OP S
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
I. Incorporate in the
Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) or Pilot’s Operating Handbook
renslon sent
(POH), the appropriate
by Twin Commander as part of the Service Kit.
Mi( me anachsd
C.mpllancs Cam. Se~Nre B.letb No. 220, t. Twin Commander*ircran
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED:
RECORD OF COMPLIANCE:
COMPLIANCE CARD:
FACE 3 OF 5
TURBULENCE REPORTING CRITERIA TABLE
INSIDE REPORT(NO
INTENSITY AIRCRAFT REACTION AIRCRAFT I TERM-DEFMITION
High level turbulence (normally above 15,000 feet ASL) not associated with cumuliform
cloudinem, inciuding thunderstorms, should b~ rsponed
preceded by the appropriate intensity, or
as
PAGE 4 OF 5
COMPLIANC1~ RECORD
ADDRESS:
DATE
COMPANY
FAX
PA(IB 5 OF 5
SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ~"Y
revision notice
A/RCRAFT~ T/ON
(9010 19" Dr. N.e. n,llnssn,wa 8822~´•1812
ral: gee) 4Jse7sl pnx:(3(PJ dSB´•1HZ
Change to read:
Change to read:
NOTE:
IT IS
RECOMMENDED, BUT NOT REQUIRED, THAT THIS SERVICE
BULLETIN BE COMPLETED BY AN AUTHORIZED TWIN COMMANDER
SERVICE CENTER.
2. Revise Page 11, Note 15 to read’FOR ALL MODELS EXCEPT 630D,695A, AND
6958, GO TO ITEM 17.
------MANDA 70RY
jlwrw
COM~AIANDER
~e rvice Bulletin A IR CRA FT C ORPORA nON
19110 5Rh Dr. NE. Allingtm. W~
OBPj~7832
Tal: 1360) U58197. Far (380) 4351(12
This Service Bulletin defines the requirements for inspection, modification and repair
A
of these areas.
Future inspections be accomplished thru the added wing access door..
can
N
ID
PART I: MODIFICATION 8 INSPECTION Models 520 8 560
A
are excluded from the wing leading
edge secess doon, and inspection per PART I IT
Provides Installation instructions for wing leading edge access doors. The access holes will
O
provide
adequate means for inspection of the wing leading edge to fuselage attachment area. The Initial
inspection must be
R
performed at or before total airframe time or within if
beyond 690ehours. If no damage is found, the airplane may be returned to service and reinspected Y
at intervals. Ifdamage is found, PART II is required. After the access door has been
installed, inspection of the bracket(s) I strap(s) can be done thru this access door and
removal of the
falrings is not required. If no damage is found and new bracket(s) I strap(s) an, installed through the
wing leading edge access doors and the PART II inspection is not accomplished at that time, the
PART II is required before the next
on or
19PB_hP~. The reinspection of the new bracket(s) I
strap(s) will be required at 69Mdeurs and SE 223 inspections will be repeated as applicable from
that time.
If damage is found during PART I, before further flight PART II (INSPECTION 8 REPAIR) must be
performed. After completion of PART II, PART I reinspection is required at 890ehour intervals for all
areas, except as noted in PART III.
Medals 520 8 560 only, at or before 6.900 hours or within 1Pehnurs it beyond 5.000 hours, PART II
IINSPECTION g REPAIR) must be pe~ormed. PART II reinspection is required at 89Mbou1 interval.
for all areas, except as noted in PART III.
Page 1 of 25
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 223
COMPLIANCE: (cont.)
PART m: INSPECTION OF F.S. 144.0 (EXTENDED FUSELAGE) I F,S. 100.0 (SHORT FUSELAGE)
(All models except, BgOC and B95 Reference Service Bulletin No. 213)
If PART 1l is not accomplished PART m must be complied with at 8.000 hours total airframe time for pressuri2ed
airplanes and 12.000 hours for unpressuriled airplanes with reinspection required at 1.000 hour intervals.
A 8 P MECHANIC (OR EQUIVALENT), AND A CERTIFIED NDT INSPECTOR (OR ECIUIVALENT) PER
INSPECTION LIUALIFICATIONS.
NOTE:
THIS MODIFICATION MUST BE COMPLETED ONLY BY AN AUTHORIZED TWIN COMMANDER
SERVICE CENTER.
APPROVAL:
MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIRS DESCRIBED BY THIS SERVICE BULLETIN ARE FAA DER APPROVED.
RELATED PUBLICATIONS:
PART I:
PART n:
REPLACE FWD ATTACH. BRACKET(S) I STRAP(S) (FROM WING ACCESS HOLE) 3 HRS
INSPECT WIND LEADING EDGE CLOSE-OUTS (FROM INSIDE 1171E WING) 22 HRS
INSPECT W.S.24,0 UPR L LWR RETURN FLANGE RADIUS (FROM INSIDE THE WIND) 22 HRS
INSPECT FUSELAGE FRAME WHERE tEE BRACKET ATTACHES (FROM INSIDE THEFUBELAOO 25 HRS
INSPECT INBD SIDE OF WS. 24.0 ATTACH. BRACKET (FROM INSIDE ME FUSELAGE) 24 HRS
INSPECT FRAME TEE BRACKET (SENCH INSPECTION) 4 HRS
PARTB: 3 108HRS
Page Z of 25
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 221
PART m:
REMOVAL OF AIRCRAFT INTERIOR FOR ACCESS TO FUSELAGE 100.0 144.0 FRAMES 6 HRS
INSPECT FWD SIDE OF FUSELAGE FRAME WHERE TEE B~ACKET ATTACHES 1 HRS
PARTIII: 7 HRS
PARTS DATA:
PART I: ONING LEADING EDGE ACCESS DOOR KITS ONLY BOTH LEFT 8 RIGHT WINGS)
NOTE:
THE FOLLOWING KITS WILL REPAIR DAMAGE 70 ONLY THE BRACKET(S)/ STRAP(S) THAT
ATTACH THE WING LEADING EDGE CLOSE-OUT TO THE FUSELAGE FRAME AS SEEN THRU THE
PART I ACCESS HOLES. FOR REPAIR OF DAMAGE FOUND IN OTHER AREAS, PARTS MUST BE
REPLACED OR AN APPROVED REPAIR MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO RETURN TO SERVICE.
Page 3 of 25
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 223
i. HL1BPBS/ -8 PIN, HL20P&5 Is PINS, HL86-51 -B COLLARS. HL94-5 /-B COLLARS, MSZ0470AD4. AD5
RIVETS, MS20426AD3, AD4 RIVETS, CR3242 AND CR3243 RIVETS.
2. DESOTO 825-308 POLWRETHANE PRIMER USED FOR TOUCH UP ON PARTS FURNISHED WITH
TH1S KIT.
3. EC-1300L ADHESIVE (3M) OR EOUIVALENT.
4. M5212865 OROMMET.
5. .60 INCH SPIRAL WRAP (ICORALLY CORP.)
8. PR890A1R SEALANT
SPECIAL TOOLS:
NONE
INSPECTION RE9UIREM~NTS:
1. PERSONNEL OUALIFlCATIONS
3. PROCESS
a. Per MIL-STaa8BB.
b. Sensltlvlty- Type I. Method C, Level 3.
Pa(le~ of 26
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 221
1. Disconnect baneries.
3. Protect aircraft fuselage and cabin windows directly forward and ah of the wing leading edge with an appropriate
medium. (See Figure i, far items 3 thru 8)
4. Remove upper wing skin access doom between Wing Station 24.0 and 38.0 ~bs, fomald of the Main Spar.
5. Push back the fuel cell located between Wing Station 24.0 and 38.0 ribs lomad of the Main Spar as outlined in
die Airplane Maintenance Manual.
CAUTION:
a) IF THE FUEL CELL IS NOT PUSHED BACK. REMOVAL OF THE FA1RINO FASTENERS MAY
DAMAGE THE FUEL CELL.
b) USE CARE IN REMOVING THE FAIRING ON PRESSURIZED AIRCRAFT SO THE PRESSURE SEAL,
WHICH MAY ADHERE TO THE FAIRING DUE TO EXCESS SEALANT, IS NOT DAMAGED.
NOTE:
FUEL CELL MUST BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED IF PART II OF THIS SERVICE BULLETIN IS
REOUIRED.
a. Cautiously drill out rivets and remove the fomarrl inboad left and right hand wing leading edge fairings.
7. If airplane is equipped with factory supplied inboard delcer or abrasion boots, remove locally.
Use Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) or Toluol as a dissolving agent forthe adhesive used to adhere the boot to
a)
the leading edge of the wing.
b) Loosen an inboard area olthe boot lame enough to grab hold of.
Pull the deioer boot while applying liberal solvent, with an even, steady pulling power until a 10 inch section
c)
has been peeled outboa~d from the inboard edge.
CAUTION:
DO NOT RUSH, EXCESSIVE FORCE MAY CAUSE UNREPAIRABLE DAMAGE TO BOOT.
8. Clean excess sealer residue from wing leading edge with (MEK) and plastic scraper.
Page B of 25
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 228
PART I-ACCESS
FUSELAGE
(REF.)
I I
I I
I I
I I /C4
I
I I
PROTECT FUSELAGE
/vro WINOOWS (ITEM S)
FOR BVBSTI’IUTE FASTENERS
SEE PART I. (ITEM l8)
FIGURE1
VINV LWKIN(I Am ~1NBOARD gJ WH WING LEADINCI EWE
LeeTWINOOPPOSm
8. Place the applicable K170487-3 -4 template on the wing leading edge with the inboalri lawar edge flush with the
wing skin (W.S. 24.0) inboa~ edge. Equal space the upper and lower edges between the existing inboard
outbaard civet lines. Mark ail fastener locations and the skin cut-out. If existing fasteners interfere, install hush
or double gush AD rivets as required. Pick-up existing rivets whets 2 x fastener diameter minimum edge
distance and 4 x fastener diameter m$imum pitch can be maintained. (See FiBure 2 or 2A for hems 8 thru 12)
CAUTION:
ON MODELS 690, A, B, C, D AND 696, A, B THE CONTROL CABLES ARE LOCATED DIRECTLY AFT OF
LEADING EDGE SKIN, W(ERCISE U(TREME CAUTION NOT TO CUT OR NICK CONTROL CABLES
10. Cut the leading edge skin to the inside doubler line. 00 NOT CUT ANY DEEPER THAN NECESGARYI It is
recommended that the tap inboad outboard cut be made first, then wt dorm one inch ham the outboa~ upper
comer. Bend the nap forward. Locate the engine aontml cables ton sppllcab* models) and move them to the
upper cut with safety wire, continue wtting the access hole.
11. Place the K170467-2 door snug an the wing leading edge skin with the inboard edge hush with the wins skin
inbaard edge. Equal space the door between pilot holes. Mad: amund the outside of the door. Maintain a
minimum of 2 x diameter edge distance (center of hole to edge of pert) an all fasteners. Remove the door end
make the final skin wt for a gush door installation.
Page 8 of 28
SERV1CE BULLETIN NO. 223
12. Remove any excess sealer from famed sumce of wing leading edge attachment bracket(s) I strap(s).
13. inspect wing leading edge attachment bracket(o) or srrap(s) for cracks with special attention to the bend radius
and adjacent to rivets, using Fluorescent Penetrant Method. (See Figure 3, A, or B for applicable Models)
NOTE:
Close visual inspection is required, using Fluorescent penetrant method as an aid in disclosing
cracls. Carefully remove sealants ornnishes as necessary in order to allow inspection of the
strunuralelemenle. Moderate hand pressures applied between parts, in order to produce any
relative movement allowed, may assist in the detection of cmcks in parts or sheared or working
fasteners. Also, observe any rub marks indicating relative movement of parts under load.
Inspections refer to both left and right hand sides of the simama unless specified otherwise.
PART I´•INSPECT16N
O O
O
O
FUSEL90E
(REF)
O I;
1 10
O O
O O1
--L I
(rrH iS)
page B of 26
SERVICE BVLLETIN NO. 220
PART I-INSPECTION
O O
O
oV o i
FUSEV\OE
O
I (RIF.)
0’
o o
O O 0~
o
U)h~ROLW\BLECUTOUT
MODEL (iQO ONLY. EXCEPT
SM 1(061
(ITEM iS)
FIOORE3A
VIEW LOOKING AF7 b INBOARD 69 RM WING WING EDGE
LEFTHANDOPPMITE
Pass 10 ar 21
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 233
PART I-INSPECTION
REMOVE EXCESS
FINISH CUT
SEALER (ITEM 12)
(868.) ssoTNNV. SB1.
S/N (181 SUB~.
~O d o
oUo
o FUSELAGE
O (REF.I
O o o
(ITEM 13)
FIOURE38
VINY LOCKING AFT a INBOAIO 80 wn WING LEADING EDGE
LEFTH~UIDOPWSITE
14. If no udcks are found in the wing leading edge attachment bracket(s)/ strap(s), continue with next step.
(F CRACKs ARE FOUND. COMPLIANCE WITH PART n is REQUIRED before con~lnuing with access door
installation.
Page 1( of 25
SERVICE BULLETIN NQ. 223
a) Inspect the rib radius for cracks one inch fomsd and one inch aft per Figure 4.
the rivet line at Fuselage Station 185.0 for cracks as shown per Figure 5.
b) Inspect
NOTE:
IF CRACKS ARE FOUND IN THE RIB PARTS MUST SE REPLACED OR AN APPROVED REPAIR
MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO RETURN TO SERVICE.
PART I-INSPEC710N
UIOTINOMS1OI~AM
’lmP02838R4CKET,,
w.s.naonle
(REF,1
Q
,,I~, .I I
(REF.) I j
1703(7~(BANOLE
a
(R"’
-e
/j!l
Y~ O
1111 (REF.)
O
I
-F
i
iO
O
JII/
iii
INSPECTfORCRICKSIN
LOWER RIB RAOIVS, ONE
INCH RVDI~FT OF U1SnNO
RNETLINE
FIOUREI
VI~W LOWER RIB
Page 12 ct 28
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 223
17. Sealant and Finishes must be reston,d per recommended Aircraft Maintenance Mamsl practices affer
modification and inspections are completed.
NOTE:
b) FOR LOCAL TOUCH UP ON EIXISTINO STRUCTURE, USE ZINC CHROMATE. DO NOT MIX
CHROMATE AND POLYURETHANE PRIMERS ON THE SAME PART. ALL NEW ALUMINUM PARTS
FROM TWIN COMMANDER ARE POLYURETHANE PRIMED.
18. Reinstall faidn8s. Existing cabin sealer may prevent reinstalling factory rivets at the lower faidng row. It is
acceptable to substitute CR3242 or CR3243 ilvets same size as removed for the existing factory rivals (See
Figure 1)
20. Pressure test the cabin for leaks per approved methods, for applicable models.
21. Resaal the deice boots perthe applicable Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
Page 13 of 26
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 225
The following areas are to be inspected using Fluorescent Penetrant Methods per Pan I, both left and right hand wing
b) Inspect for cracks in the bend radius of the wing leeding edge close-out, both upper and lower nanges.
Inspect from the Wing Station 24.0 rib outboad for a minimum of B.O inches. (See Figure 5)
c) Some models have a vertical nange angle that attaches the leading edge
or dose-out to the Wing Station
24.0 rib. Inspect for cracks in the nange or angle from top to bottom.
d) Inspect for cracks inlhe bend radius of the wing station 24.0 rib, both upper and lower nanges. Inspect
fmm the wing leading edge closeout to the main spar caps.
e) inspect for cracks in between rivet lines and around beads of the Wing Station 24.0 rib. Inspect from the
wing leading edge closeout to the main soar caps.
PART II-INSPECTION
INBPECrFORcWIU(s INSPECTFOR
UPPERWINOSKIN(REF.)
I
IN BEND RMIUs OF
cA*CKs
WINQLUV)INOEWE cnEu 1, a
CL08eOLIT
(rrM D) o
INSPECT a
O
LI.(XIINW
b~o
b.%T~ a
Olj~ a
o~o o
o___o__p o LIo o o
a
D D
O
/o o
I r
INSPECIFORCR4CIS
(mM(, a)
ol I o ol I O
a INspEcTponw\cns
a IN BENo AM)IUGOF
a W.s. 2~.0 RIB (mM I, d)
a
a
LE*oIMO eWE I
UDSE*IUT(REF´•) I
neuow SE*UM
mr*l.´•)
LOWERWINOSKIHIREF.)
UP O
acePrsemaseu
RNEIMlnrro 7_ \o
FIQUREB
YIRW LOOKING FORW*RD 6 INBO*RD do VH WING LUDING
EDGE CLOSE-OUT AND WING gRnM12~.0 R1B
RI(IHTWDO~POSITE
Page 14 of 25
SERVICE BULLEalN NO. 223
b) Remove the cabin interior in the area of the wing leading edge anachment.
c) On aircraft with Picture Windows, drill back the inner frame aluminum panels. (600 Figure a)
PART II-ACCESS
O
Lr´•; D
t~L.
pROrrCTINSIOESURWIAE
OFCABINWINWWS
(ITEMZ.a)
REINSTAIL FASTENERS
PER PART II. (mM 4. b)
FIGURE 6
VIEW LOOKING OVTBOARD e) Wn W.S. 24.0 RIe ATCACHMENT
FITTING ANO INNER FRAME ALUMINUM PANELS
LEFT HAND OPWSISI
Page 16 of 26
SERVICE BULLeTIN NO. 225
d) Remove the cabin sealant (mm the leading edge attachment nnlngs as indicated. (See Figure 7)
a) Remove the vertical tee bracket (822 Figure 7) from the aircraft.
g) Inspect for clacks fuselage frame imm one inch above to one inch below where
in the forward side of the
the vertical tee bracket was removed end around the fastener holes from the ah side.
PART II´•INSPECTION
REMOVE BVILANT
(ITEM 2, 0)
1.00 O
o o
I O
INOPECTFWIME I
I
(ITEM 2. 1) I
O o O
o
REINSTUL I
FABrrNERS
PER PART II. I I
(ITEM 1. a) O O
I O
I O
I
LEMINO EWE TO
W.8. 2~.0 RIB
ATTACHMEM
O F~NG(RV.)
1.00
FUSELADE FWUIE
(REF.)
FMaURE 7
VIEW UXZKING OLIT8OARD 6 FORWARO Q) R~ VUITIW TEE BRACKET
LEm HAND OPPOSITE
Palls IB ol 2fi
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 223
hf inspect for cracks in the rib anachmeni wing leading edge to the Wing Station 24.0
db. (800 Figure 8). it is not required to inspect the ah vertical nange of this fitting.
PART II-INSPECTION
sPAUWT
?,d) O
O
o ~o
..´•o o~O
o~l o
o
I: o
a o \JI
oci olo IO
O h9. O o ol
oo o
o o
AFSMRTICMFUNOE.
NO IHSPECTION REOD.
FIGURE B
VIEW LWI(INO OVTBOARD O WH W.S. 11.0 RIB ~TACHMENT FmlNG
LEFT H~NO OPPOSITE
a) For tee bracket section to the fuselage frame and the rib attachment fitting, n is
reinstalllnp the vertical
acceptable to substitute HUOPBS -8 Pins (00010 size as removed) and HL865 -8 Collar for Factory
installed aluminum or steel lockbolts. If total hole cleanup cannot be obtained, n is acceptable to install
where
the 1184" oversired HLB4P&5 1 -8 Pin end nL87-5 /-g Collar. Solid rivets must be installed
removed. Install the vertical tee bracket to the frame using a faylng surface seal (PR890A1R Sealer).
b) For nlndslllng the inner frame aluminum panels, It is acceptable to substitute ChenyMax blind fasteners
CR3243 for solid rivets per TCAC Custom Kit No. 144, item D.
Papa I~o(28
SERVICE! BULLETIN NO. 223
NOTE:
IF ONLY ONE BRACKET I STRAP IS
DAMAGED, ALL MUST BE REPLACED, ON BOTH THE LEFT
AND RIGHT HAND WINGS. REPAIR PARTS ARE PROVIDED IN THE APPLICABLE KITS.
a) Drill off and remove the existing leading edge dcse-out bracket(s)/ ntting(r).
b) Select the applicable SB223-XXX Kit fmm the Pads Data Section.
Page 15 o( 25
SERVICE BUUETIN NO. 223
8) For applicable models, replace sealant as rembved fmm the lorwad edge of the W.S. 24.0 rib attachment Mtlng
as per Part n. (Figure 7 8 8), see pmcedure below.
a) Cut 3 sections of fiberglass cloth far eacllside´• (total of 8 pieces) approximately 8 inches square (8 x 8).
b) Mix 1/2 cup (8 oz.) of 8B0A1/2 sealer and ha~dware per mixing instmctions and apply with a stiff bristle paint
brush.
c) Inside the cabin, coat the left 8 right W.S. 24.0 fitting, vertical tee bracket and adjacent wing mot areas. Place
one layer of fiberglass cloth on the wet sealer and form the cloth over the nttlng onto the tee, fuselage frame
and wing mot fsidng in o~erto complete seal overthe wing leading edge root area. Stipple the cloth into the
sealerwith the paint brush and fold the cloth where necessary in oder to make it lay down and adhere to the
pads. For models with engine codml cables running thmugh the fitting. cut a slot in the cloth and form the
edges of the cloth amund the cables as much as possible.
d) Allow at lea11/2 hour for the first application of sealer to harden, then mix 1 pint of 880A1R sealer and harden
per mixing instructions. Recoat the previously covered area. Lightly saturate the first layer of cloth with sealer.
If there went~ly areas on the cloth fmm the first application, the entire area of the cloth can now be wetted.
a) Apply a second layer of nbemlass cloth on top of the first layer and stipple the cloth into the wet sealer until
the
second layer of cloth is saturated. Cut a slot in the cloth to form around control cables if
necessary. Make sure
the second layer of cloth overlaps onto the tee, frame and adjacent wing mot structue same as the first layer.
O it is not necessary to walt for the second application of sealer and cloth to harden before applying the third and
final layers. Lay a ihild layer of cloth on top on the second layer. It may be necessary to recoat areas with
additional wet sealer in Mderta saturate the thld layer of cloth. Cut a slot for control cables if necessary.
Small pieces of cloth can be added st this time to fill in gaps or to overlaploints in the cloth.
g) When nnlshed, the tree layers of fiberglass cloth saturated in sealer should form so airtight seal of the wing
mot between the fitting and the closest fuselage structure. Clean up excess wet sealerwlth MEK or lacquer
thinner.
PART iII: INSPECTION OF F,S. IEXT. FUSELAGEI I F.S, 100.0 ISHORT FUSELAGE)
1) Pmted the inside surface of the cabin windows with appmprlate medium.
2) Remove the cabin interior above the windows to gain access to the forward side ofthe frame.
3) inspect F.S. 144.0 (UCTENDED FUSEU\GO I F.S. 100.0 (SHORT FUSELAGE) frame, at the tee bracket
attachment above W.L. 10 for cracks orfalled fasteners. inspect the forwarri side of the frame fmm one inch
above to one inch below the area where the tee bracket is installed, using the Flarescent Penetrant Method.
(See Figure 13)
Page 23 of 26
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 223
PART III: INSPECTION OF F,S, 144.0 IEXT. PllsEU\aEII F.S, 100.0 ISHQRT FUSELAGE) (cont.)
CAUTION:
THE 144.0 FRAME IS TO BE INSPECTED THRU THE EXISTING INNER FRAME PANEL LIOHTENINO
HOLE FROM THE FORWARD SIDE ONLY.. DOINOT REMOVE THE FIBERGLASS CABIN PRESSURE
SEAL COVERING THE AFT SIDE OF THE FRAME AT THE TEE BRACKET.
NOTE:
IT 19 ACCEPTABLE TO DRILL OFF THE INNER FRAME PANEL TO REMOVE SEALER FROM THE
FORWARD SIDE OF THE 144.0 FRAME. DO NOT RESEAL THIS AREA. AFTER INSPECTION,
REINSTALL THE REMOVED INNER FRAME PANEL PER Psrt II, ITEM 4), b).
PART III´•INSPECnON
NO INgPECSION
FROM
SIDEOF
FW~ME
j jj
TEE BRACI(ET
(RV~ i
YWTERUNE- ~o.m
VIEW A-A
FIOURE~S
Y1EWLOOKINO OUTBOARD O RIH BtOE
LEFTW\NDOPPOSITE
Pa~e 24 d 26
SERVICE BUUETIN NO. 223
PART III: INSPECTION OF F.S. 144.8 IEXT, FUSELAGE) IF.S. 1D~.O ISHORT FUSELAGEI (cont.)
4) Finishes must be restored per the recommended Airuan Maintenance Manual practices after inspection are
completed.
NOTE:
FOR LOCAL TOUCH UP ON EXISTING STRUCTURE, USE ZINC CHROMATE. DO NOT MIX
CHROMATE AND POLYVRETHANE PRIMERS ON THE SAME PART. ALL NEW ALUMINUM PARTS
FROM TWIN COMMANDER ARE POLYURETHANE PRIMED.
Fill out the information an the Compliance Ca~d and send to:
ELECTRICAL LOAD:
No change
No significant change
SPARES AFFECTED:
None
RECORD COMPLIANCE:
Make an appmp~ate entry in Airplane Maintenance Recods as follows: Service Bulletin No. 223, dated
240CTOBER1898, entitled ’WING LEADING EDGE ATTACHMENT INSPECTION AND MODIFICATION’,
compiled with as follows:
Pan I List inspection hems accomplished by item no., title, airplane total time, and date performed. If the
recommended modmcalion of the inspection hem listed has not been accomplished, list the next
scheduled inspection times to repeat inspdlon of the item.
pan n List modlflcaUons and inspection hems accomplished by drawing and dash no., tie, airplane total
time, and date perfoned.
Panm List modifications and inspections accomplished noting airplane total time end date performed.
Page 25 or 21
COMPUANCE CARD
Pzlpe~ o~Z
OWNER(S) NAME:
ADDRESS:
CIP/ STATE ZIP CODE
LIST INSPECTION ITEMS COMPLIED WITH BY ITEM NO.. TITLE. AND DATE OF COMPLIANCE. LIST
DETAILS ON ANY CRACKS OR DAMAGE FOUND.
DATE: SIGNATURE:
LIST INSPECTION ITEMS COMPLIED WITH BY ITEM NO.. TITLE, AND DATE OF COMPLIANCE. LIST
DETAILS ON ANY CRACKS OR DAMAGE FOUND.
DATE: SIGNATURE:
h(p
COMPUANCE CARD
PART III(INSPECTION OF F.S. ~46.0 (EXT. FUSELAGE) I F.S. 100.0 (SHORT FUSELAGE)
DATE: SIGNATURE:
TWIN
jCoMA~HANoER
Service Bulletin A IR CRAFT C
~el:
PO. 3369
ORPORA TION
Arlinglon.
(360) 435-9797 ~ax:
Wa
(3801
3822]
4i5-I:;1
Page 1 of 2
Service Bulletin 224 c
BOLT
1
750076-1
(for 6900 and 695A)
ED10055
(for 690C and earlier)
´•69
Page 2 of 2
COMPLIANCE.RSCORD
OWNER’S NAME
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE FAX
TCAC WILL REIMBURSE OWNERIOPERATOR FOR THE PRICE OF THE BOLT. PIN 750076-1 OR ED10065,
(BY CREDIT MEMO THROUGH THE FACTORY-AUTHORIZED SERVICE CENTER WHERE THE BOLT WAS
PURCHASED) AND IF THE WORK IS PERFORMED BY A TCAC FACTORY-AUTHORIZED SERVICE
CENTER TCAC WILL PAY 550 FOR LABOR CONTINGENT UPON RECEIPT OF THE FOLLOWING:
(SIGNATURE)
COMPANY
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE FIV:
SERVICE PUBLICATIONS
((f17AIWAULII~:IP
revision notice A/RCRAFT CORPORA T/ON
19010 59’" DI. N.E.~rlin.ton.
r.l: (180) 49(19197
W~ 9822578J2
45~-1’112
APPROVAL:
Change to read:
B. 5 Hours/Side
Change to read:
MODELS AFFECTED:
All models of piston and turbine twin engine Twin Commanders except the
model 700.
a
Part ill: Identify pulleys complying with this service bulletin.
Il v
COMPLIANCE:
Timing: Part I inspection shall occur within the next 100 hours of airplane
flight time.
Part I: A. Gage inspect all Rep system cable grooves. (Refer to Figure 1)
B. Inspect all flap pulleys for rubbing on the support brackets.
Page 1 or 7
Service Bulletin No. 226
Part III: A. Permanent identification of all pulleys with the proper groove radius.
APPROVAL:
PARTS/REWORK INFORMATION:
Replacement Part Numbers can be obtained from the Twin Commander Parts
Catalog for the model being inspected.
SPECIAL TOOLS:
A special tool, part number 58228, to inspect the cable grooves is available from
Twin Commander.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
Part I: A. Insert the gage marked ’A’ into each of the cable
grooves in each of
the 6 flap system pulleys. This checks for a cable
groove that has a
bottom radius that is too narrow. If the does not contact the
gage
bottom of the groove (see figure 2), refer to Part II
paragraphs A and
D for corrective action. Recheck the cable
grooves with the gage
Page 2 ol 7
Service Bulletin No. 226
marked ’B’. This checks for e~ble groove that has a bottom radius
that is too wide. If the gage can be moved from side to side in the
cable groove bottom radius (see figure 3), refer to Part II
paragraph
B for corrective action.
If the
pulley cable grooves have the proper radius, refer to Part illfor
marking the pulley.
B. Inspect each of the 6 flap system pulleys on both sides for signs of
rubbing against the upper or lower support brackets. Be especially
alert for wear on the clips securing the cables. If worn clips or
support brackets are found, refer to Part II paragraph C for corrective
action.
C. With a clean soft cloth, rub each flap system cable over its length. If
snags are found, inspect for broken wires. If broken wires are found,
refer to Part II paragraph D for corrective action.
Part II: A. Replace any pulleys that have a cable groove bottom radius that is
too narrow. As an alternative to replacement, pulleys may be
reworked by
Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation. Contact a Twin
Commander Service Center or Twin Commander Aircraft Corp. for
rework instructions.
B. Replace any pulley that has a cable groove bottom radius that is too
wide.
Part III: A. Using a permanent marker, draw two(2) parallel lines on the pulley
visible for future inspections indicating compliance with SE 226.
B. Reworked pulleys will be marked with ’SB 226’, the date of rework,
and an inspection stamp.
RECORD COMPLIANCE:
Complied with Service Bulletin No. 226, dated April 14, 1997,
entitled "Flap System Inspection".
Complete the information requested on the self addressed Compliance Card and return
to Twin Commander Aircraft Corp.
Page 4 of 7
Service Bulletin No. 226
+.007
.064R~ .000
TYPICAL RADIUS ON
ALL CABLE GROOVES
FIGURE 1
Page 5 of 7
CD
Service Bulletin No. 226
SE 226 Gage
F9
Cg
ReDlaee or Rework
Cable Groove Too Narrow Cable Groove
Within Tolerance
FIGURE 2
Page 6 or 7
Service Bulletin No. 226
SE 226 Gage
e3
FIGURE 3
Paae 7 a17
COMPLIANCE CARD
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 226
OWNER(S) NAME
TELEPHONE NO.:(
*CCEPII\BLE
LEFTOUTBOARD 7]
LEFT CENTER 17 C1 C1
LEFT INBOARD(MASTER) CI [7 7]
RIGHT OUTBOARD O O 7]
RIGHT CENTER O O 77
RIGHT INBOARD(SLAVE) O O O
DATE: SIGNATURE:
REWORK REPLACE
PULLEY PULLEY
GROOVE
LEFT OUTBOARD C1 C7
LEFT CENTER
I~ [7]
LEFT INBOARD(MASTER) O [7
RIGHT OUTBOARD 73 C1
RIGHT CENTER O 7]
RIGHT INBOARD(SLAVE) D 7]
DATE: SIGNATURE:
MANDATORY
r~Y’Y
Sesvice Bulieiin ~´•r
EFFECTIVIPI
All models of piston and turbine engine Twin Commanders except the model 700.
Twin Commander has received reports from the field of interference between the
lower main gear scissors and the upper portion of the main gear fork. The scissors
were redesigned from a machined forging to allow machining from plate material.
This resulted in areas that thicker than the forging since the new machined
were
part did not require draft angles. This interference occurs when the strut is
extended and could result in failure of the scissor assembly causing loss of
directional control during landing. I FII
COMPLIANCE IA
Part I: Inspection lo
Left and right main gear scissor assemblies must be inspected before the next IA
flight to determine if there is any interference between the scissor assembly and IT
the main gear fork.
I o
APPROVAL:
RELATED PUBLICATIONS:
None
Page 1 of _5_
Service Bulletin Na. 227
SSTIMATED ~N HPURS:
PART i:
SPECIAL TOOLS:
None
INSPECTION R~C\UIREMENTS:
1. Personnel Quaiifications
a) A&P Mechanic
1. Refer to the Maintenance Manual and lack the airplane up to fully extend both main
gear.
2. Inspect the area shown in Figure 1 for interference between the scissor and the
gearfork.
4. If interference is found, lower the aircraft to the ground, remove both scissor
halves (Vpper and Lower), and inspect the bushing holes in the scissors and fork
far damage. Replace damaged bushings, scissors or hardware as required.
Page2o1_5_
Service Bulletin No. 227
i. Verify whether the part is made from a forging or if it is machined from plate
material. The forging will have rounded edges in the nonmachined areas and the
plate material will have sharp corners. If the part is a forging do not proceed
before contacting Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation.
4. Reinstall the scissor halves. With the strut fully extended inspect for clearance
between the scissor and the gear fork. If the scissors still interfere with the main
gear fork, contact Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation before proceeding.
ELECTRICAL LOAD:
No Change
No Change
SPARES AFFECTED:
None
RECORD COMPLIANCE:
Complete the information requested on the self addressed Compliance Check Card and
return to Twin Commander Aircraft Corp.
Pagelof_S_
Secvice Bullenn No. 227
O
QI
I~
Figure 1
Paga´•ld_S_
Service Bulletin No.:227
View B
-r I- iS
Atl 15
le
SECTION A-A
Centerline of
scissor
-+t ;;Op.
.50R
V
Typ. \/L-- ´•15
(Ref)
View B
PageSof_S_
COMPLIANCE RECORD
OWNER NAME
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE NO FAX NO
YES O NO CII
DATE
COMPANY
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE FAX
~WVDATORY
%LIW~WA UIIEIQ
Sen/i~e Bu I leti n A/RCRAFTCORPORAT70N
18(110 58’D Dr. N.E. Arlington. WA 90229´•7832
rat: (Jao) 455´•8187 FAX: 1555) 451´•(112
MODELS AFFECTED:
Twin Commander has received a report from the field of nose gear steering
pins that did not have the required hole for a cotter pin. This service bulletin
provides the instructions to inspect, and if necessary, rework the pin.
APPROVAL:
4 hours
Page 1 of 5
Service Bulletin No. 228
PARTSIREWORK INEORMATION:
Replacement Part Numbers can be obtained from the Twin Commander Parts
Catalog for the model being inspected.
SPECIAL TOOLS:
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
Part I: Locate the nose gear steering pin as shown on Figure 1. Determine
if the pin is inst~illed with a castellated nut and cotter pin. If It Is, no
rework is required. If it is not, continue to Part II.
Part II: Remove the steering pin and discard the lock nut. Drill the
nose gear
cotter pin hole shown in
Figure 2 using accepted shop practices.
as
Reinstall the nose gear steering pin using a AN320-4 nut (or
equivalent) and M524685-132 cotter pin (or equivalent).
RECORD COMPLIANCE:
Complete the information requested on the self addressed Compliance Card and retum
to Twin Commander Aircraft Corp.
Page 2 of 5
Service Bulletin No. 228
o\ I te~) I--BODY
PIN
oil i
UPPER
CENTERING
PISTON ROD
II CoLLnR nssv
ORIFICE TVBE
CENTERING PIN
ATTACH BOLT
COLLAR
DOWN STOP ANo/ I ICo~dl I I BUSHINO
CINTERIN(I PIN
SCISSOR
ANTISHIMMY II ‘YWI L/1 I I II II nspv
FRICTION
CYLINDER
STEERIN(I CYLINDER
BRACKET
POINT
s~P a.alm.ouao
RING
SCISSOR BUSHIN(I
AVSY
Fl GU RE
Paae 3 of 5
Service Bulletin No. 228
750080-1
FIGURE 2
Page 4 of 5
COMPLIANCE CARD
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 228
OWNER(S) NAME
TELEPHONE NO.:~)
DATE: SIGNATURE:
COMPANY
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE FAX
ALERT
ZUIIAI
%OIIIIMAU17;EIQ
Service Bulletin A /RCRA F7- CORPORA T~ON
19010 59th Drive N.E. Arlington,WA. 98223
Tel: (360)-435-9797 Fox: [360)-435-1112
The above aircraft have experienced cracking indications in the aluminum and or stainless steel webs of
the engine firewall assembly at the aft engine mount location. The firewall assembly is built of
components consisting of a stainless steel fire shield (forward side) and formed aluminum bulkhead (aft
side). The firewall cracks were found radiating from the fastener holes that secure the aft engine mount
to the firewall, and or along the upper radius of the bulkhead directly above the two upper mount holes.
COMPLIANCE:
Tabk A
No inspections modifications are required before the expiration of the time period set forth in Table A
applicable to the airplane; however it is highly recommended that all of the inspections i modifications be
accomplished at the earliest practicable time. Firewall modifications per this Service Bulletin are
terminating action.
Page No. 1 of 9
SERVICE: BULLETIN NO. 233
A P Mechanic (or Equivalent), and An ASNT Level II Certified NDT Inspector (or Equivalent) per INSPECTION
QUALIFICATIONS.
NOTE:
IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT ALL MODIFICATIONS BE COMPLETED ONLY AT AN AUTHORIZED
TWIN COMMANDER SERVICE CENTER.
APPROVAL:
Inspection of firewall assembly forward (STEEL) and aft (ALUMINUM) bulkheads 32 HRS
Reinforcement modification of firewall assembly forward (STEEL), 32 HRS
aft (ALUMINUM) bulkheads and lower fire shield
Total Installation Time 64 HRS
PARTS DATA:
Kit parts required to comply with this Service Bulletin may be purchased through any of the nearest
TWIN COMMANDER FACTORY AUTHORIZED SERVICE CENTERS. Reference SE 233, aircraft model and
factory serial number when submitting order.
KITNO. SB233-1 (Left and Right Hand Engine Nacelle Firewall Reinforcement)
Parf Number
1 610681 DWG SE 233 ENGINE NACELLE REINFORCEMENT 610681-1
2 K660000-3 ANGLE
2 K660000-4 ANGLE
2 K660000-5 ANGLE
2 K660000-6 ANGLE
2 K660000-7 PLATE
2 K660000-9 CLIP
2 K660000-10 CLIP
1 K660000-11 ANGLE
1 K660000-12 ANGLE
1 K660000-13 ANGLE
1 K660000-14 ANGLE
Page No. 2 of 9
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 233
KIT NO. SB233-~ (Left and Right Hand Engine Nacelle Firewall Reinforcement)
1 I K660001-3 IDOUBLER
1 1 K660001-4 1 DOUBLER
2 1 K660001-5 1 RADIUS BLOCK
i. Polyurethane primer used for touch up on parts furnished with the Modification Kit. MIL-C-23377 per TCAC
Process Specification 30.8 or MIL-C-27725 TYPE II, CLASS A per TCAC Process Specification 30.6
SPECIAL TOOLS:
Areas to be inspected are identified by Part Number and I or Name and are located per the applicable
INSPECTION FIGURE(S).
NOTE:
ILLUSTRATED PARTS CATALOG MAY BE USED FOR ASSISTANCE IN LOCATING INSPECTION
AREAS (REFERENCE ONLY)
INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS:
i. PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS
a. Level II
Liquid Penetrant.
b. acuity requirements of MIL-STD-410E, or latest revision.
Vision
c. Documented training in accordance with MIL-STD-410E, or latest revision and recommended practice
SNT-TC-1A of the American Society for Nondestructive Testing.
2. MATERIALSAND EQUIPMENT
3. PROCESS
a. Per MIL-STD-6866.
b. Sensitivity- Type I, Method C, Level 3.
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 233
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Disconnect Batteries.
3.; Bleed the air i nitrogen charge from the Main Landing Gear emergency extension system per the Aircraft
Maintenance Manual.
6. Remove ejector assembly and exhaust pipe in accordance with the following procedures:
Remove the (three) bolts attaching the ejector to the outboard skin of the nacelle,
(NOTE: Access to the bolts is from the inside of the nacelle, outboard of the landing gear.)
Remove attaching screws from forward and aft ejector fairing.
Remove fairing and ejector assembly, being careful not to damage exhaust pipe assembly.
Loosen forward clamp and aft clamps from exhaust pipe and seal and remove.
Remove bolts that attach the exhaust pipe assembly to the engine (18 totalj.
Remove exhaust pipe assembly from aft side of the firewall.
7. Disconnect the landing gear door linkage from the landing gear.
8. Remove the bolts from the hydraulic reservoir lower attachment to the nacelle (L/H SIDE ONLY).
9. Disconnect and cap the plumbing line from forward side of the emergency gear extension system gage
(LIH SIDE ONLY).
10. Remove the insulation from the bleed airline and elbow at the rear spar and separate the forward bleed
airline from the elbow. (NOTE: Secure aft end of bleed airline prior to nacelle removal.)
11. Remove the hydraulic plumbing clamp fasteners that are common to the upper aft nacelle bulkhead and the
lower aft nacelle bulkhead, if nacelle is equipped with clamshell doors.
12. Disconnect and cap plumbing lines and remove fittings that are common to the mating bulkheads, if so
13. Remove the lower aft nacelle and firewall attachment bolts from the forward side of the firewall (16 total).
14. Remove the attachment bolts that secure the common bulkheads together (four upper and ten lower,
14 total places).
15. Drop down and support lower aft nacelle on appropriate material to prevent any damage.
16. Remove the landing gear bungee to permit the drag brace to be folded over center and to allow the gear to
rotate aft.
Page No. 5 of 9
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 233
17. With the gear clear of the lower aft nacelle, remove the nacelle.
18. Remove the engine controls support bracket from the aft top center location of the engine to allow access to
the aft engine mount and upper firewall.
19. Remove the aft engine mount link assembly from the firewall bracket and the engine attach point.
20. Disconnect the Prop. Sync. Actuator from the firewall to allow access to the forward side of the repair area
(R/H SIDE ONLY IF EQUIPED WITH WOODWARD TYPE 1 SYSTEM).
21. Remove aft engine mount firewall fitting and brace from forward side of firewall.
22. Remove sealer and primer and perform inspection for cracks at locations indicated per Figure #1 on both the
forward stainless steel and aft aluminum engine nacelle firewall bulkheads.
23. If cracks are not present in either bulkhead, proceed with modification per item 26).
24. If cracks are present, and DO NOT extend inboard or outboard beyond the limits as indicated per
NGURE stop drill the ends of cracks with .098 inch diameter bit (#40 drill). (CAUTION: Do not stop drill
through both the forward steel or aft aluminum bulkhead, insert steel shim stock material between firewalls
to prevent damage during stop drilling procedures.)
25. DAMAGE LIMITS Modifications are only applicable if damage (if any) is within the following limits.
Maximum allowable crack length steel and I
aluminum bulkheads 1.75 INCH TYPICAL inboard and I
or
or outboard from the upper two engine mount attachment holes and along the upper bend radius of the
bulkhead.
Maximum allowable crack length steel and I or aluminum bulkheads .90 INCH TYPICAL inboard and I
OFoutboard from the upper two (second row from top) engine mount attachment holes.
Maximum allowable crack length steel and I or aluminum bulkheads .50 INCH TYPICAL inboard and I
or outboard from the lower two engine mount attachment holes.
Page No. 6 of 9
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CRACK LENGTH---t~-.90 --I~ ~t-- 1.75 ---r+-- MAXIMUM_ALLOW~BLE CRACK LENGT_H
STEEL AN D OR ALUMINUM BULKH EADS TYPICAL TYPICAL STEEL AND I OR ALUMINUM BULKHEADS
.90 INCH TYPICAL INBOARD AND OR I 1 ~7 1 i 1.75 INCH TYPICAL INBOARD AND OR
OUTBOARD FROM THE UPPER TWO (#2) 1 I I w.s. I OUTBOARD FROM THE UPPER TWO ~1)
ENGINE MOUNT ATTACHMENT HOLES I I 91´•46 I I ENGINE MOUNT ATTACHMENT HOLES
AND ALONG THE UPPER BEND RADIUS
STOP DRILL ENDS OF CRACKS --7 1 I I I OF THE BULKHEAD
PER ACCOMPLISHMENT
INSTRUCTIONS, ITEM #24 1~7 O ~7 INSPECT FOR CRACKS IN THE FORWARD
r
STEEL AND AFT ALUMINUM FIREWALL
BULKHEAD ASSEMBLY ORIGINATING FROM
O /I I EXISTING FASTENER HOLES AND ALONG THE
UPPER BEND RADIUS OF THE BULKHEAD
i;, .I
II II _li
II II I 1
rl
II 1,1~11
II V)
a II I I I i I II m
mi II ii A
O m
m
I r~ II
o
o
P 1
r,, I~ II OJ m
I II II ACCEPTABLE
ca rT10~1 II II m
b m O TYPICAL CRACKS
Z II II c
Z C I 7;; I I
I i II
F
o
C]O
V,
I 13
Z II
II
11
II
I I
(h II
1
I
m
C7 m 71, up
4~ m
11 Z
OUTED-t
II \LTl I
z
co O II ---r---
o~ u, I I I o
II ii I
a cn
O cn c~;o II
u, mm C3 I I u
II II
HOh
m -T]\CL~
II II cNOTE:
II II
r7 I- -II II THE AFT ENGINE MOUNT
II II BRACKETS MUST BE
II I I I
-I
REMOVED TO GAIN ACCESS
II
II /zp TO THE FORWARD STEEL
110~ I 111 i I SIDE OF THE FIREWALL
n
II/ I I BULKHEAD ASSEMBLY
-I I FOR INSPECTION
PROCEDURES
ALLOWABLE DAMAGE LIMITS
F~REWALL
j
.50
if CRACK I;USICATIONS ARE WITHIN THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CRACK LENGTH
TYP.
MAXi..: JM A;ir3WABLE CRACK LENGTHS STEEL AND I OR ALUMINUM BULKHEADS
AS REFER TO TCAC .50 INCH TYPICAL INBOARD AND OR
INSPECT BULKHEAD INSPECT BULKHEAD
b1068 i ASSY FOFZ OUTBOARD FROM THE LOWER TWO (#5)
3.00 INCHES OUTBOARD 3.00 INCHES INBOARD
MODIFI~ATION PROCEDURE ENGINE MOUNT ATTACHMENT HOLES
NOrr:
IF CRACK INDICATIONS EXTEND BE vOND
SPECIFIED LIMITS, DAMAGED PARTS MUST
BE REPLACED OR AN APPROVED REPAIR
INSTALLED
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 233
26. Remove field fasteners from the firewall assembly and stringer #2 as required to allow installation of
K660001-3 -4 doublers, K660001-5 radius block and K660000-7 plate as indicated per 610681-1 ASSY.
27. Locate, drill cleco K660001-3 1 -4 doubler on aft side of firewall assembly and K660000-7 plate on forward
side of firewall assembly and match drill parts to existing fastener locations.
28. Approximately 1.00 inch material has been left on the K660001-3 1 -4 doubler and K660001-5 radius
excess
block parts to allowoptimum fit. Trim inboard and outboard ends of the parts as required to maintain a
minimum of 2 x fastener diameter edge distance.
29. Locate, drill 8 cieco K660000-3 1 -4 angles, K660000-5 1 -6 angles, K660000-9 -10 clips, K660000-11 1 -12
and K660000-13 j -14 angles as indicated.
30.Sealant and finishes must be restored per recommended Aircraft Maintenance Manual practices after
inspections I modifications are completed.
NOTE:
FOR LOCAL TOUCH UP ON EXISTING STRUCTURE, CHROMATE PRIMER MAY BE USED. DO
NOT MIX CHROMATE AND POLYURETHANE PRIMERS ON THE SAME PART. ALL NEW PARTS
SUPPLIED FROM TCAC ARE POLYURETHANE PRIMED.
31. Prime all bare surfaces and apply sealer per TCAC Process Specification 260.8, install above parts and
fasteners as indicated per 610681-1.
32. Reinstall, reconnect and service components addressed in items 3) thru 20).
Page No. 8 of 9
SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 233
ELECTRICAL LOAD:
No change
No significant change
SPARES AFFECTED:
None
RECORD COMPLIANCE:
Make an appropriate entry in the Aircraft Maintenance Records as follows: Service Bulletin Na. 233, Dated
OCTOBER ?5, 2003, entitled "ENGINE NACELLE FIREWALL REINFORCEMENT", has been accomplished on
(DA TE).
Page No. 9 of 9
COMPLIANCE CARD
OWNER NAME
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE NO FAXNO
DATE
(S IGNATU RE)
COMPANY
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE FAX
(D
ALERT
rrw~U
Service Bulletin AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
Note: all serial numbers are equipped with the fiberglass composite Rudder Tip
all serial numbers are equipped with the aluminum Rudder Tip
2.1 Paragraph 9 titled Part A of this Bulletin defines a one-time inspection of the fiberglass
composite rudder tip (P/N 420092-501, -503) which is common to each of the 685, 690,
690A, and 690B models.
2.2 Paragraph 10 titled Part 1B of this Bulletin defines a one-time inspection of the
aluminum rudder tip (P/N 420156-all dashes) which is common to each of the 690C,
2.3 In two recent events involving Twin Commander 690B aircraft the fiberglass composite
rudder tip appears to the aircraft in flight. In one event, the aircraft landed
have departed
safely; in the second event, the aircraft was lost. Neither rudder cap has been located,
nor has a determination been made as to the cause of either event.
2.4 Reports from the field indicate that some composite rudder tips have sustained unusual
wear of the leading edge (erosion, pitting and cracking) which could result in an overall
weakening of the attendant structural assembly. Reports from the field also indicate
evidence of cracking in welds and fasteners holes of some aluminum rudder tips. In
addition, Twin Commander has received reports of some fiberglass or aluminum repairs
affecting the balancing of the rudder being accomplished without the required
adjustment to the mass balance in accordance with the aircraft Maintenance Manual
paragraph on Control Surface Balancing.
page 1 of 8
SERVICE BULLETIN 235
2.5 This Service Bulletin defines the requirements for inspection of the rudder tip and
attendant structure.
2.5.~ damage to the fiberglass composite Rudder Tip is found, replace the
If any
damaged Tip with the aluminum Rudder Tip P/N 420156-511 (available from any
Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation approved Service Center) per Paragraph 11
of this Service Bulletin.
2.5.2 If damage beyond standard repair is found to the aluminum Rudder Tip, replace
the damaged Rudder Tip with the aluminum Tip P/N 420156-511 (available from
any Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation approved Service Center) per
Paragraph 11 of this Service Bulletin.
2.5.3 If damage is found to structural parts other than the Rudder Tip, request advice
from Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation as to the appropriate action.
8. INSPECTION METHODS: Close Visual Inspection unless preliminary findings call for further
inspection by another method.
9. PART 1A: INSPECTION INSTRUCTIONS: (Fiber~lass Composite Rudder Tip, see Fia 1)
9.1 Install Rudder Gust Lock onRudder to line up Rudder with Vertical Stabilizer. Verify
the alignment leading
of the edge of the Rudder Tip with the leading edge of the Vertical
Stabilizer. Misalignment would be indicative of structural damage.
9.3 Remove Rudder Tip and perform Inspection of the Rudder Tip. Check for:
9.3.1 Leading edge erosion evidenced by chips, cracks, missing paint, leading
edge delamination (Coin Tap Test)
9.3.2 Previous Leading edge repairs degrading the original strength of the
Rudder Tip (Coin Tap Test).
9.3.3 Elongated holes at lower attach screws, missing countersink fairing
washers, cracks around holes and in sidewalls
9.3.4 Proper adhesion of the three vertical stiffener ribs
page 2 of 8
SERVICE BULLETIN 235
9.4 Inspect top Rudder Rib (2 Parts, forward and aft of Rudder Spar).
9.4.1 Inspect top rudder rib forward of rudder spar for cracks. Pay particular
attention to the bend radius of rib flange, flange joggle area, and the area
around fastener holes.
9.4.2 Inspect counter weight attachment fasteners to rib (tight, corrosion free,
safetied). Note findings.
9.4.3 Remove and Inspect Counter Weight
9.4.3.1 Inspect attach area for corrosion
9.4.3.2 Inspect for proper hardware
9.4.3.3 Inspect for cracks at weight attach holes in rib
9.4.3.4 CAUTION: If counterweight has raised Part Number or letters on
lower surface (surface in contact with rib web), file raised numbers
flush to surface and inspect rib web for damage. Replace Fwd Rib if
required
9.4.4 Inspect top rib to rudder spar interconnection area, including splice plate
between Fwd and Aft Rib. Watch for loose fasteners and cracks in
aluminum sheet metal.
9.4.5 Inspect top rudder rib aft of rudder spar for cracks. Pay particular attention
to the bend radius of rib flange, flange joggle area, and the area around
fastener holes.
9.5.1 Inspect forward side of Rudder Spar for cracks around fastener holes and in
bend radius, paying particular attention to the Spar area between the top
Hinge and the Top Rudder Rib
9.5.2 Inspect upper part of the Rudder Spar above Top Rudder Rib, paying
particular attention to the area of the joggle in the spar flange just above the
Top Rudder Rib
9.5.3 Inspect Rudder Hinges and their fasteners
9.6 If no damage is found, reinstall Counterweight, Rudder Tip, and perform Balancing of the
Rudder per applicable Maintenance Manual.
10. PART 1B: INSPECTION INSTRUCTIONS: (Aluminum Rudder Tip, see Figure 2)
10.1 Install Rudder Gust Lock Rudder to line up Rudder with Vertical Stabilizer. Verify
on
10.3 Remove Rudder Tip and perform Inspection of the Rudder Tip. Check for:
10.3.2 Previous sheet metal repairs degrading the originalstrength of the Rudder
Tip (non-standard or undocumented repairs) and/or affecting the balance
of the rudder
10.3.3 Elongated holes at lower attach screws, missing countersink fairing
washers, cracks around holes and cracks in the weld joining both tip halves
10.3.4 Proper assembly of the 2 (two) vertical stiffener ribs (some are riveted,
some arespot welded), no cracks in weld area or loose rivets
10.3.5 Existing damage due to excessive sanding during the paint preparation
10.3.6 Inspect counter weight attachment fasteners to first stiffener rib (tight,
corrosion free, safetied). Note findings.
10.3.7 Inspect for loose fasteners on second vertical stiffener rib web at the light
flasher installation
10.4 Inspect top Rudder Rib (2 Parts, fwd and aft of Rudder Spar).
10.4.1 Inspect top rudder rib forward of rudder spar for cracks. Pay particular
attention to the bend radius of rib fiange, flange joggle area, and the area
around fastener holes.
10.4.2 Inspect top rib to rudder spar interconnection area, including splice plate
between Fwd and Aft Rib. Watch for loose fasteners and cracks in
aluminum sheet metal
10.4.3 Inspect top rudder rib aft of rudder spar for cracks. Pay particular attention
to the bend radius of rib flange, flange joggle area, and the area around
fastener holes
10.5.1 Inspect forward side of Rudder Spar for cracks around fastener holes and in
bend radius, paying particular attention to the Spar area between the top
Hinge and the Top Rudder Rib
10.5.2 Inspect upper part of the Rudder Spar above Top Rudder Rib, paying
particular attention to the area of the joggle in the spar flange just above the
Top Rudder Rib
page 4 of 8
SERVICE BULLETIN 235
10.6 If no damage is found, reinstall Counterweight, Rudder Tip, and perform Balancing
of the Rudder per applicable Maintenance Manual.
11.1 Fiber~lass Composite Rudder Tip: If the existing composite Rudder Tip is found to
be damaged, it should be replaced with Kit Number SB235-1 which includes a
replacement Rudder Tip in Aluminum with Installation Instructions and required
Hardware.
11.2 Aluminum Rudder Tip: If the existing aluminum Rudder Tip is found to be damaged
beyond standard repair, it should be replaced with Kit Number SB235-2 which includes
an aluminum replacement Rudder Tip with Installation Instructions and required
Hardware.
Upon completion of all actions required under Service Bulletin 235, complete the attached
Compliance Card and mail (postage is prepaid) or FAX to Twin Commander Aircraft Corp. at
(360)435-1112.
page 5 of 8
SERVICE BULLETIN 235
up
FWD
COUNTERWEIGHT
RUDDER TIP
TOP HINGE
j
RUDDER SPAR I
page 6 of 8
SERVICE BULLETIN 235
COUNTERWEIGHT
RUDDER TIP
~´•3
TOP HINGE
RUDDER SPAR
i
page 7 of 8
SERVICE BULLETIN 235
COMPLIANCE CARD (p]ease mail this card to Twin Commander at the address shown on
TELEPHONE: FAX:
PARTS REPLACED:
TELEPHONE: FAX:
DATE: SIGNATURE:
page 8 of 8
SL
Aircraft Technical Publishers Customer Service
South Hill Drive 6AM-5PM PST M´•F
Brisbane, CA 94005 (800)227-4610
1) Applicable AD
2) Part Kit (1)
Issue Number 3) Part Kit (2)
Issue Date Issue Description 4) Compliance Time
4)SEE ISSUE
4)SEE ISSUE
4)SEE ISSUE
4) SEE ISSUE
4)100 HRS
End of Index
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL BBOC, SERIAL NO’S 11800 THRU 11825 AND MODEL 085,
SERIAL NO’S 85000 THRU 85005.
*011
SPECIAL NONE.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
2. Inspect air e~dl lip an ellglne oowllng and pt~ end of engine tire detector fcr any signs oi abrasion due
to interierenoe between fire detector and cowiing air e~dt lip.
*OTI
4. 1l interierence or mmslocatlon I the airstream is evident, loosen clamps Ottachirg engine fire detectors
to upper strulaassmblles, relocate tire detectors and tighten clamps (see Figure 1,).
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropl?ate entry in airplane maintenance records as IoHows: Service
Letter No. 852, dated is May 1850, entitled "Engine Fire Detector Relocation", accomplished (date)
psp~lola
SERVICE LEITER NO. 592
CowLnro AIR
E~OTDUCT
~EF)
L _L $k J1
*aTr
~FWD
f;
L -L BU- J1
TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Flsue 1.
Page a ol 2
COMPLIANCE CARD
From:
Signature
rco ~r´•aol
osnaal ~risaon oaslon
SW1 Nonh Roctwsll Avsnu~
Belhany.OK73W8
1405)lsB´•M00
rwx: sla-B3o-ea7o Rockwell
International
Dear Owner:
and action,
Sincerely,
RDCKWELL INTEILNATIONAL
AVIATION DIVISION
R,
Ron Laurence
Manager
Customer Service
RDL:pdj
Attachment
Rockwell intemsnonal
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 880C, 8ERVLL NO’S 11800 THRU 11890 AND MODEL 886,
SERIAL NO’S 86001 THRU 85010.
98018
PARTS DATA: Parts required to comply with Part I of this Service Letter may be procured through your
nearest Rocksell Commander Authorleed Service Facility at no charge. Parts required for Part 1l may be
pracured for $141.80 and a credit of $141.80 will ire issued upon receipt of old pressure switch P/N P10M-SS,
a properly executed Warranty CIaim and a Compllmce Card. Rsfsrenee this 8erlce Letter, aircraft model
and laCtory seriP number when ordering 8erviee Letter No. 188 hit consisting of the following:
Page 1 of 4
Z
SERVICE LETTER NO. SSS
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
i. Cain access to ECU by removing air outlet duet access (avlonlcs access) cover which is Located on
bottom of an fuselage.
Connect switch to a suitable pressure test set-up which has prodd~s for regulating or meter-
Ing the air pressure applied to the unit from 0 to 1(10 psl accurately indicating this applied
pressure d a psi or better) and connect pins A and B of pressure switch to ahmmeter.
b. Using an 0.080-lneh diameter B flute splined key (Brlebl P/N 8-080), remove locking setscrew
(ANSB5AC4L2). Then, insert key in adlustlng screw (ANWSACLII) and back-out screw oounter-
clockwise to lower setting.
ROTS
o. AlterMtely back-out screw 1/4 turn and check trip points until switch actuates at 50 pslg on
increasing pressure. Once set, increase applied pressure to 100 psig, Ban recheolt setting.
d. Look setting adlustlng screw by applying 1 to a drops of Loetlte 2´•12 in hole and replacing
locking setscrew.
*OTT
equivsilent.
5. Rewire ECU pressure switch electrlosl connector as shown in Figure 2., and connect O ECU.
8. Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying that Part 1 has been accomplished.
i. Ciain access to ECU by removing air outlet duct access (pvlonics access) cover which is located an
Page 2 of 4
BERYICE LETTER NO. 553
P1OM-SI) BWPPCH
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL UNIT
(REF)
C~
Pipura i.
I)CCQPt
t--W"~2’
ii~ur´• 2.
Page 5 ol 4
IERYICE LETTER NO. )53
4. Rewire ECU pressure switch electrical connector as shown in Figure 2 and connect to ECU.
Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying that Part n has been accomplished.
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Airplane Maintenance Manual and illustrated Parts Catalog changes
required by this document will be incorporated at the ned scheduled
change/rsvialon
follows: Service
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as
Letter No. 533, dated 18 May 1880, entitled "Endronmsntal Control Unit (ECU) Pressure Switch
orI(eplaoament", Part Iaccompllshed (date) i PartII accompllshed_lda_t~L__´•
Page 4 014 4
COMPLIANCE CARD
Fmm:
’ln P~RT n
Senrice Bulletin No.
Alrwan SIN
Cammads Mullion
SW1 Norm Aa;tnsll Avenue.
Bam´•ny. OLlahoma 73008
MODELS AFFECTED: PART I MODEL BgOC, 8ERUAL NO’S 11601, 11605 THRU 11BM,
1180$ TBRU 11815, 11615 TH(U 11818 AND 11621 AND
MOD1L 085, SERIAL NO’S 85001 THRU 85002.
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: PART I TO PROVIDE SERIES BATTERY VOLTAGE FOR IGNITOR
UNIT, ENGINE FUEL VALVE AND START PRESSURE
REGULATOR DURING 8ER1ES START AND PROVIDE
IMPROVED BATTERY GROUND.
*011
Page 1 of 14
SERVICE LETTER NO. S3UL
WOll
norr
PARTS DATA: Parts required to comply with this Ber~oe Letter may be procured through your nearest
Oulfstream Commander Authorized ServlCenter Facility for: Kit No.l (BS.19, Kit No. a S?8. 58, Kit
No. 3 $4.05 and Kit No.4 822.19. A lull credit will be issued upon receipt of a properly executed
4arran~y Claim and a Compliance Card. Reference this Service Letter, aircraft model and factory serial
number when ordering Service Letter Nq´• 334A Rit(a) consisting of the following:
Kit No. 1- PART I W011 Refer to airplane Seria~ Number eiectlldty ca~l-
KitNo. 2 PART n out to determine which hit or hits are required.
Kit No. 3 PART III
Kit No. 4 PART IV
Page 2 of 14
SERVICE LETTER NO. S9~A
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
PARTI
2. Remove baggage compartment liner to gain access to batteries and Power Distribution Panel.
4. Drill and install 830080-1 clip assembly (a places) on aft angle of right battery support (see Figure i.).
5. Install one end of 800812-RES cable on left battery
support using edsting hardware and insta~l other
end of cable on fuselage frame at Sta 212.00 using AN4- SA
bolt,ANB?0-4 washer, AN860D41BL
washer, and MSZ1042L4 nut (see Figure 1.).
6. Install MS21818DG8 clamp (2 places) on 80067a-RES cable and attach to 830080-1 clip assemblies using
MSa?(lSg-I-08 screw and ANLIBOD1OL washer (see Figure i.).
1. Remove cover assembly from Power Mstributlon Panel.
8. Dsconnect wires No. 6, No. No. 8, No. g and No. 88 from CR-I diode, cutoff ring terminals and
splice wires No. B, No. No. 8, No. 8 and Na. 88 together using
splice (see F~gure 2.).
*011
g. Disconnect wires No. 106, No. 101, No. 108, No. 109 and No. 198 from CR-2 mode, cutoff ring
terminals and splice wires No. 106, No. 101, No. 108, No. 109 and No. las together using D4SB-53
splice (see Figure 2.).
11011
in. Install 800522-1 mounting strip, INS208 diode (2 places) and 800612-RE1 bus bar
(2 places) on elating
CR-I and Cn-2 diodes. Clean mounting strips and bus bar for good
continuity (see Figure 3.).
11. MssonMeot wire No. 4 from pin Aa of KS relay and connect wire O CR-I mode and diaeonneot wire
No. 104 from Fdn A2 of KB relay and connect wire to OR-a diode (see Figure 2.).
Page S of 14
SERVICE LETTER NO. 334A
la. Install wire No. 4A from CR-1 made bus bar to pin A2 of KS relay and Lnstlll wire No. 104A from Cf(-a
diode bus bar to Fdn A2 of K8 re~ay (see Figure a.).
13. Install wire No. 131A on CR-S and CR-4 diode and tnstsill wire No. 191 on CR-S diode and route to K25
relay on relay panel and connect to terminal B3 (see Figure a.).
14. Install wire No. 130C on 82 of g25 relay, r~Le wire i~ong edsdng wire bundle at to Start
Control Panel which is Located at of left battery and insta~l HDJ-A Bae holder (F41) (see Figure 2.).
15. Install Wire No. 13OA from WJ-A fuse holder (F41) to terminal 12 of K18 relay which is Located on
YOlr
16. Install AOC-5 B.e in HDJ-A fuse holder (F(1) (see Figure a.).
RBATTERY
IRE Fl
CABLE
ExlsnNacnsrEslREFI
HaRDwnnE
Anouhlo BOTH
SIOEF OF HOLE
mAIURE A
OOODOROUND
\Y´•
SyppOnT IREFI
Figura i.
Page 4 of 14
BERVICE LETTER NO. S94A
nurr ~t,
curaa~b mwaur a
vl,c~ rr woru ur~a
T (nP RV 1! +~Y´•Sbr
dC~W)
m ~NI m BE M/´•i~>-l
3 nnufo DEUOIE
L-~ib x~
ICI
131~
xr
8r
"/1
ca ~I
0´•43853
SPLICE
a -3
1 1´•´•
I
~p’ ooc r
re ~cr,
XIIIVI~
IIV
r" mUINPL
Oy.lmasm wnv
naure
u~n
(1 IV ~69i0 ITCC)
IIIDLX.´•)
anms mpa
Q rurnur Mn.
w~r
Fipur´• i.
Page 5 of 14
SERVICE LETTER NO. 934A
B008~2´•RE1 BUS
B~R rZ PLS)
1’
INJZOB DIODE
II
12 PLSL
1’
rr-l
;L-. iI :F8
880522-1 MOUNTING
STRIP
1
IN32W DIODE (REFI
800672-661 BUS
snR IREFI
~uL
808522-1 MOUNTING
STRIP IAEF1
Fiour´• 3.
1? MsooMect wire No. 16 from CBBI series au~llary circuit breaker, wNch is located on Start Control
Panel, and connect wire to terminal 11 of K17 relay (see Figure 2.).
18. Install wire No. 76A from terminal 11 of K17 relay to termlna~ 11 of K18 relay (see Figure 2.).
18. Instill wire No. 130 from Lermlna~ 12 of K17 relay to terminal 12 of gig relay (see Figure 2.).
20. Install wire No. 130B from termin~ilii of K1? relay to CB61 series audl(ary circuit breaker (see
Figure 2.).
21. Retnstall batteries in airplane but do not connectbattery Lermina~s. Fill out and mail Compliance Card
specifying that Part I has bean accomplished and proceed to step 5. of Part n.
PART II
11016
The following wire numbers in Part n are M81044/9´•2P8 (20 gauge) wire:
No. 1A, No. 201, No. Z0?A, No. a018 and No. a0?C. Wire No. 210 and
No. 271 are M81044/9´•18-8 (18 gauge) anre. All other wires are M81044/
12-21-8 (22 gauge) ~re.
1. Gain access to batteries, located in aft fuselage, through baggage compartment door.
2. Remove baggage compartment liner to gain access to batteries and Power Mstribution Panel.
Page 0 of 14
IERVICE LETTER NO. 934A
9 cb-2
i j
r-\
L´•i
13~
MSS9206-2146CREW 00000
BPLS)
1175
0.30"
’i llr
SS:,oSP-l RELnv
IMOUNT ON B*CK SIDE
OEPANEL)
iiSure 4.
forward side of
5. Locale, drill and install 853098-1 relay on fuse panel assembly wNch is Located on
Power Distribution Panel, using MSSS206-21( screw (2 places) and MSZ1042L04 nut (2 places) (see
Figure 4.).
B. install wire No. 1S1B from terminal B3 of K26 relay to terminal X1 of K?S relay (see Wiring Diagrams
No. 1 and No. 2).
11011
Reference to Wring Diagrams No. 1 UIN NO. 8 are U1B
vlrl~g diagrams included wiUl Ule kit.
Page 1 of 14
BERVICE LETTER NO. 394A
7. Install wire No. 1S1C from termlna~ X2 of K?5 relay to GND terminal of overvoltage sensor (see Wiring
Diagrams No. 1 and No. 2).
8. Disconnect wire No. 1 from termin~ B2 of K8 relay and connect to termina~ A9 of K15 relay (see
Wiring Diagrams No. 1 and No. a).
8. Install sire No. lA from termlnsl AZ of K?5 relay to terminal 81 of Kg relay (see Wiring Diagrams
No. 1 and No. 2).
10. Disconnect wire No. 101 from terminal B2 of KiO relay and connect to terminal BS of K?5 relay (see
Wiring Diagrams No. S and No. 4).
II. Insta~L wire No. 207B from Fdn A of P131 connector to terminal B1 of K?S relay (see Wiring Diagrams
No. 9 and No. 4).
12. Install wire No, 2O7C from terml~plB1 of K75 relay to terminal Al of K?S relay (see Wiring Diagrams
No. i, No. 2, No. S and No. 4).
13. Install wire No. 101A from terminal B2 of K?5 relay to terminal B2 of K10 relay (see Wiring Diagrams
No. 3 and No. 4).
14. Install wire No. 207, HDJ-A fuse holder (F42) and wire No. 207A. Wire No. 207 connects b terminal
A2 of K18 relay and to HDJ-A fuse holder and wire No. 20?A connects to pin A of J197 connector and
Lo HDJ-A fuse holder (see Wiring Diagrams No. 9 and No. 4).
WOll
15. Install AOC-7.5 fuse in HDJ-A fuse holder (F42) (see Wiring Diagrams No. 3 and. No. 4).
18. Disconnect wire No. 12 from terminal L2 of CS-1 left generator field current sensor, splice wire
No. 270 to wire No. 12 with MS25181-1 bull splice andconnect wire No. 21(1 to terminal 24 of K1? relay
with M7828/1-53 terminal (see Figure 5.).
17. Disconnect wire No. 128 from termlna~ LZ of CS-I right generator field current sensor, splice wire
No. 271 to wire No. 128 with MS25181-1 butt splice and connect wire No. 211 to terminal 24 of K18 relay
with M1828/1-SS terminal (see Figure 5.)
18. On Model 680C, 8eria~lnumbers 11801, 11803 thru 11609, accomplish the following:
If Wire No. 203 is connected to terminal AS of K13 relay, disconnect from K1S relay and connect to
terminal A3 of Ka5 relay (see Figure 8).
*011
Wire No. 203 must be routed from Fdn V of 548 connector to terminal
AS of K25 relay´•
Loosen alien screws on all tnobs on face of the electroluminescent panels and remove ~nobs.
a.
d. Grasp wires and gently pull down until quiok disconnect and airplane wiring are exposed.
Disconnect electroluminescenl panel.
a. Remove atlaehl~ screws from top of metal plate of overhead switch panel and pull top of panel
down. Entirepanel will hang in a vertical position suspended by the hinges.
Page 8 of 14
BERVICE LETTER NO. 334A
*12
L2
REMOVE
REMOVE D~8HED WIRE FROM L2
FROM L? 1 155
55 IREF) I IIREF)
13 e ~al
L__
I ~‘bsolaEn--r
72 129
r T
1 55 (REF1 1551REF)
I I _L
I
h!eg, ~-09
P 25
M)92811J3 TERMIN~L
Q 3JTERMINn~
Pieu~s 5.
a. Disconnect and dead end the following wires: (see wiring diagrams in Chapter 81 of the Airplane
Maintenance Manua~ for wire location):
(2) Wire Na. 1E1C22 between pbnP of P3O Connector and terminal a of left NTB test switch.
Dead end at NTS test switch.
Wire No. 2E1B22 between terminal strip TB8 and pin R of P30 Connector. Dead end at
(3)
tsrmlna~ strip TB8.
(4) Wire No. 2E1C22 between ~Ln R of P30 Connector and terminal 2 of right NTS test switch.
Dead end at NTS test switch.
b. install wire No. 1E28D22 from terminal 2 of Left NTS teet switch to termlnail 1 of Lan ITT
compensator test switch (see Wiring Diagram No. 5).
c. Instan wire No. 2328022 from terminal 2 of right NTS test switch to terminal 1 of right ITT
Wire No. 1E1Da2 between terminal 2 of left temperature compensator test switch and
(1)
terminal 2 of left talque limit control switch.
Page 8 of 14
SISRYICE LETTER NO. 994A
b. lnstail wire No. 1E2BF22 between terminals a and 5 of left temperature compensator test switch
c, fnsta~lwire No. 2E2BF22 between terminals 2 and 5 of right temperature compensator test
switch (see Wiring Diagram Na. B).
cnurlon
When Insfs~lilg the overhead switch panel, ensure that all wires
and busses are properly secured and are not squeeled or chafing
on airframe. This will prevent possible short circuits.
b. Connect electrolumlnescent panel wiring to airplane wiring and position panel for installation.
Stow excess wiring eneudnglhat it will not be pinched or crimped when panel is secured.
2). Remove knobs from oil temperab~re control levers to facilitate rsmov~l of radar scope.
24. Remove and disconnect radar scope from center instrument panel.
b. Reach under and behind circuit breaker panel and disconnect electrical connector plugs and
wiring.
c. Remove attaching screws from front of panel and carefully remove circuit breaker panel
d. Remove backppate cover from circuit breaker panel to gain access to wiring.
28. Instsill S-SAI diode (2 places) on circuit breaker panel terminal board M (see Figure 8 and Wiring
oo
O tK% O o
TERMINAL BOARD "M’~ IREF)
(LOCPITED ON CB PANELI
ssAu DIODE
Fieura 6.
21. Disconnect wire No. 10 from pin A of 91 connector and connect to terminal 29 of terminal board M
11015
28. lnstail wire No. 10A from terminal 11 of terminal board M to pin Aof SI connector (eee Wlri~ Diagram
No.
Page IO of 14
BERMCE LETTER NO. 534A
28. Install wire Na. 1SZA from terminal 22 of Lennina~ board M to termmnail D2 of K20 relay (see Wiring
Diagrams No. 5, No. B and No.
51. The following wiring is located behind the center instrument panel:
a. Install wire No. PB1022 by iud splicing to existing wire No. L23E22 and install S-3A2 mode
*011
Wire No. P61D22 and Wire No. L25Eaa are not to exceed B-lnches in length.
b. hst~l wire No. P5ICI0 on mode installed in step a. (see Wiring Diagrams No. 1, No. 2 and No. 8).
c. Disconnect wire No. PB1AIO from pin V_ of P? connector, install wire No. PB1BIO onpin Y of
P? connector and butt splice wire Nos.PB1AfO, P61B20 and PB1COO together (see Wiring
Diagram No. 8).
52. Reinstall radar scope on center instrument panel and reinstall knobs on oil temperature control levers.
b. Position circuit breaker panel close to its mounting position and connect electrical connector
plugs and wiring.
c. Position circuit breaker panel for installation and secure with existing attaching screws.
55. Disconnectwire Nos. 1PS5A4, 1P2?A2 and 1P28A2 from left and wire Nos. 2P55A4,
2P21A2 and 2P28A2 from right starter-generator (see Figure and Wiring Diagrams No. 1, No.2,
No. 9 and No. 4).
56. Install RNF 100 (1.5-inch) tubing over wires, reconnect wires to starter-generator bus bar and slide
tubing over bus bar and sire terminals. Heat shrink tubing and secure with ty-raps (sse Figure 1.).
llOTI
S1. Remove and discard existing starter-generator grmnd (OND) cable and existing ground cable bus bar
from left and right starter-generators.
58. Install 800615-4’1 bus bar on starter-generators using existing hardware and reconnect eldsdng wires
(see Figure
99. Install 800612-OND-0 cable assembly using slsting hardware and AN4-4A bolt, ANgBO-41BL washer
and M821042L4 nut (see Figure
45. Fill out and mall Compliance Card specifying that Part II has been accomplished.
Page 11 ol 14
BERYICE LETTER NO. SS4A
PART III
i. Gain acoess to bat~eries, located tn ait fuselage, Ulra~gh baggage conpartment door.
2. Remove baggage eomparDnent liner to gatn access to ba~terles and Powe. Mstribution Panel.
INSTALL IX´•´• I
TERMINATION
LENGTH OF TUBING
TO BE I.W" PRIOR TO SHRINKING. POSITION
TUBING SO THAT BUS 8AR. TERMINAL TONGUES
MSZ10(2L4 NUT HABDWARE ARE COMPLETELY
~N980dlBL WASHER
1N44~ BOLT
,TY´•RAP (REFL
STARTER´•OENERATOR (REF)
~igurs 7.
illi--t
~I I
Brll
I--
LO(REF)7 X1
*1
xl
BD(RTf) B2(REF)-----I
il5:i
7slarF) ----1 q_
L_ v
1------~-----
DISCONNECT DASHED WIRE AND CONNECT
TO TERMINAL /u OF 126 RELAY qT IREF´•--( T
Jyb P4b
~i(lur´• B.
Page 12 of 14
SERYICE LETTER NO. 3S4A
5. Disconnect wire No. 12 from termin~lL2 of CS-1 left generator field current sensor, splice wire
No. 210 to wire No. 12 with MSa5181-1 buttsplice and connect wire No. 210 to terminal 24 of Fl?
relay with M?828/1-33 terminal (see Figure 5.).
8. Disconnect wire No. 128 from terminal L2 of CS-2 right generator field current sensor, splice wire
No. 211 to wire No. 129 with MS25181-1 butt splice and conned wire No. 2?L to terminal 24 of K18
relay with M?828/1-5S termina~ (Bee Figure 5.).
89. On Model 880C, Brlsil numbers llBDO and 11802, accomplish the folloHrlng:
If wire No. 205 is connected to terminal AS ofK1S relay, disconnect from K1S relay and connect to
terminal AS of Ka5 relay.
WOII
11. Fill wt and mail Compliance Card specifying that Part ill has been accomplished.
PART IY
i. Cain access to start control panel, located between batteries, in aft fuselage, by removing rear baggage
compartment liner.
3. Remove attaching nut and washer, seeuri~g circuit breaker, CB81, to Miscellaneous Start Panel (refer
to Figure 38~218, Chapter 30, of the Maintenance Manual).
noTr
8. IoBta~l electrlca~ wiring to new circuit breaker, P/N 1211-5-1 1/a-12-501-61 with attaching screws.
Position circuit breaker in panel and secure with washer and nut.
ii. Fill out and mall Compliance Card specifying that Part IY of this Service Letter has been accomplished.
Page iS of 14
SERVICE LETTER NO 13U
WEIOBT AND BALMCE: The sdght and balanee elnrge required by i~BUUatlon ol this Sernce Letter is as
folloars:
Fart n NO CHANGE.
Fart m No CHANGE.
PART TV NO CHANGE.
PIlDLlCAnDNS AFFECTED: The Munrenanee Manual and Illustrated Plnr Cabl~G c~n%es
required by U1B document uill he ineorporated at the next scheduled
MOTE
Insert the Wiring Diagram chanb~es provided with this service I.cltsr
In the Airplane MaintenRnee Manual until the revised ulri~ dlayrams
lor the Maintenance Manual are available
RGCORD COMPLIANCE: Mate an c~ry is the ´•Irpl~p mslote~oce reeorde as lollovs: Service
Letter No. 3JU, dated 16 Yarrh 1981, entitled "Elect~e Start System YomBaUM and S~rter-Gcnmtor
Bus Bar RcplPeement". Part 1 Part n aeeomplished (dlte)
Pilr(m aecompa´•beq_ (date] Part IV (dlte)
Rite 1I al II
SERVICE LETTER NO. 334A
WIRING DIAGRAMS
AVAILABLE.
Ip
Service Lettev onnlaru~mM´•m
wnl NOrU R~*lll *mU
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 6800, SERIAL N0’S 11600 THRU 1189g AND MODEL 885,
SERIAL NO’S 86(100 THRU 95024.
11011
PARTS DATA; Parts required to comply with this Service Letter may be procured through your nearest
Rochwell Commander AuUlori.ad Service FaelllLy for $4.12. Reference this 8arvtce Letter, aircraft model
and lacbrg serial number when ordering Service Letter No. 995 kit oandstlng of the following:
aauajnto~nn*inannorc
ACCOMPLISBMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
b. Reach under and behind circuit breaker panel and disconnect eleetriaal connector plugs and
wiring.
c. Remove attaching screws from front of panel and carehully remove circuit breaker panel.
d. Remove baokplate cover from circuit breaker panel to gain access to circuit breakers.
3. Install 850818-9 insulator between DISTR-a RESET circuit breaker and RADID1 REBET circuit
breaker using MSSSB1-~P-g tledown strap (9 places) (see Figure i.).
Page 1 of a
SERVICE LETTER NO. 956
!O
’"~I’ r=´•´•´•´•~
ef~i´•
Es
io c
clRCurr BREAKER
PANEL (REF)
olsw-a RESET (CB NO.S1)
CIRCUIT BREAKER
850818-3 TNBULATOR
I´•isur´• 1.
a. Position circuit breaker panel close to Ya mounting poldt(on and connect electrical connector
plugs and wiring.
b. Position circuit breaker panel for insta~latlan and secure wit easll~ attaching ser~ula.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as ioHove: Se~ee
Letter No. 555, dated 28 August 1980, entitled "Clrcult Breaker Panel Assembly Modilcatlon", accomplished
(date)
PageaolZ
Rockwell internat~onsl
ev pnnaMlnoM´•a
6W1 Nonh Ro~all *nnu
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 690C, 8ERIAL NO’S 11681 THRU 11850 AND MODEL 696, SERIAL NO’S. 99018
THRU 96035.
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: TO PROVIDE PROPER CLEARANCE BETWEEN ENGINE MOUNT BRACKET AND
OIL FILTER ADAPTER CLAMP PLATE WHEN INSTALLING MODIFIED OIL FILTER SWIVEL ADAPTER.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Remove upper and lower cowling from lelt and right engines.
2. Attach propeller sling to propeller blades and connect sling lift ring to engine hoist and asnure that engine is support-
ed by sling and hoist.
S. Remove bolt attaching lan and right engine side mount brackets to mount isolators (see Figure 1.).
4. Remove bolt (4 places) attachingleft inboard and right outboard mount brsclsts to engine (see Figure 1.). This
mount bracket is the one located below the oil filter.
6. Modify existing left inboard and right outboard engine side mount brseleta by machining or filing bracketa in area
shown in Figure 1.
cnvrlow
DO NOT GRIND brackets se permanent damage to the heat
treat may occur.
7. inbmud Md n.htoutba,.d.
a´•iwnghard~´•
Torque bolts 400 to 500 inch-pounds and safety
wire (see Figure 1.).
Page 1 o12
SERYICE LETTER NO.
351-;´•
LEFT INSTALLATION SHOWN
ic~
1~
RIG HT INSTALLATION OPPOSI~E
f i:?,
0.03´•.
o.l?’l.sa~
MAX M~X MDUNTBRICKET
RADIUS
1´•
REMOVE MATERIAL
FRoM SHADED AREA
"-i-~ o
Figure i.
PUBLIOlT1(INS AFIRCTaD: The Model BBOC.B. Olustraied Wrt. OLli.p ehi(oge re~uind bl.Qia doiument.ill i*
incorporated at the next scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLII\NCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Berviee LetterNo. 331,
dated 21 November 1880, entitled "Engine Mount Rraeket ModiBcatian", aeoomplished (date)
Page 2 of 2
~II
Service Letter CulfsrreamAmerican
CL)RPOH*TII)N
Comnnndw Diuilion
6801 North RocZwsll Avenue.
Bsmeny, Otl´•hoM IJM8
MODELS AFFECTED: PART I MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11600 THRU 11650 AND MODEL
85000 THRU 95040.
695, SERIAL NOS.
PART II MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11800 THRU 11662 AND MODEL
685, SERIAL NOS.
96000 THRU 85058.
NOTE
NOTE
ESTIMATED MI\N HOURS: PART I THREE (3) HOURS. PART 11- ONE (1) HOUR.
NOTE
PARTS DI\TI\: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH PART I OF THIS SERVICE LETTER
MAY RE PROCURED
THROUGH YOUR NEAREST CULFSTREAM COMMANDER SERVICENTER FOR
866.58. A FULL CREDIT WILL
BE ISSUED UPON REC%IPT OF A PROPERLY EXECUTED WARRANTY CLAIM
AND A COMPLIANCE CARD.
REFERENCE THIS SERVICE LETTER, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL
NUMBER WHEN ORDERING
SERVICE LETI~ER NO. 338A KIT CONSISTING FOR THE FOLLOWING:
Pagelof6
SERYICE LETTER NO, 398*
ACCOIPUSHEBENT INSTRUCTIONS:
PARTI
1. Cain access to radio shelf and Environmental Control Unit, located in aft fuselage, through lower aft fuselage access
door.
3. Locate drill and install 880651-35 thermostat assembly an aft channel (Pi~ 831066´•19) of the radio shelf (refer to
Figure II.
NOTE
Connect the 880657-36 thermostat assembly to airplane electrical system by butt splicing new M8104419-12-9 wire
4.
(W10G22) to existing thermostat using M526181-1 butt splice (refer to Figure 1).
NOTE
5 Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying that Pad I has been accomplished.
PARTII
Unit hose, located between heat exchanger and pressure regulator, to assure that
2. Inspect Environmental Control
hose extends 0.2S-inch or more beyond both clamps (refel to Figure 3).
3. If hose extends O.PS´•ineh or more beyond both clamps and clamps are straight, proceed as follows:
a. With clamps and hose at ambient temperature, torque clamps to 60 IN-LBS (refer to Figure 3).
b. Proceed to step 6.
4. If hose does not extend O.OS-inch or more beyond clamps, proceed as follows:
Loosen clamps on hose and hose tube ends that hose equal distance end of both
a. reposition on so covers an over
b. Install clamps over hose, immediately behind tube beads, assuring that a minimum of 0.P5-inch of hose extends
beyond clamps.
d. Proceed to step 5.
in the air. After.perstion of one (1) hour, allow the unit to cool down to an absolutely cool condition.
NOTE
PagePofS
SER\I~CE LETTER ND. JSDA
-------------+_ -r-
AIRPLANE
I
I.
1----W1M22
WloF2z
880657´•35
EXISTING FORWARD I THERMOSTAT~-
THERMOSTAT (861) ASSY
RINGi
EXISTING FORWARO
THERMOSTAT InE~l
8’ M7828/1´•(S
TERMINAL
SERYICE LETTER NO. S38A
1,
TOROUE CLAMP
35 TO 40 IN´•LBS
PRESSURE REGULATOR
IREFI
B
Y
HEAT EXCHANGER
(REFI
9
HOSE
EXISTING I EXISTING
MS35842´•12 M515842´•12
CLAMP IREFI i CLAMP (REF)
CAUTMN
\-cnwloN-
MIN. I bO NOT PUT HOSE
CLAMPS ON TOP OF
TUBE BEAD.
ClCur´• 3.
Page lafS
SERVICE LETTER NO. SSBA
8. Remove lower aft fuselage access door to gain access ha Environmental Control Unit.
to re-establish 60 IN-LBB value to clamps originally to~qued in step 3e. or 4c. (refer to
9. Apply a tightening torque a
Figure S).
NOTE
11 Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying that Part 1l has been acmmplished.
SPARES AFFECTED: NO
PUBIICI\TIONS AFFECTED: The Airplane Maintenance Manual change required by this document will be inrmpa-
ratedat the nsrt scheduled revision.
Make an appropriate entry in Airplane Maintenance records as follows: lervice Letter No.
RECORD COMPLI~NCE:
Part I accomplished (date)
338A, dated 13 March 1981, entitled’.Aft Fuselage Thermostat Installation",
Part Il accomplished (datel
Page SofS
I~
Service Letter sml ND~h R~dlll ImU
~lll´•n*.O*l*oMlfmB
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 680C, 8ERIAL NOS. 11620, 11621, 11623, 11628 THRU 11631, 11633, 11635,
11638, 11639, 11642, 11646, 11661, THRU 11663. MODEL 685, SERIAL NO8. 85000, 95002, THRU 96005, 86009
THRU 96012, 95014 THRU 96018, 96020, 96022, 85023, 96026, 95026, 85026, 85029, 85031, 85033 THRU 85036, 86038,
86041 THRU 85044, 85046, AND 96048.
COMPLIANCE: UPON RECEIPT OF THIS SERVICE AND AMBER ANNUNCIATOR LIGiRP LENS.
NOTE
PARTS DATA: Parts required to comply with this Service Letter are fumished at no charge, end consist of the follow-
ing:
cm PARTNO. DESCRIPTION
8PEC1ALTOOL8: NONE
ACCOMPLISHMEPIP~INSTRUCTIONS:
NOTE
2. Install amber light lens cap, P~ ACR It3AL. furnished with Wis 8eruiee Letter.
WEIGHTANDBALANCe: NO CHANCE
8PARES AFFECTED: NO
PUBLICATIONSAFFECTED NONE
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make appropriate entry in airplane maintenance recerde as follows: Service Letter No. 998,
dated 15 January, lsB1, entitled"Baggsge Heater Annunciator Light Lens Replacement", aceomplished (date~
Page 1 of 1
_
ComMnda Divirion
6WI No~th Ralwsll bnuc.
Bamloy. OLI´•hDM 73008
MODELS P.FFECTED: MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11600 THRU 11685 AND MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 95000
THRU 95059.
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: TO PROVIDE TEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS WHEN USING MIL-L-7808G OIL.
NOTE
WITH THIS
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE LETI~ER ARE FURNISHED
SERVICE LE1TER AT NO CHARGE.
SPECIALTOOLS: NONE
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
Operating Handbook.
3. Fill outand mail ComplianeeCa~d.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Letter No.
Oil MIL-L-18080", accomplished
340, dated 24 April 1981, entitled "lnstallation of Placard for use of Altel?late Engine
Idate)
Page lofZ
u~’
1~1
i~
x
´•Service Lettev CulfstreamAmerican
CORPOR*TION
eommandn DluLim
5001 Norm RoclrMII I\vsnus.
Bsm´•ny. OXlahon~s 73005
MODELS AFFECTED: MODELS 680, 69OA AND 69011, SERIAL NOS, 11001 THRU 11566, MODEL 690C, SERIAL
NOS, llM10 THRU 11630 AND MODEL 696, SERIAL NOS. 95000 THRU 95007, 86008 THI(U 95011.
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: TO ASSURE BOLT THREADS ARE NOT BOTM)MINO OUT DUE TO POSSIBLE
MISSINGWASHERS.
NOTE
ESTIMATED MAN HOURS: INSPECT FOR WASHERS THIRTY (30) MINUTES: ADD WASHER FIFTEEN (15)
MINUTES EACH.
NOTE
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Remove upper and lower cowling shells Ram len and right engines.
2. Inspect leR and right engine mount easting., on both engines, to assure that a washer is installed under each nut
(refer to Figure 1).
S. If a washer is installed under each nut on engine mount easting, reinstall upper and lower eowling shells on engines
and proeeed to step B.
4. If washer is net installed under each nut on engine mount easting, remove nut and install a AN860C416 washer
under nut and to~que 50 to 70 ineh-paunds (refer to Figure 1).
Page 1 oIZ
SERVICE LETTER NO. 542
ENGINE MOUNT
CASTING IREF)
~rm
ENGINE MOUNT
CASTIN(I IAEF)
iigura i.
RECORD COMPLIINCE: Mate an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as bllows: Service I,etter No
:141. daud 19 dunr issl, entitled "lnspeetion of Engine Mount Casting Bolta~’ accomplished tdatedi
Pa:e 2 of i
Sevv~e Lettev CuHstreamAmerican
CORWR*710N
Camm´•ndsr Dlrllion
IIW1 Norm Rm~wa(l I\vanua,
8´•m´•ny, MII´•homs 73ma
IOOELS ~FFECTED: MODEL 680C, SERIAL NOS. 11600 THRU 11685 AND 11109 AND MODEL 695, SERIAL
NOS. 95000 THRU 95055, 95051 THRU 95063.
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: FIELD SERVICE REPORTS INDICATE POSSIBLE FREEZE UP OF EXISTING
PITOT TUBES UNDER EXTREME ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS CAUSING LOSS OF AIRSPEED
INDICATION.
NOTE
ESTIMATED MI\N HOURS: PART I (KIT NO. 1)- NINETEEN (19) HOURS
PART I (KIT NO. 2)- FOURTEEN I14)HOUKS.
PART II (KIT NO. 3)- THREE (3) HOURS
PART III (KIT NO 4)- TWO (2) HOURS
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SE:RVI(:E LETTER MAY 8E PROCURED THROUGH
YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR: KIT NO 1 8406.93: KIT
NO. 2 -1588.10; KIT NO. 3 -8351.91; KIT NO. 4 8346.49. REFERENCE THIS SERVICE LETTER, AIRCRAFT
MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERIFIO SERVICE LETTER NO. 343 KIT CONSISTING OF
THE FOLLOWING:
Kit No. 3 (Part II) Model 69t. Seriill 1Voa. BBi)ii(l thni ~Ti´•li´•:l
Mode1690C, Ba;ialNo ii_’iiY
Kit No. 4 (Ps~t III) Model 690C, Seriili Nou LICC: I;´•ld i I ~hi
Pa%e 1 of 14
SERVICE LET~ER NO. 545
KI1 ,il Kh
No.l No2 No.a No.4
BTY BTY PARTNO. DEGCRIPTION
aTu BTY
1 ea 1 ea 110186-885 Decal
lea lee 110185~881 Decal
lea 833035-1 Relay
1 sa 1 ea 1 ea. 1 se. PW11WRWLEFT PitotTube
1 ea 1 as 1 ea. 1 se. PH11W-RW-RIDHT PitotTube
lea lee 1 ea. 20TC4AK-a0 Circuit Breaker SWitCh
4aa 4Ba 820566 Buick Disconnect
*CCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS;
PART I MODEL B80C, 8ERIAL NOS. 11600 THRU 11883 AND MODEL 696, SERIAL NOY. 85000 THRU 96055, 95051
THRU 85059.
CAUT1ON
oround Operation of the pitotiststic system for an extended
period of time (longer than 15-seeonds) may result in damage
to the heating elements.
i. Turn eleetrical system and pitot/static system an and note magnetic compass heading
NOTE
P~e 2 of 14
i O 00 72176~10´•12C0781
i OQ8
i _,,_
~m (2 PLACE8L
10, q
I~e
i o
COPILOT LOWER
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
IREF)
(REF)
21
111111111111111111111111~
Figure i.
Pass 9 o( 14
BERVICE LETTER NO. 945
6. Remove right interior side panels to expose electrical wiring and terminal board that is located below emergency
exitwindow.
b. Reach under and behind circuit breaker panel and disconnect electrical connector plugs and wiring
DAUTION
Mark plugs to assure they are reconnected to their respective
mating connector
c. Remove attaching screws from front of panel and carefully remove circuit breaker panel.
10. Drill two (2) 0.50 inch diameter holes in DC circuit breaker false panel st positions 30 and 61 to match existing
holes in metal panel and install 7277-6-10-12-501-61 circuit breaker (2 places), 110185-895 decal and 110186-697
decal (refer to Figure 11´•
CbUTION
Care should be taken so as not to damage false panel when
drilling holes.
WOTE
11. Locate end drill a 0.621 inch diameter hole in circuit breaker back plate cover (refer to Figure i).
nOTE
This hole is for routing new wires through back plate cover.
L3. Locate, drill and install M527212-2-2 terminal board on an side of circuit breaker back plate cover using MS35206-
215 screw (2 places) and MS21044N04 nut (2 places). Location should be near hole that was dnlled per step 11
Hale size to be 0.113 inch to 0.116 inch diameter (refer to Figure 1)
CAUTlOhl
When removing slectroluminesoent panels, be careful not to
dan,age or break electrical wiring and connectors. Do not
allow panel to hang by the wiring. Panel has to be supported
or damage may occur.
a. Loosen alien screws on all knobs on face of the slactrolumines~ent panels and remove knobs.
d. Drasp wires and gently pull down until quid disconnect and airplane wiring are exposed, Disconnect
elsetrolumineseenl panel
Page 4 of 14
L~RVICE LETTER NO. 549
BEFORE CHANGE
r
i
*ILI5L)*llOL
i II II
IUII
1(
CIUI LUI
,r T ´•I
~*ol´•
6 6
~ir
i..
MODEL 890C. YN (1BW THRU 11858 MODEL B9OC. BIN 11551 THRU 11sas
MODEL 885. SIN 85088 THRU 85858 MODEL 1195. SM 85041 THRU 85068
Z.
Page I of 14
BERVICE LETTER NO´• 549
e. Remove attaching acrsxa horn top of metal plate of overhead switch penal.
NOTE
15. Disconnect and coil and stow wire Nd. 1H26A~6 and wire No. 2H26A18 fmm overhead switch panel (refer to Figure
2).
NOTE
16. Remove existing L PITOTISTATIC (10 amp) and R P~OT (15 amp) circuit breaker switches. Discard L PITOTI
STATIC (10 amp) switch and retain R I)ITOT (16 amp) switch for reinstallation at step i?.
17. install existing 16 amp circuit breaker switch, removed in step 16, on overhead switch panel at position labeled L
PITOT1STATIC using existing hardware.
18. install 20TC4AK-20 circuit breaker switch on overhead switch panel at position labeled R ATOT using existing
hardwent.
19. Disconnect wire No. 1H25B16 from shunt (SH-S) and disconnect wire No. 2H25B16 from shunt(SH-6). Coil and
stow both wires (refer to Figure 2).
20. Disconnect wire No. 8281\18 from TB 19 and wire No. H2BA18 fmm TB 10 of terminal board that is located below
emergency exitwindow (rafer a Figure 2).
21. Remove terminal lugs from wire No. H28A16 and wire No. H26A16 and install M815181-2 Butt Splices to both
wins (rsfer to Figure 8).
22. Disconnect pitot tube connector from both pitotheads and coil and stow (mfer to Figure 2)
23 Disconnect tube assemblies from left and right pitot tube fittings.
24. Remove four (4) screws attaching pitot tube to mount~ng bracket and remove pitot tubes.
25. Apply a bead of EC 1239 "82" sealant or an equivalent M1L-S-1602C sealant inside pitot tube mounting brackets
and also on new pitot tubes (refer to Figure 4). 6se sealing procedures, Chapter 20, in Airplane Maintenance
Manual.
2?. Ensure that pitot tubes are properly sealed to prevent any pressurieation leaks.
18. Form tube an pitot tubes, as necessary, and connect to existing tube assemblies.
29 Install new M608612´•12-8 wire (12 gauge), M8104419-14-9 wire (1( gauge) and M8104418-16-9 wire (16 gauge) and
connect to airplane electrical system. Install 320566 quick disconnects on wires just outside of circuit breaker
panel back plate cover. Silver Solder wires to pitat tube connector using "Alloy C20" solder (refer to Figure 3).
NOTE
Page 5 of 14
IERYICE LETTER NO. 545
ATTER CHANGE
M926058164
TERMINAL LU(I
LPITOTISTP~TIC
HEATCONTROL
RPITOT
HEAT CONTROL
I
M525038´•157
12 PLS1
(2PLS1
iCpll.,,,
cul*1,
mls*ll
au~
MIOIBII´•11-BWIRE
U6
t
M527212´•22 T´•BO~AD
MS152~8´•216 SCREW
i~uclbr
sapn*n.
HEnrEn~4´•:
LPITOT n.
I,
ran,´•~ ,,,,,,EnrER
WIRE 8
6 POWER WIRE PIPPROX
PITOT)
11 1(
;_g~___j_J oc cs PANEL
CIRCUITBREAI(ER
M81D14/8´•1B8WIRE
(2~LS)
520580I(IUICK DISCONNECTC yll MSZ518(´•2 BUTT SPLICE
14 PLSI n
mnodale~lsswlnl
~xl
MB(OM/9´•22´•8WIRE
lUI
*1~(´•
4.
8TATIC
PORT I
*LLlq
,OT.I: "i ’I C
(4 ´•V´•IIOLD’RW1"E’ IO ´•ImT
mNNerrOAI UIIIWO ´•´•~LLOY No.lo-.
HIIII*OTIHIIR*TYREOI
-~LLOI NO. 10* (IOLDIR is ERE"P.
UIE LUO WITH (l(il\. WIRE
Uli. HJ2~OPI´•(IITLRMIN*L LV(Io* IHUNT I~Wbl
Y9E M310YI´•l(n TIRMIN*L LUO ON (HUNT l)n´•81 rO(iii iiMiC SIN I.´•.IU I(IRU 11RSO
YIIE M1828116( TERMIN~L LYD WITH 110~´• WIRE
WIRE
WODII i95 S/N BEOi;’; THAU 3M14(1
Y~E LUD WIIH ((IGI\.
Ylil MIB?II1´•ll TER~INI\L LUB WITH 22 01\. WIRE
Page? of 14
BE~VICE LETTER NO. 543
AFTER CHANGE
M9280SB´•184
TERMINAL LUO
I~nroTipr*nE
HEAT CONTROL
R PltOT
~eTunaol
HEAT CONTROL
i MS2505B151
TERMINAL LUO
rZPL8I
I*~L((
MS088/2´•12-gWIRE
Wb
t
MS21212-2-2 T´•BOAAO
M5)6206´•21JSCREW
M8104419´•(bg s~cror NUT
EBI~NII
LPITOT
II--~ rlll
R PITOT
HEATER ´•´•´•10 REATER
~(I)
I r
id
MSZ61812 8UTT
12 PLSI ,,I,, r*~u*,ol,,
\1 ~x,
-9,
STATIC
ponr
ur~nni
ILEFTI IHlaHn
NOTL~: ´•6
61LVlR IIOLOIR WIRES TD ´•llOT
0686601056 USINI) IILLOY NO. Soil.
MIITINO TEMPERATURE OI
´•´•*LLOY NO´• II´• (IOLDIR iS 56101.
UIE TIIMIN~L LYLI WIM 12 (I*. WIRT
UsE M125ml´•161 rrlMIN*L LUB ON SHUNT 16Hbl EFFECTIY1TY
Ulil MIIRP~´•1I TERMINIL LYO ON SHUNT (6HBI MODEL 8808 8/N 11851 THRU 11883
USE MIB~/ldl TERMINI\L LYO WITH 110A´• WIRI
MODEL BgS S/N 05041 THRU 85055
USE Mle~llll2 TIRMINII LYO WITH (I (II\. WIRI
USE MIBIII1´•ll TIRMINI\L LU. WITH 11DA. WIRE AND 95051 THRU 85058
PPge B of 14
8ERYICE LETTER NO. 545
c. Position circuit breaker panel for installation and secure with attaching screws.
CAUTION
When installing the overhead switch panel, ensure that all
CAUTION
To prevent bending of panel, do not over-torque screws.
d. Reinstall all existing knobs and secure with existing alien screws.
34 On Model 680C, serial numbers 11600 thru 11650 and Model 695, serial numbers 95000
thru 95040, proceed as
follows:
(2 places) and
b. Locate, drill and install 833038-1 relay on existing channel using MS35206-215 screw
c. Disconnect wire No. H26A16 from pin AA of P48 connector (refer to Figure 2).
d. Install new wire No. H26BB16 (M8104418-18-9) on pin AA of P48 connector using LPM16W-2 connector pin
and connect to AS of 855058-1 relay (K?a) (refer to Figure 5).
e. install new wire (MB10(4is´•18-9) an A2 of 853038-1 relay (K72) and hutt splice to existing wire No H26A16
using MS251812 butt splice (refer to Figure S).
Install new wire No. H26AA20 (M8104418-20-9) on 833038-3 relay (K721 from A2 to X1 (reLI to Figure 3).
Install new wire No. H??AZ2 (M81044~-22-9) ham X2 of 838038-1 relay (K72) to TA4 of terminal board (refer
g.
to Figure 3).
Page 8 of 14
8ERVICE LETTER NO. 543
gL
FUSELAGE SKIN
(REFI
MOUNTING BRACKET
e, IREFI
O
SEAL WITH ECIPs’~82"
SEALANT OR I\N EOUIVALENT
MIL-976(12C8EALANT
O
ATTACHING
FURNISHEO Wt TH
P1TOT TUBES
PHIIOORW-LE~T
PITOT TUBE ((1Br)
Fipura 1
Page 10 of 1(
SERYICE LETTER NO, 549
31. Pelfonn pibtststic system check as outlined in Chapter 84 of the Airplane Maintenance Manual to aesure there
are no leaks.
CAUTION
Omund operation of the pitatiatatie system for an extended
period of time (longet then 15-seconds) may result in damage
to the heating elements.
SE. Turn electrical system and pitotistatie system on and note compass heeding. Note any deviation from original
heading, taken in step1., and note deviation on devialon card. Deviation shall not exceed 10 degrees. If
deviation exceeds 10 degrees, reswing magnetic compass as necessary.
42. Insert Figure 3. wiring diagrams in Airplane Maintenance Manual for troubleshooting purposes.
PIRT II Modal 880C, Serial No. H7W IND MODEL 885, SERUL NOS. 950%0 THRV 85083.
CAUTION
Dround operation of We pitotistatic system for an extended
period of time (longer than 1S´•aeconds) may result in damage
to We heating elements.
1 Turn electrical system and pitotiststie system on and note magnetic compass heading
MOTE
CAUTION
When removing slectmluminescent panels, be careful not to
damage or break electrical wiring or connectors. Do not
allow panel to hang by the wiring. Panel has to be supported
or damage may occur
b. laoaen alien screws on all knobs on face of the eletmluminescent panels and remove knoba
e. Orasp wires and gently pull down until quick disconnect and airplane wiring are exposed. Disconnect
electrolumineasent panel.
f Remove attaching screws from top of metal plate of overhead switch panel
page 110114
SERVICE LETTER NO. 345
MSZIMILY
EXISTING CHI\NNEL
STA
rlNG
CONNECTOR IREFI
FW
FICnS.
NOTE
3. Remove existing L PITOTISTATIC (10 amp) and R PITOT (15 amp) circuit breaker switches Discard L PITOTI
STATIC (10 amp) switch and retain R PITOT(1S amp) switch for reinstallation at step(
4. Install existing 15 amp circuit breaker switch, removed in step a. on overhead switcii panel at petition labeled L
PITOTISTATIC using existing hardware.
5. Install 20TC4AK-10 circuit breaker switch on overhead switch panel at pouitioll inl;l´•iri( H 1’11‘01‘ using existing
hardware.
CAUTION
When installing the overhead switch panel. ensure that all
wires and busses are properly secured and not queeppd
towards airasme This will prevent possibir xholt ´•ireeir´•
b. Connect eleetroluminaseent panel wiring to airplane wiring and positio,i pilnr! tbl in;i;ll;itli,n Stow any excess
wiring to ensure that it will not be pinched or crimped when panel is iruiireii
Page 12 of 14
8ERVICE LETTER NO. 545
d. Reinstall all existing knobs and secure with existing alien screws.
a. Disconnect tube assemblies from left and right pitot tube Bttinga.
b. Remove four (4) screws attaching pitot tube to mounting bracket and remove pitot tube.
c. Apply bead olEC 1238 "B2" sealant or an equivalent MIL-S-1602C sealant inside pitot tube mounting bracket
a
and also on new pitot tubes (refer to Figure 4). see sealing p100SdUIeel Chapter 20, in Airplane Maintenance
Manual.
e. Ensure that pitot tub., are sealed properly to prevent any pressurization leaks.
r Form tube on pitot tubes, as necessary, and connect to existing tube assemblies.
no leaks.
CAUTION
Ground optation of the pitotistatic system for an extended
period of time (longer than fS-semnds) may result in damage
to the heating elements.
10. Turn electrical system and pito~static system on and note compass heading. Note any deviation From original
10 degrees. If
heading, taken in step i., and note deviation on deviation card. Deviation shall not exceed
deviation exceeds 10 degrees, reswing magnetic compass as necessary.
CAUTION
Ground operation of the pitotistatic system for an extended
period of time (langer than 1S-sscondsl may result in damage
to the heating elements.
1. Turn electrical system and pitotstatic system on and note magnetic compass heading.
NOTE
3. Remove and replace left and right pitot tube sssembljas as follows:
a. Diseonnect tube aane~nbliel from left and righl pitot tube Littings
b. Remove four (41 screws attaching pltot tube to mounting brael~et;l:ld remove pitot tube.
Page liul!a
8ERVICE LETTER NO. 545
and also on new pitot tubes (refer to Figure 4). 8ee sealing prooedures, Chapter 20, in Airplane Maintenance
Manual,
e. Ensure that pitot tubes are sealed properly to prevent any pressurization leaks.
e Form tube on pitot tubes, as necessary, and connect to e~iating tube assemblies.
no leaks.
CAUTION
6. Turn eleetrical system and pitotistatic system on and note compass heading. Note any deviation from original
If deviation
heading, taken in step 1., and note deviation on deviation card Deviation shall not exceed 10 degrees.
exceeds 10 degrees, reswing magnetic compass as necessary.
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Pilot’s Operating Handbook, Ai~lane Maintenance Manual and Illustrated Parts
Catalog changes required by this document will be inmlpaeted at the next scheduled revision
RECORD CO~PLI*NCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Letter No.
(date) Part II
343. dated 18 October 1051, entitled "Higher Wattage Pitot Tubes", Part I accomplished
accomplished (date) Pan III accomplished (date)
Page 14 of 14
Service Letter Gulfstream American
CORPORA~ION
Conmau(n Divbion
1001 Norm Rak~wll I\uanu´•.
Bathany. OLI´•hoM 13(108
YODELS AFFECTED: MODELS 680FL(P), 680’1, 630V AND 680W, SERIAL NOS. 1261 THRU 1854, MODEL 681, 6E´•
RIAL NOS, 6001 THRU 8012, MODEL 685, SERIAL NOS. 12000 THRU 12066, MODEL BgO, SERIAL NOS. 11001
THRU 11018. MODEL 8gOA, SERIAL NOS. 11100 THRU 11344, MODEL 680B, SERIAL NOS, 11560 THIRI 11666,
MODEL 680C. SERIAL NOS, 11800 THRU 11816 AND MODEL 806, 8ERIAL NOS. 95000 THRU 850?5.
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: SHAFT FAIL~EI COULD RESULT M MAIN LANDING GEAR MALFUNCTION.
MOTE
PARTS DATA: REPLACEMENT ED12406-1 TORQUE LINK SHAFT, ED1S973-1 BUSHINGS, ES12106-1 TORQUE
LINK ASSEMBLY OR ED12452 THRUST RING MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH YOUR NEAREST GULESTREAM
COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER. ONE (1) EACH COMPLIANCE CARD 18 FURNISHED WITH THIS
SERVICE LETI~ER.
MOTE
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
3. Remove bungee mads from left and right main landing gear strut lower pulleys.
4. Push up on drag brace and allow gear to go overcenter a facilitate removal of torque link shaft. Assure that gear
is properly supported.
5. Remove safety wire from torque link shaft attaching bolt (refer to Figure 2).
Page 1 of 4
BERVICE LET~ER NO. S44
!REF1
Eol2´•oel ronoua
1
LINK SH~FT IREF)
TOR(IUE LIWK
RuSHlNa (nEFI
LINK ~69Y
(REF)
LINK
susHINa IREF)
g
STRUTASSY IREF)
RLnt.
Page a of 4
SERVICE LETTER NO. 544
FWD
BLEEDERPLUOIREFI
FIWa 2.
Page 3 of 4
SERVICE LETTER NO, 5(4
6 Remove bolt that secures torque link shan (refer to Figure 2).
Remove torque link shaft and check for the following (mfer
to Figure II:
be 4.18 inches. If shaft is not 4.18 inches in length, replace with new
a. Length of torque link shalt should
ED12406-1 torque link shaft.
e. Cheek holes in thrust ring, through which torque link shah paste., for elongation. Replace with new ED12452
d. Check bushings in to~ue link assembly for wear and possible cracks. Replace with new ED1S313-1 bushings
as necessary.
NOTE
assembly as necessary.
NOTE
1 17/32´•1 NOMIN~L
nN~Hdn BOLT
9. Ileinatall existing or new ANIH~A bolt to secure torque link shaft, torque 50 to ?0 inch-pounds and safety ulre
10. Remove support from main Lending gear and allow gear to go down and locked
12. Functionally check landing gear system as outlined in the applicable Airplane Maintenance Manual
PUBUCPITIONS *FFECTED: The Illustrated Part. Catalog and Airplane Maintsnance Manual changes required by
this document will be incorporated at the next scheduled revision.
Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Letter No.
RECORD COMPLIANCE:
entitled "Main Landing Gear Torque Link Shaft Replaeement",aeEompliahed (date)
344, dated 10 July 1081,
ppgedofd
SE RVICE PUB LI CATIONS
GulfstreamAmerican
Conlmanda Div*ion
~001 North Rakwsll /wsnus.
Bathsnyl Otlshoma 13008
Page 5 of 9
CHANGE to reed: 8.e. If hale is damaged, it is acceptable to usa AN61 bolt (0.315"10.319" diameter hole) I
only if an edge distance of 0.S6-inch or more can be maintained.
8.e. If it isdetermined, prior to reaming enisting hole, that an edge distance of 0.66-inch
or more can be maintained, ream damaged
hole to 0.376"10.319" diameter and install
AN6-7 bolt, ANOBODBIG washer (under nut only) and M517825´•6 nut. Torque bolt
300 1
to 330 inch-paunde by tightening nut to low side of torque range end, if necessary,
cotter
continue to tighten until a slot aligns with hole in bolt. Install M524665-134
pin (refer to Figure 3).
W07E
Page 8 of 9
if holes are damaged, it is acceptable to use AN6-? bolt (0.91S"i0.318.’ diameter holel
I
CHANGE to read: 10.e
only if an edge dists~nee of 0.56-ineh or more can be maintained.
lo.e. If it is determined, prior to reaming elisting hales, that an edge distance of 0.56-inch
or more can be maintained. ream damaged hale or
holes to 0.575"10.379" diameter and
install ANB-? bolt, M880D616 washer (under nut only) and M811825-6 nut Torque I
if
bolt 900 to 330 inch-pounds by tightening nut to low aids of torque range and,
necessary, cantinue to tighten until a slot aligns with hole in bolt. Install MS14865-
134 cotter pin (refer to Figure 3).
Page 1 of 2
Service Letter GulfsrreamAmerican
L:ORPOR*TI(IN
Commndn Mvlon
6001 Norm Roc~well Avanus.
Bamany, O*(´•hsM 73(*18
MODELS AFFECTED: PART I´• MODELS 690, 690A AND B90B, SERIAL NOS, 11001 THRU 11566. MODEL
690C, SERIAL NOS. 11800 THRU 11629 AND MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 95000
THRU 95010.
PART II MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS llBSO THRU 11881 AND 11709 AND MODEL 695.
SERIAL NOS. 95011 THRU 95019.
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REGLUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE LETTER MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH
YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR: PART I 880.09: PART II
816.51. REFERENCE THIS SERVICE LE1TER, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN
ORDERING SERVICE LETTER NO. 361 KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
Page 1 ol 8
SERVICE LETTER NO. 366
KF NO. 1- PART I
KB NO. 2 PART II
ACCOLbPLISHMENT INSTRUCT)ONS:
WOTI
PARTI
1. Make a rough cutout (smaller then hole in 311011-6 doubler) in left side
of aft fuselage, just ah of fuselage shin lap
aft of station 386.82, for installation of an access door (refer to Figure i).
WOTE
2. Remove rivets through fuselage akin and Longemns, forward and aR of door cutout, as necessary to install 311011-6
doubler.
3. Locate, drill and install 311011-5 doubler, 311011-11 doubler, 811011-15 doubler, 911011-9 angle and 511011-7 angle
on sft fuselage as follows (refer to Figure 1):
a. Locate 311017-5 doubler on fuselage and drill all rivet attach holes and enlarge cutout in skin to match door
cutout in doubler. Drill the upper 8vs (5) nualate attach holes thmuQh skin and doubler.
The lower five (6)
Page 2 of O
IERVICE LETTER NO. 545
6 LON(IERDN
31(0(7´•11 ~J _MS20170P~D4 RIVET OR MS200001\WW2 BLIND RIVET
DOUBLER
NP~1097AD4 RIVET
511017´•5 DOUBLER
NO.S
LONOERON
311(1119 DOOR
0 DOOR
311017´•11
IAEF)
CONSTANT
MS2~10ADI
OR
MS2OBWI\D4W2
RIVET
311017´•15 O.j7~’
51(017´•7
ANGLE
NAS1D87ADI RIVET
NO. 7
VIEW AA
0.30
LoNaEnON
MS20470AD4
RIVET
oR
r t
o~a´•´•
Mszwaonplwl
BLIND
DOUBLER
RIVET
IREF)
DOUBLER
NI\BIOB~AW ~(1 (REF1
RIVET ll(l i LON(IERON
VIEW CC
31101)´•´•8
ANGLE (REF)
3110179 DOUBLER
-I I-´•´•´•´•´•´•U´•
MS28470nDI
RIVET
MIUWWPIYW2
BLIND !III ill
RIVET
7 FUSELAGE ITYP~PL8)
LONGERON
VIEW BE
FICn i. ism 1 ot 2)
PPge 4 d B
SERVICE LETTER NO. 545
NOTE
b, laeate 511011-7 angle, 311017-9 angle, 311011-11 doubler and 311017-13 doubler on fuselage and drill all
attach holes.
d. Lightly countersink all holes in doubler that match original existing holes in fuselage skin to allow for dimples
in skin.
e. Install 311011-11 doubler and 511011-15 doubler on existing longerons (inboard nanges only) using
MS20470AD4 rivets or M820600AD4W2 rivets.
f Position 5110115 doubler in place, slide doubler up and install lower five (5) MS21047L3 nutplates on doubler
using M820426AD3 rivets.
g. Reposition 311011-6 doubler in place and install doubler, 311017-1 angle and 311017-9 angle using
NAS1097AD4 rivets.
4. Remove left and right rudder central linkage access doors that are locatedjust aft of fuselage station 409.66.
6. Discanneet electrical wiring from tail position lights and remove tail cone.
8. Remove and replace existing ve~ical stabilizer attach bolt (4 places), one st a time. as follows (refer to ngure 2):
b. If hole is not damaged, install AN5-6 bolt, ANBB0D616 washer (under nut only) end M917826-5 nut. Torque bolt
160 to 200 inch-pounds by tightening nut to low side of torque range and, if necessary, continue to tighten until
a slot aligns with hale in bolt. Install M824666-132 cotter pin (refer to Figure 3).
NOTE
c. If hale is damaged, it is acceptable to use ANG´•B bolt (0.915"m.319" diameter hole) only if an edge distance of
0.5B-inch or more can be maintained.
d. If it isdetermined, prior to reaming existing hale, that an edge distance of 0.56inch or more cannot be
maintained, contact aulfstream American Corporation, Commander Division, Customer 8ervice Department,
Bethany, Oklahoma 73008 far further instructions.
a. If it is determined, prior
to reaming existing hole, that an edge distance 90.86-inch or more canbe maintained,
ream damaged hole to 0.375"10.379" diameter and install ANB-B bolt, ANBBODB1B washer (under nut only) and
M817826-8 nut. Torque bolt 500 to 330 inoh´•pounds by tightening nut to low side of tarque range and, if
necessary, continue to tighten until a slot aligns with hole in bolt. Install M824665-134 cotter pin (refar to
Figure S).
NOTE
Page 5 oIO
PIERVICE LETTER NO. 545
CONTROL LINKPIGE
ACCESS woR IREF)
VERTICAL ST*BILIIER
88/\0 IREFI
HORIZONT~L
8SnBILIZER
FRONT 88/(0
D go
O [)Ooo~ O
o o
oo
D O
o.o o. q
o oD
O
Ooo
O 00
o´•
wnsHa8
o
luNoER NVT ONLY)
Ms~lat6a*vr
o M924W8´•132 COTTER PIN
o o TOROUE 180 TO 280 IN-LBS
14 PL8)
O O
0000
O 00 O
ooooo oo
NOTE
Flpura 2.
PngeBofB
8ERVICE LETTER NO. 546
FIIPrs 3.
8. Raconnect electrical wiring to tail position lights and reinstall tail cone on airplane using existing hardware.
15. Reinstall left and right rudder control linkage access doons using existing hardware.
ii. Install 311017-8 door using MS21038-1-10 screw (10 places) (refer to Figure 1).
13. Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying that Part I has been accomplished
PART II
skin lap
i. Make a rough cutout (amaller than hole in 311017-5 doubler) in left side sR fuselage, just aft of fuselage
aR of station 586.82, far installation of an access doar (refer to Figure 1).
NOTE
2. Remove rivet through fuselage akin and longsmns, forward and aft of door cutout, as necessary to install 511017-6
doubler.
3. Locate, drill and install 511011-6 doubler, 311017-11 doubler, 311011-15 doubler, 511011-8 angle and 511011-7 angle
on aft ti~aalage as follows (refsr to Figure 1):
match door
a. Locate 811017-5 doubler on fuselage and drill all rivet attach holes and enlarge cutout in skin to
Eve (6) nutplats attach holes through skin and doubler. The Lower five (5)
cutout in doubler. Drill the upper
nutplates be attached through akin.
NOTE
b, lacate I11(111-1 angle, 811011´•8 angle, 51101111 doubler and )11011´•11 doubler on fi~selage and drill all
attach holes.
Page? at 8
SERVICE LETTER NO. 545
Install 311017-11 doubler and 511017-15 doubler on existing longerons (inboard Ranges only) using
e.
nutplates doubler
t position 311011-5 doubler in place, slide doubler up and install lower 8vs (5) MS21o4?L3 on
g. Reposition 511011-6 doubler in place and install doubler, 311017-1 angle and 311017-9 angle using
NASlOg7AD4 rivets.
6. Disconnect electrical wiring from tail position lights and remove tail cone.
a. Assure that nut. are secured properly with cotter pins (refer to Figure 3).
a. Remove bolts affected, one st a time, and inspect bolt holes for possible damage.
NOTE
Do not have more than one (1) bolt out at the same time.
Page 5 of 8
8ERVICE LETTER NO. 545
NOTE
11. Reconneet electrical wiring to tail position lights and reinstall tail cone on airplane using existing hardware.
12. Reinstall leR and right Ridder control linkage access doors using existing hardware.
13. Install 311017´•3 door using M821039-1-10 screw (10 places) (rsfer to Figure 1).
15. Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying that Part II has been accomplished.
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The airplane Maintenance Manual changes required by this document will be
incorporated at the next scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLUNCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Letter No,
345, dated 18 January 1982, entitled "Vertical Stabilizer Attach Bolte Inspection", Part I accomplished (date)
Part II acmmplished_l~.
Page BolB
a~ll
,Service Letter CulhsrresmAaospaeeCorpo~rion
$b"B~"
a*lanornl ah. o* ahoml 73123
This Revision N~tice is being issued to replace PIN 330113´•28 inside giase unth PBi 330115-33 inside glass and replace
PIN 330367-55 inside glass with PIN 390367-19 inside glass.
Page 1 of 1
i
Y,,
Service Letter GulfstreamAmerican
coaPoa*´•rlon
Commndn Dk~itlm
swl N~rm Rootr~ll IW~nus.
I B´•m´•ny. OCllhoma 11009
NOTE
UODILB IFFECTED: MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11664, l166B THRU 11610, 11612, 11819 AND 11108 AND
1
MODEL 685, SERIAL NOS, 96080 THRU 95088, 86085 THRU 98089, 88011 THRU 95018 AND 86016 (8EE NOTE
BELOW FOR ADDITIONAL MODELS THAT MAY SE APF&CTBD BY THIS SERVICE LETfER).
i NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
3
9ERVICE LETTER NO. 948
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE LETTER MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH
YOUR NEAREST OULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR 9601.58. A PULL CREDIT
WILL BE ISSUED UPON RECEIPT OF A PROPERLY EXECUTED WARRANTY CLAIM, CUTOUT SECTION OF
EACH WINDOW ICONTAININ(I THE PART NUMBER), OLD SPACERS AND A COMPLIANCE CARD.
FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING
SERVICE LETTER NO. 946 KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
SPECIALTOOLS: NONE.
~CCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
CAUTION
WHEN PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES,
CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN SO AS NOT TO DAMAGE OR
SOIL ANY INTERIOR PANELS OR UPHOLSTERY.
b. Remove snaw (2 places) attaching emergency slit window release handle and remove handle.
c. Remove screw (4 places) attaching emergency exit window panel to window and remove panel.
a. Remove screw attaching interior handle to door mechanism and remove interior handle.
b. Remove screws attaching center door panel to daor, disconnect wires from emergency door release switch and
remove center panel from doer. Mark wires to assure that switch will be rewired correctly after reassembly.
Page a of 11
8ERVICE LETTER NO. 548
81DE WINDOW
TRIM EXTRVSION
EMERGENCY EXIT EMERGENCY EXIT PANEL
WINDOW PANEL RELEASE HANDLE ARMREST
PANEL
’i
-r
meLE COVER
EMERGENCY EXIT
RELEASE HANDLE
EMER(IENCY EXIT
WINDOW PANEL
t;llun
Page 9 of 11
BERVICE LETTER NO. 346
d. Remove screw (2 places) that attaches window panel to door, pull down on window panel and remove panel from
door.
e. Remove lower acrew attaching forward bayonet rod assembly and remove rod assembly and bayonet from door.
NOTE
3. Remove curtains locatedjust aft of main cabin door and emergency exit window.
4. Remove lan and right cabin aide window panels as follows (rsfer to Figure 1):
a. Pull top of table cover out and pull table up to expose screws attaching table guide O aide of table
b. Remove either forward or aft table guide from table and remove table.
c Remove two iZ) top screws attaching table cover to fuselage structure.
d Pull down on top of arm rest panels to expose screws that attach trim extrusion to fuselage structure.
e. Remove screws attaching trim extrusion to fuselage structure and remove trim extrusion.
f Loosen aft screws attaching panel over main cabin door to facilitate removal of left cabin side window panel
g Remove upper screws attaching cabin aide window panel to fuselage structure.
h. Assure that cabin side window panel, are not stuck to insulation prior to removal
i, Remove left cabin side window panel by pushing panel back to release forward portion of panel and then pull
panel dawn to clear headliner.
j Remove right cabin side panel by pulling down on panel to clear headliner.
5 Remove screws attaching all interior window glass (tintedl to emergency exit window, main cabin door and cabin
side windows and remove interior glass from airplane.
windows.
b Remove interior clips, attached by screws, as necessary to facilitate removal of window retainers and
Mark ail clips to assure they will be reinstalled in same location from which they were removed,
d Remove window retainers and bumpers Mark top of retainers to assure they will be reinstalled in same
NOTE
e Remove windows
f Remove and discard, only if damaged, (gasketfil bonded to interior of fuselage skin and on
any neoprene
retainers,
NOTE
Page 4 of 11
BERVICE LETTER NO. 548
8W1Mm
BROMMET R911N 1118
wlL.aasu .j
NranENr
0.
OL
.m~.´•1
BPnCER 14 PLSI
RI11N 1118
is~ i -NEOPRENE
I’/
1-
Or L cnNo
i CHI\NNEL
ka‘i´•
O ´•’I
lI
I ii
ExlsnNo
i OUTSIDE OLP~8S
INSIDE OL1\8(
EMEROENCYEXIT
WINDOW )I\NEL
INTERIOR (ILASS
CLIP
SE~L
REYEP~L
*illun 2 ishast 1 ot 3)
Page 5 of 11
SERVICE LETTER NO. 346
0,
gC
MAIN cnslhl ODOR
WINDOW PIZNELr REVEAL
CLIP
t; OIASSTINTED INTERIOR
GANG
CHANNEL
R(IIN 1118
NEOPRENE
33011331
SPACER 14 PLB
B~ n411N ins
NEOPRENE
Y~1
CLIP
RETAINER
r;;"
550113´•28
OUTSIDE GLASS
800108´•527
GROMMET
Fllun, 2 ihast i of 91
Page B oI 11
SERYICE I.ETTER NO. 346
REYEI\L
TINTED INTERIOR
OI\NO
CH~NNEL
U(UB7´•b3SPLICER
II )L~CIS1
RIIIN lilB
~1.
BUMPER
330361-51
PACER I? PLSI
INBIDE OL*B
prill j
EXI(ITING
WTIIOE GL/\S5
IUSLLAOE SI(IN
eaalma,l
cnommET WINDOW PIINEL
BUMPER
GI\NG
Cnl\NNEL
33035785 SPPICLR
J3a787d3SP*CEA
r h II: 1G
I RCT
330357-61
SP~CLA
REVC~L
TINTED
SP~CER
INTERIOR 330367
GLI\SS INS108 GL*SS
FUSLLI\GE SI(IN
EXISTING
OUTSIDE GL~iS
33035)691 ´•I
PP~CER
~iCn Z IShs~t J ot O)
Page 7 of 11
SERYICE LETTER NO. 548
CAUTION
Protect all window glass, after removal, to prevent scratching
ofglass.
Disassemble windows, cutout portion of inner glass (eontaining the part number) for return to Oulfstream
g.
American Corporation with old spacers, and discard the gmmmets.
h. Cheek outside glass, around each bolt hole, for chips or distress. If found, contact your nearest Gulfstream
Commander serviCenter. If no cracks are found, retain outside glass for later reinatallation.
CAUTION
Care should be taken when assembling new inside glass to
existing outside glass to assure no contaminants are trapped
between panes of glass and assure that glass is protected from
scratches.
7. Assemble new inside glass to existing outside glass se follows (refer to Figure 2):
NOTE
a. Clean both aides of inside glass and outside glass as outlined in Chapter 56 of the Airplane Maintenance
Manual.
b. (1) inch tape all holes outer surface of outside glass and turn glass that outer surface
Apply one over an over so
is down.
NOTE
NOTE
edge of glass.
e. Assure that both inside glass and outside glass are clean and ready for assembly
g. Apply one(l) inch tape over holes to prevent grommets from falling out.
h. Apply 314 inch surgical tape on all corners of glass (refer to Figure 3)
NOTE
Picture window will require one (1) piece of 314 inch surgical
tape an top and one (1) on bottom where spacers are joined
together.
8. If neoprene (gaskets) are to be replaced, thoroughly clean any damaged neoprene material from fuselage skin.
emergency elit window, main cabin door and all retainers as necessary.
9. Bond new R411N 1116 neoprene on fuselage skin, emergency exit window, main cabin door and on all retainers using
EC1~03 or an equivalent contact cement and trim as necessary (refer to Figure 21
Page 8 of 11
SERVICE LETTER NO. 548
NOTE
11. Install all inside end outside windows on airplane as follows (refer to Figure 2):
b. Position window and retainers for installation on airplane and install existing screws. Assure that bumpers
am bonded to retainers, if not, rebond bumpers to retainers using EC1403 or an equivalent contact
cement,
d. Ibinstall existing interior clip., removed in step 6.b., using existing hardware,
a. Bond 861881-53 felt pad on outboard side of picture window lower clip (4 places) on left and right side using
EC1´•IOS or an equivalent contact cement (refer to Figure 4).
NOTE
Assure that all glass is clean and then reinstall existing interior window glass (tinted glassl using existing
g.
hardware.
CAVTlOhI
Assure that seal is not pinched when installing window.
12. Pressurieed cabin to maximum differential pressure to assure there are no leaks (refer to Chapter 21 of the
19. Reinstall existing left and right cabin side window panels as follows:
a. Position panel for installation and install upper screws and washers.
NOTE
b. Tighten aft screws that attach penal over main cabin doe;.
c install trim extrusion using existing hardware, Do not install two (2) serewa in area of table until arm rest
Page B of 11
SERVICE LETTER NO. SE
IREF)
O OUTSIDE
914" SURGICAL TAPE
GLASS IREF)
O
INLIIDE GLASS
IREF)
O
SPACER IREFI
FipureS
PICTURE WINDOW
IRE Fl
L.
PELT PAD
(REF)
YIIYI LOOKING OUTBO~RDCLIP(REF)
I\T RH SIDE LH SIDE OPPOSITE
YIEW~
Flpural.
Page 10 ol 11
BERYICE LETTER NO. 348
f Position table for installation, reinstall table track on side of table and close table.
a. Reinatall forward bayonst rod assembly and bayonet on door using existing hardware and assure that bayonet
is rigged properly
b. Position upper panel far installation on door and install existing hardware.
d. Reconnect wires to emergency door release switch and install center panel on door using existing hardware.
f Close cabin door and check to assure that red dots on bayonet inspection windows are centered over white disks,
a, With emergency exit window release handle removed, position window panel for installation and install
existing hardware.
19 Fill out and mail Compliance Card, Warranty Claim, portion of glees (containing part number) and old spacers to
Dulfstream American Corporation, Commander Division, Bethany, Oklahoma 15008.
PUBIICATIONS AFFECTED: The Illustrated Parts Catalog changes required by this document will be incorporated at
the next scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in si~lsne maintenance records as follows: Service Letter No
346, dated 1 September IsB1, entitled "Replseement of inner Structural Cabin Window Glass", accomplished
tdafe)
Page 11 of 11
Service Letter GulfstreamAmerican
uonpon*1´•ln*
Commanda Dirbion
6001 Norm Ra;kwsll Ausnua.
Bsmany, Oklehem 13WB
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 696A, SERIAL NOS. 96001, AND 96004 THRU 96001.
REASON FOR PUBLIC*TION: INSIDE STRUCTURAL WINDOWS ARE SUBJECT TO CRAZING AROUND BOLT
HOLES DUE TO INSTALLATION PRELOAD.
NOTE
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE LETTER MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH
YOUR NEAREST DULP8TI~AM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED BERVICENTER MOR 6819.11. A FULL CREDIT
WILL BE ISSUED UPON RECEIPT OF A PROPERLY EXECUTED WARRANTY CLAIM AND A COMPLIANCE
CARD. REFERENCE THIS SERVICE LETTER, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN
ORDERING SERVICE NO. 5117 KPT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING.
pd, ..qsotlo~nllr
PagelolB
SERVICE LETTER NO. 541
SPECIILTOOIS: NONE.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
CAUTION
WHEN PERFORMIND THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES.
CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN SO AS NOT TO DAMAGE OR
SOIL ANY INTERIOR PANELIOB UPHOLSTERY.
NOTE
This rework does not apply to the cabin door, emergency slrit
or pilot and copilot windows.
2. Remove screws attaching cabin interior glass (tintedl to cabin side windows and remove interior glass from airplane.
c. Remove window retainers and bumpers, Mark top of retainers to assure they will be reinstalled in same position
Rom which they were removed.
NOTE
a. Remove and discard, only if damaged, any neoprene (gaskets) bonded to interior of fuselage akin and on
retainers.
NOTE
CAUTION
Protect all window glass, after removal, to prevent scratching
ofglass.
f Disassemble windows and discard the inside glass and the grommets.
g. Cheek outside glass, around each bolt hole, for chips or distress. If found, contact your nearest Dulfstream
Commander ServiCenter. If no cracks are found, retain outside glass for later reinstallation.
CAUTION
Care should be taken when assemblying now inside glass to
Assemble new inside glass to aliating outside glass as Follows (refer to Figure 1):
NOTE
a. Clean both sides of inside glass and outside glass as outlined in Chapter SE of the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
Page lolB
BERYICE LETTER NO. 341
Xa I
c.aN´•lo. i? AI
WINDOWPP~NEL EXISTING TINTED
Inrmlono~ass
EXISTING BUMPER
EXISTING GANG
RETAINER
IINEOPAENE
´•i
Bb
EXISTINGSPPICERS
900108´•521(iROMMET
FUSELAGESKIN
EX18T1N(I OUT81DE
GLASS
Figqs 1. IShaat 1 of 21
Page3ofG
SERYICE LETTER NO. 541
EXISTING BUMPER
EXISTING GANG
CHANNEL
id NEOPRENE
P41N O
J 23438(´•117
GLASS
GROMMET
~II I)R411NllsNEOPRENE
L r
I 8KIN
EXIIITINO
EXISTING OUTSIDE
CAslN SIDE
WINDOWPANEL
EXIFTING TINTED
GLASS
EXlsTIN(IGAN(I
EXIBTIN(I BUMPER
RII(NlnNEOPRENE
EXISTING OUTSIDE
b
EXISTING RETAINER~I-
EXlsTlNa
800108´•527 (IROMWIET
R411N 1/8
ZIL~.L*B.SIIN
Filure 1. (Shaa 2 of 21
Page(olB
EIERVICE LETTER NOi 341
b. Apply one (1) inch tape over all holes on outer surface of outside glass and turn glass over so that outer surface
is down.
NOTE
glass.
e. Assure that both inside glass and outside glass are clean and ready for assembly.
NOTE
g. Apply ons (1) inch taps over holes to prevent prammsts from fallingout.
h Apply Z.O-inch surgical tape on all corners of glass (refer to Figure 2).
5. If oeoprene (gasksts) are to be replaced, remove any damaged neoprene material from fi~selage skin and all reta~ners
as necessary.
6. Bond new R~11N 11 neoprene of fuselage skin and on all rsthmers using EC140S or an equivalent contact cement
and trim a. necessary. Allow cement to cure for thirty (90) minutes prior to accomplishing step 7 (refer to Figure 1).
8. Install all inside and outside windows on airplane as follows (refer to Figure 1):
b. Position ~vlndow and retainers for installation on airplane and install existing screws. Assure that bumpers are
bonded to retainers, if not, rebond bumpers to retainers using EC1´•IOS or an equivalent contact cement.
e. Assure that all glass is clean and then install existing inner window glass (tinted glass) using existing hardware.
9. Pressurize cabin to a maximum differential pressure to assure Bare are no leaks (refer to Chapter 21 of Airplane
Maintenance Manual.)
10. Rsinstall left and right cabin side window panels using existing hardware.
Page SalG
BERVICE LETTER NO. 541
IAEFI
O
2.0" 8UROICAL TAPE
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
i
SPACER iff EFI
FlsureZ.
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Illustrated Parts Catalog changes required by this document will be incorporated at
the nsnt scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Letter No.
941, dated 3 November 1981, Entitled "Rspl.cement of Inner Structural Cabin Side Window
Glass", accomplished
(date)
PageBofB
Seavice e~ter Gulfstream
Aerospace
SERVICE LETTER NO. 349A
(8upersedes Service Letter No. 549 in its entirety)
24 February 1984
NOTE
MODELS AFFECTED: MODELS BB0FL, 680FL(P), 680T, 680V AND 680W, SERIAL NOS. 1261 THRU 1854, MODEL
THRU 12066,
681, 8ERUL NOS. 6001 THRU 6072, MODEL 885, SERIAL NOS. 12000
MODELS 690, 690A AND 69OB, SERIAL NOS. 11001 THRU 11566, MODEL 690C, SERIAL
NOS. 11600 THRU 11718, MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 95000 THRU 95084 AND MODEL
695A, SERIAL NOS. 86001, 96008, 86006 THRU 96016 AND 96018.
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: POSSIBLE CRACKS IN ELEVATOR PUSH-PULL TUBE ASSEMBLIES IN BOTH
SWAGED ENDS.
COMPLIANCE: PART I- DURING NEXT 100-HOUR INSPECTION AND EVERY 200HOURs TIME 1N
SERVICE THEREAFTER UNTIL PART II OF THIS SERVICE LETTER HAS BEEN
I
C *cooMP~Hea
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH PART II OF THIS SERVICE LEWER MAY BE PROCURED
THROUGH YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED BERVICENTER FOR 896.64.
REFERENCE THIS SERVICE LETTER, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING
SERVICE LE?TER NO. 349A KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWIND:
Page 1011
GF,RVICE LET~ER NO, 349A
S.ECIII~DOLB; N,N$´•
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
c. Remove left and right noor panels to gain access to elevator push-pull tube assemblies (refer to Figure
d. Proceed to step 3.
a. Remove interior and carpet as necessary,just aR of pilot and copilot seats, to gain access to floor panels
(refer to Figure 1).
c. Remove access cover (2 places) from bottom of fuselage to gain access to forward end of elevator push-
pull tube assemblies (refer to Figure i).
d. Proceed to step i.
7. On all Models (except Model 6BOFL and 69SA), reseal access covers on floor panels as outlined in the applicable
Airplane Maintenance Manual.
8. On Model 695A, reinstall carpet, pilot and copilot seats and bars.
10. Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying that Part I has been accomplished
Remove left and right noor panels to gain access to elevator push-pull tube assemblies (refer to Figure
c.
Remove bolts attaching left and right elevator push-pull tube assemblies to control columns and to
d.
elevator torque tubs arms and remove tube assemblies (refer to Figure 2).
PBBeaol?
SERVICE LE1TER NO. 349A
MOOEI.B9SA
Fi(u~a i. IWm d 2)
Page S ol 1
SEKYICE LETTER NO. 349A
O
O
O
o
o
o
o o’´•´•.~ o
o
o
REMOVE THIS FLOOR PANEL
~J TO REPLACE LEFT PUGH´•PULL
TUBE AgSY
o o o
ALL MODELS
IEXCEPT MODEL 885*1
Fi~urs IShsat 2 ot 21
Page 4017
SERYICE LETTER NO. 348A
k. Proceed to step 3.
Remove interiors and carpet, as necsssary,just aft of pilot and copilot seats to gain access to floor panels
a.
Remove rivets from left and right Roar panels, just aft of pilot and copilot seats, as necessary to facilitate
b.
removal of elevator push-pull tubs assemblies (refer to Figure i).
Remove access cover (2 places) f~om bottom of fuselage to gain access to forward end of elevator puah-
pull tube assemblies (refer to Figure i).
d. Remove bolts attaching aft end of push-pull tube assemblies to elevator torque tube arm
a. Remove left and right arms ham elevator torque tubs to facilitate removal of push-pull tube assemblies
,,,,,,,~.2,
Retain rod ends,
f Remove rad end, cheeltnut and key IDck from aft end of push-pull tube assemblies.
checknuts and key locks for reinstallation.
assemblies.
h. Remove rod end, checknut and key lack from forward end of push-pull tube assemblies. Discard existing
tube assemblies and retain rod ends. checknuts and key lacks.
Check adjustment of elevator controls as outlined in applicable Airplane Maintenance Manual and then
m.
NOTe
Page 5 of 7
SERVICE LETTER NO. 949A
ELEVATOR TOROUE
TUBE IREF)
/ARM IREFI
HDWE IREFI
CONTROL COLUMN
(REF~
FIBYrO 2.
ROD END.
CHECKNUT I\ND KEY
LOCK 12 PL~I
65(1578´•1 OR 530618´•SI OR
630578´•6 TUBE ASSY WIRE CHECK
SAFEN
31.12.. NUT USING MS2(lsBBC32
NOMINI\L IO.M2" OIA.1 CORROOION
RESISTANTSTEELWIRE
12 PLS1
FIIYn3´•
PageGol’l
SERVICE LETTER NO. 349A
Meint~N).i. Manull
C o Aa~aal and nmE isnsle ap outlun´•d
NOTE
in t~ lip~irsbls Alrpleoe
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Illustrated Parts Catalog Changes required by this document will be incorporated at
Page’lof?
~ill
Service Letter Gulfst~amAmeriran
colPoln´•rlurr
Cammada Dirlon
BW1 Norm Roc~lall ~vsnua.
(XIIhany. ~l´•homa 13006
POTI
WOTe
PARIS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE MAY BE PROCURED THROUDH
YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED 8ERt~CEPJTER
FOR: KPT NO. 1 (46.81 OR KPT
A FULL CREDIT WILL BE 18SUED UPON RECEIPI OF
NO. 2 -946.9?. FOE MICRAPP SPILL IN WNUMP~I,
EX~CUTED WARRANTY CLAIM AND A COMPLIANCE CARD. REFERENCE THIS SERVICE
A PROPERLY
SERVICE LETPER NO. 350
LE1TER. AIRCRAIT MODEL AND FACTORY 8ERML NUMBER WHEN ORDERING
KIT CONS1STINO OF THE FOLLOWING:
Page lolB
8ERVICE LETTER NO. SSo
Kit Kit
No.l No.2
PARTNO DEBCRIPI~ION
~TY BTY
860715-3 insulation
lee.
860175-4 insulation
lea.
Pea. 860115-6 Vinyl
860175-7 Insulation
sea.
860175-9 Insulation
1 se.
SPECI*LTOOLS: NONE.
ACCOMPLISHIENT INSTRVCTIONS:
CAUTION
When removing eleetmlumin8seent panels, be careful not to
damage or break electrical wiring and connectors. De not allow
panel to hang by the wiring. Panel has to be supported or
damage may oocurto electroluminescent panels.
b. Loosen alien screwson allknabson face ofthe e*etmluminescent panels andremove knobs.
electroluminss~entpanel.
2 Remove and discard any insulation that is installed on fuselage skin and frames in area above the overhead switch
panel.
3 Thoroughlyclean .u~faee where insulation istobe bonded usingToluene orlethylEthyl Ketone (MEK).
CAUTION
To prevent possible damage, care should be taken when using
solvents in areaafelectrical equipmentand plasticmaterials.
Page 2 of 6
SERVICE LETTER NO. 350
_B
880775-1
INSULATION
.iP
CANTEOFRAHE IAEFI
86077613 INSULATION
880176-11 INSULATION
880776-1( INSULATION E BOND WITH 501103 CEMENT
BOND WITH Ecluu CEMENT
5597757 INSULATION
BOND WITH EC1403 CEMENT
I--F-
8807)6-7 INSULATION
ANDCUTOUT
BOND WITH EC1~103 CEMENT
880771´•8 INSULATION
BOND WITH ECI(DJ CEMENT
EXTEND TD FRAME
JUNCTIONITYP1 VIEW A-A
LOOKING FWD AT WINDSHIELD FRAME
SLIT PIS REOD FOR WIRE
on STRUCTURE ITYP) 880776-11 INSULATION
E
IREFI
-i~-
~ct=-
86071515 INSULATION
BOND WITH ECII(U CEMENT
EXTEND TO FRAME
JUNCTIONITYPI VIEW B-8
LOOKING AFT AT CANTED FRAME
Page 3 of 6
SERYICF.I.ETPERN0.3~O
0507751 INsuLnnoN
660775-11 INsuLnnoN
VSE NO. ale TAPE TO INSTALL
(REFI
880775´•3 AND INSULATION
AND 860776´•5 YINYL 880775´•7 INSULATION
IAEFI
*011
TRIM AND IN~TALL INSVLATIDN WITH
SMOOTH fACE L~OI\INST SIIN.
ASSURE THAT N,suLoEs AnE )REKNT
4 installnew insulation on fuselage skin and frames in area above overhead Rwitch panel ~1Hine gC1403 Cement or
an equivalent Trun insulation upon instl,llatinn and assure no bulges are prelent (refer to Figure 1 or Figure 2)
Figure 1 is for Models 690C and 695 end Figure Z is for Models 6901) and 695A
CbUTION
I~en installing the overhead switch panel, ensure that all
wires and busaen properly secured and iae not squoeled
are
b Connect eleetrolumineacent panel wiring to airplane wiring and position penal for installation Stow excess
winng and ensure that wiring will net be pinched or crimped when panel is secured
c Secure electroluminercent panels with attaching screws. Tighten screws evenly to prevent warping of
panels
Page 1 of 6
8ERVICE LETTER NO. SIO
A
CANTEDFR~MEIAEF)
882121-181 INSULATION
802121181 INSULATION
E BOND WITH 801483 CEMENT
BOND WITH rc~un CEMENT
88211(´•181 INSULATION
BOND WITH 801403 CEMENT
882(2(´•183 INSULATION
BOND WITH EC(~03 CEMENT
EXTEND TO FRAME
Juacnw(nPI VIEW B-B
LOOKING AFT AT CANTED FRAME
Flgunl. (91rt 1 ot 21
MODELS 6900 AND 695Pl
ppge 6 916
__
8ERVICELETI~ERNO.SIO
INSULATION
BB21ZI´•ISSVINYL
8~2121´•183 INSULATION
882121´•183 INSULATION
(REF)
(REFI
88212(´•(63 INSULATION
882121´•18( INSULATION
USE NO. 414 TAPE TO INSTALL
IREFI
882121´•163 AND ´•184 INSULATION
AND8~2121´•(S6YINYL 882121´•(87 INSULATION
IREFI
NOTE
ELECTFIIOALLOAO: NOCHANGE.
WEIOHTANDBILP~NCE: NOCHANGE.
SPARESAFFECTED: NO.
PUBLICATIONSAFFECTED NONE.
RECORDCOMPLIANCE: Make and appropriate entry in eirplanemaintenanoereeords as follows: arvies Letter Na. SSO,
dated 15 April 1882, entitled"Cookpitlnsulation Overhead Switch Panel", aeeompliahod (date)
Page B ol 8
Service Lettev GulfstreamAmerican
Commanda Diviron
SW( North Roc~rmll nvsnua.
Bethlny. OXlahoma 13M8
STC APPROVED:
MODELS 660F, 6808, 680FL(P), 680T, 680V AND 680W, SERIAL NOS. 871 THRU 1850.
MODEL 681, SERIAL NOS. 6001 THRU 6012.
MODELS 890 AND 690A, SERIAL NOS. 11001 THRU 11194.
NOTE
MOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS RE9UIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS 8ERVICE LE1TER, FOR FACTORY
APPROVED
INSTALLATIONS ONLY, MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH YOUR NEAREST OULFSTREAM
COMMANDER
AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR 86.79. A FULL CREDIT WILL BE ISSUED UPON RECEIPT
OF OLD FITI~INO
PIN 104-0(1200,A PROPERLY EXECUTED WARRANTY CLAIM AND A
COMPLIANCE CARD. REFERENCE THIS
SERVICE LETIER AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN OI(DERIND SERVICE LETI~ER
NO. 911 KIT CONSWINO OF THE FOLLOWING:
Page 1 of 2
8ERVICE LETTER NO. 361
WOTE
2 ea 104´•04800 Fitting
2ea. 101-24600 O-Ring
1 ea. Compliance Card
1 ea. Servioe Letter No. 961 Instructions
SPECIALTOOLSc NONE.
ACCONIPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Comply with Parker HsnniF~n Corporation Roduet Reference Memo No. 21.
NOTE
SPARES AFFECTED: All SO-101 and 30-107A brake assemblies in spares.tock, wit nameplates dated prior to April
1982, must be updated to comply with PRM No. 27 and so noted.
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Illustrated Parts Catalog ohange required by tbis dooument will be inoorporsted at
the neat aehsduled revision.
RECORD COMPLIINCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows; Service Letter No.
351, dated 1? June 1982, entitled "Parker HanniBn Corporation Product Referenos Memo (PRM) No. 21", aeeomplished
(date)
PageBofP
0)(0
(d) Install new inlet fitting, part number 104-04900 and o-ring
(part number 101-24600 for 30-107 end parr number 101-23000
for 30-107A). The new fitting is a straight thread to
flare tube end connector. Asau´•re that the straight thread
land o-ring) is installed into the brake cylinder with the
flare tube end out.
(f) Bleed the brakes. While doing so, check for free flow
through the bleeder. (15 solid stream flow through the
bleeder cannot be reached, then disassemble that brake and
inspect for fluid passageway restrictions. Repair as
needed),
~Aerospace
PD((84´•618 iJj
~111
Service letter CulfstreamAmeri~an
CDRMII*TION
Comm´•ndn Dhllon
6001 NPllm Rm~*a(l ~vanus.
Bsmany´• O*lah~ma 1)006
YODELS IFFECTED: THE FOLLOWING MODELS THAT HAVE FACTORY INSTALLED LONG RANGE FUEL
8YSTEM OR HAVE MODIFIED FUEL 8YSTEM PER CUSTOM KIT NO. 152:
MODEL 6W0C, SERIAL NOS. 116M) THRU 116&1, 11668 THRU 1168?, llBsB THRU 11703,
11108 AND 11118 THRU 11?21.
MODELB80D, SERLAL NOS. 16002 THRU 15004, 16008, 15008, 16008, 15011 AND 15012.
MODEL 686, SERIAL NOS. B6WO THRU 85049 AND 86061 THRU 86084.
MODEL 886~, SERIAL NOS. 06001 THRU 86058, 86051, 86038 AND 86040.
REASON FOR P(IBLICATION: FUEL INTERCONNECT HOSE MAY BE SU&IECT TO EXCESSIVE SWELLING
AND EVENTUAL DETERIORATION.
IIOTe
ESTIMATED MAN HOURS: UPON COMPLETION OQ AIRPLANE DEFUELINO, THE REWORK WILL TAKE
APPROXIMATELY ONE AND ONE-HALF (1.5) HOURS.
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE LF~1TER. MAY BE PROCURED
THROUDH YOUR NEAREST aULFSTREAM COMMANDER AIPDIORIZED SERVICENTER FOR (2.41.
REFERENCE THIS 8ERVICE LETTER,AIRCRAFI~ MODEL AND *ACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING
SERVICE LE~ER NO. 862 KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
nlclllulusnmcHI~HlsvrmM*oma
cm PARTNO. DEBCRIPI~ION
P~e 1~3
S
´•u
8:
d"
Remove mEsE
nccl~ooolr
B
CENTER WIN(I
WS E FUEL CELL
24.00 (REP),,
AFT INBOARD ICFT FUEL CELL
FUEL CELL (REF)
C‘j I ~i C::
INTERCONNECT
489Y IREFI
INTERCONNECT
PSSY IREF) ABSY IREF1 INTERCONNECT
ASSY (REr)
(DOS8CIl NOSE IN~TALL 69038451 NOSE
USING EX18TIN(I CLL~MPS USING EXISTIN(I CLI\MPS
Fi~un i.
P´•galofS
BERVICE LETlEE NO. 362
SPECIAITOOL9: NONE.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
2. Remove leR and right inboard sR wing access doors to gain access to fuel interconnect hoses (refer to Figure
left and right hud intermnnect hoses (Pi~ 690584-55) (refer to Figure i).
4. Remove damps and discard existing
6. Lubricate the interconnect hose (Pi~ 65058451) with fuel or soap and water and install hose on
new
10 to 15 inch-pounds (refer to Figure
interconnect assemblies using existing clamps. Torque clamps to a value of
6 install new plate gasket (P~ 650082-1) and reinstall Be wing secess doom and seal
with 880B-112 or equivalent
MIL-9-8802 sealant per Chapter 51 of the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
SPARES AFFECTED: All hose P~ 85038455 mlaoL in color) must be removed from spares stock.
PUBLICI\TIONS AFFECTED: The Illustrated Parts Catalog change required by this document will be incorporated at
We next scheduled revision.
Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Letter No.
RECORD COMPLIANCE:
562, dated SO duly 1882, entitled "Fuel Cell interconnect Hose Replacement",
p~ 5 of S
Service Letter CulfstreamAmerican
conroa*rl~,r
Commansr
5001 North
Divllion
Ausnu´•.
Bamnny. OLI´•Doma ~3W8
_
MODELS 500, 600A, 600B, S00U, 520, 560, 560A 660E, 660F, 680, 680E,
680F, 680F(P),
MODELS AFFECTED:
880W AND 720, SERIAL NOS. 1 THRU 1354.
680FL(P), 680T, 680V,
680FL,
THRU 3323.
MODEL 6005, SERIAL NOS. 1166 THRU 1816 AND 5050
MODEL 681, SERIAL NOS. 6001 THRU 6072
MODEL 685, SERIAL NOS. 12001 THRU 12066.
11566.
MODELS 690, 690A AND 6908, SERIAL NOS. 11001 THRU
MODEL 680C SERIAL NOS. 11800 THRU 11127.
MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 15000 THRU 15014.
MODEL 686, SERIAL NOS. 86000 THRU 86084.
MODEL BgSA, SERIAL NOS. 86001 THRU 86042.
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: TO VERIFY INSTALLATION OF FLIGHT CONTROL CHAIN CONNECTOR LINK,
PLATE AND KEEPER.
NOTE
ACCOMFL!SHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1. R.´•aove tail cone and remove left and right inspenion panels, located on an fusalage just below horilontal
s~rbilieer, to gain access to rudder and elevator trim
control aprockets irefer to Figure i).
Page 1 oft
BERYICE LETTER NO. 951
RUDDER TRIM
TAB INOICATOR
LINK I ELEVATOR
KEEPER
ELEVATOR
TRIM TAR
ELEVATOR
TRIMTAB
TRIM TI\B
INDICATOR TRI\NIMIT(ER
Fir" 1´•
Page 2014
SERYICE LETTER ND. 553
NO. JS
MASTER LINK. PLATE
FIND KEEPER
NO. 35
COVER ASSY
MASTER LINK. PLATE
(REF)
ANO KEEPER 12 PL6)
N0.96
MASTER LINK, PLATE
ANO KEEPER 12 PLSI
CONTROL COLUMN
LINK
IREFI
KEEPER
COVER ASSY
NO.55
MASTER LINK.
PLATE AND
KEEPER 12 PLSL
CONTROLCOLUMN
IRE r)
Fipm 2.
Page 3 of 4
SERVICE LET~ER NO. 863
4 IF any "keeper" is missing from chain master link, install new X21, chain link assembly with plate and "keeper"
and proceed to step 8.
6. Remove cover assemblies from pilot and copilot control columns, as necessary, to gain access to chain assemblies
NOTE
nashlight and inspection mirror. impact all chain master links to assure that plates and "keepers" are
Using a
g~ If any ’keeper" is missing from chain master link, install new YS6 chain link assembly with plate and "keeper"
and proceed to step 10.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Latter No.
(date)
858, dated 8 September 1882, entitled "Plight Control Chain Connector Link Inspection", accomplished
page I of 4
Sewice Letter CulfstreamAmerican
roRvoa*rloh
Commands DIrlIlon
1001 Norm RDi*IWII AYLnYe,
Bathany, 73008
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11600 THRU 11721, 11726 AND 11727.
MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 16002 THRU 15004, 16W6, 15008. 15009, 15013, 15014 AND
15016.
MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 85000 THRU 96084.
MODEL 695A, SERIAL NOS. 96001 THRU 86055, 96037 AND 86039 THRU 96042
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: POSSIBLE CONTAMINATION OF AXLE GREASE WITH METAL SHAVINGS.
NOTE
SPECll\LTOOLS: NONE.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
2. Remove left end right main landing gear wheels as outlined in Chapter 32 of the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
8. Thoroughly clean and inspect wheel hubs and wheel bearings as outlined in Chapter 32 of the Airplane
Maintenance Manual.
4. Assure that any contaminants are removed from inside the axle housing.
NOTE
5. After assuring that wheel hubs, wheel bearings and anles are satisfactory, repack bearings and reinstall wheels
on airplane as outlined in Chapter 32 of the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
Page 1 of2
SERVICE LETI~ER NO. 364
RECORD COMPLI~NCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenanee reeords as follows: Service Letter No.
A~le Inspection", aeeomplished
584, dated 1 October ~882, entitled "Main Landing Csar Wheel Bearing and
(date)
Page 2 of 2
Service Letter Gulfstream
Aerospace
MODELS AFFEOTED: MODELS 880, 080A AND 8O0R, SERIAL NOS. 11001 THRU 11688.
MODEL 0800, SERIAL NOS. 11800 THRU 11?21, 11126 AND 1112?.
MODEL BBOD, SERIAL NO8. 18001 THRU 16004, 16008, 16008 THRU 16011 AND 16014.
MODEL 606, SERIAL NOS. 88000 THRU 86084.
MODEL OOOA, 8ERIAL NOS. 88001 THRU 8009? AND 88058 THRU BBOM
REASON FOR PUBLCAT1ON: TO ASSURE THAT SCREWS ATTI\CHINCI ANGLES TO FRAME ARE TORQUED.
MOTE
ESTIMATED BAN HOURS: MODEL11880, 080A AND 880B TWO (2) HOURS.
MODEL 880C, SERIAL NOS. 11800 THRU 11118 EIGHT (8) HOURS.
MODEL 885, SERIAL NO. 86000 THRU 96084 EIGHT (8) HOURS.
MODEL 685A, SERIAL NOS. 96001 THRU 88018 EIDIIT (8) HOURS.
MODEL BB0C; 8ERIAL NOS. 11118 THRU 11721 ONE (1) HOUR
MODEL 080D, SERIAL NOS. 16001 THRU 15014 ONE (1) HOUR.
MODEL 886A, SERIAL NOS. 88018 THRU 88048 ONE (1) HOUR,
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUDTIONS:
Assure that ANBBO-1OL washer Is installed between the angle and fiane on both left and right lower inboanl
2. a
S. Tonpe existing four (4) lower screwsthat attach 8300a4´•16 and -18 angles to Rama to a torque value of 20 to
NOTC:
Page 1 of 2
BERVICE IET~R NO. 968
1. On Model BsOD and BRSA only, torque the hKo (2) upper anaws that attach 81M12C15 and -18 angles to irame
to a taque value ,f 50 to ?0 inch-pounds plus NMing torque (,r, t. Figure 1).
6. On all other models, torque the tare (2) upper screws that attach 810024-16 and -18 angles to Rama to a toqua
value of 20 a a6 inch-pounds plus running torque (rafar to Figure 1).
ILECTRICILLOID: NOCHANOE.
WEI(IH~ANDB*UNCE: NOCHANOE.
RECORD COMPLI*NCE: MsLs an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Letter No.
556, dated 80 November 1882, entitled "Puwlaga Station 888.82 Screw Tor~Lue InapaWon´•’, acmmpliahsd
ExlsnNa ad?c~s
nNGLE
ExlsnNo aoa2cls
PINGLE IREF)
roBoUE 8cnEw*PLS)
20 TO ?B IN´•LBS PLUS
RUNNING TOA(IUE
Fi~un
page 2 012
Service Lettev Gulfstream
Aerospace
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11600 THRU 11721, 11723, 11126 AND 11727.
MODEL 690D. SERIAL NOS. 15001 THRU 15004, 150O6. 15008 THRU 16011,
15014, iSOiB,
16021 AND 1j022.
MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS 95000 THRU 95084.
MODEL 695r\. SERIAL NOS. 96001 THRU 96053
PNEUMATIC TUBE
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: TO ASSURE THAT NO INTERFERENCE EXISTS BETWEEN
NACELLE
ASSEMBLY AND TOR9UE LIMITING TRANSDUCERIN RIGHT
NOTE
´•I:l´•i´•a´•: i
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
follows:
4. If interference exists between torque limiting transducer and pneumatic tube assembly, proceed as
b. Disconnect the pressure and vent lines from their respective Rttinga
on the torque limiting
transducer I
C d Remove nuts and washers that secure torque limiting transducer to engine fire\rall.
As Reecivod By
AIP j
,a~
.._
...~_.,.i.
-C
cavnm~l
I CAUTION
F Slot torque limiting transducer mounting holes in engine firewall, as necessary, in order to rotate
tmnsdueer to clear pneumatic tube assembly
g Reinstall torque limiting transducer on engine Fnewali using enisting washers and nuts,
C
n ar..aa un
9
DOOR TO EXWSE TOR(IUE
LIMITING TR~NSDUCER
UPPER ENGINE
COWLINO IREFI
8
NI\CELLE
(REFI
As Roc,ived By
i A’" i:
Bigure i.
’"5:
Page 2 of 3
1.._..~
I_
MOOELS AFFECTED: MODEL 890C, SERIAL NOS. 11800 THRU 11884 AND 11866 THRU 11721, 11723, 11726
AND 11127.(SEE NOTE).
MODEL 69011, SERIAL NOS 15001 THRU 15006, 15008 THRU 15011, 16014, 16016 AND
15018
MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 95000 THRU 95084. (SEE NOTE).
MODEL 695A, SERIAL NOS. 86001 THRU 96037, 96039, 96040, 96042, 96044 THRU 96052.
NOTE
REASON FOR PUBLIC~TION: POSSIBLE CRACKS IN AILERON LEADING EDGE SKINS 1N AREA AROUND IN-
BOARD BALANCE WEIGHT ATPACHINO SCREW HOLES.
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS RE~UIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE LETTER MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH
YU~ Ns*sE9P OULVCI.I.IU MM.~NWR IMrm~adD
SERVICE LETTER, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY
NO 367A KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
SERIAL
SBRYICINIBO FO~ ILB~ hlilillllNPli THI
NUMBER WHEN ORDERING SERVICE LETI~ER I
Page 1 of?
SERVICE LETTER NO 357A
PICCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
PART I
r EnurloN
LIOTE
While holding left sileron up, remove four screws that attach cannon plug secess plate to inboard end
c.
of ailemn. Remove plate from aileron and disconnect trim tab actuator cannon plug.
3. Inspect aileron leading edge skins in area around inboad balance weight attaohing screws. If no crac~s are found,
proceed to step 5.
4. If cracks are found in leading edge skins and are less than 0.50 inch long and a maximum of two (21 cracks per
hole, proceed to Part II. If cracks are longer than 0.50 inch and three (3) or more cracks per hole, contact
Gulfstream Commender ServiCenter, Bethany, Oklahoma before proceeding any further.
NQTF:
Remove screws attaching inboard balance weight to aileron leeding edge skin and remove balance
a.
weight.
Page a of
8BRVICE LETTER NO. 35?A
IN8laillsooosRr~wasNEn
Nnslnes4srlNo
UNDER SCREW HEAD U3 PLS1
alvrrll.rrsl
12 E(1. SPACES
-ti r 0.31´•´•
Ij IOUTBD)
ACCESSOOOR
InEFI Ui~lLlt:t’:
I\ILERON
WASHER IREFI
EXISTING
WEIGHT IREFI
260038803
NASIl3S84 BLIND
RIVET IREFI
VIEW B-B
IF THIS ANGLE IS INSTALLED ON AlLERON,
REFERTONDTEUNDEA8TEPSbOFPARTL
k
NAS173BB4
BLIND RIVET
IRE FI
VIEW A-A
Figu~s i.
Page 3 of
SERYICE LE1TER NO 367A
b TsP~orarill iuefall s´•iatinp b.l´•nra ui.lht ad 210a8-~U3 angle on eilua~ ua~ng nia8n. nar~
and gang channel. Install a 250(105-RES washer under each screw head and tighten screws (refer to
Figure 1).
NOTE
one of the rivet holes in aileron skin more than half way,
trim nange of 260039-603 angle, assuring that an edge
distance of O.PSlnch be maintained when riveting
can
c. Lacab and drill thirteen (13) 0.144 inch diameter holes through aileron skin and 250039-503 angles
(refer to Figure 1).
d. Remove balance weight and 250039-503 angles from aiieran and deburr all drilled holes
Reinstall e.isting balance weight and 250099-503 angles on aileron using existing aerews and gang
I
a.
channel. Assure that a 260005´•RE3 washer is installed under each screw head (refer to Figure 1).
e Attach 250039-603 angles to aileran skin using NA81738B4 blind rivet (13 places) irefer to Figure 1).
and runrsll oil s~vq remainin..ilaron landing algo balenta aslghta and
~m.us onsate~ a
install a 25(1005´•RE3 washer under each screw head (refer to Figure 1).
h. Install a 250005-RE3 washer under each screw head on aileron access dam balance weight.
On left aileron, reconnect trim tab actuator cannon plug and reinstall secess plate on inboad end of
a.
e. If push-pullrod length has been altered, streamline trailing edge of opposite silemn with trailing edge
of wing and outboard nap and secure aileron.
f A4iust push-pull rad length to align attaching bolt hole with hole in aileron hinge fitting when aileran
is in neutral position.
LO. Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying that Part 1 haa been aeeompliahsd.
i. If cracks in aileron leading edge skin are less than 0.60 inch Long (marimum of two (2) cracks per hole). stop
drill cracks using a No. 40 drill bit.
NOTE
a. Remove screws attaching inboard balance weight to ailsron Leeding edge skin and remove balance
weight.
b. Temporarily install e.isting balance weight, 260006-RES doubler (Ieft aileron), 250006-REll doubler
N
(right ailemn) and 250099-503 angles on ailemns using existing screws and gang channel. Install a
250005-RE3 washer under each screw head and tighten screws (refer to Figure 2).
NOTE
c. Locate end drill 0.144 inch diameter holes through aileron skin, doubler end angle (refer to Figure 21.
d. Remove balance weight, doubler and angle Bom aileron and deburr all drilled holes.
a. Reinstall existing balance weight, 260005-RE5 and -RE11 doublers and 250058-603 angles an ailemn
using existing screws and gang channel. Assure that a 250005-RE3 washer is installed under each
screw head (refer to Figure 2).
f Attach 260005-RES and -RE11 doublers and 260038´•503 angles to ailerons skin using NAS173BB4
blind rivets (refer to Figure 2).
g. Remove and reinstall all screws, one.ta_tims, on remaining aileron leading edge balance weights and
install a 2500(15-RE3 washer underBsrh screw head (refer to Figure 2).
h. Install a 260006-RE3 washer under each.crew heed on aileron access door balance weight.
On left aileron, reconnect trim tab actuator cannon plug and reinstall access plate on inboard end of
a.
Page 6 of 7
SERVICE LETTER NO. 357A
IBE(1. r--o.eo´•´•
i~i STA 18285
’i
P:CA(STU~NERIITYP
rolanoa?rrmi
%Fi
RIVET 3 EO. SPS:
ACCESS DOOR
IREFI
0.31~’
EXISTING GANG
NAS1138B4 BLINd I I\ CHANNEL IREFI VIEW A~A
RIVET (REFI
IF THIS ANGLE IS INSTALLED ON AILERON
REFER TO NOTE UNDER STEP 2.5 OF PART li´•
15 EO.
ACCESS DOOR
IREFI
TRUE
GOYI~ -I- i- I- r t
PICK UP EXISTING
I
3 EO. SP. -I iti L
FASTENERS ITYP
~0´•31´•´• 12 EO. TOP AND BOTTOM)
VIEW 8-B
FigYISZ´•
Fags O ol
BERYICE LET~ER NO. SS’iA
e´• If PUsh-PULI rod length has been altered, streamline trailing edge of opposite aileron with trailing edge
of wing and outboard nap and secure aileron.
f A~ust push-pull rad length to align attaching bolt hole with hole in aileron hinge fitting when aileron
is in neutral position.
Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying that Part II has been accomplished
No.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry inairplane maintenance record, as follows: Service Letter
entitled "Aileron Leading Edge Skin Modification", Part 1 accomplished
I
357A, dated 4 November 1985,
(dste) Part II accomplished (date)
Page 1 of 7
9 Service Letter Culfstream
Aerospace
NOTE
PARTS DATA: MATERIAL RE~UIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE LETTER MAY BE PROCURED
THROUGH YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR $12.80.
REFERENCE THIS SERVICE LETTER, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING
SERVICE LETTER NO. 358 KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
SPECll\LTOOLS: NONE.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
Tc~ CAUTION
Page 1 of I
SERVICE LETTER NO. 558
OXYGEN DISPENSER
(REFI
_t
O
INP)
_t
a.lr´•
IrvPI
LIO~FR.NOL.
IREFI
VIEW A-A
Fisurs i.
Page a ol 6
8BRVICE LGTTER NO. 558
I YIIYIYO)
Stow lanyzrd card and tubing so that neither one is entangled or
under any lanyard valve. latch mechanism or device within the
container that would prevent it from falling properly when de-
ployed.
MOTE
3,
STEP 3; RESERVOIR BP~(1´• THIRD FOLD STEP 4; FOLD RESERVOIR BA0 AWAY FROM
MASK SPRING CLIP ATTACHMENT
nOLEINOOUBLEFOLD.
STEP 8: TURN MASK OPEN SIM UP AND STEP 8; BRING FOLDED REBEBVOIR Bn(l
FOLD HEADSTRAP INTO FACE UP OVER 8108 OF FACE PIECE AND
PIECE. PLACE INSIDE IN DOUBLE FOLD.
wort
FILI?. IOhast(of 2)
Page 8 of 5
BERVICE LETTER NO. 568
AIRPLANES EOUIPPED WITH THE BENCH SEAT HAVE Pi DUAL MASK CONTAINER ABOVE THE BENCH. RESERVOIR BnOS
3
STORED IN DUAL CONTAINERS ARE FOLDED SAME ASIN G1NOLE MASK CONTAINER. NOTE ILLUSTRATION OF TUBE
INSTALLATION IN SPRING RETAINERS.
g- ii
~i
STEP g: PLACE MASK IN 8TORI\OE BOX WITH OPEN 811)6 OF Mn81( UP (TOWARDS IOP OF CABIN) ANO CLOSE LID.
ENSURE HINGE PINS ON BOX LID ARE EN(IA(IED 1N PIN RECEPTACLES ON BOX INNER SURFACE WHEN
INsmLLINa LID. TO CLOSE LID. PUSH FIRMLY ON LATCH SIDE AND, 81MULTI\NEOUSLY. USING A POINTED
OBIECTSUCH 1\6~ BALLPWINT PEN OR HEAVY PAPER CLIP INSERTED THROUGH THE EYELETTED
P~OY..N(YWINLI ,LL O.TE.TL
Fl~ura 2. (8haet? of 2)
i. Lower lids on all passenger oxygen mask dispensers by inserting a thin pointed metal objeet, such as a heavy
paper clip, in lid hole and push up. Lid should drop.
S. Cut and install VR-ineh polyfoam pressure sensitive tape on inside surface of lids (refer to Figure i).
4. Repack oxygen masks and close dispenser lids (refer to Figure 2).
a. Passenger oxygen switch shoi~ld he in AUTO position. Passenger oxygen mask module doors should not
open.
NOTE
Pnee(ofl
SEIIJICF. I.gTTER NO 3~H
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriahe entry in airplane maintenanee records as follows: Service Letter No. 958,
dated 26 April 1988, entitled "Oxysen Mask Dispense. Lid Casket installation’: accomplished (date)
Page 5 ol I
Service Letter C~II
Gulfstream
Aerospace
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 690C. SERIAL NOS. 11600 THRU 11651 PtND 11633 THRU 11729.
MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 15001 THRU 15024.
MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 96000 THRU 96084.
MODEL 69SA SERIAL NOS. 98002 THRU 96055.
NOTE
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: POSSIBLE CRACK IN VERTICAL LEG OF BRACE IPIN 310024-63) THAT
ATTACHES TO FUSELAGE FRAME.
.arr
ESTIMATED MAN HOURS: MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11600 THRU 11631 AND 11633 THRU 11718 TWELVE (12)
HOURS.
MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 95000 THRU 95084 TWELVE (12) HOURS.
MODEL 695A, SERIAL NOS. 96002 THRU 93013 AND 96018 TWELVE (12) HOURS.
MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11119 THRU 11729 THREE (31 HOURS.
MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 15001 THRU 15024 THREE (31 HOURS.
MODEL 69SA, SERIAL NOS. 96014 THRU 96017 AND 96019 THRU 96055 THREE (3)
HOURS
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE LE~I‘ER MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH
YOUR NEAREST DULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR 86.40. REFERENCE THIS
SERVICE LETTER, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING SERVICE LE1TER
NO 369 KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
Page 1 of 6
SERVICE NO. 359
AREAS TO BE INSPECTED
AND MODIFIED
/k
ExlmNo 310024´•53
BRACE IREF)
Fipur´•l.
Page 2 ol 5
SERVICE LE~ITER NO. 359
EXISTINGWEB
IREF)
C-‘s~
"p,
EXISTING HOLES
Ms2o47oaoe RIVETS I I-LPC MSzM7aaol RIVET
on on
1*6173888 BLIND RIVETS I IIl V ~I NAS1738B~ BLIND RIVET
310024´•103
(IUISET
f+
INSPECT
EXISTING HOLES
CRACKS
MS20470ADB RIVETS
OR
NAS(738BB BLIND RIVETS
I
EXISTINE MS2MIO~DB RIVET
310024´•53 OR
BRACE NI\S1738BB BLIND RIVET
IREF)
310029´•(05 SHIN
IrvPI
t EXISTING HOLE
MSZMIOPIDB RIVET
OR
NAS173888 BLIND RIVET
EXISTING FRAME
IREFI
Figure Z. ISlsst i ol 21
Page 3 al 5
SERVICE LETTER NO. 389
EXISTINOWEB
IRE Fl
510024´•105
GUSSET
EXISTINOHOLES
MSZM70nOSRIVETS
OR
MSZ0170AD4 RIVET
N~S115885 BLIND RIVETS
OR
NAhl738klBLIND RIVET
INSPECT
CRACKS
+t~
ExlsnNo HOLES
MS2MIOI\DB RIVETS
EXISTING
OR
310024´•53 310021´•105 FHIM
NAS173BB8 BLIND RIVETS
BRACE
(REFI II RIVETS
I)
1 ITYPIPPVO~; ~jlS113BBSBL(ND RIVETS
t IXIITIN6 ~R´•MI
IREFI
El(Iura 2. laaat 2 af 2)
Page 4 of 5
SEAVICE LE~EK NO. 359
C EPECIIILTODLS:
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
NONE.
2. Inspect left and right side of existing b~ame assembly brace (PIN 310024-53) for possible cracks in area oljoggle
irefbr to Bigure 1).
3. If either end of brace is completely severed, inspect frame assembly $r any damage and contact GulBtreem
Aerospace ServiCenter, Bethany, Oklahoma before proceeding any further.
4 11 cracks ore found in brace but are not all the.way through brace, stop drill cracks using a No. 40 drill bit and
proceed to step 6.
6. Locate, drill and install 310024-103 gusset and 310024-105 ahim on left and right side of frame assembly (refer
to Figure 21.
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Illustrated Parts Catalog change required by this document will be incorporated at
the next scheduled revision
j RECORD COMPLmNCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Letter No.
359, dated 17 June 1983, entitled "Fuaelage Station 386.82 Frame Assembly accomplished tdate)
Page 5 of 5
V1
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: POSSIBLE OPEN DRILLED HOLES IN FLAP BRACKET CLIP.
NOTE
IPPROV~L:
PARTS DATA: PARTS RE9UIREO TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE LE1TER MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH
YOUR NEAREST OULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR: KB NO. 1-(26.00 or KIT NO.
2 525.00. REFERENCE THIS SERVICE LETTER, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN
ORDERING SERVICE LETTER NO. 380 KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
Kit Kit
No. 1 No. 2
~TY PTY PART NO DESCRIPTION
p,, 1 of 6
SERVICE LETTER NO. 360
FT~GHLIHT
PICCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
i. Remove upper forward baggage compartment liner to gain access to left and right nap brackets that are located
above the fuselage lavatory oompartment.
2. Using a flashlight and an inspection mirror, inspect lower inboard clip and lower bracket on left and nght Oap
brackets for open drilled holes in clip and bracket (refer to Figure 1).
8. If no open drilled holes are located in lower flap brackets or clips, reinstall baggage compartment liner and
proceed to step 6.
4. If open drilled holes are located in lower napbraekets or clips, proceed as follows:
a. Disconnect and remove aileron servo and servo brackets to facilitate modilcation offlap brackets.
b. Disconnect and remove push-pull rod a88embly from nap bracket pulley assemblies.
o. Remove lavatory interior overhead panels and aft pressure bulkhead interior panels to expose aft
pressurebulkhead.
d. Trim lower end of existing clip and drill out upper two (2) existing rivets attaching clip to vertical angle
(refer to Figure 2).
a. Drill and install 610103-51 doubler (leEt aide) andior 61010352 doubler (right side) and 510103-SS radius
black on existing clip and vertical angle picking up rivet hole locations noted in step d. (refer to Figure
9).
I. Locate, drill and install 51010556 clip, 510105´•57 shim, 610105-58 doubler (left side) andior 61010S-S10
a~uulr iri61~ ~na ui´•~ (ron~ a Filu~ 31
C
J~IOH
CAUTION 1
g. Reinstall push´•pull rod assembly on nap bracket pulley assemblies using existing hardware.
h. If necessary, trim SlolOS´•S1 andior -92 doublers and 51010S´•SS clip O clear push-pull rod assembly a
i. Reinstall ailemn servo brackets and aileron servo using existing hardware.
j. Check nap central rigging as outlined in Chapter 21 of the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
k. Check aileron cable tensions as outlined in Chapter 21 of the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
i. Using sealant conforming to Military Specification MIL´•6´•8802, seal rivet heads in iavatory
compartment overhead per procedures outlined in Chapter 20 of the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
Allow sealant to cure properly prior to installing lavatory upholstery panels.
m. Reinstall lavatory overhead panels and aft pressure bulkhead interior panels.
Page 2 of 6
SERVICE LETTER NO. 36(1
YERTICI\LANaLE
IREF)
3
t~ II i i~++
ExlanNo CLIP
(REF)
j
INSPECT ~FT ENO OF THIS
BRACKET P.ND CLIP FOR
LEFT FLAP sRnCKET
OPEN DRILLED HOLES
(REF)
VERTICI\L~NGLE
rL~
i
-i-
FlgUIB i.
Page 3 of 6
SEKVICE LE~ER NO. 380
(REF)
t -t- C
rlNBO
C
r--
Al I II;IJI A
f
DRILL OUT TOP
TWO 12) RIVETS
THe~T A~*CH CLIP
TO VERTICI\L I\N(ILE
BULKHE~O
(REF) VIEW A-A ‘YERTIC*L PINGLE
(nER
Paee 4 of 6
SERVICE LE1TgR NO. 360
REAR SPAR
Q~
(REF)
A III I IIA IA
EYISTINO LOWER
BRACKET EXISTING WEB
(REF) dgl (RER
NlnnasleuNonnr.r
OR M92041011D4 RIVET 510103-911 TAPERED SHIM
(8 PLS)
~5173(189 BLIND RIVET
88201704\04 RIVET
(4 PLS)
I
510103-911 VIEW B-B
X TAPERED SHIM
I~ 51o103-9laHIM
\"h
510109-81 CLIP
51010381
DOUBLER DOUBLER NI\S17388B BLIND RIVETS
8\’ OR
MS204101\D5 RIVETS
B 510103´•83
RADIUS BLOCK
o.ls´•´• MIN.
+i
I
Page 6 oE6
SERVICE LE1TER NO. 360
s ~inarsa
RECORD COMPLIP~NCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance reeai´•dl as follows: SBNice Letter No.
360, dated 1 August 1833. entitled "Flap Bracket Inspection". accomplished idatel
Paea 6 of 6
Service. .Letteu Gulfstream
Aerospace
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REqUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE LETTER MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH
YOUR NEAREST GULFWREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR 513.00. REFERENCE THIS
SERVICE LETTER, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING SERVICE LETI~ER
NO. 361 KIT CONSISTING OQ THE FOLLOWING:
ACCOMPPLSHMEET INSTRUCTIONS:
2. Remove baggage compartment liner, as necessary, to expose nap actuating cylinder. The nap actuating cylinder
is locatedjust forward and above the baggage compartment door.
4. Remove and discard existing naps up hydraulic hose assembly (Pn~i 1905(4-81) from nap actuating cylinder (refer
Page 1 of 2
SERYICE LE~ER NO. 381
a wrer uirr buhdb .ilh´•r lid. ov.r ho* ~th Yrul~h ringl inp aai ssiure ea.h end of
tape using MS9367´•18 tiedown straps (refer to Figure i).
Perform leak oheok of the nap actuating systee tb~’a maximum normal operating pressure of 1000 psi.
ELECTRICAL LOAD: NO
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Illustrated Pens Catalog change required by this document will be incorporated st
the nert scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLIP~NCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Letter No.
361, dated 4 November 1985, enwtled "Hydraulic Hose Replacement", accomplished (date)
FLPIPACTUATINO
CYLINDER IREFL
Page 2 of 2
e~ill
C Culfstream
Aerospace
ACCOMPLISnMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
NOTE
Page 1 ol 1
Service Lettev Culfsrream
Aerospace
MOTE
C rots
PARTS DI\TPI: I’AKTS RR9UIKII) TO COMPI.Y WITH THIS SERVlcl I.En´•BH MAY ng I’ItOCUKEI) TRHOU(:H
YOUH NF.AHFST QUI.FSTII~AM UOMMANI)EH AUTHOKLEBI) YBHVLCENTBK FOK (20.0(1. KgFF.KRNUE TIIIY
SIIILVI(:g AIII(:KAPP MOI)BT. ANI) FAOTOHY SIKIAL NUMDOK WHEN OKI)EHLN(: I.F~1TRI1
NO.:lliP KI1‘ (:ONSIYTLN(: OF THR FOIII.OWIN(::
IICCO.PUS...NT INglllUenMIP;
EMERGENCY EXIT
WINWWOPENIN(I
IREFI
C
BEFORE CHANGE
EXISTING PLATE
(REF)
"1 II II
AFTER CHANGE
+111
RIVETS
’I IACCEPTABLE TO USE N~S17SBB(lb
BLIND RIVETS IF NECESSARY)
II
II
h;
INSTALL IWOSIS1S PLATE WITH THREE 131
MS9mSbOB05 MUCKS IFOR HOLES WITH MAXIMUM
NOOnP CLEANUP DIA. OF 0.202´•1 OR M990351-08~ MUCKS
ALLOWED IFOR HOLES WITH MAXIMUM CLEANUP oln. of
8285"). ANY COMBINATION OF MS90J64 HUCI(S
ISACCEPTABLE.
Pa~e 2 of 4
SII1V1(:l r.B~PTII( NO. :l(i2
I\
i,
i
850783´•689
Fipura 2.
Pa~e 3 aI 4
SRI(VI(:R LRTTRK NO.:162
:I
n side rsscl illilt is isc;ltrd amar~enay exit windllw opening end side pilnel below wind~lw
illl.,iLllnol.alncy exit wincl.lw 1II explu;e ~,hlerver seat shoulder hurne*s iltt,lell litting
I(aml,va channel il’iN X6111:l(l-1281 th;,t is isci)lcd below the emergenmy exit window ~,psning.
6 inspecl ~ihl,ulclsr h;ll´•lloxx;llluch litting li,l’ it ~lp between lilting ilnd support plilte (rriir tcl I’igule 1).
7 i)lill ilut tll,´•ee I:11 i´•iwlr th,,t ilttiluh i,l,servsr aeilt sh~lulder hill´•ncsx;,tti,eh iilline xuppil,´•t plate ttl lunll;lgu lulmr
;11 st;ltilll, B(i611 irular t~l [iigure Il.
H. InLil’"’t thl´•se (:II holsn in ILlaii~Ee lismr li,r pllsaihle eillnpation IrrBI to PiFurr I)
L). 11´• 11(1181 in li´•ilml´• ;~l´•r nl,t elonhratrd and nl, Rap iX evidenl between littinl: and support plate. reill*tsll
exixtinl: auppslt plate usinl: NI\SI7:IRRS-5 blind rivets and prcneed to step il.lrelir tl, PiRura 1).
111 11’ h~llaa in Ib*rlilUe irilmu are elongnterl or ovenile or a ilap between litling imd support plate is evident. pn,crad
b. I)l´•ill out first two 12) rivet~ above and below support plate nttachinl! hnlrs irefer to Fihrurr 1)
c. Uxing a hale finder, locate. drill and install L000SR-S18 plate on fuselage frame Assure thilt no gap
axistu between ntting and plate ire~er to Figure i).
d I’*oeeed to step ii
I(i Yuijr Eu*hion on observer sent and illstall 860?H3´•689 placard on top of front lip of seat base iroLI to i’igure 21
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane mnintonance re~ordJ as B,liowa: Servicr Letter No
:1~1, dated 17 November 1983, entitled "lnspsotion anPor Mndineatinn of Observer Seat Shoulder Ilnmeua Structure’~,
;ec~lnlpli*hpd (date)
Page 4 of 4
dl
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: POSSIBLE BLOCKAGE OF FUEL DRAIN PATHS WITH SEALANT WHICH COULD
CAUSE UNDRAINABLEI[INU8ABLE FUEL TO INCREASE SLIGHTLY, INCREASE
CHANCE FOR BACTERIA GROWTH IN FUEL AND POTENTIAL WATER TRAPS
IN FUEL TANK AREA.
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE LETTER MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH
YOUR NEAREST CULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR (8.75. REFERENCE THIS
SERVICE LET~ER, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING SERVICE LET~ER
NO. 365 KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
SPECIALTOOLS: NONE.
ACCOMt´•LISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
NOTE
2. Remove upper aceee. doors, between wing station (WS) 141.0 to wing stntion 255.52, from left and right ~vlng
(refer to Figure I).
Page 1 of 6
..;I__..;
8ERYICE LETTER NO. SBS
B
A-c, C-h D~h D
ii
U-
:P,. O
o
O
-r
G) ~dl
A~J Dcl Dt] DI-~i
DONOTAEMOVE
GE*L~NT AT WS 160.0
VIEW A-A
D INolcnrEsnnEnsro
ii
Fiaurs 1.1Shsat 1 ~t 0)
Page 2 ol B
SERV~CE LETTER NO. SBS
Inz.o
ONLY
142.0
ONLY
VIEW B
C:
D
B INDICI\TESPIREAS
BE CLEAR OF SEALANT
TO
WS 178.6
F5urs i. IShsat of 3)
Page 3 ol B
SERVICE LETTER NO. S83
VIEW D-D
I Y\D"
B
VIEW E
SHOWING WS 216.0 SAME AS WS 234.6
EXCEPT AS NOTED
88
BINDICATEII\REABTO
BE CLEAR OF SE~LANT
VIEW F
SHOWING WS 197.3 SAME AS WS 216.0
EXCEPT AS NOTED
Fieur´•l. (Shsat 3 of 3)
Page( olB
BERVICE LETTER NO. 583
AREA TO BE CLEARED
OFSEALANTITYR
RIBASSY
REMOVE SEALANT
FROM HOLES ITYPI
CENTERLINE OF
CUTOUT
REMOVE SEALANT IN RIB CUTOUTS
TO ALLOW A IlalNCH ROo TO PASS
THROU(IH CUTOUT. BE EXTREMELY
CAREFUL SO AS NOT TO REMOVE
EXCESSIVE SEALANT IN AREAS SHOWN
TYPICAL VIEW OF RIB CUTOUTS WHICH COULD CAUSE LEAKS. NO EXPOSED
FOR MODEL 8800. SERIAL NOS. 11851 METAL I\LLOWEO.IF NECESSARY. TOUCHUP
THRU 11730. MODEL 8800. SERIAL NOS. SEALANT:
15001 THRU15028. MODEL 586. SERIAL
NOS. 85038 TnRU 85084 AND MODEL 885A.
SERIAL NOS. 98001 THRU 88078.
Fieure 2.
Page 5 oI6
SERVICE LE1TER NO. 383
3 Hemove screws attaching outboard and mid-wing fuel transmitters to access doors and remove doors.
1
ma~act in i .b that ela~ i. n.~
5. If any area, noted in Figure 1., is blocked by sealant, remove excess sealant from that area to eliminate blockage.
See Figure 2 for typical view of area to be cleared of sealant st cutouts and stringers.
NOTE
8. Remove all sealant from wing access doors and access door openings. Care should be taken so as not to scratch
the metal surface.
7. To prevent contamination of fuel, assure that all fragments of sealant are removed from wet wine fuel area prior
to installing wing access doors.
8. Apply alodine solution, as necessary, to bare metal on inner surface of access doors and outer surface of access
door openings in wing.
9. Reinstall existing fuel transmitters on wing access doors using existing hardware and new 630594-1 gaskets.
Torque screw 20 to 25 inch-pounds.
LO. Reinstall and seal existing wing access doors as outlined in Chapter 67 of the Airplane Maintenance Manual
11. Perform fuel system pressure check as outlined in Chapter 28 of the Ai~lane Maintenance Manual.
L3 T.u.hu~iulintssnsEPrsSI
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance I´•ecords as follows: Service Letter No.
383, dated i November 1883, entitled "Fuel Drain System Inapection", accomplished (dnte)
Page 6 ofR
Service Letter Gulfstream
Aerospace
NOTE
PARTS DATA: MATERIAL RE~UIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE LETI~ER IS FURNISHED WITH THIS
SERVICE LETTER AT NO CHARGE UNTIL 18 NOVEMBER 1984 AND CONS1STS OF THE FOLLOWING:
8PECIALTOOLS: NONE.
ICCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Remove two (2) aorews that attacb annuncintor face plate to annuneiator panel and remove face plate (refer to
Figure Il.
2. Remove e.isting amber tape behind’SERIES MODE" nomenclature and apply TC6009 blue tape (refer to Figure
Ii.
Page 1 of 2
´•j/
i ´•IL*.
Oe~
´•I
Flgura i.
N~CHANCE
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: Pilot Operating Handbwlt change required by this document is furnished with this
Service Letter.
RECORD COMPLI~NCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance recoids as follows: Service Letter Na. 564
dated 18 November 1983. entitled "leries Mode Annunciator Light Tape Replacement", accomplished (dstei
Pnge2ofB
RMSON FOR PUBLIC~TION: TO PROVIDE FUEL 800ST PUMPS WITH IMPROVED RELIABILITY.
NOTE
ESTIMI\TED M*N HOURS: INSPECT BOOST PUMPS FOR MODEL NUMBER TEN (101 MINUTES
REPLACE BOOST PUMPS TWO (2) HOURS.
PARTS DATA: PARTS RE~UIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE LETTER MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH
YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR $1061.71 PER KB, h FULL
CREDIT WILL BE ISSUED UPON RECEIPT OF OLD Pn~T 630590-103 (VENDOR MODEL NO. 3B1´•1 OR 381-1A) FUEL
BOOST PUMPS, A PROPERLY EXECUTED CLAIM AND A COMPLIANCE CARD IF RECEIVED PRIOR
TO 3 FEBRUARY 1986. REFERENCE THIS SERVICE LETTER, AIRCRAIT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL
NUMBER WHEN ORDERING SERVICE LETTER NO. 365 KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
NOTE
Page 1 ol 1
SERVICE LETTER NO. 365
sPw;laLrao~; NONE´•
ACCOMPIISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
I. Gain access to Left and right Fuel boost pumps, Located in nacelles, through main landing gear wheel well doors.
NOTI
8. Remove the left andior right fuel boost pumps as follows (refer to Figure i):
drain the fuel lines to the fuel boost pumps by using the drain valves located just below the
a. Completely
fuel boost pumps.
b. Disconnect the electrical wiring and ground jumper cable from the fuel boost pumps and stow wires out
of the way so as not to damage wiring while removing boost pumps.
d. Disconnect the fuel supply line from the existing AN919-20D reducer.
e. Disconnect the fuel scavenge Line from the existing AN?83D12 tee.
f On the left boast pump, disconnect the existing M821919DG42 lower clamp, on the boost pump, from the
g. Disconnect the engine fuel supply line from the existing AN?83D12 tee.
h. Loosen the two (2) existing AN?S?TWLI1 clamps, attaching boost pump to boost pump bracket assembly,
while supporting the boost pump.
i. Remove existing fuel boast pump, with flttings still installed on boost pump. from boost pump bracket
assembly.
j. Remove the fittings from the boost pump, as a unit (do not disassemble nttings), and note the number
Install 8ttings, a. a unit, on the new 630380-503 (Madel No. 311?-4) boost pump using new S-0310´•glaHT
o-rings. Screw fittings into the boast pump the same number of turns noted in step j.
I. Install the new boost pump on the existing bracket assembly end finger tighten the existing AN?3?TW91
clamps.
m. Reconnect the existing fuel and drain lines 0 fuelboost pump and reposition boost pump on the bracket
assembly as required.
a. On the lett boost pump, reinstall the existing M921819DG42 clamp an the boost pump and the e.is"np
MS21918D08 clamp on the fuel scavenge line using existing hardware.
i
Page a of 4
8ERVICE ~TTER NO. 985
SUPPLY LINE
8OO8TPUMP
(REF1
BR~CKETA88Y
EXISTINO*NIIITWBI
12 PLSI
MS21818DOI
CLAMP (REF)
orul.uwr
IREFI
EXISTING FITTINGS
IRE Fl
FUEL DRAIN VALVE
INSTALL NEW 60310QllnT (REF)
O´•RINO 12 PLSI
NOTE
13. Functionallytest the fuel boost pumps and t~el scavenge system as outlined in Chapter 28 of the Airplane
Maintenance Manual under paragraph labeled Low Fuel Scavenge Gystem
Page 3 of 4
SERVICE LETTER NO. 965
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance remrda as follows: Service Letter No.
385, dated 3 February 1884, entitled "Fuel Boost Pump Replaoement", accomplished (dato)
Page 4 of 4
´•II _I
NOTE
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS RE~UIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE LETTER MAY BE PROCURED FROM
YOUR NEAREST OULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR $16.76. REFERENCE THIS
SERVICE LETTER, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING SERVICE LETTER
I
NO. 366A KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
.Pagelof 7
SERVICE LETI~ER NO. BBBA
~n PARING. DESCILrPTION
(I
1 ea. 310054-RE3 Angle
1 ea. 310054iRE4 Angle
1 ea. 310054-RE5 Cha~nal
1 ea. 31(0544-RE1 Strap
4 ea. MS21044N3 Nut
4 ea. AN960-10L Washer
4 ea. AN3-4A Bolt
2 ea. Compliance Card
II 1 ea. Service Letter No. BBBA Instructions
SPECIALTOOLS: NONE.
ACCOMPL)SnMENT INSTRUCTIONB:
I. Cain access to the nose landing gear drag link support structure through the access panel located on the right
aids of the airplane at FS -12.00.
NOTE
2. Inspect nose landing gear drag link support far loose bolts which attach support channel to 310054-25 channel.
If bolts are found to be loose, inspect Ear elongated holes in both channels (refer to Figure 1). If hales are not
dShtEn *lg. B*l.t ,I. p~.´•rri II ~f LU S.rvi~e
3. Inspect upper channel and lower channel at forward end for cracks in the radius of the bend adiacent to the
surface which attaches to the web (reler to Figure i). If cracks srs found proceed to Part II.
4. If no cracks or elongated hales are found, perform this inspection every 100-hours. Part II of this Service Letter
ii shall be accomplished before the~fth 100-hour inspection (after November 2, 1984) regardless ofthe link
at or
support condition. Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying thatPart I has been aeeompiished.´•
NOTE
1. Gain access to the nose landing gear drag link support structure through the nose wheel well and access panel
located on the right side of the airplane st FS -12.00.
2 Using a C10 bit, stop drill cracks in upper and lower channels.
3. Drill out the forward nine rivets which attach the existing upper channel to the existing web.
5. Dnll out the rivals which attach the cover to the upper and lower channels.
6. lour bolts, washers, and nuts which attach the upper and lower channels to the existing 310054-25
Page2of’i
SERVICE LET1’ER NO, 366A
7. Urill out the rivets at the forward end of the cover. These rivets attach the cover and clip to 510054-25 channel
Not. that the clip remains installed. Pry cover away from upper and lower channels. Use caution only to apply
enough Fores to the cover to gain access to the interior parts of this assembly. Do not damage or sevel´•ely bend
cover. Place a screw driver or similar tool at the aft closure point of the cover and upper and lowel´• channels
to wedge the cover open at the forward end.
8. Remove the two bolt., washers and nuts which attach 310051-25 channel to the support channel. Remove aild
discard 310054-25 channel.
9. Position 310054-RE3 angle an upper channel as shown in Figure i, Detail B. Trim 310054-RE3 angle as
necessary to ensure a proper fit. Match drill rivet and bolt holes.
10. Locate and drill hales in 310054-RE3 and upper channel, follow drill pattern as shown an Figure i, Detail B.
ii. Attach 310054-RE3 angle to the upper channel and web using a NAS17S8B6 blind rivet or MS20470AD5 rivet
in the farward mast position and eight NAS1138BS blind rivets.
12. Attach 310054-RE3 to the upper channel with seven NAS1738B6 blind rivets.
13. Perform steps 9. thru 12. using 310064-RE4 and lower channel.
14 Remove wedge and secure cover to the lower and upper channels using NA91738B5 blind rivets.
15. Position 310064-RES channel between cover and support channel. Trim 310064-RE5 as necessary to ensure a
proper fit. Prior to match drilling assure that 310054-RES channel is a nush fit between caver and support
16. If 310064-RES channel does not fit Rush, fabricate and fit shim(s) made from 2024-T3 aluminum. A maximum
thickness of 0.010-inch shims are allowed between 310054-RE5 channel and support or channel cover.
17. Match drill 310054RE6 channel to cover and clip. Install four MS20470AD6 rivets or NAS1738B6 blind rivets
to attach channel to cover. clip and shim(s) as required,
18. Match drill 310054-RE6 channel to upper and iawer channels and install Four AN3-4A bolts, AN960-10L
washers and MS21o44N3 nuts to attach 310054RE6 to upper and lower channels. Inspect installation to ensure
that washers do not ride on radius of 310054-REB channel.
19. If washers ride on radius of 310054´•RE5 channel, remove washers and nuts. Fabricate a radius black to be
installed under both washers on the side affected. Install radius blocks, washers and nuts (next bolt grip length
size may be used if requiredl.
20. Trim 310054-RE1 strap as necessary to fit in forxerd side oFsupport channel.
21. Position 310064-RE1 strap on forward side of support channel. (See Figure 1. View D-D). Match drill holes in
strap,
22. Drill two 0.250 to 0.294-inch diameter holes in Si0054-BE5 channel to match location in support channel
23. Locate and drill eight holes in S10064´•RE1 strap and support channel, tSee Figure i, View D-D for rivet
pattern),
24. Attach 310054-RE7 strap to support channel using sight NAS1738B6 blind rivets or MS20410ADB rivets.
25. Secure 310064-RE5 channel to support channel, 310054-RE1 strap and shim(s), as required, with two ANI-SA
26. Inspect AN4-6A bolt heeds installation to ensure that bolt heads do not ride on radius of310064RE5 channel.
27. If bolt heads ride an radius of 310054-RE5, remove bolta, washers and nuts. Fabricate a radius block to be
installed under bolt heads. Install radius blocks. bolts (next bolt pip length size may be used if required),
washers and shim(s) (if required).
Page 3 of 7
SERVICE LETTER NO. aBBA
EXIST1NB
SUPPORT
"JI
EX18TIN(I UPPER r
CHANNEL SHOWN PI
WITH nhlqLe prm
3(W0eRES
ExlsnNo LOWER
INSTALLED
CHANNEL SHOWN
WITH AN(ILE PIN
~1DOW´•RII
INSTALLED
DET~II B
(8haat? Dt
%S
D~g,
ExlsnNo
P
9
Il Il I
O
a
Oln o
a
lo~-.- a
o,
EXISTIN(I
STRAP CDVER
00 NOi
REMOVE
EXISTIN(I OLO P/N CHANNEL
CLIP NEW PIN 3100MeRE6 CHANNEL
DETAIL A
Page 4 ol 7
SERVICE LETTER NO. SBGA
i+t
C~
I;i a76.´•
ii O I t´•
0.35’~ 1
EXISTING SPACER
IIF INSTALLED)
0.78"
mpll II I t
’t
EXISTING UPPER
1’
0.35.:
CH~NNELISHOWN) ITYPI
LOWER CHANNEL
IOPPI COVER
DETAIL E
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
~e -i- -.i-: I ii
il+
D1A. HOLE t
NAB171sBS f
BLIND RIVET
OR MS10470AO5
1 1~1 C
RIVETS II 1 1111
I2PLS) II
L i i; i´• C C
Z of 31
Figula i. Naa L~ndlna Osn Drse Lin* Suppo~ (Shwt
PageDof7
SERYICE LETTER NO. QBBA
rl
MS21044´•N3 NUT
14PL4
I
EXISTING
COVER
ANGLE
IREFI 1-c r! (.SD’´•
IREF)
ii
II
O
0.183/0.189" DI*. HOLE
M82047P~DB
OR NI\S173888
I4PLS)
0 0 j 0.250/0.254" OIA. HOLE
AN4´•6P1 BOLT
I\NBBO~1R WASHER (21
MSZ1044´•N4 NUT
12 PLS)
0/10"
INPI
VIEW D-D
E
LOOKING FWD
31WSaRE6
lr
CHANNEL
II
,i
VIEW FOR
CLARITY ONLY
31W54´•RE7
ITRI\P
LOOKING INBD
Page sof7
BERVICE LETTER NO. 386A
I
SPPIRES AFFECTED: NO.
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The applicable Maintenance Manual and Illustrated Farts Catalog ehnnaes rcqoirrd by
this document will be incorporated at the nent scheduled i´•evision.
RECORD COMPLI*NCE:
No. 366A, dated 22
accomplished
Make appropriate entry in the airplane maintenance records as follows;
an
Page’lof?
´•2*
STC APPROVED:
MODEL 690, SERIAL NOS. 11001 THRU 11019.
MODEL 690A, SERIAL NOS. 11100 THRU 11194.
REASON FOR PUBLIC~TION: TO RECOMMEND COMPLIANCE WITH PARKER HANNIFIN CORP PRM
NO. 36
(REV. A) WHICH REDUCES BRAKE PISTON STROKE, THUS EXTENDING O-
RING LIFg ADDS SELPAWUSTIND DRAKE FEATURE.
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITII TIIIS SERVICE LE~PTER MAY BE PROCURED
THROUGH
YOUR NEAREST CULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SILRVICENTER FOR
(220.00. REFERENCE THIS
SERVICE LETTER, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING
SERVICE LE1TgR
NO. 361 KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
Pd~ notla
SPECI~LTOOLS: NONE.
Paselaf 3
SERVICE LE~EK NO. 367
INPTRUCTIONS:
C-
cnurloN
Accomplish the following brake rework by installing Conversion Kit Pi~ 199-13000 as authorized by Parker Hannifin
Corp. PRM No. 36 (REV. A):
3. (WHILE WEARING SAFETY GLASSES) carefully Loosen the bolt which retains the enisting retract springs to
ibeback of the Hydraulic Pistons. (Typ. 8 places.) Remove and discard all parts.
6. Remove the 24 bolts which attach the beck plates to the Brake Cylinders, and remove brakes ham aircraft.
Screw one of the Back Plate attachment bolts into each piston in succession, and with hand pressure, pusheach
piston out of the Brake Cylinders. (MARK EACH PISTON AND BORE TO ENABLE~CT
REASSEMBLY.)
10. Special attention should be given to the piston bores and pistons
A. Piston bores and "0" ring grooves should have foreign material loosened and Bushed from all surfaces,
(The large diameter piston bore groove should not be polished with any abrasive material.)
8. The small diameter of the piston bore may be polished with steel wool or fine emery, but the finished
diameter shell not eroeed .565 min
C. The piston (lerge diameter) may be polished to remove shallow wear scratches andior nicks. The final
piston diameter, however, must be a minimum of 2.121.
D. Any prior rework to the above mentioned components which places them outside of the dimensional
limits defined, requires replacement of those components
11. Following cleaning and inspection of me cylinders anil pistons, instnll the new O-rings supplied in the Kit.
12. Lubricate the piston bares, O-rings and pistons with hydraulic nuld compatible with the aircraft system. Install
large O-ring in each cylinder groove and install small O-ring an each piston.
13. Lay the cylinder on a Rrm surface end insert piston into bore until the "0" rings prohibit further insertion. While
applying pressure with your thumbs, rotate the piston in a clockwise direction. After "O" ring squeeze is
overcome, the piston will slide freely into the bore. Push piston Bush to cylinder face. LRepeat 8 places.)
15. Install washers and cylinder tie bolts into cylinders and thru pressure plate. Typical 24 places.
Page 2 of 3
SERVICE LETTER NO. 361
CAUTION: (The brake may have had two (2) shima per cylinder
installed at disassembly. Reassembly, however, with the
new retract mechanisms requires that only one shim be
used~. The additional shims may be saved and used as
I?. Install back plates and tighten (24 each) cylinder tie bolts. (FINAL TOR~UE 85-90 IN-LBS.)
19. Apply brakes to hold pistons from turning. Install new retract mechanism into the back of each piston. Screw in
by hand, making sure that the stud botrome on the piston tail surface. (FINA4TOK~UE 30-40 IN-LBS.)
21. Apply decals supplied in kit lane per brats assembly) for reidentifieat~on, remove old decal.
SPARES AFFECTED: SPARES TO STOCK PARTS ONLY FOR THE 30´•10?C BRAKE ASSEMBLY.
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Pilot Operating Handbooks, Airplane Maintenance Manuals and Illustrated Parts
C;ltalog changes required by this document will be incorporated at the next scheduled
revision.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Istter No. 367,
dated 4 January 1985, entitled "Pnrker Hnnninn Corp. Product Reference Memo (PRM) No. 96 (REY. Al", accomplished
(date)
page 9 of 3
Sevvice Letter Guifs~ream
Aerospace
MODELS I\FFECrrD: MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11121 AND 11128 THRU 11734.
MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 15021 THRU 15033, 15035, 15036 AND 15037.
MODEL 69SA, SERIAL NOS. 88063 THRU 96061, 96083 THRU 96012, 96075, 98071, 96078,
96082, 96085 AND 86088.
MODEL 69511, SERIAL NOS. 86201 AND 96102.
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: STEEL SPACER ASSEMBLY REQUIRED DUE TO AUTOMATIC STEERING
SYSTEM REACTION TIME.
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE LETTER MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH
YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR 916.13. REFERENCE THIS
SERVICE LETTER AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING SERVICE LETTER
NO. 568 KB CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
SPEC(ALTOOLS: NONE.
Pegs 1olS
´•i
EXISTIN~ CRAIN
IREF)
NA~40DD3´•12 SPACER
12 PLSI
WASnER
ce PLO
r~nll´•nonl
FOLLOWUP
IREFI
I
r7 I I
EXlsTlNB SHIMISI
IREF) IAEF)
NAF480´•J´•24~ BOLT
TOROUE 20-28 IN´•LBS SPACER ASSY
lS PLD
EXISTING
WASHER(S1
(REF)
NUT
(REF)
COTTER PIN
NOSE
STEERING CYLINDER
IREF)
Fi~un
Page 2 of 2
SERVICE LETTER NO 368
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
2. Cain access to nose landing Bear spacer assembly through nose gear wheel well.
NOTE
a Mark chain and gear on follow-up potentiometer assembly sprocltet to assure that same gear tooth an
c Remove and discard existing bolts, washers, spacers and nuts that attach existing follow-up
potentiomster assembly and nose gear spacer assembly to nose gear collars (reBr to Figure 1).
a. Remove existing cotter pin, nut and washers (note location of washers) attaching nose steering
gear
cylinder rod end assembly and remove
to spacer and discard existing spacer assembly. Retain existing
shims for reinstnllation (refer to Figure i).
f install 160080-1 spacer assembly and existing shims between nose gear collars and connect spacer
assembly to nosegear steering cylinder rod end with existing washer(s) (reinstall in same location noted
in step a.) (refer to Figure 1)
i. Rotate follow-up potontiometer assembly and reconneot chain to sproctet assuring that mark on sproeket
gear tooth aligns with mark an proper chain link.
4 Reinstall radome an fuselage nose using existing hardware. Burnish baltiattach ureas to assure radome is
grounded to airframe.
PUBLICATIONS I\FFECTED: The Illustrated Par~8 Catalog change required by this document will be incorporated at
the next scheduled revision.
AECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Letter No.
368, dated 4 January 1985, entitled "Heavy Duty Nose Landing Gear Spacer Assembly", accomplished (date)
Page 3 oTS
r´•.
~ill
Service Letter Culfstream
Aerospace
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: POSSIBLE HAND ZIP OF LEAF SPRING WHICH COULD RESULT IN LOSS OF
SAFETY LATCH FEATURE
NOTE
SPECIALTOOLS: NONE.
PICCOMPL1SHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
2. Apply MIL-DdlS22C grease to not spring on landing gear control assembly. Grease is to be applied to the spring
surface that comes in contact with the pin that actuates the spring (refer to Figure 1).
3. Cycle the landing gear control lever two (a) or three (S) times. After each cycle of the gear control lever, assure
that the safety locking mechanism on the landing gear control assembly functions properly. To assure that
Ianding gear control assembly is functioning properly, preeeed as follows:
a. Without touching or releasing the safety locking mechanism lever, try to pull up on the control lever.
b. If control lever will not go up without releasing safety locking mechanism, proceed to step 4.
o. If control lever will go up without releasing safety locking mechanism, cheek for correct grease
´•P’inb ´•nd rs~i´• lan(bll Br" mWI la~r ro UIU all.LI lai*.lnah´•nul. ill
landing gear control assembly is functioning properly. Safety locking lever must move freely without
Page 1 oft
ii
SERYICE LE~ER
liP. S69
CENTER INSTRUMENT
PANEL (REF)
~iPq
;lnY8
A
e~I
U!A
4 4
SPRING
(REF)
LUBRICATE WITH
M~L-E81S22C GREASE O
0. a5" ABOVE AND BELOW PrN
pa ~En
O O
O O
LOOKING UP (REs)
rlsure i.
Page 2 ol S
SERVICE LE~ER NO. 369
d. If safety looking meehanism still does not function properly, replace existing landing gear control
aseembly with a new one.
4. After assuring that landing gear control assembly is functioning properly, removejacks from airplane.
SPARES AFFECTED: All spare Lending Dear Control Assemblies (Part Numbers 640084-1, 540084-601 and 560013-1)
must be pulled from shsl~staet lubricated and ehec~ed for proper operation
PUBLICPITIONS AFFECTED: The Airplane Maintenance Manual Interim Change Notice requiring lubrication of
lending gear control spring even twelve (12) months is included with this Service Letter.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Malts an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Letter No. 369,
dated 11January 1985, entitled "Landing Dear Control Lubrieetion", aeoomplishod (date)
Page 3 of 3
Lettersox CulFMlramAtms~eeCorporaIion
PEASON FOR PUBUC~TION: TO PROVIDE A COMPRESSOR BELT COVER TO PROTECT TRIM TAB CONTROL
CABLES IF THE COMPRESSOR BELT SHOULD BREAK.
NOTE
PARTS BATA:
PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY THIS SERVICE LETTER MAY BE PROCURED
TIII~OUGH YOUR NEARE9T GULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR 819.26.
REFERENCE THIS SERVICE LE~ITER, AIRCIIAFT MODEL AM) FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING
SERVICE LET~R NO. S10 KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
Plkrual´•´•taa4´•~laMnn*-
Page 1 of 2
SERVICE LETTER NO. 370
i. Gain access to Reon air conditioner compressor, located in aR fuselage, through baggage compartment door or
2. Check Reon air conditioner compressor forinstallation of drive belt cover II cover is not installed, proceed to
S. Install 1250iBB cover assembly on compressor as shown on kit drawing K12l01s0 dated November aB, 1984.
PUBLICI\TIONSAFPECTE0: NONE.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in ai~plans maintenance records as follows: Service Letter No.
3?0, dated 4 October 198B, entitled "Freon Air Conditioner Compressor Belt Cover Assembly Installation", accomplished
(date)
page 2 of 2
~ervice Lettev wii* airwn
REASON FOR PUBUCATION: TO EXPAM) UPPER TEMP&RATZTRE RANCE FOR MORE CABIN HEAT DURING
COLD WEATHER OPERATIONS.
NOTE
ACCOMPL)SHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1´• Remove Envim Control Panel (located below pilot’s in~trument penal) for Model Bg0C, Serial No’s. 11800 thru
11?29, Model BW)D, Serial N~a. 16001 Lrulb024. Model 685; Serial Nb’n. 91000 thru 85084, Model BBM,
8erial No’a. 88000 thru 98055: (lacated in center guadrant) for Model 680C, Serial No’s. ll?SO Wuu 11?96,
Modal 89)D, Serial N~I1. 16026 Wru 16042, Mode! 885A, Serial Na’s. 98066 thru 98100, Model 886B, Serial
NdB´• 86201 thru 88208 $BB RIBM 1)´•
a. Remove the two (2) 5.1 K Ohm ~-natt rralsters Ram the terminal of the temperature select pot Recormeet
wires 8 and II to respective terminals oltampsrahua select pat (see Figure 2).
PUBLIC~ITION AFFECTED: The applicable Maintenance Manual Wiring Diagram and Illusbated Parts Catalog
changes required by this document will he ineolprated at neat scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPUANCI: MaLs an appmpriata entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Letter Na.
S?1, dated 28 April 1888, Entitled "Expanded Temperature Range .f Enviro System In Auto Mode" accomplished
(date)
Page 1012
SERVICE LETI~ER NO. 311
U1SS
MW
HwunL IHcn Mnx
ec=cm~
CI17~
Plgun 1
151
I II
111
i i
p~n2
PagsaoPa
_ _
MODELS AFFECTED MODEL 690C SERIAL NOS. 11602. 11603. 11614. L1618. i 1620. 11614. 1L636. i 1638. 11640.
11662, L16j6. 11663, 11664. 11669. 11613. 11676. ilBi9. 11681. 11682. 11683. L1685. 11687,
11693.11101.11103. 11709, 11721.
MODEL 690D SERIAL NOS. 15004. 15006. 15007, 1IOLL. 15014. 15015. 15016. 15020. 15021,
15025, 15026.15028.15032, 15039. 15042.
MODEL 695 SERIAL NOS. 95003. 95006, 95008. 95016, 95022.95024, 95034. 9044. 95048.
1)5058,
85060, 95061. 95(162. 95065, 95070, 95079, 95084.
YODEL 69SA SERIAL NOS. 96012, 96013,96025, 96032. 96033. 96055. 95058. 96066
MODEL 6968 SERIAL NOS. 96062 AND 96207
REASON FOR PUBLICAT1ON: TO IMPROVE HEATING DURING DROUND OPERATION AT LOW AMBIENT
TEMPERATURES.
NOTE
FARTS DATA: REPLACEMENT AMBIENT VALVE MAY BE PURCHASED THROUGH YOUR NEAREST
GULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER TO OBTAIN PARTS CREDIT. A
AMBIENT VALVE MUST BE RETURNED WITHIN 15 DAYS 130 DAYS INTERNATIONALLYI OF
SHIPMENT DATE OF REPLACEMENT VALVE WITH A PROPERLY EXECUTED WARRANTY
CLAIM AND A COMPLIANCE CARD. THIS OFFER EXPIRES 12 MONTHS FROM DATE OF THIS
SERVICE LETTER REFERENCE MODEL OF AIRPLANE AND SERIAL NUMBER WHEN
ORDERING.
SPECIALTOOLS: NONE.
ACCOMPLISHMENTINSTRUCTIONS:
1. Gain aeeess to noweontrol velveaaaembly located leftofcenterline, top oPaft fuselage area through baggage door
3. Remove clamp and ambient sir hose fmm Lhe noweontrol valve assembly.
4. Remove ambient air inlet iubei0nnge asrembly ileaeh 8-32 screwlsee Figure 1.
Page loE 3
SERVICELETTERNO.SL3?2
Icavno~
CAVTION I
Align mark check valve location and onentatlon between the ambient
valve and the now controlvalve. Location and orientation must not be
~hangadduringdiaassembly and reassembly.
I CAUTION
B. Inlltall replacement ambient valve (4each 8-52 screw) seeFigure 1.Torque screws 12 to L8 inch-pounds.
Reinstall ambient air inlet tubeinanga assembly and motor support bracket to the flow control valve (4 each 8-32
screw) see Figure i. Torquesrrews 12 to 15 inch-pounds.
ELECTRICALLOP.O: NOCHANGE.
WEIOHT*NDBALPIHCE: NOCHANGIE.
SPI\RESAFFECTED: NO.
RECORD COMPLI*NCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Letter No.
SL372, dated _October, 1989, entitled "Envim System Ambient Valve ReplaesmenC’ accomplished
(dste)
PagePoFS
SERVICELEWERNO.ILS?1
ij
CIECKYALYE
Flplra i.
PageSofS
PN/N
COMMANDER
SE RVICE LETTER
~RLINOTON. WA 9823´•183:
PHONE i380) *559797 F*X(~BO) rJ5111:
Models Affected: All Twin Commander Models except for Models 500, 520, 560,
560A, 560E, 680, 680E, 700 and 720
Reason for Reports from the field of cracks found in Clevis P/N ED12758
Publication: and ED12526, cracks or mounting bosses
distortion of the on the
M.L.G. outer body and cracks in drag brace assembly P/N
ES12404.
Parts Data: As Required: 1 ea. ED12758 and 1 ea. ED12526 per MLG Assy.
Accomplishment Instructions:
1. Jack the aircraft in accordance with the applicable Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
Cautionl
Do not attempt to disconnect either end of the hydraulic-pneumatic actuating
cylinders until the pressure in the landing gear nitrogen storage bottle hat been
reduced to "O" PSI.
Page 1 of 3
Service Letter No. 376
4. Disconnect the actuating cylinders from the devises on the strut and secure the cylinders
5. Remove the bolts that secure the clevis to the outer body and remove the clevis.
6. Replace the devises with New or perform a Magnetic Particle inspection per ASTME
1444 or equivalent.
elongation of the
7. Inspect the M.L.G. clevis attachment bass for obvious distortion or
mounting hole.
8. Measure the diameter of the mounting hole and determine that it does not exceed 0.877".
9. Perform a Fluorescent Dye Penetrant inspection of the clevis mounting boss in the area
illustrated on Figure 1.
Il.lf no defects are noted during this inspection, reassemble, rig and perform a landing gear
Spares Affected: No
Publications Affected: No
"Ser/ice Letter No. 376, dated April 25, 2000, entitled inspection
(Cartiflcate No.~
Page 2 0(3
Service LettBi Nd. 376
Areas to be inspected i
Figure 1
Upper Brag Brace illustration
Area to Be Inspected
Figure 2
Page 3 of 3
COMPLIANCE RECORD
OWNER NAME
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE NO FAx NO
DATE
(SIGNATURE)
COMPANY
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE FAX
SF
Aircraft Technical Publishers Customer Service
101 South Hill Drive 6AM-5PM PST M-F
Brisbane, CA 94005 (800)227-4610
1) Applicable AD
2) Part Kit (1)
Issue Number 3) Part Kit (2)
Issue Date Issue Description 4) Compliance Time
GC 0853 SI SF
1) Applicable AD
2) Part Kit (1)
Issue Number 3) Part Kit (2)
Issue Date Issue Description 4) Compliance Time
GC 0853 SI SF
1) Applicable AD
2) Part Kit (1)
Issue Number 3) Part Kit (2)
Issue Date Issue Description 4) Compliance Time
GC 0853 SI SF
1) Applicable AD
2) Part Kit (1)
Issue Number 3) Part Kit (2)
Issue Date Issue Description 4) Compliance Time
GC 0853 SI SF
1) Applicable AD
2) Part Kit (1)
Issue Number 3) Part Kit (2)
Issue Date Issue Description 4) Compliance Time
GC 0853 SI SF
1) Applicable AD
2) Part Kit (1)
Issue Number 3) Part Kit (2)
Issue Date Issue Description 4) Compliance Time
End of Index
GC 0853 SI SF
--´•´•;ul-~-
L "1
Servic~ :1 ormMaaMn
aml ~a na*nl *mm
m~m.gllmmlraB
ii
t’
8~RV1CE INFORMATION NO. SI-119B
(SuprRedes 8ervtce information Na. 8I-110A dated 4 December 1918)
20 March 1880
MODELS AFFEF~ED!:;"’I’’I’(: MODEL 5005, SERIAL NO’S 3265 ATID rmBS., MODEL 680A, SERIAL NO’S
1lsos THRU 11348, MODEL 680B, SERIAL NO1S11350 AND SUBS., YODEL
880C, SERIAL NO’S 11BW AM) SUBS., MODEL 685, SERIAL NO’S 85000
AND SUBS., AND MODEL~OOI SERVUl)rO’S 7W01 AND 6UBS.
-38u::;;:-- r*´•-l:-: -Q:~:":
-J--;.-´•-´•´•-´• ´•*´•-:--I1R´•~ rai?-( --´•~i;r;-
REASON FOR PUBLI~: TO PROVIDE A LLST OF SERVO CLIPI‘CH SETTINGS FOR AUTOMATIC
PILOTS INSTALLED ON ROCKWELL COMMANDER MODELS AFFECTED
AND THE REQUIRED FLIDHT MANUAL 8UPPLEMENTS.
INSTRUCTIONS:
YO1I
Page 1 ot 2
BERYICE INFORMATION NO. 81-1198
8 King KFC-aoo 32 (f 3) 46 r 5)
Pa~s 2 oi 2
i Rockwell intematlonal
i’
Stlrvjce onn*nNMol*wan
Mal Nonh *nnw
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
The following are excerpts from A1Resaarch Phoenlx Telex dated Map 25, 1880:
Until such time as sufficient information is gathered 0 permit more accurate assessment of the immediate and
long-term effects of operating the angina in an ash-laden environment the following recommendations should
be carefully considared in addition 0 those outlined in your routine maintenance program.
Recommendations
I. Whenever possible avcdd operation in known volcanic ash-laden environment. Exposure to tNs foreign
material Ln high concentrations or lesser concentration for prolonged periods La considered damaging to
the engine sind will likely result in increased cost of ownarship.
a. Engine oil filters should be examined more iraglent~y to Lnaure that abnormsil blockage is not
occurring. Would an unusupl amount of contaminate be observed in the the filter and
engine oil should be changed.
b. If oparallon in ash-ladan environment is fairly the engine oil change interval should
be shortensd to:
c. Fuel system filter should be more irequentlg examined to insure that blockage is not occurring.
d. Air fillers in pneumatic circuits associated with the AiResearch and Bendlx fuel control on
Turtdne Propulsion Engines /PS fLlter/ should be ewmined and cleaned as raguired afte. each
Right where ash was encountered.
i. In ash fallout areas, inlet and exhaust covers should be installed as engine cooling will
r parmit. This is to ave6d introduction of ash into the static engine.
Boon as
Page 1 of 4
iggRVICE NO. 8I-185
ffoTf!
Relaxatlon of these recommendations in favor of more tyFdcal, routine maintenance should begoverned by
experience. The rate at which erosion is occurring within the engine may be estimated by careful examination
of tan/prop blade and compresaor blade leading edges. Thlnn(lg, sharpedllg or roughrmng of these surfaces
is indicative of accelerated erosion.
The following are Eleerp~s frdm OenerR1 Aviation Airworthiness Alerta AC Na. 45-l8:
the best available information at this rine and will be amended as further
information and facts are gathered.
2. sac*ground. Volcanic ash from Mount st. nelens has been analysed to
and floride
contain abrasive and corrosive materials such as sulfuric acid
and chloride salts and acids. Oependinq on the location of the volcanic
ash fallout. the particle sises range froma8 small as .5 microns to 100
microns. Most aircraft screens will filter out material down to 15
microns bur will pass particles that are smaller.
i. Rirfranne.
Page a of 4
-i;
´•;;´•´•-´•ii-;´•;
(IERY~CE MFORMATION NO. SI-165
5.
(i) General. A. noted above the nature of the volcanic ash is that
it is both abrasive lin the form of fine powder) and corrosive iin the
form or acid content). Both and reciorocatinil engines may
be af~ecred. Compressor and Furbine blades suffer erosion by abrasive
abrasive wear.
The acids associated with the ash are soluble in ails and as such
PageSofl
IERYICE INFORMATION NO. 81-185
Right into volcaluc ash can damage windshields and aide windows by pitting due to sand blasting effect.
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Airplane Maintenance Manual changes required by this document will
be incorporated at a future date.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service
Information No. 81-165, dated( June 1888, entitled ’Yolcanic Ash Hazards", accomplished (date)
Page4o14
Rockwell internanonal
MODELS AFFECTED: MODELS 080A AND 500B, SEIIIAL NO’S. 11100 THRU 11688 THAT HAVE
REPLACED OUTFIXIW/8AFETY VALVES BETWEEN 1 JANUARY 1880
AND 51 OCTOBER 1880, AM) MODEL 8g0C, BEIIIAL NO’S. 11800 THRU
11648, AND MODEL 585, SERIAL NO’S. 85000 THRu 85051, 85055 THRU
85035.
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: TO RECOMMEND COMPLIANCE WITH AIRESEARCH MFO. CO. 8ERVICE
BULLETIN NO´• 5-2288.
noT8
PARTS DATA: Contact your nearest Rooltwell Commander AuUlodeed Facility for replacement hdnoul/8a(ety
Valve part number 105510-5. A credit will be issued, for each Outnow/Safetu Valve, upon receipt of old
Valve part number 1035?0-5, a properly executed Warranty Claim and a Compliance Card.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
i. Remove Flight Director and Course Indicator from left instrument pana~ to facilitate inepeelon of
Outflow/Safety Va~ves.
WOT8
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Nlahre an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance recorda se follouls: Service
Information No. 81-108, dated 81 October 1BBO, entitled "1LlResearch Mfg. Co. Service Bulletin No. 5-2388,11
accompllahed (date)
Pageloil
SERVICE BULLETIN
OUTFLOW/SAFETY VALVE Inspection for suspected faulty poppet
SECTION 1
PLANNING INFORMATION
A. Effectivity
B. Reason
The problem area is centered around the outflow valve poppet assembly. It is
suspected that a small percentage of the poppet assemblies could fracture,
and depending upon the type of fracture, could go as an undetected fault or
if a total fracture occurs it could lead to a valve failing closed.
C. Description
D. AF~roval
E. Manpower
Not determined.
Not spplicsble´•
None
I. References
This service bulletin was prepared in accordance with ATA 100 requirements.
None.
SECTION 2
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS
I~
IDENTIF1CI\TION 01 F T DATE
None.
SECTION 3
MATERIPI~LINFORMATION
Not applicable.
-N OTICE
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 690C; 8ERIAL NO’S. 11600 THRU 11663 (EXCEPT 11626 d 11651) AND MODEL
595, SERIAL NO’S. 86000 THRU 96044 (EXCEPT 95031).
COMPLIANCE: WITHIN NEXT 100 FLIDHT HOURS (REFER TO SUNDSTRAND SERVICE BULLETIN NO.
88724122-21-009).
NOTE
NOTE
PARTS DATA: Contact your nearest Rockwell Commander Authoriled 8enica Facility furnishing them with the se-
rial number of the Enviromental Control unit installed in your airplane. Parts to comply with Sundstrand Service Bulle-
tin No. 88 724122´•11-003, will be supplied on a no charge basis until 31July 1981
NOTE
SPECIALTOOLS: NONE
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Gain access to Envimmental Control Unit, located in aft fuselage, through lower aff fuselage access door.
3. Perform a prenight checkout of Envimmentsl Control System, Lrefer to Maintenance Manual, Chapter 21), ensuring
system funotions properly and that there is no evidence of oil isalage.
Page 1o12
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. 81-161
SPARES AFFECTED: NO
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The airplane Maintenance Manual changes, and the Model 690C/695 Illustrated Parts
Catalog changes required by this document will be incorporated at the nert scheduled
revision.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Informs´•
tion No. 81-161, dated 5 January 1981, entitled "Sunstrand Service Bulletin No. S8124122´•
21-M)S, accomplished (date)
Papeaola
SUNDSTRAND AVIATION MECHANICAL
suaom~auo
UN1I01 SUND8TRIND CORPOR~TION
SERVICE BULLETIN
Envirolm~ental Control Unit Replacement of Fluid Level
Sight Plug with Oil Pill Tube
SECTION I-PLANNING
2. Reason: Field experience has shown that the present method of oil filling
causes excessive oil spillage and possible incomplete filling of the
replacement procedure.
i
O-RING
1832481~901
PARTS TD BE
REYOVED
IIR CICLE
UIZCHINE
724950C 11 I I I-----
VEWB
OENVIRoNMENTnL O
CONTROL uNIT
NO
LUBRICATION YIR .PN
DILSPEC YFR S~RNO
CIWCITI I (CU(TMIER PN I I
INSPECT I I
CHANGE 118
SUNDSTRAND AVIPITION
AVIATION
olv of SVNDSTRAND CORP
DIV OF SUNDSTRAND CORP ROCKFORD, ILLINOIS
ROCKFORD, ILLINOIS ~O us se zl-oO,
O
S8-2177-~
FITTING
731722
O-RING
M83248-1-907
VIEW 1
TUBE PLUG
LlS24404D6
LOOP CLIMP
MS21919DG8 LLY WASTIER
AN960PDIOL
WASTIER
SCREW
N*S1351-~-10P
LOOP CLAMP
U521919H20
NUT
Y521043-3
I191NCH BELOW
VIEW B
IND P~RBLLEL
TO BOTTOM OF
MPT D(CWNGER
S8-2178
S8724722 ´•2\´•003
oct 15/80 Page 5
1O. Reidentify environmental control unit as follows:
Il. Check lubrication plate (5002164) for time between oil inspections. If the
number in the INSPECT block greater than 25, replace lubrication plate as
follows:
pty Unit
Per List Dlspositionl
New P/N
P ECU Price Key word
Word Old e/N Instructions
oct 15/80
88724722 ´•21´•003
Page 7
Nov 15/80 (Revision 1)
S
_ _
Cannmand´•r Dlrilia
M)01 Norm Rostwall Avsnus.
B~many´• Otlahonu 73(138
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 690A, AIRPLANE SERIAL NOS. 11249, 11269 THRU 11344. MODEL 690B,
AIRPLANE SERIAL NOS. 11350 THRU 11546, MODEL 690C, AIRPLANE SERIAL NOS. 11800 THRU 11860 AND
MODEL 685, AIRPLANE SERIAL NOS. 95WO THRU 96040.
MOTE
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Airworthiness Di-
rective 81-02-05, Amendment 39-4011, effective 21 March 1981, accomplished (date)
Page lofl
PVRITANBENNEIT AERO SYSTEMS
Ain~orthinesP Dirretive
Vl,hale, IhII
for P 174039
Pagelofa
NOTE: Purftan-Bennett Aero Systems Company Service Bulletin
No. 1, dated April 15, 19801 pertains to the subject of this
Airworthiness Directive.
(d)Alternate inspections, modifications, or other
actions which provide an equivalent level of safety may be
used when approved by the Chief, Engineering and Manufacturing
Branch, FRA western Region.
This amendment becomes effective March 20, 1981.
Page 2 of 2
.r
P~II
Service
Commnndar Dlviuon
6001 North Roe*wsll /Wsnu~.
sathany. Oklahoma 73(3(18
i 24 April 1981
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11800 THRU 11663 AND MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 95000
THRU 95051.
MOTE
I\PPROYIL: NOTAPPLICABLE.
SPECIALTOOLS: TWO (2) HYDRAULIC PRESSURE CAGES WITH O TO 1000 PSI CAPABILITIES.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
2. Remove pressure cap from tee fitting installed on brake line above each main gear brake assembly (refer to Figure
1).
3. Install a hydraulic pressure gage, with O to 1000 psi range, at each tee fitting.
4. Connect a 28 volt de e~tarnal power source to the airplane electrical system at the external power receptacle.
MOTE
6. With brakes released, observe tee mounted hydraulic pressure gages. Pressure should indicate zero. If any pres-
sure is indicated st either gage, proceed to step 8.
7. If pressure is zero, with brakes released, operate brakes with normal toe pressure on brake pedals to obtain 615
to 605 psi on tee mounted pressure gages. Remove tee pressure from brake pedals and brake pressure should im-
mediately drop to zero. If gages indicate zero pressure, proceed to step 13., but if any pressure is indicated on tee
mounted pressure gages, after release olbrakes, proceed to step 8.
8. Check all castellated nuts on rudder pedal installation to assure that no binding occurs when pedals are released.
Page 1eIS
SERYICE LNFORMATION NO. 81-1?3
i-
;I’ 2
ail~
Fipuie i.
g~ Remove access door, located on lower lan aide of nose section st f\lselage station d.50, to gain access to power brake
valves.
10. Loosen adjusting Checknuts on power brake valves and slowly turn pressure adjusting setscrews rountercloeltwiss
until indicated pressure on tee mounted pressure gages drops to sere. Turn pressure adjusting setscrews eounter-
clockwise one additional full turn and secure adjusting chrknuts (refer to Figure 2).
11. After adjustment, operate brake pedals using normal toe pressure. A brake pressure of 515 to 605 pi should be
observed. Removetae pressure from brake pedals and brake pressure should immediately drop to sere.
page 2915
BERVICE INFORMATION NO. 81-112
PREhSUREADJUSnNO
CHECKNUT (REF)
PRESSURE ~DJU1TINO
SETSCREW IREF)
POWER BRAKE YALYE IREFI
figure 2.
14. Remove hydraulic pressure gages from each brake line and cap tee Bttings.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Information
No. 81-1?2. dated 24 April 1981. entitled "Power Blake Valve Adiustment", accomplished (date)
page )ofS
_
DmmndrMvklm
6WI Nad, Ros~vall ~vsnul.
Fnh´•ny, O*l´•h~ma IJms
UM)ELS AFACTED: MODEL 8800, SERIAL NOS. 11880 THRU 11686 AND MODEL 886, SERIAL NOS. 86088
THRUssOB7.
*OTO
PARTS DITA: PART8 REqUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE INRORMATION MAY BE PROCURED
THROUGH YOUR NEAREST OULFB~TREAM COMMANDER BERVICE~EI( AOR (20.88. REFERENCE THIS SER
VICE INFORMATION, AIRCRAIT MODEL AND FACTORY 8ERIIU. NUMBER WHEN ORDERING SERVICE
FORMI\1?ON NO. 81-118 KIT CONSI8TING OF THE AOLUIW~JO:
Page 1 olJ
(IERVICE INFORMATION NO, 81-113
ACCOMPUSHMEM INSTRUCTIONS:
5. Cain secess to existing ANB164D nipple, looated under instrument panel on depressurieation control shutoff valve,
by laying slang side of pilofs wat.
B. Disconnect existing tube assembly (Pi~ 880649´•33) from shutoff valve nipple (refer to Figure i).
Remove and discardexisting depressuri~ation control ahut~RValue nipple (P~ ANB18-4D1 (refer to Figure ii.
8. Apply tenon tape (3M No. 511 or eguivalent) to tapered threads of 8000S1´•(D-15 restrictor as follow.:
a. Place tenon tape two (2) threads in from end of tapered threads and hold tap firmly with thumb.
b. Stretch tap against threads and wind clockwise one (1) lap. Continue to hold tightly against threads until tape
has been broken.
NOTE
9. Install an ANB29-4 cap assembly (obtain locally) on end of 800037-4D-75 restrictar opposite tenan tape to facilitate
installation of restrictor on existing shutoff valve,
10. Install 900037-41)´•76 restrictor on existing shutoff valve, remove AN929-4 cap assembly, malting sure that resCic-
Dr doss not turn, and connect existing tube assembly to rnstrictor (refer to Figure i).
PUBLICPITIONS AFFECTED: The Model B9OC/685 Illustrated Parts Catalog change required by this document will be
incorporated at the next scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPUINCE: Make an appropriate entry in ai~lane maintenance records as follows: Service Information
No. 81-113, dated 18 July 1981, entitled’%abin Pressure Control System Madifioation", accomplished (date)
Page 2 al S
BERVICE MFORMATION NO. 81-115
WTFLOW/S~CETY
(REF1
I- n BULKHEI\DIREF)
r:::
i:
i RELIOVIEXI~IN.
*NBI04D NIPPLE
P~ND REPLI\CE WITH
BWOa74D´•ll RESTRICTOR
‘B
DEPRhSSURIZATION -CC-L~ //Y
M)NTROLBHUTDFF
VI\LVE IREF)
EX18TIN08808)8JJ
TUBE ASSY IREF)
Flpra i.
Page S of S
~j"ll
Service CORPOR*TION
Csmmada aCr,lon
MKII Norm Roo)irmll ~vsnus.
Bsmany. Olshoma 13W8
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 880C, SERIAL NOS. 11BW THRU 11687 AND MODEL 886. SERIAL NOS. 86000
TWR~ 86028, 86080 THRU 06081.
MOTE
COMPUAHCE: A~041NERSD18CRETION.
MOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE INFORMATION MAY BE PROCURED
THROU(IH YOUR NEAREST CIULF8TRF~AM COMMANDER EIERVICENTER FOR: KIT NO. 1 8404.11 OR KPI~ NO.
2 -8484.11. REFERENCE THIS 8ERVICE INFORMATION, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER
WHEN ORDERING SERVICE INFORMATION NO. 81-114 KIT CONBIEITING OF THE FOLUIWINGI:
Kit Kit
No.l Na.e
Page 1 o( 6
SFRVICe INIDRMATION NO. 81-114
UPPER COWLIN(I
SHELL
EXHAUST PIPE
EXTENSION ASSY
EXHAUSTPIPE
ASSEMBLY
FORWARD
FAIRING
LOWER
NOSE RING COWLING
ASSEMBLY SHELL
EXHAUST
PIPE
ASSY
CLAMPS
ENGINE
EXHAUST
PIPE
DlnPHRPI(IM
BOLT
DOLLAR
ENGINE
r: EXHAUST
SEAL
WASHER
NUT
PI~Zm 1.
PasaolB
5WVICE lNPORMATlON PSO. 81-174
9PECI~LIOOL9: NONE.
PICCOMPLISWMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Remove leR and right engine exhaust pips assembly as follows (refer to Figure 1):
WOTB
d. Remove both clamps from seal and Bid seal aft towards the diaphragm.
a. Remove nuts, washers and bolts that secure the exhaust pipe assembly to the engine exhaust pipe´•
f Support exhaust pipe assembly and remove nut, washer, bolt and spacer ham channel that is located on aft
inboard side of exhaust pip asssmbly.
8´• Turn exhaust pipe assembly slowly and remove from aft side of diaphragm.
2. Drill out rivets attaching existing left and right exhaust pipe assembly attach channels to nacelles and mark
3. Neat existing channelinto new channel assembly so that centerline of sxlsting channel is on centerline of new
channel assembly, position forward end of existing channel flush with forward end of new channel assembly and
clamp channels together. Referenoe.oenterline of holes in existing channel must be 0.44 inch from sft end of new
channel assembly (refer to Figure 3).
WOTE
4. Drill four (1) 0.192 (+0.002) inch diameter holes through hales in existing channel into new channel assembly (refer
to Figure 3).
5. Drill existing hole. in nacelle to 0.182 (r0.002) inch diameter and install 610651-RES channel assembly (Model
6g0C) or 610661-RES channel assembly (Model 886) on nacslle using MS27038C1-08 screw (4 places), AN960-10
washer (4 places) and MS206001032 out (4 places) (rsfer to Figure 4).
page 9 of B
IERVICE INE~DRMATION NO. 81-1’14
EXHAUSTPIPE
EXTENSION (REF)
ii’
-E
MARK CENTERLINE ON
EXISTING CHANNEL
Pllun 2.
1
o,-
ASSURECHANNELS
ARE FLVSH I\T
MIS END
aleo~´•ro.l8l"om.
HOLE U PLS)
EXISTING CHANNEL
BIM~I´•RIS CHANNEL ASSY
OR
B(~BI´•REI CHANNEL ASIY
FlpnS.
PsgelolB
BERVICE INFO~N NO. 81-114
LEFT INSTALLATIONSHOWN
EXHAUST pl/’" FIPICELLE IREF)
RIGHT INSTALLATION OPPOSITE
EXTENSION IREFI
MSnM8C1´•108CReW
*NB1OSW~HER
BIOBS1´•REIBPAD
IONE PAD INSIDE AND ONE
PADOUTSIDEL
VIEW kA
(1 PLS)
AN87a3WkSHER
IBETWE~N PAO
ANO MOUNTING BRIZCIET)
EXHAUSTPIPE
1\ EXTENSION IREF)
t~
~ii
A
TOROUE BOLTS
I IN´•LB9 OVER
RUNNING TOROUE
OF NUTS NACELLE IREF)
_
MU-12ABOLT
EXHAUSTPIPE nOB~(-RE(( WASHER IUNDER BOLT HEAD)
4111&( MOUNT 12 REED)
Flpral
PsgelolB
BERVICE MPORMATION NO. 66-1?4
a, insert exhaust pip assembly through diaphragm and position for attaching to engine exhaust pipe
b. Align holes in forward miler and exhaust pipe assembly with thane in the engine exhaust pip and install bolts,
washers and nuts.
NOTE
c´• 8snne aRend of exhaust pipe assembly to near channel assembly using 610852´•59 spacer (2 placesl, ANb12A
bolt (2 plama), 8108B1-REI1 washer (2 places), 242881 mount (1 places), ANBBOC418L washer (2 places) and
M920S(X)-1032 nut (2 places) (rsfer to Figure 1).
d. Slide pip extension as~mbly over exhaust pip assembly end position for securing to engine nacelle.
a. Install MB21038C1-10 sorew (4 places), ANI?OJ washer (8 places) and B1OBSI´•RE19 pad (8 places) that secure
NOTE
f Unfold seal and position over Rent collar and secure by installing clamps.
PUBUCmONS IFFECTED: The Illustrated Parts Catalog changes required by this document will be inmrprated at
the next scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLIINCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: 8ervice
No. 91-1?4, dated 16 July 1881, entitled’gxha~st Pipe Mount Replacement", accomplished (date)
Page Bol 0
i
Service Information GtdfstreamAmei,can
EORI’ORITII)N
APPROYAL: REFER TO FLIGHT EQUIPMENT AND ENGINEERING CORP. SERVICE BULLETIN NO. 668-25-02.
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE INFORMATION MAY BE PROCURED
THROUGH YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED 8ERVICENTER FOR (100.00. A FULL
CREDIT WILL BE ISSUED UPON RECEI~T OF REMOVED ORIGINAL ROLLERS AND FITPWCS, A PROPERLY
EXECUTED WARRANTY CLAIM AND A COMPLIANCE CARD. REFERENCE THIS SERVICE INFORMATION,
AIRCRAW MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING). SERVICE INFORMATION NO 81-1?8
KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
NOTE
SPECll\LTOOLS: NONE.
NOTE
Pegslofi)
BERYICE INFORMATION NO. 81-118
i. Comply with Flight Equipment and Engineerng Corp. Serivee Bulletin No. 689-25´•02.
NOTE
2. Fill out and mail Compliance Card with Warranty Claim and all removed original rollers and fittings to Dulfstream
American Corporation, Commander Division, 5001 North RooLwell Avenue, Bethany, O~lahoms 13008.
RECORD COHIPLI~NCE: Mslte an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Information
No. SI-118, dated 13 January 1982, entitled "Flight Equipment and Engineering Corp. Service Bulletin No. 669-26-02"
accomplished (dste)
Page i al 2 ~Y
F
-C~
1. II. *s~u(11´• uL h´• 1.11 D*
R OL L E R RE PL ACE MENT OF
r
ORBG1S~IL 1
As R@csived
By
I. ATP i
669-25-02
PAGE I CF 4
FLIGHT EOUIPMENT
Elfec ti~i ty
B. Reason
C. Description
D. Compliance
E. blpro~P1
F. nanpower
0. nnteriil
SERVICE BULLETIN
Deli~cry dates after request far parts will be ppprox~-
mately three to Four weeks.
H. Tocline
A ccomplishmen4lnstru4´• tiona
2.
As hec;jved By
No~. 16 1911 ATP j 669-2 5-02
page 3
ciz
FLIGHT EaUIPMENT
SERVICE BULLETIN
i. Disposition of Rernored Oprts
to ~s
~11 rero´•e~ originrl rollers end flttings
´•ra
f
i I;
ease FR~ncr
r ROLLER
BOLT
LI~ND
i THlc~
plLOT 5noWN
FIGURE I
1
As Received
By 669-2 5-~2
Nn~. 1E 19EI ATP i P´•ge L
Service Information CulFstreamAmericancoRpon*Tlon
f 0ommae6n DlrWm
500( Nonh Auenus,
_ Bamanv. O*l´•hama 73MS
MODELS AFFBOTED: NODEL8 BgO. 890A, BBOB, BBOC, g96 AND 698A, W SERIAL IWMBERS.
REASON FOR PVBLICPITION: TO ALLOW THE ZiSE OF BIOBOR JP B~OCIDFI AS A FUEL ADDITIVE.
SPECIALTOOLS: NONE.
NOTE
SPARES AFFECTED: NO
PUBLICATIONS AFPEO7ED: The Pilot Operating Handbook, Airplane Flight Manual and Airplane Maintenance
Manual Changes required by this document will be inaorporated at their next scheduled revision.
RICORDCOMPLIP~NCE: NOTAPPLICABLE.
Pagelell
Service Information CulfstreamAmerican
conpon*TI~,N
Camnandsr Dlrllian
5001 North RocL~all Avanus.
Bsm´•ny´• O~lahorm l~ms
ST: APPROVED:
MODELS 680, SERIAL NOS. 11001 THRU 11079.
MODEL 680A. SERIAL NOS. 11100 THRU 11184.
NOTE
NOTE
APPROVIL: NOTAPPL1CABLE. I
Psee 1 ols
IERVICL WFORMATION NO. BI-1BOA
EX)STIN(I DISC
S~RINOI(REF1
TOROUE EXISTIN(I
STUD 10 TO ED IN´•LBS
TORDUE EXISIINO
11ODtSOOSTUDI\SSY
INTO PISTON ASSY
00 10 70 IN-LBS
PISTON PISW
IREFL
EXISTIN~ BR*I(E
P~SSY IREFI
Figa i.
Page Z ol 9
BERVICE INFORMATION NO. SI-1BOA
MAY BE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH PART I OF THIS SERVICE INFORMATION
COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR
PROCURED THROUGH YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM
REFERENCE THIS SERVICE INFORMATION, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER
888.21.
OF THE FOLLOWING:
WHEN ORDERING SERVICE INFORMATION NO, SI-18oA KIT CONSISTING
R*´•ulcalol;Nnpanoutnlla~.
SPECIALTOOLS: NONE.
ACCCOMLUSHMINT INSTRUCTIONS:
PARTI
with Parker Hannifin Corporation Product Referense Memo No. 25, Rsvieion A. I
1. Comply
brake aasemblies bystamping the date of rework (month and year)
2. After rework has been accomplished identify
with permanent ink.
3. Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying that Pert I has been accomplished
PART II
C~UTION
Care must be taken and eye protection gear worn during this
reworkto avoid injury since we are dealing with disassembly
1. Apply a slight amount of pressure to the brake system and set parking brake. This will prevent piston rotation.
2. Loosen and slowly remove the stud assembly (Pi~ 110´•04900) from each piston (refer to Figure 1).
4. Slide dise springs back onto stud assembly and reattach stud assembly and springs to each piston. Torque stud
assemblies BO to 70 inch-pounds (refer to Figure 1).
5. Actuats brakes 2 to B times and visually inspect each assembly to assure that everything appears normal and
is seated properly.
6. Fill out and mail Compliance Card specifying that Part II has been accomplished
No.~"I
RECORD COMPLIANCE: an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance
Make records as follows: Service
entitled "Park HanniT~n Corporation Product Reference Memo (PRMI
No, SI-1BOA, dated 1? June 1882,
A), Part I accomplished (date) Part II accomplished (date)
Page 9 ol 3
O)(o
Revision A 5/5/82
21. 1981
Page 1
AIRCRAFT
EFFECTIVITY: ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL AND GULFSTREAM AMERICAN
690, 695, 840, 900, 980, 1000 SERIES AIRCRAFT
UTILIZING CLEVELAND WHEELS BRAKES ASSEMBLY
NO.’S 40-107/30-107
~Aerospace
ponslsle
d
O)(o
Revision A 5/5/82
SpeRp:~pe;521, 1981
Page 2
O 5. Reattach
shown
the stud assembly and springs to each piston
in the sketch.
as Torque the stud assembly at
60-70 in-lbs.
5 pDl,sl´•a7s
Revision A 5/5/82
Page 3
Existing 095-16800
disc spring stack
13 each typ. 4 p
per brake assenbly
110-04900
Scud Aesambly
Tighten per
Pare l.B. 5
5A bolt
095-15900’ 11
flat washer
P0118~´•6)P
L
Service Infoumation
eammsnda Divilim
6(101 North Rochwall Auanua.
Bamany´• Otlahoma 75008
NOTE
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: TO RECOMMEND COMPLIANCE WITH DOWTY ROTOL SERVICE BULLETIN
NO. 61-950.
BY WHOM WORK WILL BE ACCOMPLISHED: A DOWTY ROTOL APPROVED PROPELLER SERVICE SHOP.
SPECIALTOOLS: NONE.
~ZCCOMPLISHMEM INSTRUCIIONS:
PUBLICATIONS APPECTED: The Airplane Maintenance Manual changes required by this document will be
incorporated at the next Kheduled revision.
Page 1 of 1
I%QWBYI
SERVI%E BULLETIH
PBOPBLLE8S 8LADE
ORO~ IATROWCT~ON O8 TEXACO U)U Te~tP BP DRPISB
AS Al.TERAATIVE TLI AEROSBELt 7
i. PI~NlllffD
Aircraft
(f)Propaller
Duliaerca~ A´•sricao Co~msndcr R306/3-82-P/7
6900, Soon, 695, 6951\
g. Reason
C. Description
D.
(1) Bacolrended.
I. Apprc~al
I. ELan Pover
C. Ilslcrill
Act: applicabls
8. Tooling
Occober 6181
61-950
March 9/82 (Revisicn 1)
Page 1 of Z
L2.
IDQPl~iYI
SERYICE BULLETIW
J. aefereaces
(1) None.
2´• IISTB~CPIONS
A. B´•bodlnaor instructions
(1) Vhcn servicing the prapalloF´•, Texaco Low Temp 00 greese IlaT
be used as an alrsroari~e to 7 where specified in
the rcla´•ranr overhaulmanual.
B. Werhod of identification
2. EU~TBI(UL
A´• ~oas.
mlTe
a ANY PROBLEMS ARE WHILE
COMPLYING WITH THIS SERVICE INFORMATION,
CONTACT YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM
COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER.
BY WHOM WORK WILL BE ICCOMPUSnED: KING RADIO CORPORATION AUTHORIZED SERVICE AGENCY
OFCATEGORYVB.
PARTS DATA: AILERON SERVO P~ 066-0024-11 MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH YOUR NEAREST
AUTHORIZED KING RADIO CORPORATION DISTRIBUTOR OR SERVICE AGENCY. THE EXISTING AILERON
PFBVO PIN 066-0024-06 MAY BE MODIFIED TO A 0660024-11SEXVO BY KING RADIO CORPORATION.
9PECI*LTOOLO: NONE.
I\CCOMPUSHMENT1NSTRUmONS:
1. Gain access to ailsron servo, located just Eomard and above baggage Eompartment at fuselage station 223.98.
through baggage compartmsnt doer.
a. Remove bolts that attach silemn servo and remove servo P/N (186-002408 (see Parts Data above).
6. Remove screws that altach cap to slip clutch and remove cap. Slip clutrh is located forward of silsmn servo
~splinedendofservo).
Page 1 of2
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. SI-lsS
8. Remove wire Rom pin "C" on alleron servo c.nnaftori cap wire and ceil and stow wire.
No. 28 (Model 680D) Supplement No. 32 (Model BgSA) is in the Pilot Operating
11. Assure that Supplement or
Handbook.
12. Check operation of new silemn servo as outlined in Normal Precednres of Pilot Operating Handbook
28 (Model 680D) SupplementNo. 82 ~Model 886A).
Supplement No. or
PUBLICI\TIONS I\*FECTEO: The Illustrsted Parts Catalog change ra~uired by this document will be incorporated at
RECOR~ COIPLIANCE: Malts an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Morrnation
Ailema Servo Authority KFC 800 Autapila, accomplished
1882, entitled *Improvsd
No. SI-183, dated g
(date)
July
3
Page 2 of 2
Service Information Culfstream
Aerospace
MODELS AFFECTED: 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11BM) THRU 11121 AND 11129 THRU 11?2?.
MODEL 990D, SERIAL NO8. 15001 THRU 16018.
MODEL 686, SERIAL NOS. 86000 THI(U 86084.
MODEL B9SA, SERIAL NOS. 86001 THRU B60l9.
COMPLIANCE: NOTAPPLICABLE.
P~CCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
Phis Service information is being issued to point out that abrasion resistant Ups was installed an the propeller blades
u, improve nbrasion resistance end ice shedding capabilities of Dowty-Rotol propeller. With the onset of winter, the
condition Jf this abrasion resistant taps should be closely monitored.
Service Bulletin Na.189, entitled "Applicatian of Abrasion Resistant Tap on Dowty-Rot~ Propeller", was issued against
Model 690C. Serial Numbers 11600 thru 11118, Model 696, Serial Numbers 86000 Unu 86094 and Model 6861\, Serial
Numbers 96001 Lhru 96024- Operators of these aircraft should assure total compliance with Service Bulletin No. 188.
The operators of other affected PircraR should assure that the abrasion resistant taps is maintained per Airplane
Meintenanu, Manual Instructions
Page 1
Service inf~rmatisn
C~II
Gulfsrream
Aerospace
NOTE
REI\GON FOR PUBLIC*TION: TO AUTHORIZE INSTALLATION OF TPE 331-10-6111 ENGINES AND PROVIDE
ELECTRICAL WIRING CHANGE REQUIRED WHEN INSTALLIND ENGINES.
C No~a
PARTS DATA: NO PARTS ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH STEPS S THROUGH 11 BELOW. INFORMATION
REGARDING PRICE AND AVAILABILITY OF PARTS PERTAINING TO THE ENGINE ITSELF MAY BE OBTAINED
FROM A CARRETT APPROVED SERVICE CENTER. INCLUDED WITH THIS SERVICE INFORMATION IS
ONE (li COMPLIANCE CARD.
SPECIALTOOLS: ENGINE LIFTING TOOL AND HOIST. SEE GARRETT TURBINE ENGINE COMPANY SERVICE
BULLETIN TPE331-12-0398 FOR ADDITIONAL TOOLING REPUIREMENTS.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Remove elisting TPE 331-10-5018 sngine(s) and install TPE 331-10511K engine(s) as outlined in Chapter 71
of the Airplane Maintenanee Manual.
Page lofS
8ERYICE 1888
I3
~-240-9 A2
7‘0---""
e-215-in AI
p~-´•i
~ISCONNECT WIRE NO. 233 FROM
KS3-l\l I\ND RECONNECT WIRE I DISCONNECT WIRE NO. 238 FROM
TO KS-AI AND RECONNECTWIRE
TO KB´•l\l
A3
~-235
Al
1
*o´•rl
Filura i.
Page 2 of S
SERVICE MFORMATION NO. 189B
3. Gain secess to power distribution panel through baggage compartment door. The power distribution panel is
locatedjust aft of the baggage compartment door.
NOTE
B. For the left engine, disconnect wire No. 259 from Al of KSS relay and reeonnect wire to Al of KS relay (refer
to Figure i).
7. For the right engine, disconnect wire No. 236 ham Al of KS4 relay and remnnect wire to Al of K6 relay (refer
to Figure i).
10. Assure that revision No. 7 (Model 696) or revision No. 10 (Madel 695A) has been inserted in the Pilot’s Operating
Handbook.
11 Fill out and mail compliance card specifying if ons or bath engines have been converted to -611K. Record total
airframe and engine hours, slang with engine serial numbers on compliance card.
SPARES ~FFECTED: THE TPE S31-10-611K ENGINE 18 THE SPARES REPLACEMENT FOR THE TPE 331-10-
60iK ENGINE. THE TPE 331´•10-601K ENGINE WILL NO LONGER BE AVAILABLE.
PUBL1CATIONS I\FFECTED: The Model 695 and 696A Pilot Operating Hendbw~ revision has already been furnished
and Airplane Maintenance Manual and Illustrated Parts Catalog changes required will be
incorporated at the nent scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLI*NCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Information
No. S1´•1898, dated 24 February 1984, entitled "Approval and Installation of TPE331-10-511K Eogines~’. accomplished
(date)
Page S of S
Serwice information
Ikw~ll
Gulfstream
Aerospace
MODELS AFFECTED: MODELS 500, S00A, 5008, 520, 580, S80A, 1601, 580P, 880, B80E, 680F,
688(F), 880FL, BLIOFL[P), 880T, 680V, 680W AND ?20, SERUALNOS. 1 TBRU
1854.
MODEL 681, SERIAL NOS. 8001 THRU 8012.
MODEL 885, SERIAL NaS. 12001 THRU 12068.
MODELS 680, 6B0A AND 680B, SERIAL NOi. 11001 THRU 11558.
MODEL 880C, SEIdAL NOS. 11880 THRU 11815 AND 11108.
MODEL 680D, SERIAL NOS. 15001 THRU 15006.
MODEL 885, SERIAL NOS. 85000 THRU 85084.
MODEL 885A, SERIALNOS. 86001 THRU 86052.
MODEL ?00, SERIAL NOS. 10001 THRU ?0828.
*9 os la~ n7. IlsJ. TAB sOLLaVn*C BER~CB POBLIOLTI(WB WIU PROYID. B*CTC~P
PARTICIPATION ONLY UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:
(3 IF COMPLIANCE IS ACCOMPLISHED WITHIN ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ISSUANCE,
AS STATED ON EACH SERVICE PUBLICATION, OR,
WOTE
SERVICE BULLETINS
ISSUE
NO. TITLE DATE
PagelofS
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. SI-lsl
BULLETINS ~CONTU)
?1 installation of Fuel
InJector Pump Ice Shield 2-13-81
75A Replacement of Main Landing Gear Uplock Check Valve Assembly 12-1-81
76A Replacement of Engine Induction Alternate Air Butterfly Valves and Mounting Shafts 2-5-62
78 installation of Fuel Drain Lines for Engine Cage Units 5-16-62
83A Main Landing Osar Piston Upper Bearing Look Pin Replacement 6-25-85
89 Cable Retainer ALleron Cable Drum 10-21-84
91 inspection and Possible Replacement of 4630068 Magnesium Fuel Sump Casting 4-28-61
93 Replacement of Pilot and Copilot Windshields 11-11-67
96 Inspection of DC Bus and Contactor Box Wiring 2-20-68
105 Replacement of Emergency Door Release PLaea~d 5-2-11
118 Sealing Engine Control Cables 2-25-73
119 Engine Oil Pressure Rose Support 5-8-75
120 De-leer Decal Installation 3-8-13
121 Woodward Governor Modi~ioailon 3-16-73
122 Thermostat Protection for Anti-Ice Heaters 3-27-15
12SA Replacement of Unfeathering Pump Supply Line B-B-73
134 Engine and Engine Installation Hardware Improvements 4-23-73
191 Installation of Cabin M Pressure Light System 11-21-’15
133 Engine Baffles 2-4-14
134 Replacement of Bleed Air Check Valves 2-6-14
13?A Engine Gage Replacement 6-8-75
139A (b~ygen Mask and Storage Provisions 7-21-75
143 Replacement of Openable Pilot and Copilot Side Windows 8-10-14
144 Yerticail Stabilizer Trailing Edge Modllication 10-4-14
141 Bleed Air System 11-21-7(
151 Replacement of Fuel Sump 4-11-15
154 Hydraulic Pressure Line Replacement 5-21-15
11I
158
InatULUion ai SE* ud
Failure of Flap Control Bracket
BlmC´•l PlsOlld´•
8-27-15 C
157A Flap Control Bracket Modification 5-29-19
LSB Trim Annunciator Lamp Cap Replacement 10-9-15
162 Reduction in Electric Elevator Trim Speed 10-21-16
183 inspect and/Or Replace Wing Spar Cap Rivets 1-21-11
188 Copilot Airspeed Limitation Placard Installation 5-5-78
L?1 Unfeatherng Pump Supply Hose Replacement 4-8-80
175 Oil Filter Adapter Replacement and Engine Mount Retainer Modification 1-21-80
178A Ailemn Access Door Inspection and Replacement 2-1-81
183 Exhaust Pipe Seal Replacement 1-7-81
189 Application of Abrasion Resistant Tape to Dowty-Rotol Propeller 3-12-82
190A Exhaust Pipe inspection and Modification 8-22-82
191 Nose Landing Gear Centering Cam Replacement 1-29-82
193 Passenger Oxygen Dispenser Modification 10-28-82
7-2 Throttle Control Cable Inspection and/or Replacement (Model 700) 8-27-19
SERVICE LETTERS
ISSUE
NO. TITLE DATE
PaSe2of3
SERYICE INFORMATION NO, SI-181
TITLE DATE
NO.
SERVICE BULLETIN
ISSUE
NO. TITLE DATE
NOTE
For Service Bulletin No. 174C, Factory Financial Participation will apply if the
parts are o~dered prior to June 30, 1989 and installed prior to August S1, 1983.
Page 3of3
c Service information Culfstream
Aerospace
REASON FOR PUBLICI\TION: TO. INSTALL LONGER VENT HOSE ASSEMBLIES TO PREVENT POSSIBLE
ENGINE OIL VENTINO OVERBOARD AT ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE INFORMATION MAY BE PROCURED
THROUGH YOUR NEAREST OULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR 5314.14.
REFERENCE THIS SERVICE INFORMATION, AIRCRAP~ MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN
ORDERING SERVICE INFORMATION NO. 81-193 KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
PAI(TNO. DESCRIPTION
8PECIALTOOLS: NONE.
*CWMPLISHLIEI~ INSTRUCTIOIIS:
C 1. Remove lower Eowling from left and right engines.
wee 1 or 4
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. SI-193
~i
I ~wo>
i(_
L!!
a
s
c_
Filura 1. Ihast 1 of 21
Page 2 oft
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. SI-1OS
CAUTION
ASSURE THAT 80021H04´•338 HOSE
nsSY WES NOT COME IN CONTACT
WITH ENGINE AFTER II HA8 BEEN
SECUREPWITHCLP~MPS
EXISTING
MS2WBla88CReW
AN911010LWA8HER
M92(044N3NUT
Pi
s\ I ~M I ExlsnNa
MS?(BlsH12CLP~MP
C
ii EX~STIN(I
MS21810nllCLAIP
TQOIL
OIL TANK
(nEFI
80921H8IP18
HOSE 1\89Y
M52l8(gH1ICLAMP
M*NIFOLD DRAIN MSPIBIBHBCL*MP
Assv IREF) M92~(138´•1´•01SCREW
~N880´•10LWnBHER
M81101ZL3 NUT
C
liica ~.(9lsst 2.1 21
Page 3 of 4
SERVICE INFORMATIOIV NO. SI´•193
Z Rrmo~ and
assembly (refer to
Ixisnng oli
Figure 11.
rant hm that is routal tmm the oil tanX uanl i.rt to th. maniiold dFain
C
NOTE
9. Install 8-04218(15´•336 hose assemblies on left and right engines and secure to engine using e.isting clamps and/
or clamps furnished with this Service Information (reLr to Figure 1)
I CAUTION
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Illustrated Parts Catalog changes required by this document will be inro~oreted at
the nest scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Information
No. SI-1BS, dated 3 August 1985, entitled "Oil Vent Hose Assembly Replacement". accomplished tdate)
Page 4 of 4
c Service information
~ill
GulFstream
Aerospace
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: ’I´•0 IR(:OMMF.NI) (:OMI1I.IANCI: WITR I)OW’PY l(OPOI. Sgl(VI(:R HUI.I.E:’PIN (il-
nHBg (I1BVISION ii
MOTE
ESTIMATED MI\N HOURS: 1(1(11~1:1(’1‘0 I)OW1’Y KOTOI, SEDVL(:F, IIIII.I.E1‘LN (il-ABOh IIIRVISION I I
SPECll\LTOOLS: NONR.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
S L.*altx el’ illl Ehusks ixilti*llctl,ry ilncl alilurrx) ure ~I i,u rup,rten to ihr Pn~luet Bupl,.rt I)clwty Kotlll
I.imitl,d, 1:loua,at~!,´•, Rn.lsnd. I,y talul,hcmo 10491) 712421 or by telex 4:IBilfii7, yuotinl! thL. pn,p.llsr TYP"
llUmIll?l., Sari,ll numbcl´•.’I´•Y.N,ilnd idsnti$inll tba *prina, i.a, insur ilr ilutcr. in tha avant I1I´•1I TaP(II´•tCd lililUle.
MOTE
:1.
Pagelol2:
SI(KVI(:I LNF‘ORMA1’LON NO. YI-IHI
RECORD COMPL(ANCE: Make im ,Ipp,´•opriilto cnlry in airplunr msintannnse racllnl* ax li,llowo: Y~I´•viea Inlilrm,lticln
NI,. SI-1!15. dalrd !I Ocecmbsl´• IOH:I, antillrd "I)owly i*hll Yarvies Bullatin gl´•AH06 illrvixisn II’~, neo,mplilh.d
ilnd i´•cli!r tl, I)owLy I(l,t~ll Yervicr ilulletin 61-A9H6 i~viuien II lilr I’n,pallrl´• Inlg ncx,k antry.
PaEe 2 of Z
D~QPli?ll ROTO L
StRVICf BULUTI%
i
ALERT
i. PLANNING INFORMATION
A.
B. Reason
C. DescripCion
n. Compliance
SE~RIICE BU:LLETI#
ALERT
F. nanpawer
G. Material
(1) None.
H. Tooling
(1) None.
I; Weight
(I) None.
J. n.aerc.ce
C
(1) Aircraft Operator’s Manual.
2. ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS
A. Embodiment instrucrio_ns
operating inatrucFians.
(c) Position the power lever between ground idle and flight
idle to allow engine conditions to normarise.
SERV~EE BULLETI#
ALERT
position.
be investigaeed and
(2) Any propellers failing checks are to
8. Method of Ideneification
3. MATERIAL INFORMATION
A. None.
61-A995
Sepe. 14/83
Nov 21/83 (Revision 1) Page 3
iwff~mation
MODELS AFFECTED MODEL 690A, SERIAL NOS. 11249, 11268 THRU 11344.
MODEL 69011, SERIAL NOS. 11380 THRU 11566.
MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11800 THRU 11125.
MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 16001 THRU 11012.
MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 95000 THRU 95084.
MODEL 695A, SERIAL NOS. 86001 THRU 96041.
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: TO RECOMMEND COMPLIANCE WITH SCOTI~ AVIATION CUSTOMER SUPPORT
SERVICE LETTER NO. 893-SL´•01.
COMPLIANCE: PRIOR TO NEXT FLIGHT AND DURING EACH PPIEFLIGHT INSPECTION UNTIL AFFECTED
MASKS ARE REPLACED.
C IF ANY
NOTE
PARTS DATA: NEW Pi~ 893-16´•172 SERIES SCOTT MASKS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH SCOTT AVIATION
CUSTOMER SUPPORT SERVICE LE1TER NO. 893-81.-01 MAY ns PROCURED THROUGH YOUR NEAREST
OULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTIIORIZID SERVICENTER FOR $168.20 EACH. FOR AIRCRAFT WITH
FACTORY EQUIPPED (AFFECTED) MASKS, A FULL CREDIT WILL BE ISSUED FOR MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS.
11651 THRU11725, MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 16001 THIIU ls0L2. MODel. 695, SERIAL NOS. 95041 THRU 96084
AND MODEL 6g5A, SERIAI. NOS. 96Mli THRU 90041 UPON RECEIPI~ OP REMOVED ORIGINAL PIN R93´•16~172
SERIES CREW MASK WITH BI.ACK PLASTIC PLOW INDICATOR. A PROPERLY EXECUTED WARRANTY CLAIM
AND A COMPI.IANCE CARD LF RECEIVED PRIOR TO 15 FEBRUARY 1SsS.WHEN ORDERIND REPLACEMENT
MASK, ORDER SERVICE INFORMATION NO. 51´•196 I(IT.
I\CCOMPLIS*MENT INSTRUCTIONE:
L Comply with Scott Aviation Cuaronler Support Service Letter No 893´•SL-OL nnd refer to Fib~re L, for now
inrlicator.
Psge 1 of 2
SERVICE INFORMATION NO 51-196
C
ELECTRICAL LOAD: NO CHANGE.
SP*AEB AFFECTED: ALL AFFECTED CREW MASKS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPARES STOCK ANT
RETURNED TO OULFSTRGAM AEROSPACE CORPORATION.
RECORD COMPLII\NCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Senrice Informatio~
No. 51-196, dated 15 February 1984, entitled "Scott Aviation Customer Support Service Letter No. 89S-SL-01",
accomplished~
-´•i-
MASKS WITH SILVERIBL~CK COLORED
FLOW INDICATOR AND HOSE ~h
CONNECTION CRIMP MARKS THAT ARE
PERPENDICULAR TO HOSE FIRE I\CCEPTABLE
OxvoEN MASK
IREFI
FLOW INDICATOR
IREFI
MASKS WITH
FLOW INDICATOR I\ND HOSE
CONNECTION CRIMP MARKS
THAT ARE PARALLEL TO
NQTE
HOSEARETOBEINSPECTE~
AND REPLACED CHECK HOSE CONNECTIONS
AT PLUO´•IN END ALSO
FISUrO
Page 2 of 2
No. 893-SL-01
November 8, 1983
Suggested Operator
Action:
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 680T, 680V AND B8OW, SERIAL NOS. 1419 THRU 1850.
MODEL 681, SERIAL NOS. 6081 THRU 6012.
MODEL 690, 6BOA AND 69011, SERIAL NOS. 11001 THRU 11430, 11432 THRU 11542
CONVERTED FROM TPE331-S´•261K ENGINE TO TPESS1-6-252K ENGINE.
MODEL 690B, SERIAL NOS 11431 AND 11545 THRU 11566.
MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11800 THRU 11132.
MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 16001 THRU 15033 AND 15037.
MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 85000 THRU 86084.
MODEL 685A, SERIAL NOS. 96001 THRU 96061, 96063 THRU 96072, 96075, 96078, 86085
AND 96088.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
NOTE
RECORD COMPLIP~NCE: Make an applopriab entry in nirplane maintenance records as follows: Service Information
No. SI´•1S?A, dated 15 June 1984. entitled "Aiwarthiness Directive 84-10-06, Amendment 39-4887". accomplished
(date)
Pqeloll
DIRECTIVE
Q AIRWORTHINESS
USDepamnent
C
IVI*TIOH ITIN~LRDS.LTIOWIL nLD D(TrT
drronrpcnetan r.o. 21041
M(UWDMI cml oruwou~ 11121
F~damtAvlatMn
Mrmnkhanon
I~ anur~ i*I*I It* s~nrl Wlninunlia in ~h ih paril~l sal´•nl hn.((on R~LN´• Rn 3P.´•p~n I. rn
Wln~ll
nal.l*l~l´• nu ill´•r ix ih´• a~nhlnl Dl~nm ~nula ul´•l. ~n*rm~sluY11M xMEh r~in i~omali" nl´•sia
a~,,n illlalul,ia r~ rml nw* YI1IIEnll Ih*h U1*ICOnhllU I11 i´•aunn*nu ~llh´• hm*mhiru arrnmls*n
:wl,
P/N S/N
Serplice Gulfstream
Aerospace
NOTE
ESTIMATED MAN HOURS: MODELS 685, 690, 690A AND 6908 THIRTY (30) HOURS.
MODEL 6900, SERIAL NOS. 11600 THRU 11718 FORTY FIVE (45) HOURS.
MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11119 THRU 11132 THIRTY (SO) HOURS.
MODEL 690D THIRTY (30) HOURS.
MODEL 696 FORTY FIVE (46) HOURS.
MODEL 695A, SERIAL NOS. 96001 THRU 96013 AND 96018 FORTY FIVE (46)
HOURS.
MODEL 695A, SERIAL NOS. 96014 THRU 96011 AND 96018 THRU 96012 THIRTY (30)
HOURS.
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE INFORMATION LETI‘ER MAY BE
PROCURED THROUDH YOUR NEAREST CULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR
(208.46. REFERENCE THIS SERVICE INFORMATION LE~PTER, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL
NUMBER WHEN ORDERIND SERVICE INFORMATION NO. 51-199 KIT CONSISTIND OF THE FOLLOWING:
Page 1 of 8
SERVICE INFORMATLON NO. 81-186
c i"
M92456648 PULLEY
PULLEY ~iJ IAEPI
IREF)
C
\C
j
G
EXISTINGWEB
~J, InEF1
InEFI
B
IREF)
LEFT INSTALLATION SHOWN
RIGHT INSTALLATION OPPOSITE Fieura i.
C
PUZ1LAOI STA. 386.85
De’lAll P. DImll B
EXISTING NAS427K11
GUARDPIN
InEFI
i
i IREPI
HUCK BOLT i
t laPLsl (nsPI
i, f DOUBLER TOOLTIOOB´•3.
LOCATE AND DRILL
DII\.HOLE
SHADED AREA
´•I( 0.211(1"/0.2172" DIA. HOLE
I\N4´•llA BOLT
MS21044Nd NUTANBBOD41BWI\SHER
INDICATES AREA C-~ HLZZOPBBbPIN
TO BE REMOVED
i IHI
SHEI\AI MS2QBB´•48 PULLEY
TO INSTALL HLBJ-S COLLAR
PULLEY ANGLE
0.2142"10.2112" DIA. HOLE
HL220PBB´•8 PIN
IREF)
0.2112"10.2112" DIA. HOLE (HI SHEARI
HLZZOPBB´•SPIN ~NBBOOIOWASHER
(HI hHEAR) IUNDER HEAOI
nL83´•BCOLLPIR HLII´•B COLLAR
ACCOMPUSHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
I. Gain secess to rudder pulley brackets, located at fuselage stations 386.85 and 409.56, through aft fuselage access
doors or through baggage eompartment door.
2. Remove tail cans and remove left and right inspection panels, located on aft fuselage just below horizontal
stabilizer, to gain access to rudder and elevator control cables.
1 caurmtl
EAUTION
3. ~Disconnelt left and right rudder cables st tumbarrsls or at rudder horn assembly.
1. Disconnect leR and right elevator cables at turnbarrels or st elevator idler tube link assemblies to facilitate
modification of rudder pulley bracket aslemblies.
5. Modify left and right pulley bracket assemblies at fhselage station 386.85 as follows:
a Remove and discard existing left and right pulleys and attaching hardware. Retain existing NAS427Kll
cable guard pins far inter reinstallation (refer to Figures 1 and 2).
h. Using 530481-HEll and 530487-AEll doublers as templates, mark and lengthen existing pulley cutouts
in existing same web to four ii) inches (refer to Detailk, Figure 2).
Page 9 of 8
SEBVICE INFORMATION No. SI-189
,UIII*Ol 11*´•
EXISTING
CABLE ounnr, PIN
IREPI LEFT INSTALLATION SHOWN
RIGHT INSTALLATION OPPOSITE
ExlsrlNa
PULLEY D
EXISTING
CABLE GUARO
PIN BRACKET
IREF)
BEFORE CHANGE
figure 3.
O 408.68
VERTICAL BRACKET
IREFL
C,
REMOVE PER --r V
srEPa.~.
1.501’ ,8´•´•
HORIZONTAL
BRACKET
IREFI
Pigu,s 4.
Page 4 or B
SEIIVICE INFORMATION NO. S1-189
CAUTION
c. Carefully drill out and remove nine existing rivets that attach existing.‘pulley angles (refer to Detail
A. Figure 2).
d. Locate, drill and install 530487-REll doubler (leR side), 630481-8112 doubler (rightside), 530487´•RE13
spacers and 530487-8115 spacers using NAS1(65-5 huckbolta, NAS1OBO collars. HL220PB6´•6 pins,
AN860D10 washer and nL93-B collars(refer to Detail A, Figure 21.
a. Using TS006-3 drill template, line drill 0252 (10.002) inch diameBr hale through existing angles (I´•eBr
to Detail 8, Figure 2).
NOTE
g. Install MS24566´•4B pulley, on left and right side using ANI-11A bolt. ANSM)D4L6 washer and
MS21044N4 nut (I´•eB1´• to Detail B, Figure 2).
i
6. Modify i~rt right pulley bracket assemblies at fuselage station 40966 as follows:
a, Remove and discard existing NAS427K12 cable guard pins irefer to Figure 51.
b. Remove and discnl´•d existing left and i´•ipill pulleys and attaching hurdwal´•e ircLI to Figure 3).
c. Drill out rivets and discard existing cable guard pin bracket irerer to Figure 3).
d. Trim forward nange existing left and i.ight horizontal brackets shown 4 and deburl´•
on os on Figure
edges of
e Using TS006´•3 drill teml,lote, drill 0.3111~0.002) inch diameter irole through left and right vertical
brackets IreWr to Figure 51.
NOTE
f Clamp 530481-KIC, angle tlelt aide) ond 530187-llB6 angle (rigbt sider to bottom side of existing
bol´•i~ontal h´•oekets and,ncrk hole location on angles (refer to
Pigul.e 51.
Install MS210511.3 nutplnte existing cable guard hole in vel.ticai bracket (I.rLI
over to Figure 61.
Page 5 of 8
IERYICE INFORMATION NO. SI-199
HORIZONTAL 3RPICKET
(REF)
VERTICAL BRACKET
HORIZONTAL BRI\CKET
53M87´•RES ANGLE
POSITION ANGLE APPROXIMATELY
TO LOCATE VERTICAL
DIMENSION ON ANGLE
TS00830R(LL
TEMPLATE VIEW LOOKING INBD
0.375"10.379" DIA.HOLE
DIMENSION MARK
MADE PER STEP 8.1.
PiBurs 5.
Page a ot 8
SEAYICE INFORMATION NO. SI-188
C
HOLESINBRACKET
ACCEPTAQLE
EXISTING HOLE
IREFI
AFTER CHANGE
M82468868
EXISTING HOLE
MSZ1D61L3 NUTPLPITE
MSJ6207286SCREW
M824SBBaBPULLEY
IREFI
i
IF INTERFERENCE EXISTS BETWEEN
RIVET AND ANIBO´•BIB WASHER. REPLACE
RIVET WITH RIVET II\CCEPTABLE
TO USE MSZ04ZBAOS RIVET AND SHAVE
HEAD OF RIVETI.
630dBI´•RES PINGLE
sm.
~oe.se
Figure 6.
Page 1 of 8
SERVICE INFORMATLON NO SI-199
i ineisll M6a(86-Ln lulby ~ind 590(87´•1116 ´•Wlo (Idt aids), 69D~87REB allgle inght aid.) ulin~ ~N6´•
22A bolt, NAS4SDD6-60 spacer, AN960´•616 washer (2 places) and MS21044N6 nut il´•efer to Figure 6)
NOTE
k. Reconnect left and right rudder cables at turnbarreis or at rudder ham assembly and apply slight
tension on cables to assist in alignment.
i. Assure that pulley is properly aligned to allow cable to operate smoothly over pulley. This can he
obtained by positioning ofangle Clamp angle into place end drill two 0.192 I+OU02) inch diameter
holes through horizontal bracket and angle (refer to Figure 6).
NOTE
Use pilot hole in aft end of angle for ah fastener and Locate
forward fastener from existing tooling hole in horizontal
bracket.
m. Attach angle to horizontal bracket using AN9-4A bolts, AN960D10 washers and MSa1044N3 nuts (reiel.
to Figure 6).
n. install MS35a01-265 screw (used cable guard) in nutpiate installed in step i. (rsfer to
as Figure 6)
7. Reconnect left and right elevator cables at turnbarrels or at elevator idler tubs link assemblies
9 Check rigging and tension of rudder and elevator controls outlined in the
as applicable Airplane Maintenance
Manual and functional check system.
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Illustrated parts Catalog Changes required by this document will be incorporated at
the next scheduled revisisan.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Information
No.SI-199, dated 25 May 1884, entitled "lluselage Stations 386.85 and 409.56 Pulley Bracket Modification.., accomplished
(date) Note in maintenance records that repetitive inspection Service Bulletin No. 195A is
per hereby
waived.
Page 8 of B
_
I
_
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: AS THE EGT HARNESS AGES, IT BECOMES SUSCEPTIBLE TO BREAKDOWN OF
INSULATION BETWEEN THE THERMOCOUPLES AND THE OUTSIDE
SHIELDING OF THE HARNESS. THE ISOLATOR WILL ELECTRICALLY ISOLATE
THE HARNESS FROM THE INDICATOR AND PREVENT ERROR CAUSED BY THE
BREAKDOWN.
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE INFORMATION MAY BE PROCURED
THROUDH YOUR NEAREST DULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR $888.60.
REFERENCE THIS SERVICE INFORMATION, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAI. NUMBER WHEN
OHIIEKINC´• SERVICE INFORMATION NO SI-200 KA CONSISTIND OF THE FOLI.OWIND:
n~Un
L. Loosen screws attaching EGT indicator to center instrument panel and pull EGT indicator out.
2. Disconnect electrical connector Emm ECT indicator and connect 400266´•3 isolator to EDT indicator (re~er to
Figure 1).
Page 1 oE2
FIERYICE INFOHMATION NO. SI´•200
4. Insert isolator thru panel and reinstall EGT indicators on center instrument panel and lighten sorews.
EXIGTINB I\IRPLANE
ELECIRICAL COIINECTOR
(REF1
Am ´•I.
WBIOHT AND BILANCE: The weight and balance change resulting Rom installation of this Service information is as
follows:
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The illustrated Parts Catalog change re~uired by this document will be incorporated at
the next soheduled revision.
RECOAD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Information
No. 61-200, dated 16 July 1984, entitled "llhsust Oas Temperature (EDT) Indicator lsalator Installation", accomplished
(datel
2 of 2
c Service information Gulfstream
Aerospace
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 695, WITI-I ESOINE SERIAL NUMBERS PRIOR TO P58962.
MODEL 69SA, WITil ENDINE SERIAL NUMBERS PRIOR TO P39552.
NOTE
C/ EBTIM~TED.IIN nouns;
~eR TO UANR.~ SERVICE BOLl~eTIII TP&991-?SoL1B DIITED is NOVEMBER
SPEICALTOOLS: NONE.
~CCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
NOTE
Page 1 of 1
/~3 SEaaylGE IULLETBN
GARRETT TURBINE ENGINE COMPANY
.CINF rUFL (WD (OHTR~L DLITRIBUTION In~pecr hi.l Naniiold~ far iealage
i. Planning Information
A. Effectivity
Prior to
Part No. Model No. Serial No. Application
Nov 18/83
TPE331-73-0128
Page 1 of 8
Copyright 1983 by The Garrett Corporation
[F~ SEW?IIGE
a
BULLETII
GARRETT TURBINE ENGINE COMPANY
Prior to
Part No. Model No. Serial No, Apollcation
8. Reason
C. Descriptfon
D. Compliance
E, Approval
F. Manhour Requirements
An estimated manhour is required to
one accomplish this inspection after
access to part is obtained.
C
H. Tooling Price and Availability
No change.
J. Publications References
Illustrated
Part/ Overhaul Maintenance Parts
Model No. Manual Manual Catalog
C TPE331-10-101K
TPE331-1O-501M
NEI
NA
’12-00-29
*72-00-27
1P-00-21
72-00-21
TPE331-1O-511C NA *72-00-28 72-00-21
TPE331-10-511K NA *72-00-29 72-00-21
TPE331-10-511M NA *72-00-27 72-00-21
TPE331-1OR-501C NA *72-00-28 72-00-21
TPE331-10A-502C NA *72-00-28 72-00-21
TPE331-10R-511C NA *72-00-28 72-00-21
TPE331-10R-S12C NA *72-00-28 72-00-21
TPE331-10U-501E NA *72-00-42 72-00-41
TPE331-10U-501G NA *72-00-23 72-00-21
TPE331-10U-502G NA *72-00-23 72-00-21
TPE331-10U-503G NA *72-00-30 72-00-21
TPE331-1OU-511G NA *72-00-23 72-00-21
TPE331-10U-512G NA *72-00-23 72-00-21
TPE331-10U-513G NA *72-00-30 72-00-21
TPE331-10UA-501G NA *72-00-45 72-00-44
TPE331-1OUA-511G NA X72-00-45 72-00-44
TPE331-1OUF-501H NA *72-00-42 72-00-41
TPE331-10UF-511H NA *72-00-42 72-00-41
TPE331-11U-601G NA *72-00-25 72-00-24
TPE331-1lU-602G NA *72-00-25 72-00-24
TPE331-llU-611G NA *72-00-25 72-00-24
TPE331-llU-612G NA "72-00-25 72-00-24
TPE331-llUA-601W NA *72-00-25 72-00-24
TPE331-ilUA-611W NA *72-00-25 72-00-24
K. 9,,,,, Bullefin C
None.
i. Accomolishment Instructions
(2) Check I.O. tag an fuel manifolds far manufacturer’s Part No. 28881.
If I.D. number is not 28881, no additional action is required,
proceed to step (6).
(6) Upon completion of aircraft reassembly, check and ensure proper en-
gine operation in accordance with Aircraft Flight Manual.
(7) Upon completion, make entry in engine log book noting engine oper-
ating time land serial number of installed component if applicable)
and compliance with this service bulletin land service bulletin
revision number if applicable).
(8! Reidentification of equipment not required.
(2) Install and leak check replacement fuel manifold, which has a
manufacturer’s part number other than Part No. 28881, in accordance
with Engine Maintenance Manual.
3. Material Information
Unit
List instructfuns-
New PN Ouantltv Price" Key Ward Old PN Disposition
a3102469-1 1 or 2 Fuel Manifold #3102469-1 0, T
Disposition Code O. New part is available on exchange basis. Contact your ser-
vice agency for details.
Nov 18/83
TPE331-73-0128
Page 7/a
DUPLICATE
Certificate of Compliance
Upon modification of equipment, pleare fill in the information requertsd below, then fold, ~taple, end drop the
Owner/Operator
Serial Na.
No. 1 Na. 2 Na. 3 No. 4
TSN/TSO
No. 2 Na. 3 No. 4
Cycler
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4
I certify that the above engine/equipment her been modified in accordance with the following Service Bulletin(l).
Signature Dare
Title
CulfJlream AemspareCorpontion
clots i,´•al) q
Service information ~I
Gulfstream
Aerospace
MODELS PIFFECTED: THE FOLWWING MODELS, IF EqUIPPED, WITH KING KFC 200, KFC 260 OR KFC 300
AUTOPILOT SYSTEM INCORPORATING KSA 570, KSA 571 OR KSA 312
AUTOPILOT
SERVO’S:
WOTE
PARTS DATA: REFERTO KING RADIO SERVICE MEMO *S1S. REVISION 1 DATED DECEMBER 9, 1984.
SPECIAL TOOLS: NONE.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
2. Comply with King Radio Service Memo #513, Revision 1 dated Dseember 6, 1984.
SPARES P.FFTCTED: ALL KSA 310, KSA 311 AND KSA 512 SERVOS MUST BE
PULLED FROM 8PARES SHELF
BTOCK *NO INSPBCPEO PER KI~NO R*DiO SBBYICI:
LL&MO XSLS, 8&YISION 1 D*TED
DECEMBER B, 1984.
Page 1 01 2
RECORD COIPLII\NCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Servioe Information
No. SI,2D2, dated 14 Wbruary 1985, entitled "King- Radio Service Memo #S1S, Revision i", complied with or not
applicable (date)
Fake 2 of 2
SERVICE MEMO
C: 7RADIO
saav,ce
SILES SERVICIJ neMO 1313 Revised
RSA 370, RSA 371. or RSA 312 Servo changed out after
August 31, 1981.
R. inspection must take place within ninety (90) days from date
of issuance of this service memo revision.
replacement.
King will not pay for both an inspection and then an additional
labor charge to remove and reinstall the servos at a later date.
4
SE RVICE MEIVIO
C \Rnoio
SERVICE
SnLEs/ SERVICE neno No: 313 aadenaum aevisea
5
)P"9~
s~-
Service Gulfstream
Aerospace
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: SNUBBING OF FUEL AND OIL PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS, CONDUCIVE TO
LONGER TP\ANSDUCER LIFE.
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE INFORMATION MAY BE PROCURED
THROUGH YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR
(8~0.15.
REFERENCE THIS SERVICE INFORMATION, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN
ORDERING SERVICE INFORMATION NO. 81-203 KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
Pagsloi4
8ERVICE INFORMATION NO. 81-205
-4-´• ;i’
i--
(j-0421E08-580
:,on. PRESSURE BOSE A89Y C
EXISTING 8-042lE0B-243
f~ ,FUEL PRESBURE ROSE A88Y
;I
i... (ReF)
j;´•
!7~.-
ii
i
ii:
i´•l--´•i:.
~a;´• ii´•
WGr;
i
i,.
allr
8
BEFORE CHANGE
.;,.,...i
:´•i:´•
;L i:
8-0421308-380
OIL PRESSURE BOSE A8SY
S-- r
(RLF)
;isZ:.
’iL
~I´•
4
h~-lh i~d
ic~" i
,i
:r---
--´•----´•I--´•´•--;-´•´• ´•-i-.-i~l
_,._~.
(IERYICE INFORMATION NO. 81-a09
s -o,21sas-asz s-o*zlsoz-lla
OIL PRESSURE FUEL PRESSURE HOSE ASSEMBLY
ROBE
:j )APPLy 840005 OIL PRESSURE
IDENTIBICATION TAPE
ii
it
i;(i)i:4 ’’‘e’´•
s-a421Eo8-lle
-’I FUEL PRESSURE
HOSE k58Y
s-o4alEos-a5z
OIL PRESSURE
ROSE ASBY
AFTER CHANGE
o´•
dz~7
6 n
li-´•
4x,:.i z~
i;
Figure 2.
Page Sell
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. 51-203
a Rrnlur..nd dia.aFd pliami. oil ho´•s aumbl" (RN 90121EM980) rod fu. prsa~uls hose ouambl~
(PIN 5-0421E08-2431 from left and right engines (refer
to Figure 1).
8 Install AC-1E snubber between S-0421E02-116 hose assembly and S´•0421E08-116 hose assembly. Connect the
othe,´• end of 5-0421102-116 hose assembly to fuel pressure transdueer fitting on engine firewali
assembly and
connect the other end of 5-0421E08-116 hose assembly to fitting an engine (refer to Figure 2).
4. Install AC-IE snubber between S-0421E02-116 hose assembly and 5-0421108-252 hose assembly. Connect the
othel´• end of 5-0421302-116 hase assembly to ail pressure transducer fitting on engine Arewall assembly and
connect the othel´• end of 8-0421808-262 hose assembly to fitting on engine. Use existing clamps and hardware
to secure hose assemblies (refer to Figure 2)
5 Apply 940005 fuel pressure identification tape to both ends of applicable 5´•0421102-116 fuel pressure hose
assemblies (refer to Figure 2).
PUBLICllnON6 Llf EDIED: Tbs *i~iane Neinteoan.a ibsnu.l .od illusbotsd Pehs Ontol~ chansal .a~juind bg
this document will be incorporated at the next scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLI*NCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance record. as follows: Se.vice Information
Na. SI´•203, dated 21 February 1985. entitled "lnline Protection for Fuel and Oil Pressure Transducers", accomplished
(date)
Page40f4
SE RVICE PUB LI CATIO NS
Page 1 of 1
_´•
REI\SON FOR PUBLICI\TION: TO ROUTE AIR FROM CABIN OUTFLOW VALVES DIRECTLY OVERBOARD AND
ELIMINATE HUMIDITY, FROM CABIN, FORMING FROST ON ELECTRONIC
EQUIPMENT LOCATED ON UPPER NOSE DECK.
NOTI
PARTS D*TA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERV1CE INFORMATION MAY BE PROCURED
THROUGH YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR )820.04
REFERENCE THIS SERVICE INFORMATION, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL
NUMBER WHEN
ORDERING SERVICE INFORMATION NO. SI´•204 KIT CONSISTNNI OFTHE FOLLOWING:
Page 1 of 11
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. SI-204
1 310181-126 Doubler
C
se.
Is.. Doubler*~y
1 ea. 830156-11 Strip Assy
1 se. 880018-503 Vent
1 as. 880113-5 Doubler
2 se, 880114-3 Shroud HalfAssy
2 ea. 880714-5 Shroud Half Assy
1 se. 8801165 Shroud Assy
1 se. Compliance Card
1 ea. Service Information No. SI-204 Instructions
SPECllLTOOLS: NONE,
nCCOMPLISHMENT lNSTRtlCTlONS:
I CIYII.N~I
C*VTION
i. Remove upper door assembly from fuselage nose section to gain secess to outnow valves located on forward
pressure bulkhead (rsfar to Figure i).
i. Remove left side and left lower aeeeas doom from fuselage nose section and remove duct to facilitate installation
of e~hauat vent (refer to Figure 1).
i. RBm~YD LR lond"p llsht nsl´• as ~uilm*i in Ch´•pts SS ~Lh´• AliplnnL Msintanaors Manual
Removal of landing light is to facilitate installation of 880113-3 doubler.
5. Disconnect flex duct from ram air check valve and remove flen duct from fuselage nose section.
6. Locate and make a cutout in lower left fuselage nose shin for installation of 880113-3 doubler, 510944-13 doubler
assembly and 880018-603 vent. Cutout for vent and doublers is to match enisting vent and doubler cutout on
lower nght side offuselage nose (refer to Figure 1).
7. Locate and drill 880115-3 doubler, 310944-13 doubler assembly and 880018503 vent on lower left fuselage nose
8. Dimple fuselage akin, 880115-3 doubler, 510944-13 doubler assembly and 880018´•503 vent to accept
MS20426AD4 rivet heads (refer to Figure a).
9. Install 880113-3 doubler, 310944-13 doubler assembly and 880018-603 vent on lower fuselage nose skin using
MS20426AD4 rivets (reBr to Figure 2).
page 2 of 11
SERYICE INFORMATION NO, 51-204
NOTE
11. Remove existing rivets in area where 810181-126 doubler is to be installed (reEer to Figure 4).
12. Relocate 0.250-inch diameter hole in nose deck for routing landing light wire (refer to Figure 6).
13 Position 31[)181-125 doubler on nose deck, locate and make a cutout in left side of upper nose deck (refer to
Figure 41.
14. Drill and install MS2104?L3 nualate (2 plaees) on leR side of upper nose deck. Holes for nutplates are to match
holes in 310181-125 doubler (refer to Figure 5).
15 Locate, drill and install 310181-125 doubler on left aide of upper nose deck (refsr to Figure 51
16. Locate, drill and install M821o89LoBK nutplate (8 places) on aEt side of forward pressure bulkhead. Brush coat
seal around rivets and nutplates using sealant and sealing procedures outlined in Chapter 20 of the Airplane
Maintenance Manual (refer to Figure 6).
17. Reinstall out0ow valves as outlined in Chapter 21 of the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
18. Functional check outnow valves as outlined in Chapter 21 olthe Airplane Maintenance Manual.
to. Instail 880714-5 ahmud ball aaasmbly is pls~rsi end 881116 ahraud hall ssssmbly IZ jllBF~S) Un FDFWBFd
pressure bulkhead using M535206´•229 screw (12 places) and AN9jOD06 washer (12 places) (refer to Figure 7).
21. install 880116-3 shroud assembly on left side of upper nose deck using AN3-6A bolt (2 placesi and AN960D10
washer (2 places) (reEer to Figure 7).
22. install NC22S´•13-29-4 duet and NC22S´•13´•52-4 duet on shroud assemblies using AN737TW107 clamps (reEer to
Figure 7).
23. Reinstall left landing light on fuseless nose as outlined in Chapter 33 of the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
24. Reinstall hex duet on ram air check valve and lower left secess door using existing hardware.
25. Reinstall left side and left lower doers fuselage section
access an nose using existing hardware
26. Reinstall upper door aa~iembly on fuselage nose section using existing hardware.
Page 3 of 11
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. SI-204
REMOVE THIS
DOOR ~gsy
-"9
LOWER LEFT
ACCESS DOOR
OPENIN(I IREFI
J
REMOVE THESE
ACCESSDOORS
AFTEDOEOF
FUSELPIOE SKIN
~n C_
’a.so´•´•
CUTOUT IN SKIN TO
MATCH CUTOUT IN b~
ssmls´•s DOUBLER
I ~J I
’’L´•,
TRUE DIMENSION
ALONGCONTOUR
OF FUSELP~(IE SKIN
’7.75"
STA STA
LOWER EDGE OF
5.50
SKIN
VIEW LOOKING UP
AT FUSELAGE NOSE
Fieurs 1.
PaCe 4 of 11
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. SI-204
C a-~
--i-´•,
O sr,
´•4.W S.BO
MSZOIZBPIM RIVET
880713´•3 DOUBLER I3JPLs)
(TRIM AS NECESSARY)
;I -t- c t´•
1.26"
880010603 VENT
_
t- f
(I 31(Wd4´•13DOUBLERAS8Y
rl C
I_I+
I-; f
\’R
t
;I+ c
+III-’-
MF2042B~D4 RIVET
118 PLSL
c~
Y´•
ExlsnNo HOLE
MSzol28aon nlvET
I1PLSI j.
NOII
Filule 3
Page 5 of 11
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. SI-204
r.
STA
~t
6.50´•1 -1 830135´•11 STRIP
~lil s.la .y/ aJo~
NOSE DECK
IRE FI
EXISTING STEREO
WWER UNIT
(REFI
-I---
InEFI
i’
Lt~
CTc~++
li~in
B VIEW LOOKING DOWN
ON NOSE DECK
Fieura 3.
Page 6 of 11
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. 51´•204
sra
´•12.0
t
EDGEOFCUTOUT
IREFI
t+
~1I7
FUIELAOE
t h +5 t f ~kOES:IOECK
EDGE OF I I A\)C
CUTOUT
+T~
IREFI
o.85´•´•n
+i
:i f
llJ C,
3.15~´•
Jilt
i
EOGEOFCUTOUT
IREFI
C’ 310101-121
t
;i i
OOUsLER
IREFI
-VS5-
X
310181´•126 DOUBLER
i
EOOEDF
CUTOUT
IAEF1
Page 7 of 11
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. 81-?04
STI\
´•tz.a
Q FusELaaE
NOSE DECK
IREFI
MS20428A04
RIVET i
a a
f
~B
a
´•Ilcl.m
6.751´•
el L I I J.o.lse~o.zololn HOLE
f NOSE DECK
Q a PLSL
a
a
THIS HOLE IN
a NOSE DECK 2.5(1" AFT
nhlo aN sAmE suTr
LINE IRL1 AS EXISTING
MS204281\D4 RIVET 0.2~0´•´• DIA HOLE
i. ILANDIN(I LIGHT WIRE
FLUSH HEAD IN NOSE
DECK ITHESE TWO nOLEl
t
EXISTING RIVETS DO Z
NOT PICKUP DOUBLERI
310181-125 DOUBLER
Icll~
LEGEND: flNDIC~TE)EXISTINO
HOLE IMU*IO~D4 RIVET)
EXCEPT AS NOTED.
O IF THIS RIVET HOLE INTERFERES
~L INDICATES ADDED WITH LANDING LIGHT WIRE HOLE.
MS?W281\04 RIVETS FLUSH PLUG HOLE IN DOUBLER
I\NO RELOCATE HOLE. MI\INTI\IN
a INDICATES ADDED EDGE DISTANCE OF 1 x Dll\. j
MS20470~D1 RIYETS- OF RIVET PLUS O.DB’~.
Figure 5.
pago 8 of 11
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. SI-2U4
AtRcnnFT
I)IA. HOLE
MSZIOBBLOBK NUTPL*TE
oN *FT SIDE OF BULKHEAD
(3 PLSI
I.ss´•´•
6~"’
1-I-
UPPER OUTFLOWAAFETY
YALVE HOLE LREFI
c 0
LOWER OUTFLOWISAFETY
VI\LVE HOLE IREFI
C:,
r/-3´•16
j
O
~r%.g´• I
D1A. HOLE
MSZIOBBLOBK NUTPLATE
ON AFT SIDE OF BULKHEAD
Figure 6.
Page 9 of 11
SERVICE INFORMATION NO SI-204
SIOl(a38HROUD
HALF ASFY
880114´•SSWROUD
AN737M1107 CLAMP I HALF A9SY
PPLSI
FWDPRESSUAE
BULKHEAD
IRBF1
NC228´•13-28´•4
DUCT
NC22S´•13-S211
DUCT i ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,.s3szoa´•22escREw
I11PLSI
r
880715-39HROUDASEY
i
I\N3´•S~ BOLT
i\NBB0010WAIHER I I FUSELAOB NOSE
(2 PLB) I DECK IREFI
Fi(lYn 7.
Pnge 10 of II
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. 81-204
WEIGHT AND IPIL~NCE: The weight and balance ehanpe due to instailation olthia Se~vice information is as Follows:
SP*RES AFFECTED: NO
PUBLICATION8 AFFECTED: The Illustrated Parts Catalog change required by this document will be incorporated at
the nert scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Ssrvice Information
No. SI-204, dated July 1986, entitled "Overbaard Routing of Cabin Exhaust ae~ompliJhed (date)
Paec 11 or ii
Service Information
C
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: TO REDUCE THE POSSIBLE FAILURE OF TAE EXHAUST STATIC PRESSURE
HOSE ASSEMBLIES DUE TO HEAT HARDENWG.
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE INFORMATION MAY BE PROCURED
TMROUOH YOUR NEAREST OUI.FSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR 8187.74.
REFERENCE THIS SERVICE INFORMATION, AIRCRMT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUJIBER WHEN
ORDERING SERVICE INFORMATION NO. S1a05 KIT CONSIST~O OP THE FOLLOWWO:
(a
PaSe1 of 1
Clly..
BEFORE CHANGE
F1REW~LL
HOSE
aFsY (REFI
REMOVE EXISTIN(I
SW21EOBQn EXHPIUSISTATIC
HOSE ASSY
EN(IINE TUBE
ASSY (REF)
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL (REF)
Figure 1. (2hes)l~( 2)
P~e 2 d 4
SERVICE INPORMAT~ON NO. 8b205
AFTER CHANGE
FlnEwaLL IREF,
S0421E02´•080
HOSE ASPY
L~n) cLnw cs
~N9BO´•1OL WPSHER
M821042L3 NUT
nOSE
489Y IREFL
P1N81841 UNION
ENOINBTUBE
~ISY(RBFL
IEMPERI\NRe
CONTROL IRIFI
Fipur´• 1.(5h´•´•t2 or 2)
Pnge3~14
EIERVICEINPORMATION NO. 91-205
INSSRUCTIONS:
1. Remove upper and right side cowling from leR and right engines.
2. Remove and discard existing left and right e~hauat static pressure hose assemblies PIN 9-0421308-211 (rsPer to
5. Install C04alE02-080 hose assembly, AN816U uniah and 650516883 tube assembly on left and right engines
(refer to Figure 1, Sheet 2 of 2).
4. Secure the 9´•0821301´•080 hole assembly to the existing pitot hose assembly using MS2191PH12 clamp (2
places), M8210S8C1-08 screw, ANBGO-1OL washer and MSZ10112LS nut (refer to Figure 1, Sheet 2 of 2).
5. Secure the 650578-858 tube alsembly to existing engine tubs assembly using M821919B4 clamp (2 places),
M921098C1-08 screw, ANOBQ1OL waahsr andM821042LS nut (refer to Figure 1, Sheet 2 of 2).
Reinstall upper and right side Eowling on left and right engines.
PUBLICATIONS AIPECTEED: The Illustrated Parte Catalog change rsquirsd by this document will be incorporated at
the next scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service information
No. 91205, dated 8 April 1958, entitled Exhaust-Static Pressure Hose Aesembiy Replacement", accomplished
(dats)
Page 4 of 4
’r. r-
~Sll
Service :Infovmation Culfslream Rerospaee Corpanrion
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: TO RELOCATE NTS SWITCH TO A MORE SECURE AREA PREVENTING
POSSIBLE SWITCH WIRE FAILURE.
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SERVICE INFORMATION MAY BE PROCURED
THROUGH YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICEESPE~R FOR: KIT NO. 1 1281.46
OR KIT NO. 2 5358.49. REFERENCE THIS SERVICE INFORMATION, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL
NUMBER WHEN ORDERING INFORMATION NO. SbloB KIT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
hla ~vllmmn
Kit Kit
No. 1 N~.,2
BTY QTY PART NO. DESCRIPaON
2 ea. a os. 6305’16-851 Tube Assy
2 ea. 2 os. 800040-415 Restrictor
2 ea. 2 ea. ANB288*L Nut
2 os. 2 os, AN785~-4 Tee
2 ea. 2 os. AN8t14 Plug
8 ea. 8 ea. SOS10904T O´•Ring
Z ea. 2 os. 80811-804 Backup Ring
2 so. 8104961E1 Hose Artsy
2 ea. 80421306244 Hose Asuy
1 ea. 1 ea. Compliance Ca~d
1 os. 1 os. Se~iea IDlonnation No. 51´•206 Instructions
Pi~e t oi 4
SEILVICE INFORMAT?ON NO. 91´•206
laslrloa soxEXlsTINo
IRIP)
rvplcnL
EN(IINB I\SPY
(ReFI
ehlalNE EXISTING
"*"’:k9~9 ’6C/
MODELS 890. 690AAND 6909
EXISTING BETA
PRESSURISWITCH
IREF)
eXlsTINo otL
IUPPLYHOSE
(dePi
ExmlNo
loNlnoN BOX
IREFI
EN(IINE MI\NIPOLD
(REF)
eXlsTINOANB2aBd NUT
fRNPFIBWOBZ´•445 Rf STRICTOR
EXISTING
~N81Sd UNION
(ReFI
ExlsnNa sern
PnEsnuRa swncH
IRePI
RIGHT TYPICnL
b
TYPICAL
ENIIINB A8SY
L;
d.
i ’R""
EN(IINE MANIFOLD
a
IRE Fl
EXI8TIN(I
BOX
IREFI
SaS1DB04TORINO
ISAFETY WIRE PLU(II
83MB´•861
TUBE A85Y
Om(DB04TO´•RIN(i
EX1STINB NTS SWITCH
(SAFETY WIRE SWITCH)
EX18TIN(I BETA
AN714
PRESSURE SWITCH
ISAFETY WIAE SWITCHI
ALL MODELS
AFTER CHANGE
iieurs 2.
Psga3o14
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. SI´•208
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCSIONS:
2. Disconnect electrical connectors ham NT9 switch and Beta Pressure switch (refer to Figure i).
S. Remove and discard existing oil supply hose assembly (refer to Figure i).
4. Remove existing NTS switch and Beta Pressure switch and retain both switches for reinstallation (refer to Figure
i).
5. On Models 6B0C, 680D, 895, 696A and 685B, remove and discard existing elbow (P/N AN941-4), restrictor (PIN
900092416) and nut (P~ ANB289-4) fi´•om engine manifold (refer to Figure ii.
B. Remove and discard existing union (PIN AN811~4) from engine manifold (refer to Figure i).
8. install ANB144 plug and SoS10904T a´•ring in engine manifold port that NTS switch was originally installed
in. Safety wire plug (refer to Figure 2).
9. Install AN?83´•4 tee, S-031090PT o-ring, 90911904 backup ring and ANBls9-4 nut on engine manifold. Position
"branch" of teefacing forward along ignition box (refer to Figure 2).
10. Install existing NTS switch and S0310-904T oring in AN?83´•4 tee and safety wire switch (refer to Figure 2).
11. Install 800040-475 restrictor and S0910-804T oring on engine manifold (refer to Figure 2).
12. Install 830518-667 tube assembly on 800040-418 restrictor (refer to Figure 2).
13. Install existing Beta Pressure switch on 830378667 tube assembly and safety wire switch (refer to Figure 2).
14. Install 810494-RE1 hose assembly (Models 690, BgoA and 6808) or 5-0421105´•244 hose assembly (Models 890C,
690D, 885i 696A and 695B) and secure hose assemblies with existing dames and hardware (reEsr to Figure 2).
15. Reconnect existing electrical connectors to NT8 switch and Beta Pressure switch and safety wire connectors.
NOTE
PUBLICATIONS APPECTED: The Airplane Maintenance Manual and Illustrated Parts Catalog changes required by
this document will be incorporated at the next scheduled revision.
RecORD COMPLI*NCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows; Service information
No. SI-208, dated 12 April 1986, entitled "Negative Torgue Sensor (NT9) Switch Reiocation", accomplished
idate)
ppgsdoi(
Service Information Gulfstream
C: Aerospace
MODELS AFFECTED: MODELS 680T, 680V AND 880W, SERIAL NOS. 1413 THRU 1850.
MODEL 681, SERIAL NOS. 8001 THRU 60?2.
MODELS 690, 690A AND BBOB, SERIAL NOS. 11(101 THRU 11868.
MODEL 69OC, SERIAL NOS. 11600 THRU 11?36.
MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 16001 THRU 16042.
MODEL 685, SERIAL NOS. 86000 THRU 95084.
MODEL 695A, SERIAL NOS. 88001 THRU 88100.
MODEL 695B, SERIAL NOS. 88201 THRU 86208.
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: TO RECOMMEND COMPLIANCE WITH DARRET~ TURBINE ENGINE COMPANY
(OTEC) SERVICE BULLETIN NO. TPEITSE831-740003.
BY WHOM WORK WILL BE ACCOMPLISHED: REFER TO GTEC SERVICE BULLETIN NO. TPE~8E331-?(-0003.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1 Comply with Garrett Turbine Engine Company Service Bulletin No. TPEI~SE331-?il-0003.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Senriee Information
No. SL-2I1. dated 30 June 1986, entitled "Garrett Turbine Engine Company Service Bulletin No. TPEPI~SE331-14-0003,"
accomplished (date)
Page 1 of 1
I~ SERVICE
1,
BULLETI#
GARRETT TURBINE ENGINE COMPANY
This is a COMPLETE revf sion. This bulletin has been reprinted in its entirety.
Please remove and discard all pages of prior issues and replace with
pages of
this revision.
Section 1
Section 3
.ist
oate oate
Plsulour Revirlonr:
Ma r 24/86 TPE/TSE331-74-0003
Page 2 of 2
I~ SERVICE BULLB~WWI
GARRETT TURBINE ENGINE COMPANY
C
ENGINE IGNITION Replace Ignition Unit
A. Ef fectl vl ty
Prior to
Part No. Model No. Serial No. ~eplicatlon
-1-3/-1-4/ 581
-1-5
R 893330-1-1/ TPE331-55B Jetllner 600 (Oove)
-1-2
R 893130-1-1/ TPE331-1-100F *14003 Pilatus Porter
Prior to
Part No. Model No.
Seria~. Application
Prior to
Part No. Model No. Serial No. Application
8. Reason
(1) Problem: The present ignition unit duty cycle is limited in ac-
cordance with the aircraft flight manual based on vendor
recommendations.
(2) Background: Ilhen the aircraft flight manual limits are exceeded,
the ignition unit is subject to failure.
(3) Action: A new ignition unit has been developed with an extended
du ty eye le.
R (a) Above +50F (~10C) ambient temperature, the ignition unit may
be operated up to one hour continous duty. The total time
"on" shall not exceed one hour without one hour "off". The
R one hour "on" may be either continuous or intermittent.
R (b) Below ~50 (~iOC) ambient temperature, the ignition unit may be
R required without limitation provided service bul-
as
R n TPE331-75-0004 has been complied with.
i.
C. ption
D. Compliance
E. Approval
The change to the engine type design authorized by this service bulletin
R complies with applicable Federal Aviation Regulations and is FAA
approved.
F. Manhour Requirements
No change.
J. Publications References
Illustrated
Part/ Overhaul Maintenance Parts
Model No. Manual Manual Catal oq
Illustrated
Part/ Overhaul Maintenance Parts
Model No. Manual Manual Catalpg
R TPE331-1OU-501G NA *72-00-23 72-01-15
R TPE331-1OU-5O2G NA *72-00-23 72-01-15
R TPE331-10U-511G NA *72-00-23 72-01-15
R TPE331-10U-512G NA *72-00-23 72-01-15
TPE331-10UF-501H NA *72-00-42 72-00-41
R TPE331-1OUF-511H NA *72-00-42 72-00-41
R TPE331-1OUF-512H NA *72-00-42 72-00-41
R TPE331-1OUF-513H NA *72-00-42 72-00-41
R TPE331-10UR-513H NA *72-00-42 72-00-41
TPE331-llUA-601W NA *72-00-25 72-00-24
Apr 14/82
TPE/iSE331-74-0003
Revision 3, Mar 24/a6
Page 6
SERVICE BULLETIN
GARRETT TURBINE ENGINE COMPANY
2. inrtructlonr
R (1) Gain access to and remove Ignition Unit, Part No. 868962-2 in ac-
cordance with Engine Maintenance Manual.
R (4) Check and ensure proper engine operation in accordance with Air-
R craft Flight Manual and/or appropriate aircraft documents.
R (5) Make entry in engine log book noting engine operating time land
serial number of installed canponent if applicable) and compliance
with this service bulletin land service bulletin revision number if
applicable).
R (6) Reidentiiicatlon of equiprrnt net reguired.
R (7) Complete Compl i ance Certificate fo rm and ma ii. Contact local Gar-
R rett authorized service center to obtain forms, if required.
3. Mater~al infarmatlan
R The fol lowing parts are requi red to accomplish the 1 nstructf ons outl i ned i n
R this service bulletin.
Unit
List Instructlons-
New PN Ouantity Pri ce Key Word Old PN Disposition
*Thfs price is F.O.B. Garrett Phoenlx, Arrzona and will remain fl~m through
R September 17, 1986.
II
Service snformatisn Gulfstream
Aerospace
MODELS AFFECTED: MODELS 690, 690A AND 690B, 8ERIAL NOS. 11001 THRU 11566.
MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11600 THRU 11?35.
MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 15001 THRU 16042.
MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 95000 THRU 95084.
MODEL 695A, SERIAL NOS. 96000 THRU 96100.
MODEL 6968, SERIAL NOS. 96201 THRU 96208.
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: TO RECOMMEND COMPLIANCE WITH GARKF.TT TURBINE ENGINE COMPANY
(rrTECI SERVICE BULLETIN NO TPEiTSES31-75-4004,
BY WHOM WORK WILL BE ACCOMPLISHEO: REFER TO GTEC SERVICE BULLETIN NO. TPEITSE331-76-0004.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
I Comply with Garrett Turbine Engine Company Service Bulletin Na. TPERSE~1-76´•00011.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Mabe an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Information
No. SI´•P12. dated 30 June 1986, entilled’~Garrett Turbine Engine Company Service Bulletin No. TPEiTSES31-15-0004,’’
nci:limi,lishod tdate)
Page i of 1
SERYICE BULLETIN
GARRETT TURBINE ENGINE COMPANY
C
REVISION TRANSMITTAL SHEET
Step 2.A. Is revised to delete reference to Part No. 868780-1 and add
Part Nd. 896298-5.
Section 3
Jan 14/85
TPE/TSE331-75-0004
Page 1 of 2
Copyright 1985 by The Garrett Corporation 2
´•SEWCE BULLIE’BIN
GARRETT INE ENGINE COMPANY
Previous Revisions:
None
Jan 14/85
TPE/TSE331-75-0004 14
o,,, ,f
BULUETII
j~ SEP\IIGE GARRETT TURBINE ENGINE COMPANY
1. Planni nq Informa ti on
A. Effectivi ty
Prior to
Part No. Model No. Serial No. Application
Prior to
Part No. Model No. Serial No. Application
B. Reason
E. Approval
F. Manhour Requirements
Feb 28/84
TPE/TSE331-75-0004
Revision 1, Jan 14/85 Pin.
(O
SERIIIGE BULLETIN
GARRETT TURBINE ENGINE COMPANY
No change.
J. Publications References
Illustrated
Part/ Overhaul Maintenance Parts
Model No. Manual Manual Catalos
Illustrated
Part/ Overhaul Maintenance Parts
Model No. Manual Manual Catalqg
TPE331-6-252M NA *72-00-95 72-00-94
TPE331-6A-251M NA *72-00-95 72-00-94
TPE331-6A-252M NA *72-00-95 72-00-94
TPE331-8-401S NA *72-00-13 72-00-11
TPE331-8-4025 NA "72-00-13 72-00-11
TPE331-8-403S NA *72-00-13 72-00-11
TPE331-8-404S NA *72-00-13 72-00-11
TPE331-10-501C NA *72-00-23 72-00-21
TPE331-10-501K NA *72-00-23 72-00-21
TPE331-1D-501M NA *72-00-23 72-00-21
TPE331-1O-511C NA *72-00-28 72-00-21
TPE331-10-511K NA *72-00-29 72-00-21
TPE331-10-511M NA *72-00-27 72-00-21
TPE331-10R-501C NA f72-00-23 72-00-21
TPE331-10R-502C NA *72-00-23 72-00-21
TPE331-10R-511C NA *72-00-28 72-00-21
TPE331-10R-512C NA *72-00-28 72-00-21
TPE331-10U-501E NA *72-00-42 72-00-41
TPE331-10U-501G NA *72-00-23 72-00-21
TPE331-10U-50ZG NA "12-00-23 72-00-21
TPE331-10U-503G NA *72-00-23 72-00-21
TPE331-10U-511G NA *72-00-23 72-00-21
TPE331-10U-512G NA *72-00-23 72-00-21
TPE331-10U-513G NA *72-00-30 72-00-21
TPE331-10UA-501G NA *72-00-45 72-00-44
TPE331-10UA-511G NA *72-00-45 72-00-44
TPE331-10UF-501H NA *72-00-42 72-00-41
TPE331-~OUF-511H NA *72-00-42 72-00-41
R TPE331-10UF-512H NA *72-00-42 72-00-41
R TPE331-iOVF-513H NA *72-00-42 72-00-41
R TPE331-10UR-513H NA *72-00-42 72-00-41
TPE331-llU-601G NA *72-00-25 72-00-24
TPE331-llU-602G NA *72-00-25 72-00-24
TPE331-llU-611G NA *72-00-25 72-00-24
TPE331-ilU-612G NA *72-00-25 72-00-24
TPE331-llUA-601W NA *72-00-25 72-00-24
TPE331-liUA-611W NA *72-00-25 72-00-24
C
K. Service Bulleti n References
R The following service bul letf n(s) should be revf ewed by the operator for
R possible incorporation at this time.
Filler rod (4043) Cabot Corp, Stellite 01v, 1020 West Park
Ave, P.O. Box 746, Kokomo, IN 46901
R (3) Locate and identify three 1/8 inch diJlneter holes to be reworked.
R (See figure 1.)
e, o
vlw
o O
O o
vim B
18-5625
View A PN 868700-2
View B PN 896298-1 thru -5
(c) Puddle weld to fill three 1/8 inch diameter holes in accord-
ance with AMS4190 using aluminum filler rod (4043).
R (7) Reidentlfy Anti-Ice Shield, Part No. 868780-2 to Part No, 868780-3
R by removing -2 (868780-2) and entering a -3 (868780-3) using an ink
R stamp or stencil.
(10) Upon completion of engine reassembly, check and ensure proper en-
(11) Upon co~npletion of this rework, make entry in engine log book not-
ing engine operating time tend serial number of installed component
If applicable) and compliance with this service bulletin land ser-
vice bulletin revision number if applicable).
(13) Complete Compliance Certificate form and mail. Contact local Gar-
rett authoriled service center to obtain forms, if required.
R Unit
R List Instructlons-
R New PN Quantity Prlce* Key Word Old PN Olspositfon
C
R *Thls price is F.O.B. Garrett Phoen(x, Arizona and will remain fins through
R May 14, 1985.
MODELS AFFECTED: MODELS 680T, 680V AND 680W, SERIAL NOS. 1413 THRU 1850 1
MODEL 681, SERIAL NOS. 60(11 THRU 6072.
MODELS 690, 690A AND 6908, SERIAL NOS. 11001THRU 11566.
MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11600 THRU 11735.
MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 11001 THRU 15042.
MODEL 696, SERIAL NOS. 96000 THRU 96084.
MODEL BB5A, SERIAL NOS. 96000 THRU 96100
MODEL 6958, SERIAL NOS. 96201 THRU 96208.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
NOTE
C PUBLIC/ITIONS*FFECTED: NONE
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an approprinte entry in oi~lsne maintenance records as follows: Servior Information
No. 5I-214, dated 30 June 1986, entiiled’~Emergeney Airworthiness Directive No 86´•12-02," aceompliahed
(dnte)
Page 1 of]
EMERGENCY AIRWORTBINESS DIRECTIVE
Q
uSDeoortmenl
dTnm~atatm :VdlT~: ~PIRDI 1(ITION11
A(LO~ OITICT
MUIMIIL CIT( MiUrrml 1111~
~sd´•rm ~iv*mon
Mm(n(~fmtMn
DIRECTIVE
RECEIVED gy bhT$
ri I b? L R I fl R
V Y ~u s l\al-4k As
RECEIVED svbh7P
1 86-12-02
?i;bmplis~ed.
IIOTE: Garrett recomnends chat oil samples continue to be
?Ua-gER COLSACT:
I. Planni no I nformat i on
A. Effectivity
PRIOR TO
PART NO. MODECO. _SSBIAL_NP. APPLICATION
TPE331-72-0530
May 9/86 Page 2
9
I~14 SERYICE BULLETIN
GARRETT TURBINE ENGINE COMPANY
C
PRIOR TO
PART NO. MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. APPLICATION
8. Reason
(2) BacLground: Tm, recent Beryllium Copper nut failures were at-
tributed to erasion pitting. Both failures occurred at less than
100 operating hours since overhaul and/or hat section inspection.
(3) Action: Erosion pitting of the Beryllium Capper nut can be detected
C by accomplishing
In
a zpectron~tric analysis of oil sampler collected
accordance with the Engine Maintenance Manual at an accelerated
schedule as detailed in this service bulletin.
TPE331-72-053n
~nv 0/~5 P~o" 3
[p
SERYICE BULLIETIH
GRRRETT TVRBINE ENGINE COMPANY
D. Compliance
(1) Less than 20 engine operating hours time since new, overhaul, or
initial sample
any maintenance to turbine bearing support area,
shall be taken at 25 engine operating hours; and at 25 engine oper-
hour intervals thereafter until 100 engine operating hours
ating
a re accumu la ted. Resume normal SOAP schedule after 100 engine
operating hours.
(2) n.re than 20 engine operatrng hour. and le~r than 100 engine oper-
ating overhaul, or any maintenance to turbinL
hours time since new, C
beanng support area; initial sample shall be taken within five en-
gine operating hours of receipt of this service bulletin; and at 25
engine operating hour intervals thereafter until 100 engine operat-
ing hours are accumulated. Resume normal SOAP schedule after 100
engine operating hours.
(3) More than 100 engine operating hours and less than 500 engine oper-
ating hours time since new, overhaul, or any rraintenance to turbine
bearing support area; a sample shall be taken within 50 engine
operating hours of receipt of this service bulletin.
E. Approval
FAA a pproved.
F. Manhour Requirements
TPE331-72-0530
paoe
~ay 9/86 7
SERVICE BULLEVIH
GARRETT TURBINE ENGINE COMPANY
No change.
J. Publications References
11":331-72-053’
9!P~ i
’i
I~ SERVICE BULIETIR
GARRETT TUABINE ENGINE COMPANY
iPE331-72-0j30
I~lay 9/86 Pnge 6
9
i~ SERVICE BULLEBIW
GRRRETT TURBINE ENGINE COMPANY
C
A. Obtain’Oil Sample for Analysis
N91E: Do C(O_I submit engine oil filter with oil samples for this service
bulletin.
(1) Obtain an oil sample for SORP analysis in accordance with Engine
Maintenance Manual using container provided in Kit, Part No.
831022-1.
(3) Package the oil sample to prevent leakage in accordance with Engine
Maintenance Manual.
(4) Forward oil sample and data sheet to Garrett Turbine Engine Com-
pany, P.O. Box 5217, Phoenix, AZ 85010 (Attn: S.O.R.P. Program, SB#
72-0530) for analysis, or any Garrett authorl~ed laboratory capable
of detecting Berylllum in the oil.
(5) If the result of the S.O.A.P. analysis is 0.1 to 0.2 PPM Beryllium,
accanpllsh following within five engine operating hours of
the
receipt of analysis results. If the result of the S.O.A.P.
analysis is more than 0.2 PPM Beryllium, accanpllsh the following
prior to the next flight.
fol lows.
Shpit Length
TPE331-72-0530
Mav 9/86
Page 10
SEWVICE BULkEllstB
GARRETT TURBINE ENGINE COMPANY
(e) Change engine oil and filter in accordance with Engine Main-
tenance Manual.
(6) After each special oil sample cycle is canpleted, enter compliance
with this service bulletin in engine log book noting engine opera-
tion time and compliance with this service bulletin.
(8) Complete Compliance Certificate form and mail. Contact local Gar-
rett authorized service center to obtain forms, if required.
18
~ilSE"VleE BULLETIR GARRE~T TURBINE ENGINE COMPANY
C
3. Ma teri a 1 inf ormatl on
Unit
List Instru~tions-
New PN Ouantity price" Key Uord Old PN Oisposition
REASON FOR PUBLICATION TO RECOMMEND COMPLIANCE WITH DOWTY ROTOL SERVICE LEWER NO.
E.12S REV. 2.
ACCOMPLISHMEM INSTRUCTIONS:
PUBLIC~TIONS AFFECTED: The Airplane Maintenance Manual chenge required by this document will be
incorporated st the next seheduied revision.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplans maintenance records as Follows: Service Informntion
No. 51´•219, dated 27 February 1981, entitled "Dowty Ratol Service Letter No. E. 125 REV. 2,~ accomplished
(date)
Pale I ot 1
LIMIISD
K()~fOI.
SERVICE 1ETTER
SUBJECT: G.A.PROPELLER
OE-ICING SLIP RINGS.
i.
/cont’d...
2.
IBQW~I
LIMITID
SE RV ICE 1E TT ER
PACE 2 No. E.1~3 REV.E.
2.
saturated.
REASON FOR PVBLICAIION: SEVERAL RECENT ECU FAILURES HAVE DEMONSTRATED A NEED
TO
~i?""/ REEMPHASIZE THE 8YMPTOhIS OP AN ECU AILURE AND THE APPROi
i
PRUTE ACTION BY THE PILOT AS SHOWN hi THE APPLICABLE
APM/POA.
COMPLIANCE: N(YI´• APPLICABLE.
SPECIALTOOLS: NONE.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
ORIGIINBLL As
P´•pr LIZ
RECEIYED 8Y ATP
BERYICE INFORMATION NO. SI-220
*0´•r
C
Placing Bleed Air Selector to BDTH CLOSED will render
the alrdriven artillclal horieon and the wing and
empe-
nnage delcer boots inoperative.
PUBUCAnONSIFPeCTeD: ~I-NONE.
"I .I
C
Pnce 2 of 2
i
D:´•
A~space
ii
ServioelBullet(n 81´•1048.
WEBMTIND:BAL*NEB: NO CHANOB.
B
NO.
PueLlcnnons AFFECTID: Th. Alrplsne: Maintonn~oe MqnuAl hb.~ rrqulrrd by this document will hr
incorporated at tke nout sohbduled revl.lan.
oR8csg~at
As RBcojued Ry
ATP
i
i i
IDQPilT~I’I ROTOL
StRVICt BULL[IIN
MOULFICATION No.(c)VP3179
1. PLANNING INFORMATION
A. Effectivity
Ai rcraft
(c)Propeller
Gulf streamAerospace Commander R306/3-82-F/7
Fairchild A/C Corp. Metro III Merlin IVC R321/4-82-F/8
Fairchild A/C Corp. Merlin IILC
R324/4-82-F/9
FMA IA66
R316/4-82-F/6
jetstream 31
R333/4-82-F/12
CASA 212
R334/4-82-F/13
Embraer Xingu 111 R338/4-82-F/14
B. Reason
O. Compliance
F.
Feb 10/87
61-1049
Page 1 of 3
BD~TiYI ROTOt
S[RV~Clt´• :IIHflll
G. Material
H. iaolinq
(1) None.
i. Weight
(1) None.
3. References
StRYICI BULLtllN
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS
A. Embodiment Instructions
(1) On build of blade group use E550 Beacon 325 grease for all loca-
tions illustrated in the component maintenance manual with the
exception of the blade mating faces of the blade bearings bottom
races. At these locations the grease detailed in the
component
maintenance manual is to continue in use.
Method of identification
3. MAIERIAL INFORMATION
Li
~II
i.
~1:"´•-´•
MODELS AFFECTED: MODELS 880T, 680V AND 88(1W, SERIAL NOS. 1418 THRU 1R~O.
MODEL 681, SERIAL NOS. 6001 THRU 6072. gj
MODELS 690, fiSOA AND 89011, SERIAL NOS. 11001TIIRU 11548, 11550 THRU 11586.
"MonnL s~ac, aRlhr NOS. IIBODTIIRU 11195
MODEL 6I)OD, SERIAL NOS.
15002 TIIRU 16042.
MODEL 695, SERIAI. NO9. 9500L) THRU 95084.
MODEL B(IBh, SERIAL NOS. 04001 THRU 96100.
MODEL 695R, SERTAI,’NOS. 96062, 96063, 98069, 98075, 96078, 96088 AND 96201 TIIRU
86208.
REASOu FOR PUBLIC;TION: TO PROVIDE AN ACbESS HOLE 1N .NDINE NACEWIE FOR EASIER REMOVAL
OF MLD TRUNNTON PIN.´• THIS WILT, ALLOW rOR REMOVAL OF MAW GEAR
WITHOUT LOWERING ENQINE NACELLE WHEN COMPLYIND WITH TIIE FIVE
(5) YEAR OMR I~NSPEFPION.
al~l NOTE
ESTIMATED MAN HOURS: MODELS 680T, BR0V, 680W, G81, 690, 690A AND 690n TWELVE (12) H01~R9.
MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11800 THRU 1168?- TEN (10) HOURS.
MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 85000 THRU 95081- TEN (10) HOURS.
MODEL B9Bn, SERIAL NOS. 96001 THRU 88003 TEN (10) HOURS.
MODEL 890C, SERIAL NOS, 11688 THRU 11135 FIVE (5) HOIIRS.
MODEL 890D FIVE (6) HOURS.
MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 85082 THRU 95084 FIVE (5) HOURS.
MODEL 095A, SERIAL NOS, 96004 THRU 86100 FIVE L5) HOURS.
MODEL 695B FIVE (6) HOURS.
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED TO COMPrlY WITH THIS SERVICE INFORMATION ARE TO BE
PADRICATED LOCALLY. TB8 NAS13981vm-2 BLIND RIVETS ARE TO BE PROCURED LOCAIlLY.
ORIOIMqlL 1
C As Racdivsd By
AIP
i
-::1;::
i
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. SI-22S
~s;"´•l-"e
*;i~s‘a´•V´•
i ")Odl-’´•i
:iom
NP~S1388MI´•2 BLIND
;X
RIVET 18 PLSI SEAL ACCESS COVER
WITH PRC l000 IOR
E(IUIVPILENTI FIREWPILL
J.sa ola, ACCESS COYER~ .8EALANT
MAKE FROM 0.016" TYPE
521 ~MS6610 CRES STEEL
IIN FLI\TI
I’J.
a*o´•´•
TYP
y´•
i
APPROX.
2.76´•’ap nax.or:
FROM EDGE
SKIN
---:i C
W. i;
SERVICE INFoRMATION NO. SI´•223
CCaMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1 Fahricate a B.BO´•inch diamet sr access cover using O.O1B-inoh type 321 AMS5510 corrosion resistant steel sheet stock
Lreter to Figure 1).
2. Remove lan and right engine exhaust pipe aasembliea as outlined in the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
t C*(nlON
S. Cut a a.0-inch diameter hole in outbaard side dleR and right naeelle as shown in Figure 1.
i. Locate, form and drill access rovar, fabricated in step 1., on angina nacelle (re9er to Figure i).
5. Apply PRC1000 flrswall sealant or an aluivalant sealant between access cover and nacelle skin and install
access cover on nacelle using NA81SgsM4-a blind rivet (8 places)(refer to Figure i).
B. Reinatall left and right engine exhaust pipe assemblies as outlined in the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
RECORD CD*PLUNCE: Make an appmpri´•te entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Information
No. SI-225, dated SO 188?, entitled "Main Landing Oear TNnnion Pm Access Cover." accomplished
(date)
ORIGINAL
As Reii~ived By
A;I~P 1
PageSofS
~I
:Service information Culhnr~mAnospPaCarpmrim
"dla%~
YODELS IFFECTID: MODEL BW~, SERIAL NOS. 11809, 11815, 11829, 11840, 11876, 11871, 11879 AND 11709.
MODEL 89011, 8EIUAL NOS. 15002, 15021, 16056 AND 16087.
MODEL 895, SERIAL NOS. 96054 AND 96066.
MODEL BgSA. SERIAL NOS. 98001, 90020, 98089, 88098 AND 98100.
MODEL 8958, SERIAL NOS. 98075, 98078, 98085, 98208 AM) 98205.
REASON FOR PVBUCA7H)N: THE ECU AIR CYCLE MACHINE WAS SERVICED WITH THE ~NCORRECT TYPE
OF OIL BY LIZTNDSTI~AM) CORPORATION. THIS 8ERVICE INFORMATION IS
BEING ISSUED TO ENSURE THAT THE CORRECT TYPE: OP OIL IS USED IN THE
AIR CYCLE MACMNE.
COHPLI~NCI WITHIN 1IWTY (SO) DAYS AFTER RECEIP~ OF THIS SERVICE INFORMATION LET~ER.
NOTE
PP~RTS DATA: The MIhil Jet 254 oil (appmximately 7.8 ounEee or apprrlmatoly 220 E´•E´•) may be procured IOFd~ly´•
SPECllLTOOLS: NONE.
~CCOIPUWMENT INSTRVCTIONS:
2. Chwk for aerial number of Air Cycle Maddne on Ah Cycle Machine identi8cation plate.
a. If aerial number of ACM matches aerial number, noted in Figure 1., lor your airplane model and aerial number,
proceed to step 5.
4. Ifaerial number of ACM does not match aerial number, noted in Flaue 1., for your airplane modal and serial
number, fill out and mail Compliance Card noting aerial number of ACM inatalled on your airplane. Proceed
to Record Compliance.
Page lofS
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. 91-225
ACM I MODEL 5WH: MODEL 89oD MODEL Bg5 I MODEL BS5A MODEL 89611
S~ SM 8/N 9/N 9/N SRJ
151 11809
642 11615
296 11629
292 11816
AS05 lien
206 11679
207 11109
671 15002
285 16021
149 16056
220 15037
887 96054
I
245 95065
196 98001
487 1 I I 1 98020
1BB 98095
567 98100
300 98076
188 98078
149 98086
118
98203
652 88206
Fl9un(.
Pogo 2 of 3
SERVICE INFORMATION NO. 81-225
5 Drain and replace existing oil in Air Cycle Machine with iMobii Jet 294 oil lapproximately 7.5 ounces or
NOTE
The oil pan on the ACM is accessible while the unit is still
installed on the airplane.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Malts an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Service Informauon
Na. SI-229, dated 2 June 1987, entitled "Sundstrand ECU Air Cycle Machine Oil Replacement." accomplished
tdate,
Page 3 of 3
Q~II
Service Information Whnmnaoapreffhmcqlin
UODeLSAPPECTED: Models 590 WOA. BOqS. 90111, 9dOE, 9806, 880, 8906, 6896. 8506(6). BBOFL.
8sopun, 680r, and ?a0 Serial Nos. 291 thrn 189cl, Model 9008 Serial Nos. 3090
thru 3529, M~del 886 8alpl Nos. 1Mol thru 12068, M~dela 890. 890A. 890B. BWKC Serial Nos.
11W1 Uua 11156. Model BgOD Serial Noa 18001 thru 15W2, Models 895, BSSA 605B Serial
Nos. 89990 thN 98909.
NOTICI
couFulNce: REFER TO AEROOUIP GENERAL AVIATION ALERT NOTICE RECALL ON AEROqULP 801
HOSE. BULLEIW NO. 991.
APFROYIL: REFER TO AEROPUIP GENERAL AVIATION ALERT NOTICE RECALL ON AEROQUIP 801 HOSE,
BULLETIN NO. 901.
PIRTSDATA: REFER TO MROQUIP GENERAL AVIATION ALERT NOTICE RECALL ON AEROQUIP 601
HOSE. BZTLLETINNO. 901.
SPeCllLT00~5: REFER TO AEROQUIP GENERAL AVIATION ALERT NOTICE RECALL ON AEXOSUIP 801
HOSE, BULLETIN NO. 901.
*CCOUPUSnMan INSTRVCTK)IIS:
I. CMopb ´•rith As~ulp aswral Aviation Ale~ Notice Recall on Aemquip 801 Hwe, Bulletin No. 901.
SPARES No.
Page 1 of 1
Como,´•l~n sullatlnM1(
4\1´•10(10´•11 D1II´•IPn
*ugusl 1888
~´•o´•on Flint
JmSoumE´•~l*r´•nu
~´•d´•on. M1(9205´•19~2
nhone 517´•7818121
IU 517´•387-~118
I´•m: 711412
~Li\eroquip
GENERAL AVIATION ALERT NOTICE
RECALL ON AEROQUIP 601 HOSE
PPBC’lied 601 hose iTha 601 type nose assemblies could be IdBntlfled
Aarogulp is pre´•ently recslllns COltaln
cOnslslof /L.l.quip Mth one 01 the following Aeroquip part numbers.
a´•.emller Tne suspect hose aosamblles
80( hose with rubber cure dates from 1084 inrough 3087.
Thl. hose could have been installed on any General Aviation or 00112(1-´•-Ui´• ~201(1-i-UI´•
601WOI´•´•III
experlmsnlal aircraft from Plpnl 1984 throush May 1988. B0l00li´•´•´•1´• 601113´•´•´•´•´• ~ZO(1Z´•´•´•xii´•
00(0(1,´•´•´•111 620110´•´•11´•´•
IWnfdladwlmsnAE701´•i´•lu
´•’"O"V’´•
part number are nor suspect and mould nor be removed
´•´•.´•m´• unless. U.M1 inrpection and/or performance ot routine
loll Isr-
LDCulol
u~n X maintenanee. a problem with the hose io identi(ied.
´•’´•´•*Y’""
’L’´•’’’’ 81´•´•´•´•1-´•11´• ´•)t the hose assembly has no bandor it is illapibla aM
(11I
III.UII
´•This notica does nor apply to Oulhtrsam Alroaft. pell
H.liCDgt.r 01 MCDonneII Dougla. nelicooter Model 600.
Separate ~´•Nica bulletins will )´•.asuad for operators of
OuHmwmAircish doll WEmsrsnd McL~nndl Douglas
HOIIEW101 Model 900.
´•AnV *srogun 601 type hose assambliasthat are identified
with 1 094 throu0h 3(187 hosef ula date are suspeCt end
When the suspect hose aeeembltes have been IdenlltiW.
should be removed The cure dates may be rhown
contact one of the authorilad Aeroquip distributors idantlfied
CD1084 through CD3C187 ih~ A).n Notice. and prwids that
on the reverse side of
ed the hose cure data. are Mt Ihom. then AHoguip Aaoquip distnbuutw unfh ihtollouing iotorm´•lion:
801 type hope assemblias identified with an assembly Ownar.. Name
date of A208q throuan A2(18B should be removed. It Address:
assambty date I. shown m month and year. remove all phone Number:
assemblies with assembly date A.rl 1984 throu0h May ACE,sh R´•gkn´•lion Number:
1988. Nose Assembly. part Number a Description:
Can~ou´•d
IIIIIUIOVI OOMPINI
a
The sulh~rilad*sralu,p d,rtributor will send vou reolecernent it there are any qus~tion´• or it vou are uns~k toconfecf one ol
ho´•e susmblin. Complete in´•tructien~ ln(ormin0 you how 1c the wthoriled *aroqui. dinributn´•, then eonfaft *´•roqulp st
return the suspect hose lotheAeroquip di´•tributor 19095411888
will he included with the replacement h~´• w~´•mMUI. You
~III n´• ~rl.b.or b. m~ m*am´•m hu
´•~tsmblis´• snd lull amount
~YDleqbCnlly Ered1te6 (O( the
Ikie otter tor nocherge reoles´•mant hoee n.smbllsl
when the dl,tribulor rK´•lv´•l the removed Iueoect
asaembller.
Asro Hardware 8 Supply. Inc. Herbe, AIrcratt Service. Inc. Vsr(la EOtsrprisso. Inc
4301 NW. 3816 Street 124 Center Street 2350 South Aimon skd.
Miami Springp. FL 33( 86 El Sagundo. CA 90245 Chandler. At 89249
Phone: 305-888-2411( Phone: 213´•322´•9575 Phone: 802´•883´•8936
oll´•r rX 76244
Phone: 800-84&4873
j
~I ~´•lr
Compliance: Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation recommends the part replacement and
inspection intervals stated in this publication.
Accomplishment Instructions:
Replace all engine compartment hoses with new hoses after a maximum of 10 years in
service. This applies to all hoses’installed forward of the engine compartment firewall. Inspect
all tubing and tittings. Replace or repair any wom, damaged, or corroded fittings and tubes.
Inspect all fuel, oil, and hydraulic hoses, tubes, and fittings in the airplane at every annual
inspection. Replace any worn or damaged hoses, regardless of age. Replace or repair any
worn, damaged, or corroded frttingr*and tubes.
Note: Replacement hoses may differ in construction and outside diameter from original
hoses. Be sure that clamps properly secure the hoses. It may be necessary to change to
different size clamps.
Spares affected: No
Record compliance: Make an entry in the airplane maintenance records as follows: "All
engine compartment hoses replaced date i in accordance with SI-236A, dated 8-2-95".
Senrice information *IRCRIFT CORPOR*TION
P. O. B~xS3aJ
~lneton, WA 88223 Tsl: ~06)4358797 Fax:
MODELS AFFECTED: All models of Twin Commander aircraft. except Models 520. 560. and 700
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: To provide aircraft owners and maintainers with pad numbers for use when
ordering new and improved Twin Commander PERMAFLEXTM Factory Authorl2ed
fuel cells to replace obsolete Engineered Fabrics fuel cells.
WEIGHT BAL4NCE: When installing new fuel cells, calculate the fuel system weight change using the
values stenciled on the fuel ce~ls. If the weight change exceeds 5 tbs., incorporate
the weight change in the weight and balance section of the aircraft flight manual.
NOTE: IF ANY PROBLEMS ARE ENCOUNTERED WHILE COMPLYING WITH THIS SERVICE INFORMATION, CONTACT
YOUR NEAREST FACTORY AUTHORIZED SERVICE CENTER.
NOTE: FOR FUTURE REFERENCE WHEN ORDERING AND REPLACING EXISTING FUEL CELLS WITH
NEW ’PERMAFLEX"rM FUEL CELLS. PLEASE PLACE A COPY OF THIS DOCUMENT IN THE FRONT OF YOUR
ILLUSTRATED PARTS MANUAL AND YOUR MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
jr~w
Se rvice I nfb rmati o n AIRCRAFT CORPORAT~ION
Summary: This information updates the maintenance manual instructions for installing deice
boots.
Instructions:
Follow the instructions in the maintenance manual when installing deice boots, with the
following updates and clarifications.
Page lbl
~s TW/N
COMMANDER
SE RVICE IN FORMATION teolo asM DR NE
ARLINGTON. WA 98213-7832
PHONE (380) 435-8797 FAX (350)4351112
MODELS AFFECTED: Models680T, 680V, 680W, 661, B90, 690A, 690B, 690C.
690D,695,695A,895B
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: Toprovice aircraft owners and operators with the Flight
Manual/Pilot’s Operating Handbook insertion regarding
procedures for operating in icing conditions and to the use
of powersettings below flight idle.
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
i. Removal of obsolete pages and insertion of revised Flight Manual/Pilot’s Operating Handbook
material in appropriate sections of manual.
2.Complete attached postage paid Compliance Card and return to Twin Commander Aircraft
Corporation.
Page 1 at 1
COMPLIANCE RECORD
OWNER NAME
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE NO FAX NO
Please fill in date below that revisions were filed in appropriate Flight ManuaNPilot’s
Operating Handbook.
DATE
ISIGNATURE)
COMPANY
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE FAX
Z
TW/N
May 18,2000
Airplanes Affected: Those airplanes for which Service Bulletin 214 is required.
(690D and 695A: all serial numbers except 15037, 15041, 15042,
96064, 96072, 96088.
6958: serial numbers 96063, 96069,96075, 96078, 96085, and
96204 through 96208.)
Twin Commander Aircraft recommends that the Removable Duct, 300004-501, be installed
inspection that is done in accordance with item r~l on Service Bulletin
at the time of the first
214. Inspection item on pages 7, 8, 9, and 10, refers to figure 25 on page 59 and is required
at or before 7500 hours of operation. Making the duct removable will simplify future re-occurring
inspections.
Kit SB214-4-501 contains the parts and drawings for this installation. It can be ordered from any
factory-authorized Twin Commander Service Center.
H
TW/N
CO~MIMA NDER
SERVICE INFORNIATION A/RCR4FTCORPOR4T~’/ON19010 59TH DR NE
ARLINGTON, WA 98223-7832
PHoNE(360)435-9797 FAX(360)435-1112
PPG Windshield Moisture Seal Installation and Repair Procedure for Installed Twin
Commander Aircraft Corp. Windshields
Models Affected: 690A/B/C/D, 695, 695A/B With Part Number 360043-1/-2, -3/-4, -7/-8,
-11/-12, -11SS/-12SS Windshields
Approval: Engineering design aspects of Custom Kit No. 163 are FAA approved.
Parts Data: Custom Kit No. 163 is available from authorized Twin Commander Aircraft Corp.
Service Centers. Order Kit Part No. CK163
Custom Kit No. 163 Moisture Seal Installation dated August 4, 1998
Accomplished _(date)
Complete Service Information Letter No. 251 Compliance Form and return to Twin Commander
Aircraft Corp.
COMPLIANCE RECORD
OWNER NAME
ADDRESS
TELEPHONENO FAX NO
DATE
COMPANY
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE FAX
*L
M~N
COIMIMA NDER
SERVICE INFORMATION A/RC~9AFTCORPOR4TIONi 9010 59TH DR NE
ARLINGTON, WA 98223-7832
PHONE (360) 435-9797 FAX(360)435-1112
Models Affected: 690A, 690B, 690C and 690D Ecluipped With TPE 331-10T Engines.
695, 695A and 695B
Reason For ]Pubiication: To provide detailed instruction for the replacement of exhaust pipe seals.
Instructions:
Page lof3
rw/N
COIMIMA NDER
SERVICE INFORMATION 14010-59THDRNE
ARLINGTON, WA 98223-7832
PHONE(360)435-9797 FAX(360)435-1112
Caution i
Do Not Clamp Bulbed Section of the Seal!
Exercise Care to Prevent Damage to the Seal or Exhaust Pipe!
1 1. Verifjr that the forward edge of the tail side of the seal is even with the forward edge of the pipe and that
the metal insert is Centered over the existing fastener holes.
12. Drill through existing fastener holes, seal and seal metal insert using a 9/64" or .140" drill bit.
13. Add one new hole to the other end of the seal metal insert. Locate the hole .20 to .25" in from the
secure
edge of the pipe and about ~z" from the end of the metal insert.
14. Secure the seal to the exhaust pipe using MS24693C29 Screws, NAS1169C6 Washers and
MS21046C06 Nuts with screw heads and washers inside of the pipe at each hole location. (ref. Figure-i)
15. Apply "Fel Pro C5A" or Silicone #5 grease to the seal and sealing surface of the -65 Flange Assembly.
16. CarefUlly fit the exhaust pipe over the flan,oe assembly by applying forward force while simultaneously
rocking the pipe side to side and up and down.
17. Secure the exhaust pipe to the nacelle. 2 Places)
Note: If the exhaust pipe has been re-polished while it was removed for the seal replacement, please
observe the following recommendations.
In order to preserve the shiny polished appearance of the pipe precautions must be taken to ensure that the
surface is not exposed to contamination.
Twin Commander Aircraft Corp. recommends that the pipe be handled with clean cotton gloves and that the
polished surfaces be masked with a protective covering during the fit and installation process.
Work surfaces that may come in contact with the pipe should be clean and dry.
When the exhaust stack is installed and any cleaning activity adjacent to the pipe has been completed the
protective covering may be removed.
Prior to the first engine run after installation thepipe should be thoroughly cleaned with Isopropyl Alcohol
or Methyl Ethyl Ketone.
Page 2 of3
I _
TWIN
COMMA IVDER
S E RVI C E I N FO RMATI O N
ARLINGTON. WA 98223;1832
PHONE (360) 435-9797 FAX(380)435-1112
onIaINaL
Ar sv
arp Figure 1
Page 3 oT3
I I
~--e L-- I
I _
I
TW/AI
NDER
SERVICE INFORMATION A/RCRAF;TCORPOR4TIO19010 SSTH DR NE
ARLINGTON, WA 98223-7832
PHONE(360)435-9797 FAX(360)435-1112
II I
Reason for Publication: Reports of cracking in the 310704-1 and -2 Upper Frame Channel discovered during
troubleshooting pressurization leaks or window replacement.
Compliance: External visual inspection is recommended at the next 100/150 Hour Inspection and
each 100/150 Hours thereafter.
inspection recommended at window replacement, while area is
Internal detailed visual
accessed for compliance with Service Bulletin No. 223, window replacement or when
troubleshooting pressurization leakage at the wing root area.
Parts Data: New 310704-1 and -2 Channels are available through Twin Commander Aircraft
Corporation Authorized Service Centers. The new channels are manufactured from
.063" thick material with a specified grain direction to improve fatigue life.
Visually inspect the external skin lap directly above the picture windows for evidence
of working fasteners or gaps in the skin lap. If evidence of working rivets or gaps are
found, proceed to the internal detailed visual inspection.
Caution!
Care shall be exercised during sealant removal to ensure that no damage
occurs to surrounding structure. It may be necessary to remove inner skin
If damage is noted in the area accessed above, remove inner skin sections as
I’age 1 of I
-~C ´•r LI I _I
~nN
COMMANDER
SERVICE INFORMATION 19010 59TH DR NE
ARLIN GTON, WA 98223-7832
PHONE (360) 435-9797 FAX(360)435-1112
I I~I
Models Affected: SO0/A/B/U/S, 560F, GSOF/FWFLP/FP, 680T/V/W, 681, 685, 690/A/I)/C/L) and 695/1\/1~
Reason for Publication: Recent field reports have indicated failures of the AN174C-21A Uolt installed at the pivot
point of the up-lock arm. Refer to Item 10 of the illustration below. Rilurc of the bolt
result in the landing gear not achieving or maintaining an up and locked position with a
a 1
34
I? ~cp&s
´•1
a
SL~ A
It 10
Compliance: At the next scheduled inspection and at 5 Years or 3000 Hours thereafter, perform an
Instructions: Remove the left and right main landing gear up-lock bolts and inspect for cracb, L~OITOSi011
and straightness. Tile inspection method (Magnetic Particle, Fluorescent I’enctranl, clc.) sll:lll
be determined by the inspection personnel performing the inspection. if the holt is acccpla\,lf,
reinstall and verify proper up-lock operation. If the bolt fails to pass inspection, replate tile
bolt, verify proper up-lock operation and notify Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation.
Please provide the aircraft serial number and time in service of the bolt. If you are unable to
determine the time in service of the bolt, provide the aircraft total time.
Record of Compliance: Make an appropriate entry in the aircraft maintenance records referencing Service
Information No. SI-256 compliance.
Pnge I of I
SRA
Aircraft Technical Publishers Customer Service
101 South Hill Drive 6AM-5PM PST M-F
Brisbane, CA 94005 (800)227-4610
1) Applicable AD
2) Part Kit (1)
Issue Number 3) Part Kit (2)
Issue Date Issue Description 4) Compliance Time
End of Index
1994 1
FLTOHT CONTROL 8YSTEM RTOOTNC AND TRII TAB FREE PLAY CHECI.
NOTE: This Service Alert supercedes the January 4, 1994 Service Alert.
Changes have been made to this service Alert regarding control surface balance.
Also, references to Section 3? of the applicable Maintenance Manual have been
added. Revised text is identified by a black line in Ehe right hand margin.
MODELS AFFBCTEDI 685, 690, 5901, 6908, 690C, 6900, 695, 6951L, 6951
REASON WR PWLlCCATTONI Reports have been recently received from the field
concerning aileron trim tab free play in excess of Ehe established service
limits. Service Bulletin 186, which was issued 23 December 1981, defined
~he actions required to assure that no excessive free play exists on aileron,
eleva~or and rudder trim tabs.
Excessive trim tab free play can cause vibrations which can lead to structural
damage and possibly to loss or the airplane. Also, it is equally important
that the entire flight control system be kept adjusted within the limits
specified by the applicable Airplane Maintenance Manual.
COMPLTANCEr
Initially; within the next 50 flight hours or six months time in service,
whichever comes first.
Repetitive; At each annual or other scheduled inspection, except for
checking control
system balance. Balancing needs to be
accomplished when any change is made which may affect the
control surface balance, such as painting or repair.
APPROVAL: N/A
RELATED
Play Measurement.
ACCOMPLISHMEPP~ i
1) Applicable AD
2) Part Kit (1)
Issue Number 3) Part Kit (2)
Issue Date Issue Description 4) Compliance Time
GC 0853 SI CK
1) Applicable AD
2) Part Kit (1)
Issue Number 3) Part Kit (2)
Issue Date Issue Description 4) Compliance Time
End of Index
GC 0853 SI CK
SERVICE PUBL1CATIONS
Culfstrramnmerican
Page 1 of 1
tB 118´•~L sljsl
C~mmnda,Oirilion
Obtain this kit and tull details trom your nearest Dulfstream Commander SetvlCenter.
Price: $8500.00, plus insfallation
Pd~s ´•uWnf ~ifhoulnolra
4
L
Udfucrcnlnnmrricn,
MODELS *RECTED: MODKL SS(lO, SERIAL NO~ 1IMLO THRU 11989 AND MDDEL 696, SERIAL N05. 96000
THRV 85MO.
NOTE:
eSTlmnm~MANHOuRs: FORTY SeVEN (II) HOUR8 (USINC´• WFF CILIBRA.I\IOK PROCED~LE) TWU(1.Y TWO
(821 HOURS (U8WC DRY CALLBRATION PROCEDIIR&)
PARIS DATI\: PaN rsollired to install Wia Custom Kit may ha pmursd thruuEh your ncare~l CulIdrrsm Connan-
d~r SuviC´•ocar Farlligl Tor 88580.00.
Oultom KIC No. 132-1 Model 590C Airplana, uial n~a 11008 thru 11853 and hloCI 096 Airpl´•nw. ari´•l n~s 88800
Ulru85MO.
Oosrom KtlNo. 199-2 Madsl sfloc Ai~lanlq wrial no’s 11861thN IlsPg.
Rdmlrr the ´•ppliuble eulllom kl~ n(daM) model and ractary rrial oumbrr v~hsn ord*rine Curlorm Kif No. 1~P´•l or
K~NrlSa-I
(IECEIVED HY Aq´•p
11L 1 r´•. 630368-7 Filler (Ila~L
1 cn. len. 6311358-8 Filler Hl~sL
530JJB-18 Fill*r nLrk
1 el. )pU.
~i ’i
CLIS1~M 101NO. 1SZ
6904161606 VIIV(I
lan. 090417-8 l\daptarAay
t a. 690417-16 Block
20´• a M´• 6YM1&? Sernn Asoy
I.a. 1 a. 65041829 Aq
I´•a. 1 a.. 650116-24 Angle hney
1 a. 630119-5 RracLst
1 let BJM1B-li ORIGINAL 1
loe 050410-15 Ang´•l* ~Asly As
lee. 111l 68WLB-19 Ane~s Aay Received BY
Z~a. Pat W0l9Bl14 Clump ATP
2an, esa. AN8C8A &.h j
sla. 32laa MI4HBA Bait
244. Pa ANla7TW30 Clamp
4sa. AN787TWJ8 Clamp
2an. Pa. M81~-4D Unia,
(LU´• I a. AISBOCBL H’aahar
RUI. 544. ~N9BbDR
6ss. 944. AN86~CIOL Wanlar
Jlaa.
a..
YBsa. ANSBOL’II(I Walhor
O~l´•m*
C n
ACCWPL15I1MEMmsTRVCT)(INS;
CPIUTIOM
Do nut uu airplane hal boo~r nump to drain bel mnn
i llemove ruael.~e hood doors that are lo~nted on top ollu.clage and ilnn,dlolcdl:. o*sr wine area.
Romnvs roru;ard and aR i.bosd Turl UnL i~r dears hom (aft and right ~inr.´•
5. Hsmove lorrml and in oulla´•rd ~ualUnk nceeaa doers hem ieh and right clnl
(Ba 8. Rernara and diacord existing leg and right aR inbosrd fuel tranamitrun (Plh’ 531131211 II.ILI to Figllrr Il
5. Remorr and dinurd (u)ldllp illel tank int´•rmnnat ~4 ad´•ple’ tP~ 830117´•51 and rsl´•W harduard trolw to
AgunSI.
tPIPI
9. Runova and dluud uhtinl IeR inboa´•d all NIIIP IUeI CoI) iWN BSOSOS-ll´• right inbonrd aft ´•unlp M loll
690985-21. oni´•tin. gmmmcta and valve .ea.mbliar (Ph’ 690561´•9011 (rrl.r to Figure
2). Bump i\Iei
r.lls. Pnv RBOB93´•W11-M12 do Mt have to be removed.
NOZ5
Rmavnl o(luol~dll.
to. Remove and di~rd erirting plupr 11~1! s´•0116-111~m laR and right loru´•ad in)a.rd
LII nllr ImT´•r to Fieun 21.
L1. Rcmnv. and dix´•rd Lri´•ting tube aamb(ln IPm’ 690375-589. -585. -585. ´•587 and -5581. wrren uaemblin (Plh’
590(18-9 and ´•II and related to Figure 31.
NOTE
Q 64~-´• h- AS
j
RET1..
´•TP 4
(:I)SIOH l(lT NO- JZ
O a
:i-
l_e
r,
EXISTING LEFI INSTALLnTIOFI SI-IOWN
EX IS TIN G R I G I-1T IN 5 TA LI.A T I O N O PPO SITE
r I
1:115 ITIM KJ’I NO. 132
SI’EPS 8. 9 AND 10
I‘-
´•-r
-~S a
~e
i. CVVLP
I) 2. I´•P151(A ROL~
1(
II
0*~a
II
5. 63Mll-ll H(lkE. RH
e, owl ~s ne cLnmr. ou~au
I.NMII´•5*D/U´•IIR
tJOm(-MI V~CVF I~FI
~5’
I1.61UW~IIIN RIICONHECT
12 ~IJr’lW CIIINNIL
I~ LIICONNICT
STEP 11
1. sJmlbscn rust nM
a mseoz~s CLnUp
i. ~Nlm* BOLT
ANBWCIOLWI*WEA
6 6330178~511181 ~JY.LH
mm16YC´• TUBE AIEY. AH
/BBIDln~WI´•Un.Ln
Q(UISML8 TUDL A6n. RH
>1
I,yr~,Z´•-
\C~\j
4)
(3P
in*tilll B~OlL7´•9 aulnpm. u*,mbly in(rr II n(lue II ´•nd 83041715 blue~ p.r (Illleprill 630117, nun(a 5. 6 ´•nd 7.
12
14. Inntall 830358 8llur bloeks and i-inch Valrro Pile pada mr r´•nt´•r wing fi~al coils nor hluepnnl 630958
NOTE
17 Vlho.ump ~ual eJl. ware mmonnI ira~r La step 8), install 8S0998-M)L and 690303-502 sump i~d E.lla..nd 63051~-
I nnd R9a964´•W1 ~ucll cslla par blu3rln( 630384, Shco(2, 68Lhru 42.
HOIL
Is. inNlfl 640978 830388 630416 valve alunnblies. p´•ske( and F~Oa216M
plate par bleop*lnt 630984 (rrl~ to Piauna 51,
ID. Install 830919-1 tuhr and AN~STPWS(I ellmp parhluqrinl 690381, ~ona 6 (r~r8r fa Ff pn: 51.
20. Install 6W~97680L. -803 and -W16 Cube urmblin. ANB:OID unions, 69011R1 rmn aremblin and 850(18~a3
.nd.a4 an81e na~mblies per biueorlnt 690418. Mnen 19 nlld 90 (rrTer to iFLguro 81.
21. 630372-501 (nntmilton linhon.d nnl and RI~P17S-MI Llnntmillen loutboyd (amald) per blusluint 690362
96441 S,~nea4 th~u 3 (r~ar to FiRurs 61.
norE
22. Ibnuve nPhaletan su ncmauuy Login H*aa 10 ~Wn. tirl quantity monitors Uul are mounted on tba
24. I~utslll 830989-808 luel OurnlilY monitor (P plsco´•) nor bluo~rlo( 800708
28 f~(nd\ll nEFessdOora.
28. InlUIII th*.ut out pnrtlnn of~ IIOLBJ´•BBII drsl on axllinll quanmnl console dacnl IrsOlo Fipln 6).
Rc~v(lr e.*t(ng Rrl tr.n´•rsr pumpB no’ Uu´•p’i"t 500679, Sh*ct 15.1 IRFFlninn A91
OR:’ "e As
~3, .i,o
RECEIVi
q7
CVSglTnM l(lT NO. 152
RIWHT
c..ranr~.o
6
FUII CF;LL
CL~M(´• eLeCFRIUILCONNECmR
rPUEL INTEACONNECT
VI\LYE
LIFT
/I CENTER W1NO
PVELCeLL
OR’N"
d
4
Figur´•
Jack airplane in acmrdnno8 vlth ploeeduras outlined in Ch.ptar nrth. ~Lrplln. Mainlcnnna ~nudf, p*h
ing isleraplng (pllsLnml under tail rsctinr. of elrplsne.
NOIB
Whun aidano is placed MLUL´• sad elaelnEal
power i. Oh.,
the h.urmlEter wfll np*mta. To
pmvant operation at~hourme´•
tar. trip the ap~mpri(o circuit breaker.
b. both
c.
M~d;lrplana,
Oblain
h.ri~ntolly end lon~hldlnnlly,.´• aullincd la ChnpteT 8 Oltha i~irpl.ne L(olntnnnnEc
8
RILIHTEENrER WING
FUEL CELL
VILVE
h~mM´•l
LERCINIERW(N~
FVELCELL
--P-
NYING n~ CHE(X
VNVE
c~J BPaTJ~W11601
AFT INBOARD
CELL
O
apr
wnaanD
CELL
VENT
INTERCWNECT
LINES
DLU*P NBE
CONNECTOI(
PWD
;NT.ACONNLCT
LINI
LINE
VENT
LINL
NI~ILLE
FUELL FELL
Oarcl i
~L,
LEFT INSTALLATION SI-(OWN
MIGHT Lj I
INSTALLATION OPPOSITE
COS?DM ICITIIO. 191
O
WMOV~ EXIPITIN(I NEL OUANTIN MJNlmA Ar‘.)
(NS+*LL (9~88605 PVIL QUnNnTY MDM1TOR
~f3
IlfiX1II3rZil
i ~7f i~/
m´•
00(r7
il-... ..-_...
14
CIIS’R)M 107 NO. IS1
d ilrmova nl)er eRpa Bust linl( Ue~r nnd add 290 W.llun´• (194 lautldl ulB 1 ihrig.li arluo) to sach L´•nk.
lora
addl-
s´• Walt 15 Mnutn nnd drain W until 16 B.llan. (LO?.a lbsnt 6.7 ibsignl) pr tn,lk is ranlosd. Wait on
GanJ 16 n(nute~ and eheck h.l indle´•lon Tor ism (0) indieotion 1+O. -5 ibn). Alu.l empty sdiuotment
KIOW on c0ntlol monitor boxn.nd rare the Twl quan~ty Lndlcawnl La Eara (a)(* 0, 6 iba) ii r4ulm3-
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
CnUTION
Do not ula ´•Irdulr bal boost prnp to drsin lusl fmm
´•irllDM´• Rcmmmend use ol*x(amdly pl~orrd pump to
prsvonI p~ibls d´•rnaRo to oirplans pump.
h. Drain tirsl i)om dthnr side, drainintl to on even (ncremnnt (i.n. 1687.8 dnin´•d to IWO). Continuo to d~h in
100 pounb inmaaentU raoFd(ng .Q111 iraibhsdrainad md (nnlcat~r raadinR´•.
NOTE
RECU\r~LL t,l !IYP tunaion. Iln(ore pmned(ns ~rUler, hadl uinn´• ~untinuih
rrpl´•ring mluirad.
end trannmitcar probs´•, rrpairing or os
i. Drain Tual to level where ~uel low level w.minp light illuminntn. fitnp rcrurli.g Rnn racurd ilcuud welyhl
droinEd and i,ldicp~,r reading.
NOTE
)I)LL ru~u
3:ii
Ut
o ~I
z I :i.
oI :::I i:
oul i:i
1; i
8
g
liii
ri
t iii::
iliii illii
o:
I~o i ~i´• ~t-
R(lun O.
NOtL
HOT´•
(11 Test Gcluipnlen~ The Bllmuil~ itellu .IlasltpuipnPnl art rcqulrrd when tasting or dallbra(ln(l tho Tuel gual
(sl Pu* pur.lW Tcsi Sat- GTli-l or GTF-a 4 Gull Airhorno LNwman~. Inc.),or s~uivelenl
(2)
(IloRr to Pipuma 11612~ To
as rosovr:
pralorman
´•9ulpmo~O-
(r) CMNet aoax A isa´•l from ulrplnn´• uirinp to co~. A t´•rminal (21) ol*IRCiAPP TI\NK UWPIS udlol on
DTP-Z((ssta(u(pmcno.
Uh´•SH Larndn´•I (281 ol INDICAmR IHtion on GL1U
(d~ CMM* UN911 land liom mnLlol mmli(m ban to
(Ms~uipmenl).
CcaMfl. UWH B land fmn ´•trplsM ~irillp 14 UNSH B annln.l (12) oTAtRCR~FT TANE UNITS racUa,
WOTC:
(II Sd D18RAY rwitch (9) to IIES tM&01 position nnd sat RANGE tMBQI avitrh ~1SI to lW-Kpaaitioo.
(B) SdR&SLSTAN~E FUNCRDN sr)tsh 11211a A;B lai(ion nnd than to AOND paitla.
nora
(hl 9ct CAPADI~ANCE YUN~ION sd~h (2) to NC TE8T ZNSH ~lriliun on ant DISI’W\Y SglleCT swlloh
(81 to CAP (PFI pmtloo.
HQTn
01 Sat (:APACl.PANCE FI1WCnON ´•uillh 12) to SL~N SET )’)(OUI~ ju,´•.rion anil ´•djul SI~UIJI10)( tPR
~ROR6 nno .djualmmnttonn.rol 1151 nlld rut didul diapl´•~ B,r C*).( D~
t;s´• i L. ns 17
rF
(:USTOM KI‘P NO. 13P
tF~
warrnao
I´•UIL (IAVOIHO
FUEL e~Y
PROBES
Xv 14200
wer wlNo aurso
-xnl~l.w
ruc~anvolNu
nAHNESLDUTBD
FOELeELL
OIWINO
I1*RNEBII INBO
FL~L D
(IELLO
IYETWINO INBD O
coNNecraR
nrrrsrssunf
ceara~rvlaa
FUEL
-G
CELL IN80
MNNECtOn
FUEL O*UalN(I
H*RNETtCENTII(
6
!7
~q
C’UG~DM t(IT NO. IPZ
I I
O
wvkelrAm:r RELilliTANCE
i,,,
Ynoa CJ I C1II*~ I rnaCno*
Il~x´• F(mER
WII( C~*l U*YII CO*I P~ac cl*x clI u*n*r eo~´• CDvE
Battnn
1_ AS
TFSI SE~ 6$s
RECE~IEU BY W~ P Fieu´•a n.
ILI Jrsk rirplan~´•in amordanea viL pmeedurrs outlinad in Chnpta. 1 ol the Mainbnanm Manual,
Ai~plnne
placin6 tsluroeing La)latand under tail aobi.o oEairpl ane
nOre
0) Ia,velnirplano, buW1 huriwnWlly and lunyihldinally, nn.uUinad in Chantor 6 at tbs Ai~nlnna h(nintonanre
Manual.
rml Rcmn~s nllsra~pa bum winl tanks and add 20.0 ilnll.na (1SI plunds at 6.7 ibs/ljsl) allilal B a´•ch tank.
HO+B
IT ~lrphne Lnl tanks have been drained or hath unllsable and
undrsin~blsrua) (6.9snI)au -5(.84 pMmd´•ntS.7 ibsipnl),
ansoro Uat 1.1 galIe,(a 01 pounds at 8.1 IhslOaIl is added W
eseh mnk haare addlnl! 80 gslLna ~BI tank.
(nl ~dt 16 minuter and drain RrLI Ilnitl IR 8aIIons(lO?.a ihn at. R.? IhUgall
lur IRd is ranluvad W.L an
additional 15 tnino(os and theek lupl indicators (or ~m (01 indiwliun(+0. -6 ib.l
Adjnn( cmp~ .diull-
men~ on control monitor bolar and rcro Uc Lrl
qurntily indientnra to u:m (O) (+O, -6 ib´•l ii nt-
~Yiird
Here
6
i~,nnunl.( nl*I ~,IIRillinb
*´•a
ill ulnk is clui~aluoc I, Ilnu*.bls ~2.0
IIL~J (i?l!.~llmX)
F’
reor~dr
arra
yl*aa~M1 ymna*ru*ln~
O 000
RO-5(IUCOAX25110N(1
;~u INcrualNomaaEctoR
9 fl f ti
m~RnANE
WIR1NC
HI\RNE~S; M~Otdlt-IW
PER MIL´•WQO~ DR HIIDU~OB
PIR h(lLrrBIDL~ ~IPrRnX 26*´•’ L(I.
86M)IXNn
Ih~OP
OONNecmR
0 P
E E
It It
H H
roooNnia AlronlR*LaNE
MONITOR ~IIUNB
B~
1, ~C3B2RBNE/i´•
o
UNSHO
~1 h, ~ca4czlRNe
KoabrPsm:
OONNECIOR
00NNECtOn
CONNECTOR
%k ns
Fieur´• 12
i-0
Ht~
(0) CAPACITANCR FVNCTION muitch (8) to IND T~8T A~posl(icm.
control inon(tar box for O Ibu: indlr~tlan (uJ quatlry indicator, for ion
Ip) ~iUIIIL EMI?´•Y pnrm~l.metar an on
fbel
tank, locaccn a yudastlt mnMI penal.
(yl Set Ch~hCITnNCE PONCTION Nribh ca, to INT’12ST nC rrtoee yl.u imrl~ion.
~untrol mol´•itol b.r Tar fWn ILa indicrtian fuCI yu.n(iB indie.lor.
rr) Adlnat the PULL poten(i.mltsr an on
(a~ RPPClr atnps to) thru bl us(il no funhor adjurtnlcl,lr are mluirnd
QiP n,, *I lh, ul.~ .I.,. 1.,1 lh, at ru, laollr e,~
33. I(n:lsl´•~ Lllcl´•o ~rr s~l il´•;lk i ill 1)11´• Ri.´•l :´•~:lr´•li
CUS~POM KI’P NO. 161
IICCRICI~ LOla
WBOH~ I\NO BALINCE: nM w*pbt snd b´•lma cha~y n~qulnd du+ (D (ns(allst(~l orthi´• Cu~m Kit at Dllau~:
8PARE8 AFFECTEO: NO
PURLICI\T1ON *FPECrET): ThL M~del B9OC nnd 896 nirplnn. Mlintsnan~e Mnnual. and Ls g9UC1696 illuat.s*d
Part´• Cnlab. ch´•nlel mlulml by thlr documsne uill be (nmrpor´•Ud st Wlb na.L abrlulcd nvi´•ion.
ACKIRD COM~UANCB: MaLa an ´•pp~pr(´•U entry in ´•irpl´•n. Minm.nse rrcord. u T.lla´•n;: Cuacor. Kit Na.
166. dlW 2 M~rch tO9L. ~nn8´•d "enended Rnd (lyalen, Modltlcall.o RLt´•.
f) 6a i G i Al, As
RECEIVED BY aTP
Z Z
~II
CulfstreamAmerican
coal*,u*noa
ComMndw Divilion
6WI North RIX;*UII ~´•nYI.
8´•m~ny. OLI´•honu 75001
Etfeotlvlty: Nit No. 1 ModeIe 6801 end 6908, 8eriai Noe. 11288 Thru H586.
Nit No. 2 Model 600C (8lpht Porty), 8´•rl´•I No´•. 11800 Thru HBJO end Model 695
(Nlne Eighty), serial Not. 91000 Thru 85040 Not Equipped With Pilot
end Copilot Inner Wlndowe.
Nit No. 3 Model 88(IC (Elpht Porty), 8erlei Noe. 11600 Thru 11(60 end Model 685
(Nlne Eighty), 8´•rlal Noe. 96008 Thru 86010 EquippedWith Pilot end
Copilot Inner Wlndowe
Old´•r thl´• kit org6t tuN d´•NIII´• Imm your ns´•n´•1 Oun´•lnem Commender ServlCen(sr
GubtreamAmerican
coawa*~lo*
MODELS AFFECTED: MODELS 690A AND 6908, SERIAL NOS. 11269 THRU 11566, MODEL B9OC. SERIAL NOS.
11600 THRU 11650 AND MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 95W0 THRU 96040.
wore
IF PROBLEMS
ANY ARE ENCOUNTERED WHILE
INSTALLING THIS CUSTOM KIT, CONTACT YOUR
NEAREST DULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED
SERVICENTER.
PARTS DATA: PARTS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF THIS CUSTOM KIT MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH
YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR: KIT NO. 1 5828.86: KIT
NO. 2 -8438.43 KIT NO. S 9321.34. REFERENCE THIS CUSTOM KIT, AIRCRAFI~ MODEL AND FACTORY
SERIAL NUMsdR
WHEN ORDERIND CUSTOM KIT NO. 139 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWIND:
ppe0ldla
CUSTOM KIT NO. 191
roplLon
9106 WINDOW
3~
IREF)
64 i´• EXISTING
HARDWARE
(REF)
INTERIOR
I
1
9106 PANEL
IRE FL ~i,.
EXISTING 898869-1
HEATER AsSY
(REF)
EXISTING 8W)575´•2
EXISTING W7Slm08 C#IX PLENUM 1\8SY
CLAMPS rPLB y IREF)
(REF)
EXISTING 980676681
DUCT ASSY
(REF)
ELECTRICAL WIRING
u,,,,,,, ii EXISTING
NTa34´•(1 HOSE
HARDWARE
(REFL
EXISTING
9906781 DUCT ASSY
IREF)
EXISTING
NT30Cn HOSE
IREFI
ppgs 2 of 12
CU8TDM KIT NO. 133
SPECIALTOOLS: RIVNUTPULLER.
C.CCOMPLISHYENT INSTRUCT)ONS:
i. Remove pilot’s seat, WPiJO~B Beat and ham from the airplane. It may be neoessary to remove the levetory seat.
2. Remove leR and right ca;~pit interior side panels and sound proofmg to gain access to pilot and copilot side window
defog system.
3. Remove interior window frames from pilot and copilot aide windows.
4. On Models 680A and 6g0B, serial numbers 11289 thru 11616, proceed as follows (lafer to Figure 1):
Remove end discard existing leR and right hoses (P~ NTS3-4-21).
i a.
NOTE
b. Remove and discard existing leR and right duet sssembliea (P/N 880616-1) and plug duet attaching holes (2
places) with MS20410AD4 rivets.
c. Remove and discard existing lan plenum assembly (P~ 880515-1) and right plenum assembly (P~ 880515-2).
NOTE
d. Proceed to step 6.
5. On Model 880B, serial numbers 11611 thru 11686 end Models 680C and 685, proceed as follows (refer to Figure 1):
a. Remove and discard existing left and right hoses (Pn~ NTS3-411).
NOTE
Page 3 of la
KIT NO. 1SS
lb0" DIA.
LI
TYP
1
B.2a´•´•
ExisnNo INTEncosmL
IREF)
88019359 NIPPLE ~S8Y
N~S113B82 BLIND
RIVET. UPLS)
coplLora aln
VALVE IREF)
L´•--~.6
8TA\ I 8T"
23.50
VIEW LOOKING OVTBD
Fkura 2.
Pass 1 01 12
CUWOM KfT NO. 195
c. Assure that wire ends are individually capped, coiled and secured.
d. Remove and discard existing lan and right duet assemblies (PIN 880516-501) and plug duct attaching holes (2
places) with MS1OI?0ADI rivets.
e. Remove and discard existing left plenum assembly (P~ 880575-1) and right plenum assembly (Pn~ 880575-21.
NOTE
f Remove interior upholstery fiom aft pressure bulkhead to expose terminal board located on right side of
bulkhead.
8´• On Model 690B, remove fuse "F33" and on Models 690C and 685, remove fuse "F24".
h. Proceed to step 6.
6. Cut a 1.06 inch diameter hole in existing leR and light intereostals (refer to Figure 2).
NOTE
7. laeate and drill 0.128 inch diameter hole (4 places) in left and right intermstale for installation of 880183-39 nipple
assembly (refer to Figure 2).
8. Install 880183-39 nipple assembly on left and right interoostals using NA81198B2 blind rivets. Seal between
intermstal and nipple assembly with PR 1221 Type "B" sealant or RTV 182 sealant (refer to Figure 2).
9. Remove rivets as necessary to nest 310590-81 and -82 channels in existing left and right frames at fuselage station
37.00. Using 51038081 and -82 channels as templates, merit 1.03 inch diameter hales on leR and light frames
and drill eight (8) attaching holes using a No. 50 drill bit. Remove Ohannels and out 1.03 inch diameter holes in
frames (refer to Figure 3).
10. Install 910590´•81 channel on left tiame and 110880-82 channel on right fiame st station 31.00 using rivets, Hi-Lok
pine and collars. 8eal coat outboard Range of channels prior to nestling in frame and seal around channels, frames
and rivete per sealing procedures outlined in the appliosble Maintenance Manual (rsfer to Figure 3).
11 Drill and install 880876-1 tube assembly on left frame end 880618-a tube assembly on right frame at station 31.00
using screws, washers and nuts (refer to Figure 4).
12. Install 880516-1 plenum assembly on pilot’s aide Rod 8806162 plenum assembly on copilots side using existing
screws, washers and nuts. 8eal around Range of plenum assembly with PR 1221 Type "B" sealant or RTY 162
sealant (refer to Figure 4).
13. Install NW2WZS´•4-Bg6 duct using existing or new AN?9?TW46 clamp (2 places) (refer a Figure 4).
14. At left and right fuselage station 25.50, where existing duct runs through Rama, install NT33-4-l1 hose and
880680-1 tube plug on existing duct using existing or new AN?3?TW46 clamp (2 places) (refer to Figure 4).
NOTE
15. Assure that defog system is functioning properly and no leaks are evident.
Page 5 of 19
CU8TOkl X~T NO. 199
21.60
STA
31.00
EXTERIOR SKIN
IRE Fl
EXlsTIN(I (IUSSET mszt~,aaoa RIVETS
IREFI _ THRU 83IN AND FRAME
DEAL PER MAINTENANCE
0.18W´•´•10.1825’´• DIA. HOLE -1\ a ,MlvrunLI
HL2089 rlN
HLBB6 COLLAR
f
~.60´•´•
t 1.03" DIA
HOLE
MS2010AD4
RIVET 18 PLS)
31098082
CHANNEL
npas.
Pnga 9 ol 12
CU8TOM KIT NO. 1SS
EXISTING DUCT
NTU´•4´•II HOSE A
IREFL
880(180-1
PLUD
EXISTING HARDWARE
(REFL
8808~8´•2
TUBE ASSY
srA\ Ism
87.001 \52.67
B(M8DB2 CHANNEL
(REF)
8197"m.l52" DIA. HOLE
MS(52W´•228 8CREW
IN9BOW WASHER
M8210~2LOB NUT
.PLSL
8808782 TUBE
f nssv inen
VIEW A-A
Fl~ula 4.
P~e? a) 12
CUSTOM KIT NO´• 133
Is. For Models 690C and 895 equipped with factory installed inner windows, reinstall elisting window frames and
inner windows and proceed to step 21
19. For Models 890C and 686 not equipped with factory installed inner windows, modify existing left and right window
frames by installing inner windows as follows (refer to Figure 5):
a Position 862058-3 left inner window and 862058-4 right inner window frames and scribe lines for 0.40-inch
wide by 6.20-inches long slot in tap of framee.
NOTE
c. Install 862058´•6 escutcheon on window frame using AD34ABS pop rivet (1 places) and EC1403 or an
d. Install existing left and right modified window frames on airplane using existing hardware.
a. Position 862068-3 left inner window and 862058-4 right inner window in existing window frames and mark
center of lower holes in inner windows on window frames for inetallation of MS27130-A25 rivnuts.
f Drill 0.253 (t0.003) inch diameter holes, marked in step e., in lower corners of window frames and install
MS27130-A25 rivnut (2 places).
h. Unscrew net portion of TFS106 button and install button (2 places) on inner windows.
i. Proceedto step 21
a. Rim and fit, as required, 882068-451 and 862058-452 frame assemblies on airplane (refer to Figure 6)
NOTE
b. Install 861904-6 bumper on 862058-451 and 882068-462 frame assemblies using EC1403 or an equivalent
contact cement (refer to Figure 6).
c install 862068-461 and 862088452 frame assemblies on airplane picking up existing attach points and using
existing hardware. Assure that 880515-1 and 880616-2 plenum assembly outlets are not restricted or covered
by installation of frame assemblies.
d. Position 862068-5 left inner window and 862058-4 right inner window in new window frames and mark center
of lower holes of inner windows on window frames for installation of MS27130-A25 rirnuts (refer to Figure 5).
a. Drill 0.259 (+0.00S) inch diameter holes, marked in step d., in lower corners of window frames and install
MS21130A25 rivnut (2 places) (refer to Figure 5).
g. Unscrew net portion of TFS-1OB button and install button (2 places) on inner windows. (refer to Figure 6).
Page 8 of 12
CU8TOM KIT NO. 1.88
A
882088481 FRAME
0.280"/0.268" olA. HOLE new (REF)
MSnlS~A28 RIVNUT
STUD
12 PLS) 862058´•3 INNER
WINDOW IREF)
TFS1L~ BUTTON
Ba~soob BUMPER rVli~llL, ~12 PLS)
OUTER WINDOW IREF)
882068451
FRAME ASSY (REF)
-18.00
A-A
FCn 6. IRrt 1 ot 2)
Page 8 ol 12
CUGITOM KIT NO. ISS
881801´•5 BVMPER
INSTALLS ON FLPIN(IE OF
FRAME PIS?IY IALL AROUNDI
WITH ECUO~ OR AN
EaUIVALENT CONTACT
CEMENT
E~rm
BUMPER SHOULD 6EI\L
AGAINST WINDOW
WHEN INSTALLED
PICK VP ALL
EXISTING ATTACH
POINTS
ACn B.
Psge H ol I2
CU8TOM KIT NO. 133
22. Reinstall pilot and copilot seats and bars and iavatory seat (if removedi.
ELECTRICAL LOAD: Models 690A and 690B, Serial Numbers 11269 thru 11516 -NoChange. Model 690B, Serial
Number. 11517 thru 11566 and Models 680C and 695 Reduced by 10 Amps.
PUBUCATIONS AFFECTED: The Pilot’s Operating Handbook, Airplane Maintenance Manual and illustrated Parts
Catalog changes requiredby this document will be incoporated at the nert scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Custom Kit No
183, dated 15 September 1981, entitled "lmproved Side Window Defeg System", accomplished (date)
Page 12 of 12
Culfst~amAmerican
CORPOR*TIDN
ConMndn Md~n
M~I Norm Awnu´•.
t~mlny. MI´•hw 13008
EFFECTIVITY:
MODEL 880C (EIOHT FORTY), SERIAL NOS. 11800 THRU 11718
MODEL095 (NINE EIGHTY), SERIAL NUMBERB 95000THRU85086
Order thle kit from your nearest Oul(atream Commander Authorl~ed ServlCenter
Commanda Mrl~a
SW1 North Ratwall Auenua,
Bamany, OLlahoma 13W8
CUSTOMKITNO.1SI
11Januarylss2
MODELI*FFECTED: MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11600 THRU 11118 AND MODEL 695, SERIAL NOS. 95000 THRU
95086.
COMPLI*NCE: ATOWNERDISCRETION.
NOTE
APPROVAL: FAADOASW-BAPPROVED.
ESTIM*T.DM**.OUR.: SEVEN(1)HOUAS
SPECIALTOOLS: NONE.
ACCOMPLISHMENTINSTRUCTIONS:
2. Remove baggage eompartment liner, as necessary, to facilitate inatellation of 880682-3 closure assemhly on ECU
heatexchanger.
Page IdS
CUSTOM KIT NO, 194
S. Remove and discard existing ECU air intake grill assembly that is located on right side of fuselage just aR of
station 290.0.
4. Enlarge existing cutout in fuselage skin and drill holes for installation of 310966-AS grill assembly (refer to
Figure i).
NOTE
5. Remove two (2) screws from top of heat Exchanger that secure pressure switch and tube assembly to heat
exchanger.
6. Temporarily install 880682-3 closure assembly on ECUheat exchanger picking up two (2) existing holes on top
of heat exchanger and using existing hardware (refer to Figure a).
NOTE
7. Temporally install 880682-7 shroud assembly on 880882-3 closure assembly with AN3´•3A bolt (2 places) and
AN960D10L washer (2 places) (refer toFigure 2).
8. Temporarily install 880682-15 angle using ANI-BA bolt (4 places) and ANSB0D10L washer (4 places) and assure
9. Drill two (2) 0.199 inch to 0.204 inch diameter holes in heat exchanger to match two (2) lower holes in 880681-3
doauraasarmbly(r~LrtonWre21
10. Remove 880682-15 angle, 880682-1 shroud assembly and 880682-3 closure assembly.
11. Install 880882-19 seel assembly on fuselage frame at station 280.0 using EC140S or an equivalent contact
cement (refer to FiBure a).
12. Install 880682-3 closure assembly on ECU heat exchanger using existing hardware, AN3-3A bolt (2 places),
AN9B0D1OL washer (2 places) and MS21042L3 nut (2 places) (refer to Figure 2).
13. Install 880682-1 shroud assembly on 880682-5 closure assembly using AN3-3A bolt (2 places) and AN960D10L
washer (2 places) (refer to Figure 2).
14. Install 880682-16 angle using AN3-3A bolt (4 places) and AN960D10L washer (4 places) (refer to Figure 2).
15. Clean 880682-1 shroud assembly, fuselage skin and lonpmns in area of shroud assembly, in preparation for
sealing, in accordance with procedures outlined in Chapter 20 oPAirplane Maintenance Manual.
NOTE
16. Seal around longemns and 880682-1 assembly with Pro-Seal 700 or equivalent sealant in accordance with
procedures outlined in Chapter 20 of the Airplane Maintenance Manual (refer to Figure 2).
17. install 310968A3 grill assembly on fuselage skin using (3B2248-4-3 blind rivet (80 places) (refer to Figure 1).
to Ca,
Pasezats
CU8TOM KIT NO. 134
00
29412
1.67"
IIOB1~B/U(IRILL ~8SY I I FUSELA(IE SKIN (REF1
FI+ t +~;tLi
nosaa´•A3aRILL
IREF)
VIEW CC
ngun i.
Pnee S of 5
CUSTOM KIT NO. 134
~oso
NO. BLON(IERON
IREFI
880882´•7 SHROUD I\S6Y
.U~LaoE.K1W amaa~s*NaLL
ANIJABOLT
ANBBODIOLWASHER
880682´•7
SHROUDASSY
1 X R (4 PL9
(RlFI 0.188’´•10´•2~´•´• DIA´• HOLE
INECUnEATEXCnANOER
TO MATCH 81~823 CLOSURE A8SY
1 nN33nsoLI
ANBBOD(()L WASHER
1 B LON(IERON MS21042L3 NUT
IREFL 880BBZSCLOSURE
0.76’~
9000
NO. 8 LONOERON
IREFI /i I asoea2ns SEAL Assv
BOND TO FRAME AS8Y
IVITH 001403 CONTACT
CEMENT
NO.8
(0801
PagalofS
CU8TOM MT NO. 134
SPARES AFFECTED: NO
PUsLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Illustrated Parts Catalog changes required by this document will be incorporated at
RECORD COMPLII\NCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Custom Kit No 134,
dated 11 January 1882, entitled ‘~Improved Inlet Air Eiupply for Environmental Control Unit", accomplished
(date)
Page 5 of 5
C~II
B~ GulfB.reamAemspaceCoI)aaran
1001 NP´•th Roi*wsll Balhiiny. OLlilhoms 13008
C~mm´•nd´•rO*ilion
The Commander Aural Meeh Warning System is a fully automatio airspeed moni-
taring system.
The system compares airplane pitot pressure and pressure altitude. The sense
s~vitch is pre-set to aurally alert the pilot of airspeeds exceeding 243 KIAS.
U This system has been incorporated in our Model Bg5A (One Thousandl
iland´•~ instdMlon.
C and all other L98 nodsi´• e´• a
EFFECTIVITY:
Order this kit Rom your nearelt Dulfstreom Commnnder Authorized ServiCenter.
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS RE9UIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS CUSTOM KIT MAY DE PROCURED THROUGH
YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERYICENTER FOR: KIT NO. 1-)1.144.69 OR KIT
NO. 2 )1766.49. REFERENCE THIS CUSTOM KIT, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN
ORDERING CUSTOM KIT NO, 136 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
RIO´• nOllC´•´•
Kit Kit
No.l No.2
lyru 9TY PART NO. DESCRIPPION
Page 1 ol 20
CUSTOM KIT NO. 195
Kit Kit
No. 1 No. 2
OTY BTY PART NO. DESCRIPTION
SPECIALTOOLS: TUBE BENDING E4UIPMENT AND TUBE FLARING TOOLS FOR KIT NO 2
nCCOMPLisHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
To install the Aural Mach Overspeed Warning System, follow the installation procedures for your airplane model and
serial number.
I. The following procedures are applicable to Models 690, 690A and 690B (refer to Figure i):
a. Remove bar behind copilot seat (ifinstalled) and remove copilot seat.
b. Remove nose compartment access door to gain secess to forward side of forward pressure bulkhead
c. Remove insulation banded to aft side of forward pressure bulkhead in area where holes for routing pitot
line, static line and electrical wiring are to be drilled. Remove only enough insulation as necessary to
expose area where holes are to be drilled.
NOTE
i ´•´•-OK1
CAUTION
Page 2 of 20
CUSTOM KIT NO. 135
d Drill two (2) 0.47´•ineh diameter holes in forward pressure bulkhead for instullntian at AW897-4D
plba~w.
e. Drill a 0.25-inch diameter hole in forward pressure bulkhead far routing of electrical wiring lif
required).
L Using pilot hales in 8(10144´•3 bracket assembly as a template, Locate and drill four (4) O 1l0-inch
diameter holes in bracket assembly and forward pressure bulkhead for installation of bracket assembly
NOTE
g Apply sealant, conforming to Military Specification MIL-S-88o2, between bracket assembly nanges and
forward pressure bulkhead and install 800744-3 bracket assembly using NA1738B4 blind rivets Cover
heads of rivets with sealant after rivets have been pulled
NOTE
h. Install DRA46C´•45 mach warning switch on bracket assembly using M836206-247 screw (2 places) and
AN960D8L washer (2 places).
i. Install AN919-3D reducer and S-0309-905 a-ring on static port of mach warning switch
j. Install ANB16´•ID union and S-0309-904 o-ring on pitot port of mach warning switch,
Place an AN9601)716L washer on each of the AN831-4D elbows and insert elbows in O 47-inch dianietei
holes that were drilled in step d, in forward pressure bulkhead. Washers are to be on Eorwnl´•d side of
bulkhead.
I. Apply MIL´•S-8802 sealant around AN924-4D nuts andsecure AN837-4D elbows to forward pressure
bulkhead with nuts, Orient elbows upward towards mach warning switch,
I~auno.
CAUTION 1
Page 4 of 20
CUSTOM KIT NO. 1S5
c;F~t
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
i. Cut hose to Length required and assure both ends are square
and then insert hose into socket and ensure that hose bottoms
WOll
nOTI!
3. Screw Ripple into secret and hose. Tighten nipple and leave a
FiBY" 2.
Page 5 of 20
CUSTOM KIT NO. 135
m. Cut two (2) hoses, to route from mach warning switch to elbows on forward pressure bulkhead, Elom
~MLenll to desired isogth iOusrall length la(ui´•sd mmun ona (li in.h to allor for
p. Connect fabncated hose assemblies to mach warning switch and to elbows on forward side of pressure
bulkhead. Tighten hose assembly connections to a torque value oi40 to 65 inoh´•pounds while holding
switch flttings and bulkhead elbows.
q. Install MS35489-1 grommet in 025-inch diameter hole (if drilled for wire routing) in forward pressure
bulkhead
NOTE
2 The following procedures are applicable to Model 690, serial numbers 11001 thru 11079 and Models 690A and
690B, serial numbers 11100 thru 11521 that have not installed the pitot-static modification per Service Letter
No. 323A, dated 13 November 1980 (refer to Figure 3):
a. Disconnect existing copilot interconnect pitot tube assembly (Pi~ 850430-17) from tee fitting on right
pitot tube assembly, push the tube assembly upward and install 4R6X-D tee on top of existing tee.
b. Reconnect existing copilot interconnect pitot tube assembly (PIN 850430-17) to top of 4R6X-D tee.
c. Remove existing AN929-4 cap assembly from copilot static system that is located on top of the nose wheel
well closure and install 4R6X-D tee an top of existing tee.
d. Reinstall existing AN929-4 cap assembly on tap of 4R6X-D tee installed in step c.
cnurloN
IclunoN
CAUIION
Page 6 al 20
CUSTOM KPT NO´• 195
I\
EXISTING P~OT TUBE
ASSY (P/N 850430-17)
4RBX.D TEE
sPr,’
r
Q MIL-H-559S´•4 STATIC HOSO
M82~404´•40 FITTING (2 RFQD)
TORQUE 40 TO BS IN-LBS
DRA1ISC-(S SW~PCH
(REF)
FORWARD PRESSURE
BULKHEAD (REF)
Figure 9.
Page? ol 20
CUSTOM KIT NO 195
ha. Ma.mblias C
h. Connect one (1) fabricated hose assembly to new tee installed on right pitot tube assembly and to Elbow
on aft aide of forward pressure bulkhead. Tighten hose assembly connections to a torque value of 40
to 65 inch-pounds.
Connect the other fabricated hose assembly to new tee installed on copilot static system tee on nose wlieei
well closure and to elbow on aft side of forward pressure bulkhead Tighten hose assembly connections
to a torque value of 40 to 66 inch-pounds.
sOTe
i. Proceed to step 6.
3. The following procedures are applicable to Models 690A and 690B, serial numbers 11100 thru 11451 that have
installed the pitot-static system modification per Service Letter No.323A, dated 13 November 1980 (refer to
Figure 4):
a. Remove and discard existing AN929-4 cap assembly from tee on right pitot tube assembly.
b. Disconnect instrument static line from tee on copilot static drain tee and install 4R6X-D tee on drain
tee.
cnurlou
d. Cut two (2) hoses. to route from pitot and static tees to elbows on aft side of LMiard pressure bulkhead,
hem MIL-H-659S-4 hose material to desired lengths (Overall length required minus one (1) inch to
allow for bath end fittings.)
I CAUTION
CI\UTION
Page 8 of 20
CUSTOM RPI NO. 135
EXISTMO P~OT
HOSE ASSY (PIEF)
EXWTING CAP
ASSY (REB)
4R6X-D TEE
EXLSTINO COPIL(YI~
STATIC DRAW TEE
(REF)
DRA45C-45 SWITCH
(REF)
FORWARD PRESSURE
BULKHEAD (REF)
Pilurs i.
Page 9 of 20
CUSTOM KIT NO 135
g. Connect one (1) fabricated hose assembly to existing tee on nght pitot tube assembly and to elbow (pitat
connection) on aft side of forward pressure bulkhead. Tighten hose assembly connections to a torque
value of 40 to 65 ineh-paunds.
h Connect the other fabricated hose assembly to new tee installed on copilot static drain tee and to elbow
(stntic connection) an aft side of forward pressure bulkhead. Tighten hose assembly connections to a
torque value of 40 to 66 inch-pounds.
NOIE
Proceed to step 6.
4. The following procedures are applicable to Model 690B, serial numbers 11452 thru 11521 that have installed
the modification per Service Letter No.
pitot-static system 323A, dated 13 November 1980 and for Model 69011,
serial numbers 11522 thru 11566 (refer to Figure 5):
a. Remove and discard existing AN929-4 cap assembly from tee on right pitot tube assembly.
b. Remove upholstery panel on copilot’s side to gain access to secondary static lines at fuselage station
1250.
c. Disconnect existing copilot rate´•of-elimb hose assembly (P~ 850503-95) from elbow on frame at
d. Remove and discard existing elbow from frame at fuseiagestation 12.50 and install ANB04-4D tee at
that position using existing hardware.
a. Recannect existing copilot rate-of-climb hose assembly (PIN 850503-95) to new tee at fuselage station
12.60.
f Cut two (2) hoses, to route from pitot and static tees to elbows on aft side of forward pressure bulthead,
from MIL-H´•5593-4 hose material to desired lengths (Overall length required minus one (1) inch to
allow for bath end Bttings).
cnurlo~
Connect on. (1) fabricated hose assembly to top of existing tee on right pitot tube assembly and to elbow
(pitot connection) on an side of forward pressure bulkhead. Tighten hose assembly connections to a
torque value of 40 to 66 inch-pounds.
j. Connect the other fabricated hose assembly to new tee that is installed an frame at fuselage station
12.50 and to elbow (static connection) on aft side of forward pressure bulkhead. Tighten hose assembly
connections to a torque value of 40 to 65 inch-pounds.
Page 10 of 20
CUSTOM KFP NO´• 135
COPILOT RATE-OF-CLIMB
INDICATOR (REF)
EXISTING 850503-85
HOSE ASSY (REF)
EXISTING P~OT
HOSE ASSY (REF)
EXISTING TEE
(REF)
~3
MIL-H-5583-4 PITOT HOSE 0
MSzl4oa-4o FITTING (2 REQD)
TORQUE 40 TO 85 IN-LBS (UII EXISTING STATIC
TUBE ASSY (REF)
REh(OYE
ELBOW AND INSTALL
C
O Mn-H-558S-4 STATIC HOSE
MS27a04-4D FITTING (2 RE9D)
TORQUE 40 TO 65 IN-LBS
STA 12. 50
DRA45C-45 SWITCH
(REF)
PRESSURE
BULKHEAD (REF)
Figula
Page 11 ol 20
CUSTOM KIT NO. 195
N.T.
k P,´•oceed to Jteg 6.
5. The following procedures are applicable to Models 690C and 695 irefer to Figure 6):
a. Remove bar behind copilot seat (ifinstalled) and remove copilot seat.
b. Remove nose compnrtment access door to gain access to forward side of forward pressure bulkhead,
c. Remove insulation, bonded on aft side offorward pressure bulkhead, in area where hole is to be drilled
Lr routing oleiedrieai wiring,
NOTE
I?au~loN
cnurlow
d. Drill a 0.25´•inch diameter hole in forward pressure bullhead (if required) above existing static Rtting
and install MS35489-1 grommet in hole.
NOTE
e. Install AN815-6D union and S´•0309-905 o-ring an static port of mach warning switch Torque union 86
to 160 inch-pounds.
L install AN811´•4D union and 5-0309-904 o-ring on pitot port of mach warning switch. Torque union 70
to 120 inch-pounds.
g. Instaii DRA45C-45 mach warning switch on bracket assembly using MS35206-247 screw (2 places) and
AN960D8L washer (2 places),
h. If existing pitot and static fittings. located on right side of forward pressm´•e buiklichd, are unused
(capped). proceed as follows:
(11 Remove existing cap assemblies from pitot and static fittings and retain for inter
reinstallation.
(2) Install 800744-11 tube assembly an static fitting and tighten "B" nut to a torque value of 60
to 80 inch-pounds,
Page 12 of 20
CUSTOM KIT NO. 135
(3) Install 800744-7 tube assembly an pitot fitting and tighten nut to a torque value of 40 to
66 inch-pounds.
(41 install AN824-5D tee on 800744´•11 tube assembly and tighten "B" nut to a torque value of 60
to 80 inch-pounds,
(5) Install AN824-4D tee on 800144-7 tube assembly and tighten nut to a torque value of 40
to 65 inch-pounds.
(6) Install existing cap assemblies, removed in step (1), on new pitot and static tees.
17) Connect 800744-17 tube assembly to static port on mach warning switch and to static tee at
Forward pressure bulkhead and tighten "B" nuts an tube assembly to a torque value of 60 to
80 inch-pounds while holding union an switch secure.
(8) Connect 8(10744´•15 tubs assembly to pitat port ofmach warning switch and to pitot tee at
forward pressure bulkhead and tighten "B" nuts on tube assembly to a torque value of 40 to
66 inch-pounds while holding union on switch secure.
Ifexisting pitot and static fittings, located on right side of fonvard pressure bulkhead, have tube
assemblies connected to them, proceed as follows:
(1) Disconnect existing tube assemblies from pitot and static fittings on forward pressure
bulkhead.
(2) Install 800744´•11 tube assembly on static fitting and tighten "B~’ nut to a torque value of 60
to 80 inch-pounds.
(3) install 800744´•7 tube assembly on pitot fitting and tighten "B" nut to a torque value of 40 to
65 ineh´•pounds
(4) Install AN824-5D tee on 800744-11 tube assembly and tighten "B" nut to a torque value o160
to Bo inch-pounda.
(5) Install AN824´•4D tee on 800144-1 tube assembly and tighten "B" nut to a torque value of 40
to 65 inch-pounds.
(6) Cut existing tube assemblies, diaconneoted in step (1), to Length required to connect to new
pitot and static tees. Install existing sleeves and "B" nuts on tube assemblies and dare tubing
NOTE
(7) Connect existing tube assemblies to piMt and static tees. Tighten "B’~ nut on static tee to a
torque value of 60 to 80 inch-pounds and tighten"B’~ nut on pitot tee to a torque value of 40
to 65 inch-pounds.
j. With tube assemblies connected to switch assembly and using pilot holes in 80[)744´•3 bracket assembly
as a template, locateand drill four (4) O.llO-inch diameter holes in bracket assembly and forward
pressure bulkhead for installation of bracket assembly.
k. Apply sealant, conforming to Military Speeineation MIL-S-8802, between bracket assembly nanges and
forward pressure bulkhead and install 800744-9 bracket assembly using NAS1138B4 blind rivets.
Cover rivet heads with sealant after rivets are pulled.
Page 14 of 20
CUSTOM KIT NO. 195
K800158-KS DECAL
M/CI(
WARN
LEFT INSTRUMENT
PANEL(REF)
8O
0 o ´•00
NOIB
Figure 7
Page 15 oL 20
CUSTOM KIT NO. 135
UOTB
a. Locate and drill a o.250-inch diameter hole in left instrument panel for installation of PB´•126 Lwhitoi
switch (refer to Figure 7)
NOTE
c. install PB-126 (white) switch on left instrument panel (reEer to Figure 7).
e. Cut a11s-inch diameter hole in capiiat side panel and install K80o7fi9-K1 aural annunciator unit on
panel. Insulation may be cut and removed in area to clear annunciator unit. Apply Y-9082 thermal
insulation tape (or equivsient) on fuselage skin behind annunciator unit (reEer to Figure 8).
f Connect aural mnch overspeed warning system to airplane electrical system as shown on Figure 9
NOTE
7. Seal around grommet, rivets and electrical wiring an both sides of forward pressm´•e bulkhead with MII.-S-RROP
sealant.
9. Perform a leak check of Primary ipilatl and Secondary (copilot) pitot-static system individually as follows:
a Assure that all instruments are connected to their respective pitot-rtatie systems
b. Seal static ports an each side of airplane fuselage and pitot drain hales
Connect source at static drain fitting and pitot tube assembly such that same vacuum is
c. a vacuum
Page 18 of 20
CUSTOM KIT NO. 135
B
CUT 1.181’ DIA. HOLE W COPILOT
4
SIDE PANEL IN THIS AREA DENOTED
37.00
BY CROSS-HATCHING AND INSTALL
K800758-K7 AURAL ANNUNCIATOR UNIT.
nlJ
Ij
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD AT COPILOT SIDE
Pigura 8.
Page 17 ol 20
CUSTOM KII NO. 165
1815181-2 BUTT
SPLICE
POWER
SOURCE
M1Ba8/1-13 TERMINAL
1 COVER SOLDER CONNECTIONS
WITH #6 VINYL SLEEVE
(2 PLS)
320555 PUICK
DISCONNECT PB-128 (WHITE)
(4 PLS) SWITCH (REF)
Mwnsna C
GN’D~Ct)-MW4A22
KB(IO?SI)-K1
AURAL
C:
W
M?828/1-15
TERMINALA f M81044/8-22-8 WIRE
MSS1OBE1QG-SI
(2 PLS)
II (TYP)
CONNECTOR
B CD AE
DRA45C-45
MACH
SWITCH
FIIYIP 9´•
Page 18 ol 20
CUSTOM KIT NO, 135
*mL
g. Observe altimeter for indication of leakage. Altimeter drop in Indicated Altitude shall not exceed 250
feet.
NOTE
h. Release vacuum slowly and then remove static port sealing material.
NOTE:
j, Apply pressure to pitot slowly until Airspeed indicator indicates 130 knots.
i. Observe Airspeed indicator for indication of leakage. Leakage shall not exceed an indicated drop of 8.5
NOTE
Aural Warn Alert should pulse approximately 8 times per second at 2900 HZ.
NOTE
System SpeeiBeations:
Page 19 of 20
CUSTOM KIT NO 196
a. *Place a tight fitting eix (6) foot length of surgical tubing over right pitot head.
NOTE
If Service Letter No. 323A has not been complied with, the
left pitot tube must be seeled.
c. Double tubing over and grip tubing until airspeed indicator reads 243 (t6,-0) KIAS.
WEIGHT AND BALANCE: The weight and balance change resulting from installation of this Custom Kit is as follows:
Kit No. 2
ta.88
1.80
62´•60
82.50 112.5
C
SPARES AFFECTED: NO.
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Airplane Maintenance Manual and illustrated Parta Catalog changes required by
this document will be incorporated at their naitt revision.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenonce records as follows: Custom Kit Na.
135, dated 29 September 1982, entitled, "Commander Aural Mach Overspeed Warning System’~, accomplished
(date)
Page 2U of 20
O
Gulfstream
REASON FOR PUBLICATION: TO PROVIDE AN IMPROVED TAIL LIGHT i STROBE LIGHT INSTALLATION
WITH LONGER RATED BULB LIFE.
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REqUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS CUSTOM KIT MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH
YOUR NEAREST GULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR (262.21. REFERENCE THIS
CUSTOM KIT, AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING CUSTOM KIT NO. 136
CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
i_-
Paee 1 of 3
’I
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1 RLmouP s.EBr. atldEh~nglail .ons to .mlans, diaronnot.lsUilal mnne..rs and remo*. tall mao
2. Remove screws and washers attaching tail cone lens to tail cone. Retain screws and washers for installing
310062-509 light assembly.
4. Remove screws attaching existing tail i strobe light asaembly to tail cane.
6. Drill out rivets attaching existing nutplates and doubler to tail cone.
8. Make cutouts in tail cone for installation of new tail light i strobe light assembly (reEer to Figure i).
9 install 310052-509 tail light i strobe light assembly on tail cone using existing screws and washers removed
in step 2.
10 Connect 310052-509 tail light i strobe light assembly to existing electrical connectors.
Il. Reinstall existing tail cone on aft fuselage using existing hardware.
12. Functional check strobe light system to assure system is operating correctly.
SPARES AFFECTED: SPARES TO STOCK BOTH CONFIGURATIONS OF TAIL LIGHT i STROBE LIGHTS. C
PUBLICI\TIONS AFFECTED: The Airplane Maintenance Manual and illustrated Parts Catalog changes required by
this document will be incorporated at the next scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Custom Kit No. 136,
dated 15 November 19811, entitled "lmprovsd Tail Light i Strobe Light Systsm*, accomplished (dated)
Page 2 of 3
CUSTOM KIT NO. 136
C
0.375" DIA. x 0.75" LONG
SLOTS (4 PLS)
NOTE
1´•-" tt -t
3~rf-- I ‘1.´•13´•´•
Dln. HOLE 2.98"
pkl-n
BLEND
SMOOTH
1.75"
E
HOLE
EXISTING
TAIL CONE
DISCARD EXISTING
(REF) DOUBLER
F.
TAIL
CONE
Figure 1.
Pnge B of 3
Q
Gulfstream
Aerospace
EFFECTIVITY:
EFFECTIVITY:
Order this kit from your nearest Gulfstream Commander Authorized ServiCenter
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS REqUIKED TO INSTALL THIS CUSTOM KIT MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH YOUR
NEAREST OULFSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR (486.00. REFERENCE THIS CUSTOM
KIT. AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING CUSTOM KIT NO 137
CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING.
SPECI~LTOOLS: NONE.
Page lolS
CUSTOM KIT NO. 13?
I\CCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
8
CAUTION
2 Apply 511800 heater assembly to left windshield and 611900 heater assembly to right windshield as follows:
a. Prepare inside surface ofleR and right windshields by cleaning them with a solution ofleopmpyl Alcohol
and water (SOC solution).
b. Remove the protective caaung from adhesive side of heater assemblies. This will elpoee the gold costing
on the heater assemblies; themfore, elttreme caution should be erereised so as not to scratch surface of
heaterassemblies.
c. Position heater assemblies and tack to windshields using masking tape as shown in Figure 1. Maintain
one (1) inch constant dimension between upper edge of windshield heating element and heater
assemblies. To help maintain this dimension, one (1) inch masking tape may be used.
d. Strip away release paper fmm adhesive along longest vertiesl saga Gnao~nl ´•d~i orhasUr as
shown in Figure 2.
C~
a. Using a hand miler, apply even pressure across the width of the adhesive as shown in Figure 3.
f Strip away release paper along top and bottom of heater assembly shown in
as Figure 4.
g. Hold adhesive away from windshield until miler can press adhesive onto glass and then use the hand
miler to apply even pmssum across the width of the adhesive.
h. Altsmstely work top and bottom adhesive strips with roller veN slowly.
Remove the release paper fmm adhesive strip along shortest edge (outboard edge) of heater assembly and
secureadhesive to windshield using hand miler very slowly.
i. Remove masking tape and clean inside surface of windshield where masking taps was applied using a
solution oflsopropyl Alcohol and water (S09b solution).
4. Route wires above heater assembly to overhead switch panel and connect heater assembly wires to airplane
windshield eleftncal system. Secum heater assembly wires to e~isting wire bundles as rrquired (refer to Figure
5)
6 Assure that electrical wiring is clear of panel and then close overhead switch panel.
Page a of 5
CUSTOM KIT NO. 131
II
t I
1.0" CONSTANT ´•I.o´•´• CONSTANT
VIEW LOOKING FW D
~Ti
i ai
WINoSHIELD IREF)
Figure i.
-I--
LEFT W1NDSHIELD IREFI
Fig u re 2.
PageSolS
CUSTOM KIT NO. 157
C
sllano HEATER 511500 HEATER
A55Y IREFI ASSY IREFI
HAND
ROLLER
Figure 3. Figure 4.
HI I I; I ILO LO I I I\ I HI
wo´•re
OYo OND
CONNECT ONE HEATER ASSEMBLY LE~O
WIRE TO WINDSHIELD 6WITCH AND THE
OTHER LEAD WIRE TO (IROUND
LEFT I I RIGHT
WINDSHIELD I I WINDSHIELD
HEATER I\SEY I I HEATER ASSY
(P/N 51(5WI I I IP/N 611800)
Figure 5.
i
Pape4ofS
CUSTOM KIT NO. 131
NDT6
ELECTRICAL LOAD: +0.22 WA1TS PER SBUARE INCH (2.2 AMPS TOTAL).
PUQLICATIONG AFFECTED: The Airplane Maintenance Manual and Illustrated Parts Catalog change. required by
this document will be incorporated at the ne.t scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPU*NCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Custom Kit No. 131,
dated 18 January 1485, entitled "Windshield Anti-Fag System", accomplished: (date)
Page SofS
C u sto m Kit Gulfstream
i Aerospace
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
Pogo of 9
NOTE
Page 8 of 9
NOTE
Wgslofl
C~II
Gulfstream
Aerospace
REASON FOR PUBLICI\TION: To provide Automatic Ignition for bath engines in ease of engine namsout during
takeoff and landing on wet runways and during nights in icing conditions. Automatic
Ignition is not limited to only these conditions. Automatic ignition is ovailable
anytime the engine RPM is above 60 percent.
NOTE
Installation of this
Automatic Ignition System meets the
requirements of Part (b) of AD 86-24-12.
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS R68UIRED TO INSTALL THIS CUSTOM glT ON TWO ENGINES MAY BE PROCURED
THROUGH YOUR NEARESP GULPSTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED SERVICENTER FOR:
KIT NO. 1
62660.00 OR KIT NO. 2 12650.00. REFERENCE THIS CUSTOM KIT, AIRCRAET MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL
NUMBER WHEN ORDERING) CUSTOM KIT NO. 138 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
Page 1 of 9
CUSTOM KIT NO. 138
Kit Kit
No.l No.2
BTY BTY PART NO. DESCRIPIIION
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Remove baggage wmpartment liner, as necessary, to facilitate installation of th~s Custom Kit.
3. Remove upper and lower cowling from left and right engines.
4. Remove acoes: doors from tap of engine nacellss, as neceseary, to facilitate installation of electrical wiring.
6. Disconnect existing engine torque oil pressure hose assembly from oil preaaure port on engine torque preasure
transducer (refer to Figure i).
6. Install SRGX-S or 6602-3 swivel tee on engine torque pressure transducer (refer to Figure i).
Install 800814-29 tube assembly, AN894-CS buehin[l, S-03109904T ~ing and 211C119-115 pressure switch
(refer to Figure 1).
8. Remove left and right inboard flaps as ontlined in Airplane Maintenance Manual.
g~ Remove left and right inboard wing closeout skins to gain access to electrical wire bundles.
Page 2 of g
CUGTOM KIT NO. 1SB
d ~J
TYPICAL BOTH LEFT AND RIGHT ENG(NE
EXISTING TOROUE
THANSDVDER (REF)
ENGINE
U FIREW*LL
IREF)
s´•031010dTO-RINO
msJloellosL´•JsCoNNECroR
1.
Page 8 of 9
CUSTOM KIT NO. 138
Fi(uraZ.
10. Remove seats and lower right upholstery panels to gain secess to electrical wire bundles.
ii. Loeate, drill and install MS35059-21 switch on left or center instrument panel. Location of switeh is optional
(refer to Figure 2).
13. On airplanes that have Service Buletin No. 194A accomplished, remove existing 800788-5 component assembly
and replace existing angles with 800814-11 and 800814-19 angle assemblies (Models 690C and 695) or 800814-21
and 800814-23 angle assemblies (Models 69011 and 695A) using existing hardware. Rein3all existing 800188-3
component assembly using existing hardware (refer to Figure 3).
NOTE
16. Install 800814-16 component assembly an angle assamblies, installed in step 14., using MSZ1039-0801 screw 14
places) and ANSBODBL washer (4 places) (refer to Figure S).
page loi9
CUSTOM KIT NO. 138
ACFT
STA
51•´480 LFERI
eOMPONENTnssv
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
IREF1
IC 2
8.67
o
COMP~RTMENT
B smucruallREFI
EXISTING OR
800114´•17
ANGLE ASSY
EXISTING OR
8W814´•18
ANGLE ASSY
e 7.36´•´•
FiSurs S. Ishwt( of 2)
PaReSafS
CUSTOM KIT NO. 1SB
RCFT
ST*
STRUCTURE
sl-4soaBIFEnI
CMPohlENTnssY
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
(REFI
´•BAl
BnOOAOE COMPARTMENT
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT
,.BO´•´•
‘I
STRUCTURE rREF) TYP
~NBMD8LWASnER
/J MS21042LOBNUT
14 PLS)
EXISTING OR Ii I i II EX(STINO OR
malc2~ --II I I I II awnca
ANGLE nsn II I i I I ANOLEASSY
saos~l´•ts
COmwONENTAssv
Ms2lossoao7scnEw
aNsmosLwnsHER
’4PLS’ CI´•CI
*orr
D.S5~
TYP O.IO’~
WP
Flers 3. IShast 2 of 21
Page Bois
CUSTOM KIT NO. 138
16. Install 83A2 diode (4 places) and connect auto-ignition system to airplane electrical system as shown in Figures
4 and 6. Route new wires along elisting wire bundles.
NOTE
20. Reinetall left and right inhoard naps as outlined in the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
24. Check rigging ofinboard naps ae outlined in the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
c. Press AUTO-ION RELIGHT teet switch to the right RION light shall illuminate.
26. If annunciator lights do not illuminate while performing step 25., check to assure that annunciator lights are
27. Assure that Pilot’s Operating Handbook has revision dated 9 April 198? pertaining to Automatic Ignition System.
WE(GHT AND BALANCE; The weight and balance change resulting from installation of this Custom Kit is as follows:
PUBLICATIONS AFFECTED: The Airplane Maintenance Manual and illus~ated Parts Catalog changes required by
this document will be incorporated at the nest scheduled change/revision.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entryin airplane maintenance records as follows: Custom Kit No. 188,
dated 16 April 193’1 entitled "Automatic Engine Ignition System," accomplished (data)
Page 9 of 9
Custom Kit ~I
Culfstream
Aerospace
RIRa 1 of 1
Custom Kit Culfstream
Aerospace
MODELS AFFECTED: MODEL 690C, SERIAL NOS. 11727, 11129 THRU 11755.
MODEL 690D, SERIAL NOS. 16021 THRU 15042.
MODEL 695A, SERIAL NOS. 96055 THRU 86082 AND 96084 THRU 96100.
MODEL 6988, SERIAL NOS. 96062, 96063, 96069, 96075, 96078, 98085 AND 96201 THRU
98208.
NOTE
NOTE
PARTS DATA: PARTS RE9UIRED TO INSTALL THIS CUSTOM KIT MAY BE PROCURED THROUGH YOUR
NEAREST OULFsTREAM COMMANDER AUTHORIZED 8ERVICEN*ER. REFERENCE THIS CUSTOM
KIT,
AIRCRAFT MODEL AND FACTORY SERIAL NUMBER WHEN ORDERING CUSTOM KIT NO. 140 CONSISTING
OF THE FOLLOWING:
Pase1of14
CU8TOM KIT NO. 140
SPECULTOOLS: NONE.
~CCOMPLISHMENT (NSTRUCTIONS:
2. Reduce hydraulic system pressure to aero by applying brakes or actuating wing flaps
7. Cain access to nose gear steering command patentiometer, located in right fuselage nose section, through lower
forward nose access doer (refer to Figure i).
8. Remove and disoard petentiorneter, clamp assembly and bracket assembly (refsr to Figure 1).
5. Cap and staw potentiometer electrical wires N3dA22 (refer to Figure a).
Paseaof1d
O
CUSTOhl KIT NO. 140
AEHoVETnl~CCES8
DWRTO(IIUN*CCEIIS
TO COMMIND POTELIIIOMETER
REINSTALL ITEM I
ON EXIST1N(I NUTPLATE
11
I1PLS)
U
"---~---I II I I II 1
I1PLSJ
I i i’
i NOSE LA\DDNNO
j, i:´•,i i~LI
IREF)
FieYra I´•
Page S or 14
CUSTOM KIT NO. 140
Bi
T 1
pms
CONTROL MODULE
I I i+ I "´•I
t
J -tn I I ´•´•U´•
mllaL,*,
F~un).
Page 4 of 14
CUSTOM KIT NO. 140
10. Remove and discard followup potentiometer installation from nose Landing gear (refer to Figure 3).
ANSB0D1OL washer
11 Replace existing hardware on nose gear collar assembly with NAS464´•9-18A bolt (2 places),
and M521042-3 nut (2 places). Toque bolt heads 20 to 25 inch-pounds (refer to Figure 3).
(2 places)
12. Cap and staw followup potentiometer electrical wires NS6AaZ (refer to Figure 2).
13. Remove hydraulic nose wheel steering manifold cover, manifold assembly and related fittings and a-rings (refer
to Figure 4).
14. Cap and stow nose gear steering manifold assembly electncal connectors P140, P141, and P142 Cap and stow
16 Remove and replace existing cover assembly on fuselage nose deck with 310181´•15 cover using existing
hardware irefer to Figure 4).
16. Seal cover, installed in step 15., with Pro Seal 706 or equivalent MIL-S-8184 sealant as outlined in Chapter
20 of the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
17 Remove existing hose assemblies on nose gear a~ambly and tube assemblies that wereattached to the existing
wheel well with Pro
nose wheel steering manifold assembly. Seal tube assembly clamp support holes in nose
Seal 880112 or an equivalent MIL-8-88~2 sealant as autlinsd in Chapter 20 of the Airplane Maintenance Manual
18. Install AN929-4 cap assembly (2 places i on existing tees where tube assemblies were removed from in step 1?
18. Remove existing AN929-4 cap assemblies from right side of parking brake valve (refer to Figure 5).
cnurlo~
When drilling holes for V-1O2 valve assembly, in step 20., care
should be taken so as not to drill into any equipment installed on
nose deck.
20. Rack drill 0.180"10.194" diameter hole (4 places) through existing holes in channel and through nose deck.
Channel is installed on lower side of nose deck. Cain access to channel through wheel well (refer to Figure 6).
21. Install V-102 valve assembly, 190322-11 rad assembly, REBSN bearing end MS2?B75-4 clevis end (refer to
Figure 6).
22. Install 190545-69 Lan brake hose assembly, 790343-71 right brake hose asaembly, 180349-61 left brake tube
assembly and 7908(363 right brake tube assembly. Use existing clamps and attaching hardware or new
hardware furnished with this Custom Kit to suppo~ hose and tube assemblies (refer to Figures 6 and 7).
23. Remove and discard existing switch plate on pilafs control wheel.
24. Remove and discard existing ND 9TR switch from pilo~a control wheel and cap and stow electrical wires (refer
to Figure 2).
25. Install 862055-510 switch plate on pilot’s control wheel using existing hardware.
26. Remove and discard existing TAXI PARK switch cap, switch, lamp bulb and switch bezel. Cap and stow
electrical wires NS4C22. NS4A2a, NS8B2a, NsBC22,N8SB22 and N89BA1Z (reler to Figure 2).
27. Remove Dose steering circuit breaker from lett circuit breaker panel, cap and staw electrical wires and install
8861061 plug button in circuit breaker hole.
28. Remove STR INOP, TAXI and PARK lamp bulbs from annunciator panel.
29. Cain access to annunciator coupler, located on cockpit noor forward of control pedestal, and disconnect connector
plugs P189 and P170. Cap and stow wires NSa?Baa, NBSB22, NS6822, and D30C22 (refer to Figure 8).
Page 5 of 14
CU8TOM KIT ND. 140
BEFORE CHANGE
NOblE LANDIND
DEAR (REF)
1~
.j
1ONIHCATTAB1
2. REPL~CEITEM 15 s
HARDWAREWITH:
Nasoea,lsn BOLT
I\NWODIOLWASHER
1
rala~rauvr
ronoursoLTHEno
2a TO ta IN´•LBS IZPLS) ’71J
1~ i I
~8SURE 6~ME NUMBER
OF SHIMS ARE REINSTI\LLEO
IN SAME LOCATION FROM
WHICH THEY WERE REMOVED.
O
,i
II
Figul´•5.
PageBof1d
CU6TOM KIT NO. 110
VIEW LOOKING AT
I?~81
i
11
"i i,
Fllursd.
PaSa? of 14
CUSTOM KIT NO. 140
SEE FIGIUREI
1, I
Flgurali.
p,, 8 of 14
CUSTOM KIT NO. 140
AIRPLANE
Q nNsl4nsoLT
nAS43HT132
Mp(044N3NUT
SPACER i
1
A;
i LnaDINo
oEnR cnEFI
I
ExlsrlNa
BELLCRANK
IRE FI
~80922´•17
ROD ASY
(REF)
780549´•61
TUBE A88Y
IREFI
7em49a8
HOSE ASSY
IAEF)
Y´•IDZ YALVE
IREFL AMY
EX18TIN0310527´•J
CHANNEL IMODEL BBOC
IREF) II OR
o.lso´•~. lss- OIA 1111 1 I t EXIBTINOS10889´•8
HOLE 14 PLS) CHANNEL IMODELS 880D.
BACK DRILL THRU B86AAND8JSB)
HOLES IN EXISTING
CHANNEL
iii
I ----f-7em43´•7~ HOSE A6SY
IREF)
STA
~I
FWD
leasos~u TUBE AMY
InEFI
VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON NOSE DECK
Flp~O´•(SM(012)
Page 8 of 14
CUSTOM KIT NO. 1PO
REBSN BWRINO
NOSE LANDING
(IEARIREF) "Y
EXISTING BELLCRANK
IREF)
Inl IMS210B3N9NUT
II
190522´•17
ROO AS9Y
EXISTING CHANNEL
IRE Fl
IN WWN POSITION
M~INTI\IN 109 FROM VERTICAL
FOR VALVE ARM
M9M382´•2el( PIN
~N980´•IOLWI\SHER
MS21~6(3(COTTEA PIN
AN3-21A BOLT (MODEL B90C1 i N~S4SnTSIJSPI\CER
I\NPZ4A BOLT IOTHER MODELSL
ANBBDlDL WASHER 12 REB’D) I i bl V´•(02
MS210MNINUT ii i VALVE A8SY
NAF4SDD3~0 SPACER (MODEL BBOC)
NA~9De968sPnCER
IOTOER MODELSI
UPLS1
VIEW A-A
LOOKING OVTBOARD
FIIYI. L
(8h~M? 01 2)
Page 10 01 14
CUSTOM KIT NO. 1(0
V-102 VALVE
ASPY (REF) 1 780343´•89 TUBE ASSY
NOSE LANDING
OEAB (BEFI
EXISTING
I
BM0(7CLAMP
MSZ1M2-S NUT
~1
r~
CAUTION
Fioursl.
Page 11 o~ 14
CUSI~OM KI~ NO. 1´•10
P189
P111
INOP-1121CWAB1\22 E6--N97822----L
san.~lel
il~--M8822---C
*NNUNCI*TOR
M~STERCnUT1ON
UNIT
029/\22
030822 0281\22---)
FilYns.
Page 12 of 14
CUSTOM KIT NO. 140
a. Fill hydraulic reselyoir with hydraulic nuid conforming to Military Specification MIL´•H-89282 as
b. Loosen hydraulic line at forward side of nose wheel steering cylinder enough to allow nuid to seep out.
Apply slight presaure to left rudder brake pedal and hold pressure until fluid seepage is free of air.
Tighten forward hydraulic line before releasing pressure on rudder brake pedal.
c. Loosen aft hydraulic line of nose wheel steering cylinder and apply alight pressure to right rudder brake
pedal and hold pressure until nuid seepage is free of sir, Tighten aft hydraulic line before releasing
pressure on rudder brake pedal.
d Refill hydraulic reservoir with hydraulic fluid as outlined in Chapter 12 of the Airplane Maintenance
Manual.
SS. Bleed brake system as outlined in ChapterS~ of the Airplane Maintenance Manual
34. Functional check the nose wheel steering centering pin as follows:
a. With airplane an jacks, attach weighted tailstand as outlined in Chapter 7 ofthe Airplane Maintenance
Manual.
c. Turn nose wheel 450 to left by hand, releaee end allow nose wheel to center. Turn nose wheel 46’ to
right by hand, release and allow nose wheel to center.
NOTE
Should nose wheel fail to center, remove centering pin and check
far wear. Centering pin may be rotated 180D, providing a new
weanng surface.
I I*.RNINO
WbRWINO I
If centenng pin is to be removed, nose gear strut pressure must be
reduced to zero prior to removing centering pin. Failure to do so
will result in pin becoming a projectile which may result in injury
to personnel.
e. Using auxiliary hydraulic pump only, apply toe pressure to left and right rudder pedals. Nose wheel
should remain centered.
NOTE
If nose wheel turns to left or right, remove centering pin and check
for weer. Centering pin may be rotated 1800, providing a new
wearing surface.
I UIIRNIN.
W~RNINB I
If centering pin is to be removed, nose gear strut pressure must be
reduced to zero prior to removing centering pin. Failure to do so
will result in pin becoming a projsetile which may result in injury
to personnel.
page 13 of 14
CUSMM KIT NO. 140
39. Remove jacks and weighted tailstand as outlined in Chapter of the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
40. Assure that the Pilot Operating Handbook has the revision addressing Custom Kit No. 140 mserted.
WEIGHT FIND BALANCE: The weight and balance change resulting fiom installation olthis Custom Kit is as follows:
SPARES IFFECTED: NO
PUQUCATIONS AFFECTED: The Ai~lane Maintenance Manual and illustrated Parts Catalog changes required by
this document will be incorporated at the next scheduled revision.
RECORD COMPLIANCE: Make an appropriate entry in airplane maintenance records as follows: Custom Kit No. 140,
dated 8 November 188?, entitled "Nose Wheel 8tesring Modlttcptlon," accomplished (date)
Page 14 of 14
C u sto m Kit A IR CRI FT CORPORI nON
P.O. Bm: 3889
AdnJbn. WA 88223
at: (208) 435´•978~ FsX:(208) 435-1112
NOTE:
Estimated man hours: 375 hours for-I kit two evaporator at rear
pressure bulkhead; 385 hours for -2 6 -3 kits with one evaporator
at rear bulkhead and one evaporator forward.
NOTE:
NOTE:
1 1 1-48028)-0 PLUG
2 2 1-4803 05-0 CONNECTOR
3 2 110134-229 STATIC DECAL
4 1 110134-271 DECAL. EXT PWR
5 1 1250400-22 COMPRESSOR
6 1 1300)50 CABIN TEMP CONTR
7 1 1)00360 FLOW CONTROLLER
8 1 130 044 0-1 CABIN TEMP SENSOR
9 1 1300450 TEMP SENSOR
10 1 1300464 FLOW SENSOR
11 1 1300520-1 MUFFLER
12 1 1588-00-1 VALVE
13 30 205050-1 SOCKET
14 12 26838-5 STUD
15 1 310868-55 DOUBLER
16 Z 310868-57 COVER
17 5 5466 NIPPLE
18 7 60619-1 SOCKET
19 6 60620-1 PIN
20 1 62065-3/8X3/8X)/8 TEE
21 4 640903-1 PIN-RECEPTACLE
22 20 640905-1 TERMINAL
23 3 7277-i-2-12-507-61 CIRCUIT BREAKER
24 1 800655-501 BRACKET ASSY
25 1 800697-511 BUS BAR
26 1 800812-1 DOUBLER
27 1 800816-17 PANEL ASSY
28 1 800816-3 PLACARD
29 1 800816-5 PLACARD
)O 1 800816-7 PLACARD
31 1 800816-9000-1 AFTWIRE BUNDLE
32 1 800816-9000-2 2 EVAP WIRES BDL
33 1 8)3038-1 RELAY
34 1 862064-501 ESCUTCHEON
35 1 880647-11 DOUBLER
36 2 880697-13 DOUBLER
37 1 880647-5 GRILL ASSY
38 2 880701-11 BRACKET
39 1 880701-9 SPACER
40 1 880708-11 CHANNEL
41 1 880708-13 CHANNEL
42 1 880708-15 WEB
43 1 880708-19 SHIM
44 1 880708-21 PAN ASSY
45 1 880708-27 ANGLE
46 2 880708-29 DRAIN TUBE ASSY
47 2 880708-3 CHANNEL
48 1 880708-35 HOSE
49 2 880708-37 HOSE, DRAIN
50 4 8807CS-49 ANGLE
51 1 880708-5 CHANNEL
ITEM NO. QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
52 1 880708-7 CHANNEL
53 1 880709-17 ANGLE ASSY
54 1 880709-413 SHROUD ASSY
55 1 880709-9 TAB
56 1 880718-17 TUBE ASSY
57 1 880718-19 TUBE
58 1 880718-23 POTENTIOMETER
59 1 880718-39 HOSE
60 1 880718-41 HOSE
61 1 880718-43 HOSE
62 1 880718-5 TUBE
63 1 880718-63 HT EXC/DUCT ASSY
64 1 880718-65 ANGLE ASSY
65 1 880718-69 ANGLE ASSY
66 1 880718-7 TUBE
67 1 880718-73 PANEL ASSY
68 1 880718-79 MODULATING VALVE
69 1 880718-81 FLOW/TEMP CNTR
70 1 880718-9 TUBE
71 1 880722-505 ANGLE ASSY
72 1 880722-507 ANGLE
73 1 880722-508 ANGLE
74 1 880722-509 ANGLE
75 1 880722-510 ANGLE
76 1 880723-1 COVER ASSY
77 1 880723-503 BAFFLE ASSY
78 1 880723-515 TUBE ASSY
79 1 880723-529 CHANNEL ASSY
80 2 880724-19 LONGERN DOUBLER
81 1 880724-3 TUBE ASSY
82 1 880725-25 DUCT ASSY
83 1 880726-1 TUBE ASSY
84 1 880727-501 BOX ASSY-LOWER
85 1 880727-j02 BOX ASSY-LOUVER
86 1 880728-3 SUPPORT ASSY
87 1 880728-5 TEE ASSY
88 1 880728-7 TEE ASSY
89 2 880730-11 MOUNTING PLATE
90 1 880730-7 COVER
91 1 880730-9 COVER
92 1 880732-19 HOSE ASSY
93 1 880732-21 HOSE ASSY
94 1 880732-25 HOSE ASSY
95 1 880732-29 HOSE ASSY
96 1 880734-3 TUBE ASSY
97 1 880734-9 PLACARD
98 1 880735-3 BRACKET AS SY
99 1 880735-7 ANGLE
100 16 900129-58 CLAMP
101 2 900129-66 CLAMP
102 4 930060-1 CLIP ASSY
103 16 AD34ABS POP RIVET
104 4 AD42ABS POP RIVET
ITEM NO. QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
CK141-1-1
14 6 MS27039-1-1l SCREW
15 2 M527039-1-20 SCREW
16 1 TIGLS1-1CWHC SWZTCA
CKI41-1-509
12 2 AN821-8D ELBOW
13 4 AT405B CAP SWITCH
14 3 MLW3022 SWITCH
15 1 MLW3028 SWITCH
16 4 MS27039-1-l1 SCREW
17 Z MS27039-1-20 SCREW
CKf41-2-525
12 1 880701-9 SPACER
13 1 880718-101 ANGLE
14 Z 880723-531 COVER
21 1 880737-13 BRACKET
22 1 880737-15 NAMEPLATE
23 1 880737-3 ANGLE
24 1 880737-7 ANGLE
25 1 880737-9 ANGLE
31 2 AN821-8D ELBOW
32 4 MS24621-18 SCREW
33 3 MS27039-0812 SCREW
34 6 MS27039-1-11 SCREW
35 2 MS27039-1-20 SCREW
36 1 NW2W2S12-72-6 DUCT
37 1 NW21v’2S14- 72-6 DUCT
38 4 S0333A6-20C SCREW
3 1 3708 VENT
4 1 800816-9503 WIRE SET (2 EV)
5 1 850665-513 PANEL
B 1 862064-501 ESCUTCHEON
7 1 880697-5 GRILL ASSY
8 1 880700-75 TUBE ASSY
9 2 880701-11 BRACKET
10 1 880701-17 SW PLATE ASSY
11 1 880701-413 WIRED SW PANEL
12 1 880701-9 SPACER
13 1 880718-55 PANEL
14 1 880718-57 PANEL
15 1 880718-61 PANEL
16 2 880723-531 COVER
17 1 880728-19 EVAP ASSY
18 1 880732-37 HOSE ASSY
19 1 880732-39 TUBE ASSY
20 1 880732-41 HOSE ASSY
21 1 880732-43 HOSE ASSY
22 1 880737-11 SCREEN
23 1 880737-13 BRACKET
24 1 880737-15 NAMEPLATE
25 1 880737-7 ANGLE
26 1 880737-9 ANGLE
27 4 AD42ABS POP RIVET
28 3 AN73 7TW107 CLAMP
29 1 AN73 7TW114 CLAMP
30 a AN821-8D ELBOW
31 4 AT4058 CAP SWITCH
32 3 MLW9022 SWITCH
33 1 MLW3028 SWIICH
34 3 MS27039-0812 SCREW
35 4 MS27039-1-11 SCREW
36 2 M527039-1-20 SCREW
37 1 NW2W2S12-72-6 REINFORCED DUCT
39 4 S0333A6-20C SCREW
40 1 V2200D4 SOCKET WIGGINS
41 1 V2205D4 NIPPLE WIGGINS
42 1 VEC200D8 SOCKET WIGGINS
II
CK141-3-541
NOTE:
PERsoNNEL uHo ARE NOT FAMILIAR WITH THE ENVIRO AIR CONDTTIONINO SYSTEM ARE
Accom~lishmant Instructions
Prior to commencement of this kit it
is strongly recommended that
the modification center obtains alist of existing discrepancies
from the flight crew. These discrepancies should be identified
by the maintenance personnel prior to flight crew departure.
Airplane should be weighed prior to commencement of modification
to obtain a base line. Pressure check cabin as follows prior to
removal of cabin interior or Sundstrand unit.
NOTE;
WARNING:
IT IS IMPRACTICAL TO SECURE THEPA88ENaERICREsr DOOR 80 THAT IT
CANNOT BE OPENED FROM THE OUTSIDE. Tr 58 RECOMMENDED THAT WHILE
PERFORMINa GROUND PRESSMIZATION CHECKS THAT LIAFEOVRRDB BE TAKEN TO
PREVENT FROM OPENING THE MAIN CABIN DOOR. OPENINe DOOR WITH
SOMEONE
CABIN PRESSZRRISED. TO ANY DEGREE. WILL CAUSE CONSIDERABLE BODILY
HARM AND
DESTRUCTION TO EOUIPMENT. PLACE SIGNS AROUND THE AIRPLANE.
PUT TAPE ACROSS
DOOR HANDLE. SEAtINO HANDLE IN CLOSED POSITION.
HAVE PRESSURIZATXON CONTROL PERSONNEL INSIDE THE AIRPLANE AND ENSURE
ELECTRICAL POWER 18 8ELECTED ON AND THAT DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH
LOCATED ON OVERHEAD SWITCH PANEL TS DEPRESSED TO THE DOOR LOCK
POSITION.
(e) Set cabin altitude knob full Cow.
YIARNINO:
CAUTION:
CAosXON;
PRESSURIZATION CONTROLLER.
(n) Seal all cabin leaks and repeat test until maximum
differential of 5.4 PSID is achieved at 110 SCFM.
a,n
WAI
i~LENOID VALVE
1~3
~71
c~sl*
~ermRe
I
TrP~ROLLBR
r pl~reR
NE30~E VA LVE
FIGURE 1
WARNING
(c) Start R/H engine and set rpm to 90-95% using normal
starting procedures in P.O.H.
CAUTION:
comfortable rate.
CAUTION:
PRLSIURTZ~LTTON CONTROLZER´•
NOTE:
installation.
installation.
6. Remove both L/H and R/H cabin head linings. Retain for
re-installation.
installation.
Remove ECU "air in" metal shroud assy from R/H side of
18. Remove bleed air pipe P/N 880656-1 from ECU back to
junction of L/H and R/H engine bleed air pipes. Discard.
25. Remove lower flex cold air duct from Y piece at rear
NOTE i
RETATN UPPER TWO COLD AIR DUCTS IOR RE-WORR AND Re-TNSTWRTION.
CAOTION:
CAUTION:
(1) Using a router bit cut fuselage skin grill cut out
where previously marked and smooth edge of cut out.
(v) Install 880697-5 grill assy I.A.W. Dwg. 880697, Sheet bl.
(X) Install GPU socket access door hinge and associated springs.
33. (a) Make cut out in fuselage skin at F.S. Y259 2-9.65 on
CAUTTON:
(a) Make skin cut out using a router I.A.W. Dwg.880724,Sheet BZ.
a-
I--´•´•,
As
ORIGINAL
Received By
ATp
PHOTO 1
23
35. Ascertain if Custom Kit 134, improved inlet air supply
system, has been accomplished on aircraft model
690C Serial Numbers 11600 thru 11718 model 695
serial Numbers 95000 thru 95084. If C.K. 134
has been accomplished on your aircraft or serial
number is not affected than disregard this step and
proceed to step 36. If CK-134 is to be accomplished
proceed as follows.
NOIE:
36. Airplane model 690C Serial no’s 11600 thru 11718 model
695 serial numbers 95000 thru 95084 only, modify
3)0387 Avionics lower access door as follows:
C~LIITION:
follows:
o...,
IEB tYILTj
I11 nacesl
mn~ue Bp I~LBS
ij i
muraoLT~uruESi
X)ROUE 5e’10 IKLBS
YODULE
UOUHTINO PL4TPORU
d
IFT ~O*leR CUIEL
FIGCRE
25
NOTE:
FUSE BLOCK.
NOTE:
DWD 880708.
#r.
NOTE i
NOTE:
NOTE:
(f) Remove the oil filler plug. Look through the oil
filler plug hole and rotate the clutch front plate
to position the internal parts as shown in figure 4.
______ ____ __ __
OIL PILLER
‘Im*uw mmesoo *ora wm*n~ aumcsoR
DUNTINO INOLE IICHT uourmla *NOLE LEFT
aoo
i
~OD BI~LL
I’
saLL9DOxEION snn SDCXFF OW
nurEiPurr KINar n*ra
orraesson
(TO~VIEII)
OIL PILLER
m3LE
c~ oil ha
FIGURE 4
17
(g) Compressor mounted to the right (facing clutch).
Center the parts as they are moving to the rear of
the compressor (discharge stroke).
NOTE:
dipstick.
NOTE:
NOTE:
SoLrD LINE. WIRING AND TERMINAL ENDS ARE PROVIDED IN DARTS KIT.
NOPE:
a. cut back wires from duct tamp sensor and dead end
close to rear pressure bulkhead.
41. Remove relays KY36 and K46 located L/H side of center
20E of Dwg.B80718.
NOTE;
(b) Remove 5.62" of L/H side tube and drill holes I.A.W.
DWg.880726, Sheet 81.
NOFE;
44. (a) Install 880735-3 Bracket Assy between F.S. Y29000 and
Y308 on L/H side of fuselage I.A.W. Dwg.880735, Sheet 82.
NOTE:
NOTE:
BOTE:
48. (a) Install 1300490 Flow Control valve between F.S. Y254
and F.S. Y272 I.A.W. Dwg.880718, Sheet ~5, Zones 66-
68.
Received By
AfP
PHOTO 2
32
NOTE:
50. (a) Install bleed air shut off valve P/N 1588-00-1.
Connect valve to 880656-3 tube assy installed in step
49.
(b) Install 880718-17 tube assy between shut off valve and
1300490 flow control valve I.A.W. Dwg.880718, Sheet 52,
Zone 18, 19, AB. Insulate valve with RPC2300-W FELT.
cover insulation with heat shrink tubing T.A.W.
Dwg.880657, Sheet 63, Zone 45 and sheet 81, Zone 15 for
typical installation.
1
CLIYP UISBROW
nose
NBE EUUP
TOROUE(I-?2
INLBS(1PLS)
CUUP
~e SCRCIYINOLOCKWISHEA
*usenr~m
~YCT NBE
m
~s"
eree~*ln YOOUL*TIHaYILVE
N8E O
OVIRBO.
TORaUE 30~0 I,LIIS 12 PL~I EXI(IYSI
OUCT
Hase~ \Y~HOSEr2PLS,
CULIP
ronoUElcn~ ~nhrm r4~ V _CL)IUP
Irc~escaPrs,, II ru8e ronous~a.n
IbLas(~prs)
OUCTISS’I
H09E Y IY H09E
NBE
NBEIJSI
CLIYP
CUUP(ZPLBJ TOR~UB (622
IKL89(2PLS~
UUFFLER
RIYIIRSCOOP
.I ;UBE CUUP HEITEXOHINOER
TOR(IUE(bl~
IKLBS(ZPLS)
UBIH*(R
DISTRIBMONPLEHUy
TeYPeRINAe
9eN90R
FIGUIIE 5
51
(c) Connect 880718-19 tube between aft end of 1300520-1
muffler and heat exchanger cutlet T using 5T3333-6-12
tube and clamps I.A.W. Dwg.880718, Sheet 62, Zone 19F.
57. (a) Cut two holes in rear pressure bulkhead for freon hose
fittings I.A.W. Dwg.880732, Sheet 84, Zone 6, 7D.
(b) Install tee fittings in rear pressure bulkhead as
called out on Dwg.880732, Sheet #4, Zone 7B. Do not
threads).
NOTE:
MOUNTTNO BRACKET.
CAVTION:
NOTE:
TIE WIRE BUNDLE ALONG AVIONICS SHELF WITH AVTONTCS WIRING BUNGLE
AND ROUTE ALONG R\H SIDE OP FUSELAGE WITH AVIONICS WIRING TO REAR
ENSURE THAT TEMP AND FLOW CONTROLLER RND FLOW SENSOR SHIELDING
GRouND WIRES ARE CONNECTED I.A.W. NOTE 10 ON DWG.880816,
SHEET #2 OR ~3 AS APPLICABLE. CONNECT ENVTRO WIRING TO CB
PANEL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL PANEL AND ANNUNCIATOR PANEL
CoNNECToRS I.A.W.RELEVENT DWG.800816. ANY EXTSTTND WIRES
WHICH HAVE TO BE REMOVED FROM CONNECTORS SHOULD BE REMOVED
59. (a) Install enviro wire bundles thru rear pressure bulkhead.
Utilize hole installed in step 57. Feed wire bundle from
rear of pressure bulkhead forward with connectors for
controllers and valves aft of pressure bulkhead. Connect
up wiring to temp and flow controllers, Duct temp sensor,
temp modulating valve, mass flow sensor, mass flow valve,
and environmental shut off valva.
37
(c) Install wire ACLA2O between KRA relay Terminal X2 and
Terminal strip TA4 located R/H side of baggage
compartment behind trim. Install S~A2 diode between
wire AC1A2O and TA4 I.A.W. Dwg.800816, Sheet 64.
(i) Install bus feeder wire between main bus bar inside
main electrical junction box and lOSamp circuit breaker
mounted on 800816-17 panel I.A.W. Dwg.800816, Sheet#4.
DOWMIRRDS
(b) Remove switch guard from old overlay panel and install
on new overlay panel in same location.
62. Cut hole on L/H side of cockpit side wall trim for
freon control panel I.A.W. Dwg.880701, Sheat 82. -503,
-507 installation. Ensure that top edge of PNL assy
aligns with AC circuit breaker panel top edge. Do not
fit panel assy at this stage. See step 75 later.
equivalent.
39
NOTE:
R~RPLANE.
CAUTION;
(h) Install wire AZA20 to cabin bus bar at rear pressure bulkhead
R/H side. Utilize any spare location. Install 1 amp fuse
provided. See Dwg.800816, Sheet 4, Zone 6D.
65. Models 690C S/N’s 11600-11718 and 695 S\N’S 95000 thru
95084 proceed as follows:
(a) Make cut outs in upholstery and mirror at rear pressure
bulkhead I.A.W. Dwg.880730, Sheat i, Zones 6-9 F/G and
view B Zone 4, 5, 6, C, D, E.
(d) Inspect L/H and R/H overhead cabin panels for air
system integrity. Repair or replace any damaged ducts
or air transition units prior to installation. Ensure
air system is leak free.
(e) Shorten existing l/h and r/h overhead cabin panel ducts
to mate with new louvre box outlets I.A.W. Dwg.880730,
Sheet P1, Zones lo, 11, F/G.
66. (a) For Model 690C S/N’s 11719 thru 11735, make cut outs in
upholstery and mirror at rear pressure bulkhead I.A.W.
Dwg.880730, Sheet bl, zones 12-15 and view ’A’ Zones 7-
10 A, B 8 C.
(d) Inspect L/H and R/H overhead cabin panels for air
supply system integrity. Repair or replace any damaged
ducts or transition units prior to installation.
Ensure air system is leak free.
(e) Shorten existing L/H and R/H overhead cabin panel ducts
to mate with new louvre box outlets I.A.W. Dwg.880730,
sheet Il, Zones 10/11 F G.
BOTE;
INSTRLLATION
70. (a) Route electrical wire bundle from inside rear pressure
bulkhead forward along R/H side of fuselage to cockpit
instrument panel. Tyrap wire bundle as required to
provide support. I.A.W. AC43-13-1A Refer to
bwg.8008l6, Sheet #3 for Models 690C S/N’s 11600 thru
11729 and 695 S\N’s 95000 thru 95084. Refer to
(c) For Models 690C S/N’s 11600 thru 11729 and 695 S/N’s
95000 thru 95084 proceed as follows:
(d) Model 690C S/N’s 11730 thru 11735 find wire H62AZZ in
P170 Pin 12 of annunciator Master caution unit. Join
new wire H62AZZ to this existing wire and connect other
end of wire to pin L of P27 environmental control panel
connector I.A.W. Dwg.800816, Sheat #2.
(b) Find wires AC9A16, AC8A16 and install into ACI plug
I.A.W. Dwg.800816, Sheet 64, zone 4A. Route wires
behind instrument panel, along R/H side of fuselage to
forward evaporator location. Connect wires to 1-
480303-0 plug.
(c) Carry out steps 73.b/ and c/ for control panel and
evaporators. Connect all GND wires for control panel
and evaporators as on Dwg.800816, Sheat P4.
CnvTloru:
79. Model 690C 11600 thru 11729 and 695 95000 thru 95084 proceed
as follows:
iI
IIECCIVEIIC´•~E
OC~tT CU´•P
auraessoa ~mn
OIWIlGi ~OIT
3 cc 1 -.p´•.,
annr*
I
a\
C
otr ~u rolt Lnemn
´•aT
B
CIWIL~SDR
a w
FItUTtb 6
NOTE:
NOTE:
vacuum pump.
(e) Turn pump on, open manifold service valves and evacuate
CAUTION:
(h) Remove R-12 can from service hose and slowly open both
manifold valves and slowly vent system to zero.
(i) Close manifold valves and reconnect service hose to
vacuum pump.
(j) Start pump and open manifold valves. Run vacuum system
for minimum of 45 minutes.
a System vacuum should read
25 to 27 In. Hg. after 10 minutes operation.
(k) Close manifold valves and shut off vacuum pump. Remove
service hose and connect to a one (l) pound refrigerant
can.
NOZ~E:
NOTE
NOTE:
(v) Slowly vent service hose from can and remove from can.
shown below:
SUCTION DISCHARGE
O.A.T. PRESSURE (PSIG) PRESSURE (PSIGI
l00OF 34 230
(y) cover both compressor service valves with shop rag and
NOTE:
NOTE:
(1) Note outlet air temperature again and verify that the
compressor suction pressure stays within the limits of
26-34 psig during adjustment. If not, the unit with a
low outlet temperature must have its expansion valve
turned 1/4 turn counterclockwise to offset the increase
in suction pressure and at the same time have the same
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
CAUTION’
(g) Wipe off soapy liquid and use halogen leak detector to
find small R-12 leaks. Tighten joints as required.
CAUTION:
(j) close manifold valves and remove R-12 can. Slowly open
both manifold valves and vent system to 2-5 psig.
87. Perform after installation check out using ground
pressurization cart if available. Cabin must reach max
(c) Using the enviro system test box connect a VOM to pins
C(+ve) and D(-VE) of the mass flow sensor.
WARNING i
CAUTION;
NOTE:
PRESSURE IN PSID.
(k) Adjust air flow until flow sensor voltage reads 4.71
VDC (max flow). When cabin pressure has stabilized
record:
PRESSURIZATION CONTROLLER.
(r) Remove all test equipment attached to the A/C for this
test and set cabin pressure controls back to normal.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
(b) Using the enviro system test BOX connect a VOM to pins
C (cVE) and D (-VE) of the mass flow sensor.
CAOTION:
Cabin --PSID
Flow Sensor VDC
CAUTION:
(u) Remove the needle valve and reconnect the static line
to the controller.
operate again.
(j) Monitor pilots left and right amp meters with the air
conditioner switch off and with the air conditioner
switch on.
The combination current increase on both amp
meters should be approximately 80 amps or more,
but no more than 1~5 amps.
EOUIPMENT REOUIRED
STEP REFERENCE
ji)
1. CDH flNOI t r I(N O POYE~ clle-.
j DIS iP
DISip
sLEEP dl Fi Y1L~E
i l(p;l
~u DbllT
i) I
(rp;
i; rle
i 16
´•r~cle
i R
j M 6 z
i I aP(B1
"i~-""
T1 p
i 7
I
,,c \tP 5 t)
4/.
L O 8 IFS) 6 O A tP66 i
L (14 1 I
FIGIIRE 7
E. CONrlFIVlrY ANCIPOWEA CNECIC~
(SEE DW6.800816)
I O’~TAT 1
80 eL 0
AIR
f?
8FIVIR
P7
w
---f O
NOFIM
´•O
OFF
s5
cp,- i) I~Zlf)
-t
te voc crosEs vA LM
FTC~RE 8
lu MaJ 3 now con r.
otr I=
3
LOW
TO INN. PaNEL~
r;iq conT:
(P P6 I
mhs~ FLOW URLY~
Is 3L 8 13 E6 p7 ,D AcrvaToff
a
r, IG FLO U CL MP
T OPEH iiQOE
O ~r?unlo4
DewE nrt´•,.
T iP JI PI 23 t I
NGU12~ .P.
rl
co a.
;MIF ZEFISOFI
O
1~.01gd 2’
on~ 161\10"fjivu~s)
IC
BA CO
I
i~/F AC TU A TOR
E IB
IJoo49d
I__j
O
FTGWE 9
USING AIRCRAFT ENGINES
(H-3 AND H-4)
DURING THIS TEST CABIN pRESSURIZATION CAN BE CHECKED. SEE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
H-3 WITH THE ENGINES RUNNING AND WITH BLEED AIR VALVES
OPEN, YOU SHOULD SEE 4.16 .07 VDC AT PINS 5(~) AND
VERIFY THE VOLTAGE DOES NOT DRIFT (IF SO,
REPLACE FLOW SENSOR).
NOTE A:
DURING STEPS H-l AND H-2 OR H-3 AND H-4, WATCH THE
FLOW CONTROL VALVE [FIGURE 7.A]. VERIFY THE FLOW-
CONTROL VALVE IS PULL OPEN BEFORE THE AIR FLOW STARTS,
THEN STARTS MOVING TOWARD THE CLOSED POSTION AS THE
VOLITAGE AT PINS 5( AND 7(-) NEARS 4.16 VDC.
NOTE B:
NOTE C:
CABIN TEMP CONTROL AUTO MODE. IN THE AUTO MODE THE SYSTEM
3. NO TEMPERATURE CONTROL
CONNECT TEST HARNESS TO DIGITAL TEMP. COMPUTER. (REF
FIGURE 10.)
a. VERIFY SET TEMP. CONTROL SWITCH TO AUTO, SET TEMP
SELECT POT FULL CLOCKWISE.
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
61
)r
r´•1
n*p ne o*r
´•e
´•i´•
wx 2\ ]-V
P
ii
P B
a´• ;1
I I rt
us JI 711L111L. 22 5 S’1 C 2 25
D1S. rmP TmMP
O
"12 22 le I Z 21 tZ 1I´•1?
3t
DYCT
DC r, B
TEC\P kD.
YII~UF
FIGURE 10
61
TEMP. SENSOR DATA
TABLE I
30 2.719 70 2.941
31 2.724 71 2.947
32 2.730 72 2.952
33 2.736 73 2.958
34 2.741 74 2.964
35 2.747 75 2.969
36 2.752 76 2.975
37 2.758 77 2.980
38 2.763 78 2.986
39 2.769 79 2.991
40 2.774 80 2.997
41 2.780 81 3.002
42 2.786 82 3.008
43 2.791 83 3.014
44 2.797 84 3.019
45 2.802 85 3.025
46 2.808 86 3.030
47 2.813 87 3.036
48 2.819 88 3.041
49 2.825 89 3.047
50 2.830 90 3.052
51 2.836 91 3.058
52 2.841 92 3.064
53 2.847 93 3.069
54 2.852 94 3.075
55 2.858 95 3.080
56 2.863 96 3.086
57 2.869 97 3.091
58 2.875 98 3.097
59 2.880 99 3.103
60 2.886 100 3.108
61 2.891 101 3.L14
62 2.897 102 3.119
63 2.902 103 3.125
64 2.908 104 3.130
65 2.913 105 3.136
66 2.919 106 3.141
67 2.925 107 3.147
68 2.930 108 3.153
69 2.936 109 3.158
70 2.941 110 3.164
66
4. NO CONTROL OF TEMPERATURE IN MANUAL MODE
1(-) AND 22
2. PRESS INCR-DECR SWITCH TO INCR POSITION. VERIFY
VOLTAGE BETWEEN PINS 8(-) AND 3(~-) IS 15 f/- .5 VDC,
AND PINS 2(-) AND 22(~) IS 28 .5 VDC.
NOTE:
necessary.
67
2. After engine start:
a. Set RPM of both engines to 65 percent
h. Envir Master Switch ON
c. Bleed Air Switch BOTH OPEN
d. Cabin Bus Switch CABIN
e. Air Cond Switch as required
f. HI/LO Evap Switch as required
g. Mass Flow Switch as required (LOW for takeoff)
NOTE:
AIR COND NOT TO BE SELECTEO ABOVE L8,000 FEET. FAN CAN BE USED FOR
ground.
ADDENDUM A
OVERVIEW: These kits add de-ice boots between the nacelles and the fuselage on those
airplanes of the above models that did not come from the factory with them.
ESTIMATED MAN HOURS: For both kits, time to accomplish this conversion is about
20 hours. (If the engines are out of the airplane, time to accomplish is shout 12
hours)
PARTS DATA: These kits are available from authorized Twin Commander Service
Centers. When ordering, refer to the following kit numbers:
CK158-1 Kit for the addition ofinboard de´•ice boots, for 690C and 696 airplanes.
CK158501 Kit for the addition ofinhoard de-ice boots, for 690, 690A, and 69011.
Page 1 of 3
Custom Rit 158
PARTS LIST:
guantity
Part number Description -1 kit 501 kit Notes
890480-3 Doubler 2 2
890480-5 Yassy 2
8904807 Tee assy 2
890356-503 Doubler 2 2
515194´•1 Boot, LH 1 1
515194-2 Boot, RH 1 1
890480 Drawing 1 1
INSTRUCTIONS:
(1) Install the boots and other parts in accordance with installation 890480-1 (for the -1
kit), or 890480-501 (for the -501 kit). Note the following differences and
clarifications:
(a) The parts that are called 890480-17, -19, -21, -23, and -25 on the drawing should
be fabricated locally of MIL-H-5593´•8 hose, and part-marked CK158-17, -19,
-21,
-23, and -25, respectively.
(b) Install the boots in accordance with the Maintenance Manual. It is acceptable to
use 1300L cement (3M) instead of EC-1403, and to use Pro-Seal 890 instead of
EC1031 and EC801. The Aerazur boots do not require conductive paint or Icex.
(c) Caterpillar grommets installed in a double rib may need to be MS21226-5.
(d) Observe the requirements of figure 1 (from TCAC specification 310) on the next
page when clamping hoses or hose couplings to tubes.
(e) Observe usual good practice when routing hoses. In particular, locate, and if
necessary clamp, hoses away from hot or moving parts.
(f) Touch-up alodine and prime any bare aluminum edges.
(g) It is important that the cement be allowed to cure for the amount of time that the
Maintenance Manual specifies: 24 hours at temperatures above 60"F, 72 hours at
temperatures below 60"F.
(2) Perform a check of the operation of the de-ice boot system in accordance with the
Maintenance Manual.
Page 2 of 3
Custom I~t 158
WEIGHT AND BALANCE: For this change, Weight 7.8 ibs., H-hrm 301.5 inches.
RECORDS COMPLIANCE:
Custom Kit 158 -1 or ´•501], Addition of Inboard De-Ice Boots, was done on date i.
Figure 1
AM 37TW C~amp
.13
1 i. to
Page 3 of 3
1~TI1IIY
Custom Kit AIRCRAFT CORPORITION
I´•I:I~)UY1SI
NOTE
PARTS DATA:The kit is available from authorized Twin Commander Service Centers.
Order kit no. CK163.
INSTRUC710NS:
A. Outboard Glass and FibelRlass S~lao Surface Preoaratlon
1. Mask off the outer glass surface of the window up to the inside edge of the existing
outboard moisture seal. This taping is to insure protection of the glass surface during
removal of the damaged sealant and fiberglass strap.
2. Completely mask the metal window retainer from the inside edge of the retainer to the
outside edge.
3. When the masking is completed as detailed in steps 1 and 2, an open work area the
width of the existing seal should exist.
5. After removal of the damaged sealant, sand the exposed surface of the remaining
intact fiberglass strap with 220 grit sandpaper.
CAUTION:
6. After sanding fiberglass strap(s), remove the masking tape and thoroughly clean the
exposed glass surface and remaining fiberglass strap using a clean cloth saturated
with aliphatic naphtha or methyl ethyl ketone (NIEK). Degrease the work area utilizing a
PAGE 2 OF 8
CUSTOM KIT NO. 163
9. After a water-break free surface is obtained, tape from glass and clean the
remove
the cleaning
entire area with isopropyl alcohol (100%) and allow to air dry. Repeat
until residue is visible on the surface of cloth.
operation changing cloths frequently no
to avoid
3. Wear free clean rubber gloves during all sealant applications
powder
chemical contact with skin.
contamination of the bonding surfaces and to prevent
PAGE 3 OF 8
CUSTOM KIT NO. 163
i. Apply 1 inch masking tape to the outboard metal retainer from the inside edge of the
outboard metal retainer as shown in Figure 2.
2. Using a pad, apply a thin coat (enough to cover without running or dripping) of
gauze
the PR 142 primer/cleaner to the cleaned glass surface to be bonded. Allow PR 142 to
dry per manufacturers requirement.
3. Sealant must be applied to windshield immediately after the cleaning operation and
contaminants from
primer application to prevent dust particles and other airborne
effect
settling on the cleaned surfaces. Any contaminant on the surface can adversely
the adhesion of the sealant to the substrate.
Note: Apply mixed sealant after allowing primer to dry. (See manufacturers’
instructions).
until no
4. Thoroughly mix the contents of the SEMKIT containing the appropriate sealant
of five minutes.
streaks of either material are visible. Mix components for a minimum
CAUTION:
JOLT
USE FIRM BUT EVEN PRESSURE. DO NOT FORCE, TAP, POUND OR
RAMROD, IF PISTON DOES NOT MOVE READILY.
b and until ail the contents of the rod are emptied into the cartridge.
d) Repeat steps c
Remove ramrod.
strakes/ 30 strokes
a) Hand mix: Mix material for the total number of strokes listed (40
in and out cycle. Hold cartridge and rotate rod
per minute). A stroke is one complete
should extend
90 degrees in a spiral clockwise motion with each stroke. Each stroke
from the neck end of the cartridge to the plunger end of the cartridge. Accepted
procedure is 30 strokes per minute.
5. Remove the mixed sealant from the SEMKIT tube by the following procedure:
a) Remove bottom cap.
at plunger end
b) Push dasher rod to plunger end of cartridge. Grasp cartridge firmly
clockwise
and detach dasher rod from mixing dasher by turning counter
PAGE 4 OF 8
CUSTOM I(IT NO. 163
Remove the dasher rod from cartridge. Using the dasher rod, pushlextrude contents of
SEMKIT tube onto the surface to be sealed.
7. Form the outboard "hump" seal using hump seel tool as shown in Figure 6. The width
of the formed "hump" seal should be 1 inch. The thickness of the formed seal should be
0.10 inch +.02 inch. See Figure 3 and Figure 5 for view of "hump" seal after repair.
Figure 4 shows view of OEM moisture seal.
8. After completing forming of "hump" seal immediately remove the masking tape from the
careful not to
glass and metal surface while the sealant is still "wet" (uncured). Be
touch the "wet" (uncured) sealant during tape removal.
sealant very
9. Smooth the surface of the "wer’ sealant by rubbing the surface of the
or isopropyl alcohol
lightly and briskly with a cellulose sponge saturated with water
(100%).
Note:
Use light pressure only.
10. Allow the sealant to cure. Tackfree cure time for PR 1425 8-1/2 is accomplished
at
Rex hardness is 24 hours. For every 109150 F. rise in temperature (to a maximum of
140" the cure times are cut in half, for every 100-150 F. decrease in temperature, the
F.)
cure time is doubled.
11. After the sealant has cured, inspect for voids and repair as necessary.
PAGE 5 OF 8
CUSTOM KIT NO. 163
MASKING TAPE
r"
SINGLE LAYER OF
MASKING TAPE
FIGURE 1
TAPE FOR CLEANING
MASKINC´•TAPE
MULTIPLE LAYERS OF I~ k--;28
MASKING TAPE
FIGURE 2
TAPE FOR HUMP SEAL
1.0
.26
10 REF.
FIGURE 3
PROPDSED HUMP SEAL
FIELO REPAIR
PAGE 6 OF 8
ADs
Aircraft Technical Publishers Customer Service
South Hill Drive 6AM-5PM PST M´•F
Brisbane, CA 94005 (800)227-4610
AD Number
Effective Date Issue Description
End of Index
GC 0853 SI AD
Aircraft Technical Publishers Customer Service
~s
101 Sduth Hill Drive 6AM-5PM PST H-F
Brisbane, CA 94005 (800)227-4610
AD’S
Hours
AD Number Issue Description Date of At Method of One Next Authori zed
EffectiveDate Compliance Compliance Comp Compliance Time Recurring Comp.Due Signature
Effective Date Compliance Compliance Comp Compliance Time Recurring Comp.Due Signature
End of Index
GC 0853 SI AD
84’´•19-05 :sTREnM´•nERosPACE MRPORATION:
Amendment 39-4925. Applies to Models 690 and 690A, (S/Ns through 11284 which
11001
have had engine isolator assemblies replaced after July 28, 1975): 690A (S/Ns 11285 through
11344): B90B (S/Ns 11350 through 11566); 690C (S/Ns 11600 through 11732); 690D (S/Ns
15001 through 15033 and 15037); 695 (S/Ns 95000 through 95084); 695A (S/Ns 98001
through 960B1,96063through 96072, 96075, 96078, 96085, and 96088) airplanes certificated
In any category.
(a) Within 50 hours time-in-service after the eftectlve date of this AD, inspect and
modify, if required, the engine mount systems in accordance with Guffstream Aerospace
Airplanes may be flown in accordance with FAR 21.197 to a location where this
(b)
AD may be accomplished.
(c) equivalent method of compliance with this AD may be used if approved bythe
An
Manager, Airplane Certification Branch, ASW-150, FAA, Southwest Region, Past ORlce Box
1689, Fort Worth, Texas 76101; telephone (817) 877-2070.
GULFSTRUIMAMERIC4NCORWR4~/0N
87-24-07 R1
CORPORATION: Amendment 395774 as amended by amendment 39-5840. Applies to
Models 690, B90A, 6908, 690C, 690D, 895, 695A, and 6958 tell serial numbers) airplanes
certificated in any category.
Compliance: Required within the next 50 hours’ time-in-service after the effective date
of this AD, unless already accomplished.
NOTE 1: If the above actions have been accomplished in compliance with AD 86-
24-12, no further action is required in order to comply with paragraph (a)(l) of this AD.
(2) Forthose airplanes with ignition systems having a continuous duty cycle
of less than 1 hour:
(i) Fabricate and install a placard on the instrument panel in clear view
of the pilot stating, "This prohibited from flight into known icing," and operate the
airplane is
airplane in accordance with this limitation. This placard must consist of a minimum of 0.1 inch
high lenerswlth white and red contrasting letterand background colors and may be of a plastic
adhesive type.
GULFSTRtZ(MAMERIWINCORPaR4nON
(b) The requirements of paragraph (a) of this AD are no longer applicable when the
airplane is modified in accordance with Gulfstream Custom Kit Nos. 138 dated April 15, 1987,
or 1 39 dated May 28, 1987, orbythe addition of other FAA approved automatic rellght ignition
accomplished by the holder of a pilot certificate issued under Part 61 of the FAR on any
airplane owned or operated by the pilot, and which is not used under Part 121 or 135. The
person accomplishing these actions must make the appropriate airplane maintenance record
entry as prescribed by FAR 91.173.
(d) Airplanes may be flown in accordance with FAR 21.197 to a location where this
AD may be accomplished.
(e) An equivalent means of compliance with this AD may be used if approved bythe
Manager, Airplane Certification Branch, ASW-150, FAA, Fort Worth, Texas 76193-0150;
telephone (817) 624-5150.
All persons affectedby this directive may obtain copies of the documents(s) referred to
herein upon request to the Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation, Wiley Post Airport, P.O. Box
22500, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73123; Telephone (405) 789-5000; or may be examined at
the FAA, Office of the Regional Counsel, Room 1558, 801 East 12th Street, Kansas City,
Missouri 84106.
APPENDIX I
Continuous ignition switch shall be assured by selecting Manual IGN or ION Override or IGN
OVRD on the ignition switch as appropriate during all operations in actual or potential icing
conditions described herein:
(1) During takeoff and climb out in actual or potential icing conditions.
(2) When ice is visible on, or shedding from propeller(s), splnner(s),
orleading edge(s).
"(3) Before selecting ENG INLET, when ice has accumulated.
(4) Immediately, any time engine Rameout occurs as a possible result of ice
Ingestion.
(5) During approach and landing while in or shortly following Right in actual or
potential icing conditions.
*Note: If icing conditions Right without the engine anti-icing system having
are entered in
been selected, switch one ENGINE system to ENG INLET ON position. If the engine runs
satisfactorily, switch the second ENGINE system tq the ENG INLET ON position and checle
that the second engine continues to run satisfactorily.
CAUTION
Flight in actual or potential icing conditions will be limited by duty cycle of the ignition system.
Ignition system time limits must be observed to prevent exceeding duty cycle times. Operator
should verify these limits for his particular installation.
(1) Begin when the OAT is +5 degrees C (+41 degrees Fl or colder, and
(2) End when the OAT is +10 degrees C (+50 degrees Fl or warmer.
The procedures and conditions described in this appendix supersede any other POH/AFM
procedures and conditions which may be contradictory.
GULFSTRUIMAMERIWINCORPOR4nON
95-1 2-23 TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION:
Applicability: The following airplane models and serial numbers, certificated in any
category:
To prevent wing damage caused by fatigue cracking, which, if not detected and
corrected, could progress to the point of structural failure, accomplish the following:
(a) For all affected serial number Model 695 airplanes, and any Model 690C
airplane incorporating a serial number in the 11600 through 11730 range, inspect the wing
structure for cracks in accordance with the PART I ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS
(INSPECTIONS) section of Twin Commander Service Bulletin (SB) No. 213, dated July 29,
1994.
(b) For any Model 690C airplane incorporating a serial number in the 11731 through
11735 range, inspect the wing structure for cracks in accordance with item 10 of the PART I
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS (INSPECTIONS) section of Twin Commander SE No.
213, dated July 29, 1994.
(2) For Model 695 airplanes and any Model 690C airplane incorporating a
serial number in the 1 1600 through 1 1730 range, prior to further flight, modify the wing
structure in accordance with the PART II ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS
(MCDIFICATIONS) section of Twin Commander SE No. 213, dated July 29, 1994.
(f) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with sections 21.197 and
21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the
airplane to a location where the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.
95-12-23
TWIH COLHIIINOER blRCRI\FT
CORPORbTIOYL
NOTE 3: Information concerning the existence of approved alternative methods of
compliance with this AD, if any, may be obtained from the Seattle AGO.
95-12-23
TWIN COMMANDER nlRCRACT CORPORATION
3
95-~ 3_Q2 TW.
Applicability: The following airplane models and serial numbers, certificated in any
category, that do not have the vertical stabilizer modified in accordance with the
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS: PART II MODIFICATION section of Twin Commander
Service Bulletin (88) No. 218, dated May 19, 1994, including Revision Notices 1 and 2, dated
July 11, 1994, and September 23, 1994, respectively:
of this AD.
To prevent failure of the vertical stabilizer as a result of cracks, which, if not detected
and corrected, could result in loss of control of the airplane, accomplish the following:
(b) If damage or cracks are found within the limits of Figures 1 and 2 of the service
information referenced above, prior to further flight, modify the vertical stabilizer in accordance
with the ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS: PART II MODIFICATION section of Twin
Commander SE No. 218, dated May 19, 1994, including Revision Notices 1 and 2, dated July
11, 1994, and September 23, 1994, respectively.
(c) If damage or cracks are found outside the limits referenced in Figures 1 and 2 of
the service information referenced above or if cracks intersect, prior to further flight, replace
the damaged pads parts in accordance with the applicable maintenance manual
with new
instructions. The requirements of this AD still apply when the damaged parts are replaced,
unless the stabilizer is modified as specified in paragraph (b) of this AD.
(1) Reinspect at intervals not to exceed 500 hours TIS, and modify any
damaged or cracked vertical stabilizer as specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this AD: or
(2) Prior to further flight, modify the vertical stabilizer in accordance with the
ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS PART II MODIFICATION section of Twin
Commander SE No. 218, dated May 19, 1994, including Revision Notices 1 and 2, dated July
11, 1994, and September 23, 1994, respectively. This modification may be accomplished prior
to furhter flight after any repetitive inspection as terminating action for the repetitive
inspections provided no cracks are found.
(e) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with sections 21.197 and
21.198 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR 21.197 and 21.198) to operate the
airplane to a location where the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.
as-13-oz
TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
(g) The inspections and modification required by this AD shall be done in
accordance with Twin Commander Service Bulletin 218, dated May 19, 1994, including
Revision Notices 1 and 2, dated July 11, 1994, and September 23, 1994, respectively. This
incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR palt 51. Copies may be obtained from Twin
Commander Aircraft Corporation, 18003 59th Drive, NE., Arlington, Washington 98223.
Copies may be inspected at the FAA, Central Region, Office of the Assistant Chief Counsel,
Room 1558, 801 E. 12th Street, Kansas City, Missouri, or at the Office of the Federal Register,
800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC.
95-13-02
TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
4
95-1 9-1 8 TWIN rm~LMNDeR BRCRIFTCORPD~UTIOII:
Applicability: The following airplane models and serial numbers, certificated in any
category.
Compliance: Required within the next 50 hours time-in-service after the effective date of
this AD, unless already accomplished.
(a) Install the placard (to the windshield centerpost) and incorporate the airplane
flight manual/pilot operating handbook (AFMIPOH) revisions that are included with the kits
presented below. The placard and AFM/POH revisions provide warnings to the airplane
operator of the impo~tance of observing the Tult~ulent Air Penetration and Maneuvering
speeds:
NOTE 2: Twin Commander Service Bulletin No. 220, dated February 1, 1995,
relates to the subject of this AD, and references the 58220 senrice kits specified above.
(b) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with sections 21.197 and
21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the
airplane to a location where the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.
(d) All persons affected by this directive may obtain copies of the kits referenced
above that include the placard and the AFM revisions upon request to the Twin Commander
Aircraft Corporation, 19010 5Wh Drive, NE., Arlington, Washington 98223; or may examine
this document at the FAA, Central Region, Office of the Assistant Chief Counsel, Room 1558,
601 E. 12th Street, Kansas City, Missouri 64106.
95-19-18
TWIN COMMANMR AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
98-07-17 TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT
NOTE 1: This AD
applies to each airplane identified in the preceding
applicability provision, regardless of whether it has been modified, altered, or repaired
in the area subject to the requirements of this AD. For airplanes that have been
modified, altered, or repaired so that the performance of the requirements of this AD is
affected, the owner/operator must request approval for an alternative method of
compliance in accordance with paragraph (e) of this AD. The request should include an
assessment of the effect of the modification, alteration, or repair on the unsafe condition
addressed by this AD; and, if the unsafe condition has not been eliminated, the request
should include specific proposed actions to address it.
(1) Inspect all flap system cable grooves for the correct width;
(2) Inspect all flap system pulleys for rubbing on the support brackets;
(3) Inspect all flap pulley cable assemblies for frayed wires; and
(b) If any of the above discrepancies are found, prior to further flight after the
inspections required by paragraph (a), including all subparagraphs, of this AD, rework
or replace the affected palt in accordance with Twin Commander Mandatory Service
Bulletin No. 226, dated April 14, 1997 (Revision No. 1 Release Date: July 15, 1997).
(1) A pulley that has been inspected, found acceptable, and marked
with two parallel lines in accordance with paragraph (a), including allsubparagraphs, of
this AD;
(d) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with sections 21.197
and 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate
the airplane to a location where the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.
981)7-17
TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
(f) The inspections and replacements required by this AD shall be done in
accordance with Twin Commander Mandatory Service Bulletin No. 226, dated April 14,
1997 (Revision No. 1 Release Date: July 15, 1997). This incorporation by reference
was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C.
552(8) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may be obtained from the Twin Commander Aircraft
Corporation, 19003 59th Drive, NE, Arlington, Washington 98223-7832. Copies may be
inspected at the FAA, Central Region, Office of the Regional Counsel, Room 1558, 601
E. 1 2th Street, Kansas City, Missouri, or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North
Capitol Street, NW, suite 700, Washington, DC.
98-07-17
TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
98-08-1 9 iwa co..narun alncna~
Applicability: Models 500, 500A, 5008, 5008, 500U, 520, 560, 560A, 560E,
560F, 680, 680E, 680F, 680FL, 680FLP, 680FP, 680T, 680V, 680W, 681, 685, 690,
690A, 6908, 690C, 690D, 695, 695A, 6958 and 720 airplanes, all serial numbers,
certificated in any category.
Compliance: Required as indicated in the body of this AD after the effective date
of this AD, unless
already accomplished.
To prevent cracks at the wing to fuselage attach points, which, if not detected
and corrected, could cause structural failure and loss of control of the airplane,
accomplish the following:
(a) For all models except Models 520, 560, 690C and 695, accomplish the
actions in the following table in accordance with the Compliance section and Part I, II,
and III of the ACCOMPLISHMENT INSTRUCTIONS sections of Twin Commander
Service Bulletin No. 223, dated October 24, 1996 as amended by Revision Notice No.
1, dated May 8, 1997 and Revision Notice No. 2, dated August 18, 1997:
ss-os-´•ca
TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
A B C
g8-OCls
TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORPITION
Section in
Compliance
Twin Commander
SE 223, dated
Oct. 24, 1996 as
amended by Revision
Notice No. 1 dated
May 8, f 997 and
Revision Notice No. 2,
dated August 18,
1997.
(c) For Twin Commander Models 520 and 560 airplanes, upon the
accumulation of 6,000 hours total TIS or within the next 100 hours TIS, whichever
occurs later, accomplish PART II of the table in paragraph (a) of this AD. Accomplish
PART III in accordance with the compliance times in the above table of paragraph (a).
These models are excluded from the wing leading edge access hole installation in
PART I of the table in paragraph (a) of this AD.
(e) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with sections 21.1 97
and 21.189 of the FederalAviation Regulations (14 CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate
the airplane to a location where the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.
as-as-is
TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C.
552(a) and 1 CFR part 61.
Copies may be obtained from Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation, P.O. Box 3369,
Arlington, Washington, 98223. Copies may be inspected at the FAA, Central Region,
Office of the Regional Counsel, Room 1558, 601 E. 12th Street, Kansas City, Missouri,
or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW, suite 700,
Washington, DC.
9B-0&ls
TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
Revision issued January 1999
NOTE 1: This AD
applies to each airplane identified in the preceding
applicability provision, regardless of whether it has been modified, altered, or
repaired in the area subject to the requirements of this AD. For airplanes that
have been modified, altered, or repaired so that the performance of the
requirements of this AD is affected, the owner/operator must request approval
for an altemative method of compliance in accordance with paragraph (g) of this
AD. The request should include an assessment of the effect of the modification,
alteration, or repair on the unsafe condition addressed by this AD; and, if the
unsafe condition has not been eliminated, the request should include specific
proposed actions to address it.
1. For all affected airplane models, except for Model 695A airplanes:
Within 75 hours time-in-service (TIS) after May 18, 1998 (the effective date of
AD 98-08-25).
drag link bolt, which could result in loss of control of the airplane during landing
operations, accomplish the following:
(a) For all airplane models, except for Models 690D and 695A, replace
the NLG drag link bolt, part number (P/N) ED 10055, with a new bolt in
accordance with the INSTRVCTIONS section of Twin Commander Service
Bulletin (SB) 224, Revision C, dated July 25, 1996.
(b) For airplane Models 690D and 695A, replace the NLG drag link bolt
(PIN ED
10055), with a new bolt (P/N 750076-1) in accordance with Twin
Commander SE 224, Revision C, dated July 25, 1996.
(c) The new replacement bolt must be marked with the manufacturer’s
serial number, the date of manufacture, and the last three digits of the drawing
number, 055, on the bolthead forall but Models 690D and 695A. Models 690D
and 695A bolts must be marked with the manufacturer’s serial number, the date
of manufacture, and the last three digits of the drawing number, 76-1, on the bolt
head.
(d) For all affected airplane models, except for Models 690D and 695A
airplanes, compliance with Twin Commander SE 224, Revision A, dated April 24,
1996; or Twin Commander SE 224, Revision C, dated July 25, 1996, fulfills the
applicable requirements of this AD. For the affected Models 690 and 695A
airplanes, compliance must be in accordance with Twin Commander SE 224,
Revision C, dated July 25, 1998.
(e) As of the effective date of this AD, no person shall install, on any
affected airplane, a NLG drag link bolt that does not have the manufacturer’s
serial number, manufacture date, and the last three digits of the drawing number
as specified in paragraph (8) of this AD.
~&08-25 R1
NYIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORAnOM
(0) An alternative method of compliance or adjustment of the
compliance time that provides an equivalent level of safety may be approved by
the Manager, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office, 1601 Lind Ave. SW, Renton,
Washington, 98055-4056. The request shall be forwarded through an
appropriate FAA Maintenance Inspector. who may add comments and then send
it to the Manager, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office.
48´•0&25 Al
NYIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPOR~TION
9 8 -2 O -34 TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT
(a) Within 30 days after the effective date of this AD, accomplish the
requirements of paragraphs (a)(l) and (a)(2) of this AD.
"WARNING
During flight, icing conditions that exceed those for which the
severe
Accumulation of ice on the lower surface of the wing aft of the protected
area.
Droplets that
splash or splatter on impact at temperatures below O
degrees Celsius ambient air temperature.
98-20-34
TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
temperatures as cold as -18 degrees Celsius, increased vigilance is warranted
at temperatures around freezing with visible moisture present. If the visual
cues specified in the Limitations Section of the AFM for identifying severe
If the autopilot is engaged, hold the control wheel firmly and disengage
the autopilot.
If
unusual roll response or uncommanded roll control movement is
an
If the flaps are extended, do not retract them until the airframe is
clear of ice.
98-20-34
TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
City, Missouri 64106. The
request shall be forwarded through an appropriate
FAA Maintenance Inspector, who may add comments and then send it to the
Manager, SmallAirplane Directorate.
98-20-34
TWIN COMMANDIR AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
2000-02-30
CORPORATION: Amendment 39-11548; Docket No. 99-CE-51-AD.
(a) What airplanes are affected by this AO?: The following Model 600 series
airplanes, all serial numbers, that are:
Models
680, 680E, 680F, 680FL, 680FL(P), 680T, 680V, 680W, 681, 690, 685, 690A, 690B,
690C, 690D, 695, 695A, and 6958
(b) Who must comply with this AD?: Anyone who wishes to operate any of the
above airplanes on the U.S. Register. The AD does not apply to your airplane if it is not
equipped with pneumatic de-icing boots.
Except for certain phases of flight where the AFM specifies that deicing
boots should not be used (e.g., take´•off, final approach, and landing), compliance with
the following is required.
Wing and Tail Leading Edge Pneumatic Deicing Boot System, if installed,
must be activated:
At the first
sign of ice formation anywhere on the aircraft, or upon
annunciation from an ice detector system, whichever occurs first; and
The wing and tailleading edge pneumatic deicing boot system may be
deactivated only after leaving icing conditions and after the airplane is determined to be
clear of ice."
(e) Can the pilot accomplish the action?: Yes. Anyone who holds at least a
private pilot certificate, as authorized by section 43.7 of the Federal Aviation
Regulations (14 CFR 43.7), may incorporate the AFM revisions required by this AD.
You must make an entry into the aircraft records that shows compliance with this AD, in
accordance with section 43.9 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR 43.9).
2000-02-30
TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
(i) When does this amendment become effective?: This amendment
becomes effective on March 24, 2000.
2000-02-30
TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
2 003-07-03 Tlin Commander lircran
(a) What airplanes are affected by this AD? This AD affects the following Twin
Commander Aviation Corporation (TCAC) airplane models and serial numbers that are
certificated in any category:
96001 through 96062, 96065 through 96068, 96070, 96071,96073, 96074, 96076, 96077,
695A
and 96079 through 96084, 96086, 96087, and 96089 through 96100.
6958 96063, 96069, 96075, 96078, 96085, and 96204 through 96208.
(b) Who must comply with this AD? Anyone who wishes to operate any of the
airplanes identified in paragraph (a) of this AD must comply with this AD.
(c) What problem does this AD address? The actionsspecified by this AD are
intended to detect and correct fatigue damage in the wing and fuselage areas without
reducing the service life of the airplane. Such undetected and uncorrected damage
could result in structural failure with consequent loss of control of the airplane.
(d) What must I do to address this problem? To address this problem, you
must initially inspect and modify the wing and fuselage areas (Part 1
Inspection/Modifications as identified in Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation
Mandatory Service Bulletin No. 214, dated January 26, 2000) and repetitively inspect
with necessary modification or replacement of damaged parts (Part 2 Recurrent
Inspections as identified in Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation Mandatory Service
Bulletin No. 214, dated January 26, 2000) in accordance with the following schedules:
(A) 0000 through 1,700 Upon accumulating 2,700 hours TIS or within the next 36 months after May
16, 2003 (the effective date of this AD), whichever occurs first.
(B) 1,701 through 2,500 Upon accumulating 3,400 hours TIS or within the next 36 months after May
16, 2003 (the effective date of this AD), whichever occurs first.
(C) 2,501 through 3,000 Upon accumulating 3,800 hours TIS or within the next 36 months after May
16, 2003 (the effective date of this AD), whichever occurs first.
(D) 3,001 through 5,000 Upon accumulating 5,500 hours TIS or within the next 30 months after May
16, 2003 (the effective date of this AD), whichever occurs first.
(E) 5,001 through 6,000 Upon accumulating 6,400 hours TIS or within the next 24 months after May
16, 2003 (the effective date of this AD), whichever occurs first.
(F) 6,001 through 7,500 Upon accumulating 7,800 hours TIS or within the next 18 months after May
16, 2003 (the effective date of this AD), whichever occurs first.
(G) Over 7,500 Within the next 12 months after May 16, 2003 (the effective date of this AD).
(e) Can Icomply with this AD in any other way? You may use an alternative
method of compliance or adjust the compliance time if:
2003-07-03
TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
(1) Your alternative method of compliance provides an equivalent level
of safety; and
(f) Where I
get information about any already-approved alternative
can
methods of compliance? Contact Della Swartz, Aerospace Engineer, FAA, Seattle
Aircraft Certification Office, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW, Renton, Washington 98055-4065;
telephone: (425) 687-4246; facsimile: (425) 687-4248.
(h) Are any service bulletins incorporated into this AD by reference? Actions
required by this AD must be done in accordance with Twin Commander Aircraft
Corporation Mandatory Service Bulletin No. 214, dated January 26, 2000; Twin
Commander Aircraft Corporation Service Bulletin No. 214, Revision 1, Release Date:
April 19, 2000; and Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation Service Bulletin No. 214,
Revision 2, Release Date: May 21, 2001. The Director of the Federal Register approved
this incorporation by reference under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may get
copies from Twin Commander Aircraft Corporation, 19010 59th Drive N.E., Arlington,
Washington 98223-7832; telephone: (360) 435-9797; facsimile: (360) 435-1112. You
may view copies at the FAA, Central Region, Office of the Regional Counsel, 901
Locust, Room 506, Kansas City, Missouri, or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800
North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC.
(i) When does this amendment become effective? This amendment becomes
effective on May 16, 2003.
2003-07-03
TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Della Swartz, Aerospace Engineer, FAA,
Seattle Aircraft Certification Office, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington
98055-4065; telephone: (425) 687-4246; facsimile: (425) 687-4248.
2003-07-03
TWIN COMMANDER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION